Faith & Finance

How Everyday Banking Can Advance God’s Kingdom with Aaron Caid

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 16 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

What if your everyday banking could help fuel ministry—without changing how you manage your money? That’s the question at the heart of a growing movement to rethink financial stewardship. For many of us, banking feels purely transactional. But what if it could become a tool for Kingdom impact?

On today’s episode of Faith & Finance, Aaron Caid joined us to share how a unique approach to banking is helping support churches, families, and ministries around the world.

A New Chapter in Faith-Based Banking

Aaron Caid represents AdelFi and Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU), which recently came together to form what is now the largest faith-based credit union in the country. As they move toward a unified identity under AdelFi Christian Banking, the mission remains unchanged—but the opportunity for impact has grown.

This new chapter means expanded resources, greater reach, and a continued commitment to serving individuals, families, businesses, and ministries nationwide. The goal is simple but powerful: to steward financial resources in a way that advances the gospel.

More Than Transactions

Most people don’t think of their bank account as a ministry tool—but that’s exactly what this model seeks to change.

As a not-for-profit, member-owned credit union, the focus shifts from profit maximization to Kingdom impact. Instead of enriching shareholders, revenue is reinvested in serving members and supporting ministry work. Notably, 10% of earnings are tithed to support ministries actively sharing the gospel.

This transforms everyday financial decisions—like where you bank—into opportunities to participate in God’s work.

Real-Life Kingdom Impact

This isn’t just theory. It’s happening in tangible ways.

1. Supporting the Local Church

During the pandemic, Calvary Chapel South OC quickly outgrew its space as people gathered in large numbers for outdoor worship. Through affordable financing, the credit union helped the church secure a larger property—creating space for continued worship, discipleship, and community.

2. Caring for the Vulnerable

Through partnerships with organizations such as the Christian Alliance for Orphans, financial resources have supported over 250 ministries serving orphaned and foster children. Beyond funding, families have also received guidance on navigating the financial complexities of adoption.

3. Investing in the Next Generation

Camp Agape, which serves children with incarcerated parents, is another example. Support includes both financial contributions and volunteer involvement. Many children who attend eventually return as adults to serve, creating a cycle of healing and hope.

A Broader Vision of Stewardship

When you step back, the vision becomes clear: stewardship isn’t limited to giving—it includes how we manage every financial decision.

Where we bank, how we spend, and the systems we participate in all reflect what we value. When those decisions align with our faith, even routine financial activity can take on eternal significance.

This approach invites us to rethink a basic question: What if our money could serve more than just our needs?

Instead of viewing finances as isolated from our spiritual lives, this model integrates the two—turning everyday banking into a way to participate in God’s redemptive work in the world.

Take the Next Step

If you’re interested in aligning your banking with your faith, there’s a practical opportunity right now. For a limited time, FaithFi listeners can earn up to a $400 bonus when opening a qualifying high-yield checking, savings, or cash rewards VISA credit account.

CCCU also offers a high-yield money market account with a competitive rate on balances up to $100,000.

To learn more, visit FaithFi.com/Banking and use the code FAITHFI when you open your account.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 71, self-employed, and receiving Social Security, which is just sitting in a checking account. With no debt and a paid-off home, how can I invest it to keep up with inflation?
I filed for bankruptcy about 10 years ago, and it still affects my credit. Would repaying old debts help improve my score and rental prospects?
I’m 82 with about $50,000 in a 401(k) that I now need to move. What’s the best option—an IRA, CDs, or something else?

Resources Mentioned:

Remember, you can call in to ask your questions every workday at (800) 525-7000. Faith & Finance is also available on Moody Radio Network and American Family Radio. You can also visit FaithFi.com to connect with our online community and partner with us as we help more people live as faithful stewards of God’s resources.

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Freedom from Borrowing

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

What if debt isn’t just a financial issue—but a discipleship one?

We often view borrowing through a practical lens: interest rates, monthly payments, and payoff timelines. But Scripture invites us to look deeper. Debt doesn’t just affect our wallets—it can shape our freedom, influence our generosity, and impact our ability to respond when God calls.

Understanding debt through a biblical perspective helps us see why it matters far beyond the numbers.

The Weight Debt Carries

Borrowing is common in modern life. Credit cards, student loans, mortgages, and business financing are often seen as normal—even necessary. And while Scripture doesn’t call debt a sin, it does consistently warn us about its burden.

Proverbs 22:7 reminds us, “The borrower is the slave of the lender.”

In the ancient world, that was sometimes literal. Today, while we aren’t entering servitude, the principle still applies. Debt creates obligations. It ties up future income. It can limit flexibility and shape decisions in ways we don’t always anticipate.

In many ways, debt mortgages the future—affecting not just our finances, but our availability.

When Debt Becomes a Discipleship Issue

Debt becomes a spiritual concern when it limits our ability to follow God freely.

Imagine feeling led to give generously, help someone in need, or step into a ministry opportunity—but being unable to respond because your income is already committed. That’s where debt intersects with discipleship.

Romans 13:8 says, “Let no debt remain outstanding, except the continuing debt to love one another.”

While Paul is primarily speaking about relational obligations, the principle carries weight: financial commitments should never overshadow our greater calling to love and serve others.

So the better question isn’t simply, “Am I allowed to take on this debt?” It’s, “Will this decision increase or limit my ability to love, give, and respond to God?”

Wisdom Over Permission

Scripture consistently calls us beyond what’s permissible to what’s wise.

In 1 Corinthians 10:23, Paul writes, “‘I have the right to do anything,’ you say—but not everything is beneficial. Not everything builds up.”

Some debt may be appropriate—a modest mortgage or a thoughtfully planned business loan, for example. But much of the debt we carry isn’t driven by necessity. It often comes from impatience, comparison, or cultural pressure.

When we continually borrow from the future, we may miss opportunities God places before us today.

Grace for the Journey

If you’re already carrying debt, the response isn’t shame—it’s grace. The gospel begins with a powerful truth: our greatest debt has already been paid.

When Jesus declared “It is finished” (John 19:30), the Greek word tetelestai was often written on receipts to indicate a debt paid in full. We owed a debt we could never repay, and Christ paid it completely.

That truth reshapes how we approach financial debt. We pursue repayment not out of guilt, but out of gratitude—and a desire to walk in the freedom Christ has secured for us.

The goal isn’t perfection—it’s faithfulness.

Start by taking an honest look at your current obligations. Not just the numbers, but how they affect your ability to live out God’s calling. From there, consider practical steps:

Build or refine a budget
Create a clear repayment plan
Align your spending with your priorities

Psalm 37:21 says, “The wicked borrows but does not pay back, but the righteous is generous and gives.”

Faithful stewardship isn’t just about getting out of debt—it’s about growing in generosity and readiness.

Freedom Leads to Availability

Charles Spurgeon once warned that debt “is a small beginning, but a giant’s ending.” What starts as convenience can become a chain that limits where God is leading.

But freedom from debt isn’t about legalism—it’s about availability. It’s about being ready, like Isaiah, to say, “Here I am. Send me” (Isaiah 6:8).

That’s the invitation: take one step. Seek wisdom. Build margin. Walk in grace. Because when God calls, the goal isn’t to say, “Maybe someday”—it’s to say, “Yes, Lord. I’m ready.”

A Resource to Go Deeper

If you want to explore this idea further, Rob West’s new devotional, Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Journey to Faithful Stewardship, walks through what it means to see God—not money—as our ultimate treasure.

It’s available now at FaithFi.com/Shop, and if you’d like to go through it with your church or small group, discounted bulk pricing is available.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

We’re both over 70 and earn about $185,000 combined. Would it be better to file taxes jointly or separately to maximize benefits?
I have $300,000 in CDs and want to explore slightly higher-return options. What conservative alternatives should I consider?
My tax return was rejected for missing a 1095-A, but I don’t have marketplace insurance. How can I fix this?
I’m 65, retired, and receiving Social Security while pastoring part-time. Can I still contribute to a Roth IRA or other retirement account?
Is the Social Security late enrollment penalty really permanent, or can it ever be removed?
I mistakenly filed ‘married filing separately’ and already got my refund. Can I amend it to ‘married filing jointly,’ and how?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Finding True Hope Beyond the Prosperity Gospel with John Cortines

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Many believers wrestle with a quiet but important question: If I truly follow Christ, shouldn’t life go better for me?

It’s a tension that often surfaces when life doesn’t unfold as expected—when financial strain, illness, or hardship interrupts our plans. At the heart of that struggle is a deeper issue: how we understand God’s promises and what we believe the Christian life is meant to produce.

In today’s conversation with John Cortines, Director of Partnership and Growth at the McClellan Foundation, we explored how the “prosperity gospel” shapes this conversation—and how Scripture offers a better, more faithful perspective.

What Is the Prosperity Gospel?

At its core, the prosperity gospel teaches that your spiritual standing can be measured by your circumstances—your health, your wealth, and your overall success.

It suggests that if you have enough faith, say the right things, or give to the right causes, you can unlock God’s blessings in tangible, immediate ways.

But here’s the problem: while this teaching begins with a partial truth—that God loves us and is actively involved in our lives—it stretches that truth beyond what Scripture actually promises.

Instead of seeing blessings as gifts, it turns them into indicators of spiritual success.

Blessings Are Real—But Not Guaranteed

The Bible clearly affirms that God gives good gifts. We see provision, healing, and abundance throughout Scripture. But it never presents these as guarantees or as proof of God’s favor.

That distinction matters.

When we experience abundance, we should respond with gratitude—not entitlement. And when we walk through hardship, we’re not outside of God’s care.

Our ultimate security isn’t found in changing circumstances—it’s found in Christ and the eternal hope we have in Him.

When Giving Becomes Manipulation

One of the most dangerous expressions of prosperity teaching shows up in how it approaches generosity.

Instead of being an act of worship, giving can become transactional:

Give this amount, and you’ll receive a blessing.
Your financial hardship may be because you haven’t given enough.

But Scripture points us in a very different direction. 2 Corinthians 9:7 reminds us: “Each one must give as he has decided in his heart, not reluctantly or under compulsion, for God loves a cheerful giver.”

True generosity flows from gratitude—not pressure or fear.

A Distorted View of God

At its deepest level, the prosperity gospel shifts our focus away from Christ and onto ourselves.

It subtly replaces grace with performance:

Instead of trusting in Christ’s finished work, we begin trusting in what we do.
Instead of receiving from God, we try to earn from Him.

Historically, this mirrors ancient systems where people offered sacrifices to secure favor or blessing. The message becomes: Do the right things, and you’ll get the right results.

But the gospel says something entirely different: Christ has already secured what we could never earn.

What Happens When Hardship Comes?

This is where the consequences become painfully clear.

When someone embraces a prosperity-centered view and then faces loss—whether financial, physical, or relational—they’re often left with confusion and guilt:

Did I not have enough faith?
Did I not give enough?
Is God punishing me?

But Jesus speaks plainly in John 16:33: “In this world you will have trouble.”

Hardship is not evidence of failure. It is part of life in a fallen world—and often a place where God deepens our faith.

Scripture gives us a far more balanced and honest picture of the Christian life.

Abraham and David experienced seasons of great wealth.
The apostles faced poverty, persecution, and even death.
The early church endured hardship.
And Jesus Himself—though rich—became poor for our sake (2 Corinthians 8:9).

Faithfulness is not measured by comfort. It is measured by trust.

Finding Joy in the Midst of Trials

So how do we respond when life is hard? John Cortines offers a helpful framework using the word JOY:

J — Jesus went first. He understands suffering from the inside. He experienced loss, injustice, and pain.

O — Orient your heart. Bring your fears and anxieties to God. Anchor your hope beyond this life.

Y — Yes to His purposes. Ask boldly for provision and healing—but trust God’s wisdom in the outcome.

As James 1:2 reminds us: “Consider it pure joy… whenever you face trials of many kinds.”

Joy isn’t found in escaping hardship—it’s found in trusting Christ through it.

If you’re walking through a difficult season, hear this clearly: Your suffering does not mean God has abandoned you.

The cross is the center of our faith—a place where God’s love was revealed through suffering, not the absence of it. Often, it’s in the hardest moments that God’s presence becomes most real.

From Pressure to Privilege

Finally, for those in seasons of abundance, Scripture offers a beautiful invitation. Generosity is not driven by guilt or obligation—it’s rooted in the example of Jesus.

He gave everything for us. And when we give—whether out of little or much—we participate in His work in the world.

It’s not “I have to give.” It’s “I get to be part of what God is doing.”

The prosperity gospel measures God’s love by our circumstances. But Scripture calls us to something deeper: to anchor our hope in Christ—trusting Him in both abundance and hardship.

Because following Jesus doesn’t guarantee a life of ease, but it does promise something far greater: His presence, His purpose, and an eternal hope that cannot be shaken.

Learn More

If you’d like to go deeper on this topic, you can read more in John Cortines’ article, Joy Through Trials, in the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine. And if you’d like to receive Faithful Steward each quarter, just consider becoming a FaithFi Partner when you give $35 a month or $400 a year. You can learn more at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have adult children who aren’t financially responsible. Should I take out life insurance on them to provide for their children, and how much coverage would make sense?
Should I invest more in my rental properties right now or sell and pay off my mortgages?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Biblical Vision of "Enough" with Taylor Standridge

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 13 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

What if the question “How much is enough?” isn’t really about money at all?

On today’s episode of Faith & Finance, we’re joined by Taylor Standridge, FaithFi’s Production Manager and a key contributor to the ministry’s new field guide on this very question. He explored why enough has less to do with numbers—and far more to do with the heart.

Because in the end, enough is not a financial equation. It’s a spiritual one.

The Problem Behind the Question

At first glance, asking how much is enough sounds like a financial question. We tend to think in terms of income levels, net worth, or a desired lifestyle. But as Taylor pointed out, Scripture rarely approaches the issue this way.

Instead, it exposes something deeper: what we trust, what we pursue, and what we believe will ultimately satisfy us. As Ecclesiastes 5:10 reminds us, “Whoever loves money never has enough.”

The issue isn’t the amount—it’s the affection. When more becomes the goal, enough will always stay just out of reach. The finish line keeps moving because our desires expand alongside our resources.

So the better question isn’t, “How much do I need?” It’s, “What is my heart relying on?”

Enough Is a Matter of the Heart, Not a Number

Taylor shared that two people can have the same income and experience it completely differently. One feels constant pressure, always needing more to feel secure. The other lives with peace—not because they have more, but because their trust is anchored elsewhere.

This is what it means for enough to be a heart issue. It’s not about what’s in your account—it’s about what defines your security.

When our thinking shifts from “How can I get more?” to “Can I trust God with what I have?”, something begins to change. The pressure to chase more fades, and contentment becomes possible—even if the numbers never change.

Enough Is Rooted in Stewardship, Not Ownership

Another key principle Taylor highlighted is the shift from ownership to stewardship.

Instead of asking, “What do I own?”, we begin asking, “What has God entrusted to me?”

Scripture reminds us that everything belongs to the Lord. We are stewards, not owners. And that changes how we approach every financial decision.

Saving becomes purposeful, not fear-driven
Giving becomes joyful, not reluctant
Spending becomes intentional, not impulsive

When we see our resources as entrusted—not owned—we begin to hold them with open hands, ready to use them for God’s purposes.

Enough Is Found in Contentment, Not Control

Taylor also explored how our desire for control often fuels financial anxiety. We often can ask:

Will I have enough?
What if something goes wrong?
How can I secure my future?

These questions reveal a deeper longing—to eliminate uncertainty. But Scripture reminds us that control is an illusion.

Contentment doesn’t mean ignoring the future or avoiding wise planning. It means recognizing that peace doesn’t come from securing every outcome—it comes from trusting the One who holds the future.

In Luke 12, Jesus tells the parable of the rich fool—a man who planned well, saved diligently, and expanded his wealth. Yet God calls him a fool because his security was rooted in what he had stored rather than in his relationship with God.

You can be financially successful and spiritually empty at the same time.

Enough Is About Purpose, Not Possessions

So what is money actually for? As Taylor explained, money is a tool—not a destination.

Jesus says in Luke 12:15, “Life does not consist in an abundance of possessions.”

Money is meant to:

Care for our families
Meet real needs
Support God’s work
Participate in something bigger than ourselves

When purpose becomes the focus, everything changes. We stop asking, “How much can I accumulate?” and start asking, “How can I use what I’ve been given faithfully?”

That’s when enough becomes clearer.

The Secret of Contentment

The Apostle Paul writes in Philippians 4:11, “I have learned in whatever situation I am to be content.”

Contentment is learned—and it’s rooted in Christ, not circumstances. As Elisabeth Elliot said, “The secret is Christ in me, not me in a different set of circumstances.”

Practically, this shows up in everyday ways:

Choosing gratitude over comparison
Resisting the pressure to upgrade
Trusting God in both abundance and need

Contentment allows us to say, “What I have today is enough for what God has called me to right now.”

It’s Not About a Number

Taylor summed it up this way: Enough isn’t something you discover by reaching a number—it’s something you experience when your life is aligned with God.

When your heart is anchored in Him:

You’re freed from chasing more
You’re freed from comparing with others
You’re freed from fear about the future

And you’re free to live open-handed—using what you’ve been given for something that truly lasts.

So maybe the real question isn’t: “How much is enough?”

Maybe it’s: “Who is enough?”

And in Christ, we find the answer.

Take the Next Step: Discover What “Enough” Really Means

If this conversation has challenged the way you think about money, you’re not alone—and you don’t have to wrestle through these questions by yourself.

That’s exactly why working on a new resource called the FaithFi Field Guide: How Much Money Is Enough?

This resource is designed to help you move from theory to application—guiding you step by step through what Scripture says about contentment, stewardship, trust, and purpose. It’s not about giving you a number to chase, but helping you realign your heart so you can experience the freedom that comes from seeing God as your ultimate treasure.

Whether you’re feeling the pressure to earn more, save more, or simply wondering if what you have is enough, this field guide will help you ask better questions—and find better answers rooted in biblical wisdom.

You can receive this and every new resource when you become a FaithFi Partner by May 31st by giving $35 a month or $400 a year. Just visit FaithFi.com/Give to get started.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

How can I determine the value of my coins and paintings, and what should I know before investing in precious metals like gold or silver?
I’m 59 and recently widowed. What financial book for widows would you recommend, and how can I find a trusted, biblically grounded financial advisor?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Preparing the Next Steward

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 10 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Jonathan Edwards once said, “True legacy consists not of what we leave behind, but of what we instill in others.” That insight cuts against the grain of how many of us think about inheritance.

We often focus on leaving behind money, assets, or property. But Scripture calls us to think bigger. What we pass on isn’t just wealth—it’s wisdom, character, and a legacy of faithfulness.

So the real question isn’t simply, "What will I leave behind?" It’s, “Who am I preparing to receive it?”

The Tension: Wealth Without Wisdom

There’s a natural desire in all of us to provide for the people we love—children, grandchildren, or others God has entrusted to our care. And that desire is good.

Proverbs 13:22 reminds us: “A good man leaves an inheritance to his children’s children.”

But Scripture also gives us a warning. Proverbs 20:21 says, “An inheritance gained hastily in the beginning will not be blessed in the end.”

Why? Because when wealth is passed on without wisdom, it can become more of a burden than a blessing. The goal isn’t just to transfer assets—it’s to transfer stewardship.

Your heirs are not merely recipients. They are future managers of what ultimately belongs to God. And that changes everything.

Inheritance Is About Responsibility

Throughout Scripture, inheritance is deeply tied to identity and responsibility.

In the Old Testament, land wasn’t just property—it was connected to covenant, calling, and faithfulness. Families didn’t simply receive something; they were entrusted with something. The same is true today.

If we pass on wealth without preparing the heart, we risk creating confusion—or even harm. But if we invest in spiritual formation, in a biblical understanding of stewardship, and in trust in God as the true Provider, then what we leave behind becomes a tool for Kingdom impact.

How to Prepare the Next Steward

1. Model Faithful Stewardship

More is caught than taught. The way you handle money right now—how you spend, save, give, and trust God—is shaping the next generation, whether you realize it or not.

Your financial life is telling a story:

Is it a story of fear or faith?
Of accumulation or generosity?
Of control or surrender?

Long before your children or grandchildren receive anything from you, they are learning from you.

2. Communicate Intentionally

One of the biggest mistakes families make is avoiding conversations about money, values, and legacy. But silence creates confusion.

Deuteronomy 6:6–7 encourages us to talk about God’s ways throughout everyday life. That includes how we think about money.

Talk about:

Why you give
How you make financial decisions
What you hope they carry forward

Help them see that money isn’t the goal—it’s a tool.

3. Train, Don’t Just Transfer

Psalm 78 calls us to tell the next generation the works of God so that they will “set their hope in God.”

Faithfulness is learned over time. That means giving the next generation opportunities to practice stewardship now—not someday. It might look like:

Helping a child budget their allowance
Inviting a teenager into family giving decisions
Walking alongside an adult child as they navigate financial choices

We’re not just preparing them to receive—we’re preparing them to steward.

4. Trust God With the Outcome

This is where it becomes deeply personal.

Even with the best preparation, you can’t control what someone else will do. At some point, you release what you’ve taught, modeled, and invested—and entrust it to God. Psalm 24:1 reminds us: “The earth is the Lord’s, and the fullness thereof.”

That includes your resources—and your legacy.

You are not the owner. You are the steward. And the same will be true for the next generation.

The Legacy That Matters Most

So instead of asking, “How much should I leave behind?” a better question might be: “How well am I preparing the one who will receive it?”

Because the greatest inheritance you can leave isn’t what’s in your accounts.

It’s a heart that treasures God above all. It’s a life that says, “God owns it all. I am His steward.” It’s a vision of money as a tool to serve His purposes.

That’s the kind of legacy that impacts your children—and your children’s children.

Take the Next Step

If you want to explore this idea more deeply, Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Journey to Faithful Stewardship walks through what it means to see God—not money—as our ultimate treasure.

You can order a copy for yourself or receive a discount when you place a bulk order for your church or small group at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Should my 78-year-old brother keep his 2.2% mortgage or pay it off and invest instead? Also, how should we approach selling his out-of-state property—back to family or to an investor?
I’m setting up a trust—what should I expect to pay, and what factors should I consider?
After selling our home, should we use the proceeds to pay off our new house or invest them along with $169,000 in a CD?
I gifted my sister $35,000 for a car—do either of us need to report it to the IRS?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Powerful Financial Principles from God’s Word with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 9 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

God’s Word doesn’t just tell us how to manage money—it transforms how we see it.

Too often, we approach finances as a purely practical matter: budgets, investments, and goals. But Scripture invites us into something deeper. It reframes money not as something we own, but something entrusted to us by God. When we begin to see money through that lens, everything changes.

Today, Sharon Epps, President of Kingdom Advisors, joined the show to unpack several powerful, biblical principles that shape faithful stewardship. These aren’t just financial tips—they’re spiritual truths that guide how we live.

Let’s explore them.

1. The Power of Trust

It may be surprising, but the foundation of wise financial stewardship isn’t money—it’s trust.

Proverbs 3:5–6 reminds us: “Trust in the Lord with all your heart and lean not on your own understanding; in all your ways submit to Him, and He will make your paths straight.”

Before we talk about budgets or strategies, we must understand our role. God is the owner. We are the stewards. That truth brings freedom.

It means your financial future doesn’t ultimately rest on your income, your employer, or the economy—it rests on God as your provider. And when you trust Him, you can seek His direction rather than relying solely on your own plans.

2. The Power of Focus

In a world that celebrates multitasking, Scripture calls us to focus.

Proverbs 4:25 says, “Let your eyes look directly forward, and your gaze be straight before you.” And Proverbs 16:3 adds, “Commit your work to the Lord, and your plans will be established.”

Many people feel financially stuck, not because they lack resources, but because they’re trying to do too much at once—pay off debt, save aggressively, invest, give more, and upgrade their lifestyle.

The result? Frustration and burnout.

Instead, ask a simple question: What is the next step God is calling me to take?

Then focus on that one thing. Progress often comes not from doing everything at once, but from faithfully taking the next step in front of you.

3. The Power of Priorities

Every financial decision reflects a priority.

Because our resources are limited, every dollar spent in one area affects another. That’s why setting priorities is essential.

A helpful framework is the “live, give, owe, grow” model. And notably, the order matters.

Start with giving. Then focus on growing (saving and investing). After that, address debt (owing), and finally, living expenses. One practical starting point is the 10-10-80 principle:

10% to give
10% to save or invest
80% for living and obligations

This isn’t a rigid rule, but a helpful guide.

Within that 80%, three areas tend to have the greatest impact:

Housing
Transportation
Food

If more than half of your income is tied up in those three categories, it becomes difficult to maintain balance in your financial life.

That’s why big decisions—like buying a home or choosing a vehicle—carry long-term consequences.

As Proverbs 27:23 says, “Know well the condition of your flocks.” In other words, pay attention to where your money is going—especially in the areas that matter most.

4. The Power of Planning

Good intentions aren’t enough. Faithful stewardship requires a plan.

That means deciding in advance how you will use your money—before the month begins.

Planning your spending helps you move from reacting to intentional living. Whether you use a digital tool or a simple system, the goal is the same: to give every dollar a purpose.

One time-tested approach is the envelope system—assigning categories to your spending and tracking what remains.

Interestingly, research shows that when we’re more aware of our spending (what experts call “saliency”), we tend to spend less. That’s one reason using cash—or closely tracking your spending—can be so effective.

Without a plan, money tends to drift. With a plan, it begins to align with your values.

5. The Power of Decision-Making

Every purchase is an opportunity to seek wisdom.

James 1:5 offers this promise: “If any of you lacks wisdom, let him ask God… and it will be given him.”

Before making a financial decision, consider asking:

Is this expense essential?
Will it help or hurt my financial situation?
Does it move me closer to my goals—or set me back?
Can I wait?
Is there a less expensive alternative?

In a culture of instant gratification—where purchases can arrive at your door within hours—it’s easy to move too quickly. But wisdom often requires slowing down.

Sometimes, the best financial decision is simply pausing long enough to think and pray.

6. The Power of Unity

Money is rarely just about numbers—it’s about relationships.

For couples, one of the most powerful financial habits is intentional communication.

Consider setting aside a regular “money date”—a time each month to review your finances, talk about upcoming expenses, and align on goals.

These conversations build unity. And as Sharon Epps wisely noted, unity is often more important than the decision itself.

When you’re aligned on values and purpose, the decisions become clearer.

A Final Thought

At its core, managing money isn’t just a financial exercise—it’s a discipleship journey.

It’s about learning to trust God, align with His priorities, and steward His resources with wisdom and purpose.

When we approach money this way, it stops being a source of stress or striving—and becomes an opportunity to participate in what God is doing.

And that changes everything.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m reinvesting the interest from a CD instead of taking it as income. Do I still tithe on that interest?
I want to sell some land—will I owe taxes, and how do I determine what’s taxable?
I discovered a small pension from a previous job after rolling over my 401(k). Is it too late to claim it, and what should I do with it?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Cycle of Grateful Living with John Cortines

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 8 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

“Everyone also to whom God has given wealth and possessions and the power to enjoy them…this is the gift of God.” — Ecclesiastes 5:19

What if true joy doesn’t come from gaining more—but from gratefully receiving what God has already provided?

That’s the invitation we find in Ecclesiastes, and it’s the focus of a powerful conversation with John Cortines, Director of Partnerships and Growth at the McClellan Foundation and author of FaithFi’s study on the book of Ecclesiastes called, Wisdom Over Wealth: 12 Lessons from Ecclesiastes on Money. His insight centers on what he calls the cycle of grateful living—a biblical framework that reshapes how we view money, work, and contentment.

Rediscovering Joy in God’s Gifts

Ecclesiastes 5:18–20 sits at the heart of Scripture’s teaching on money and meaning. These verses remind us of something we often overlook: Not only are wealth and possessions gifts from God, but so is the ability to enjoy them.

That means joy isn’t something we manufacture through achievement or accumulation. It’s something we receive. Whether we have little or much, Scripture calls us to find satisfaction in the life God has already given us—our work, our relationships, and even our daily routines.

Yet many of us miss this. We’re quick to recognize the dangers of money, but slow to embrace the goodness of God’s provision.

The “E.A.T.” Cycle for Grateful Living

John Cortines summarizes this biblical vision with a simple acronym: E.A.T.

1. Enjoy God’s Provision

Everything we have—our resources, our health, our relationships—is a gift. Even the capacity to enjoy these things is given by God.

Gratitude begins when we recognize that nothing we have is ultimately self-made. It all flows from His hand.

2. Accept Life’s Brevity

Ecclesiastes repeatedly reminds us that life is short. This isn’t meant to discourage us—but to awaken us.

When we accept the limits of our time and season, we begin to live with greater purpose. We stop postponing joy and start embracing the present as a gift.

3. Toil with Joy

Work is not something to escape—it’s something to embrace.

While our culture often dreams of financial independence as freedom from work, Scripture presents a different vision. We were created with purpose, and meaningful work is part of that design. Even in retirement, we’re called to engage in what is good, fruitful, and God-honoring.

What Gets in the Way of Joy?

If this cycle is so clear, why do so few people experience it? Cortines points out three common obstacles:

Taking God’s provision for granted instead of cultivating gratitude
Ignoring life’s brevity, living as if time is unlimited
Resenting our work, constantly longing for escape

These patterns lead to anxiety, discontentment, and a constant pursuit of “more.”

Ironically, many people today live with more wealth and comfort than any generation in history—yet struggle deeply with dissatisfaction. As Cortines notes, even great wealth cannot produce lasting joy on its own.

A Better Vision Than “Someday”

One of the most subtle traps in our culture is the belief that joy lies somewhere in the future:

When I earn more…
When I retire…
When life slows down…

But Scripture calls us to something radically different. Joy is not found in a future we’re trying to build—it’s found in the present moment with Christ.

This echoes Jesus’ teaching in Luke 12, where He points to the birds and the flowers. They do not worry, yet God provides for them. Their lives are both sustained and limited—and so are ours.

This is both comforting and sobering:

God will provide for us.
Our time here is brief.

So instead of striving endlessly, we’re invited to live faithfully and gratefully today.

What Does a Grateful Life Look Like?

Ecclesiastes 5:20 gives us a beautiful picture:

“God keeps him occupied with joy in his heart.”

This kind of life is marked by:

Presence instead of distraction
Peace instead of anxiety
Contentment instead of comparison

It’s a life where gratitude crowds out worry—where the heart is so full of God’s goodness that it no longer fixates on what’s missing.

Living Within Our Limits—and God’s Greatness

One of the most profound insights from Ecclesiastes is this: we are small, and that’s okay.

In a world that tells us to dream bigger and achieve more, Scripture gently reminds us that our lives are finite—but God is not.

And that’s where true freedom is found.

We don’t need to be everything or accomplish everything. Christ has already accomplished what matters most. Our role is simply to be faithful in the life we’ve been given.

Finding Joy in What God Has Already Given

The cycle of grateful living is simple—but deeply transformative:

Enjoy what God has given
Accept the limits of your life
Rejoice in the work before you

When we live this way, we step out of the endless pursuit of “more” and into the quiet, steady joy of God’s presence.

And in that place, we discover something surprising: We already have enough—because we already have Him.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 78 and want to avoid long-term care. I can invest $3,000 a month—what’s a safe way to do that?
I’m using Social Security and savings to support ministry requests, but it’s depleting quickly. How can I steward this wisely and manage where to keep and give my money?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Intentional Giving

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 7 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Every day, we make decisions about money—but not every decision is made on purpose. When it comes to generosity, many of us wrestle with familiar questions: Where should I give? How much is enough? Does my giving really make a difference?

But Scripture invites us to see generosity differently—not as a financial habit, but as an act of discipleship. Intentional giving connects our everyday resources to God’s redemptive work in the world.

From Overwhelmed to On Mission

We’re surrounded by needs. Local churches, global missions, ministries serving the poor, organizations strengthening families and sharing the gospel—the opportunities are endless. And because of that, it’s easy to feel overwhelmed or default to reactive giving when something tugs at our hearts.

But God’s Word points us to something deeper.

Ephesians 2:10 reminds us: “For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works, which God prepared beforehand, that we should walk in them.”

Generosity isn’t random. It’s part of the purpose God has written into your life. You’re not just managing money—you’re participating in His mission.

Generosity That Lasts

Intentional giving begins when we realize that our work and income aren’t just about survival or success. They’re about joining God in meeting needs and restoring lives.

The Apostle Paul writes in 1 Timothy 6:18–19 that we are “to do good, to be rich in good works, to be generous and ready to share… thus storing up treasure… so that they may take hold of that which is truly life.”

Every intentional gift becomes an investment in eternity. It’s a present-tense glimpse of God’s Kingdom breaking into this world.

Where Do We Start?

Practicing intentional giving doesn’t have to be complicated—but it does require clarity and purpose.

1. Start with your local church. God designed the church to equip believers, reach communities, and advance the gospel. Supporting it isn’t just tradition—it’s participation in His ongoing work.

2. Care for the vulnerable. Proverbs 19:17 says, “Whoever is generous to the poor lends to the Lord.” Whether through local outreach, relief efforts, or helping a neighbor, these acts reflect God’s compassion in tangible ways.

3. Invest in the spread of the gospel. Romans 10:15 reminds us, “How beautiful are the feet of those who bring good news.” Every gift that helps someone hear about Christ carries eternal significance.

When we give this way, our finances begin to tell a story—about what we love, what we value, and whom we trust.

Grace, Not Guilt

Here’s what makes intentional giving so powerful: it flows from grace, not guilt.

2 Corinthians 9:7 tells us, “Each one must give as he has decided in his heart… for God loves a cheerful giver.”

We don’t give to earn God’s favor—we give because we’ve already received it.

Jesus Himself modeled this. Though He was rich, He became poor so that we might share in His riches (2 Corinthians 8:9). That’s the foundation of all generosity: the gospel.

When grace takes root, open hands follow.

A Different Way to See Money

Intentional giving asks a different set of questions:

Where is God inviting me to participate?
Who has He placed in my path?
What opportunities has He prepared for me?

You’ve been uniquely positioned—with your experiences, relationships, and resources—to make a difference in ways no one else can.

And when generosity becomes intentional, it reshapes how you see money. It’s no longer just income or savings—it becomes a tool for Kingdom impact.

Because giving doesn’t just change someone else’s life—it changes yours. It loosens your grip on money, deepens your trust in God, and aligns your heart with His purposes.

Because when generosity becomes intentional, it becomes transformational.

Take the Next Step

If you want to grow in this mindset—seeing every dollar as an opportunity to participate in God’s work—I’d encourage you to go deeper.

In Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Devotional to Faithful Stewardship, we explore how generosity fits into God’s bigger story and how your finances can reflect His grace and purpose.

You can purchase your copy—or place a bulk order for your church or small group—at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m retiring soon and selling my home, with about $250,000 in proceeds. My advisor suggests a 10-year annuity, but I’m concerned about locking up the money. Is this a wise move?
Do I have to pay federal taxes on interest earned from a high-yield savings account?
I know I can still contribute to last year’s retirement account, but can I do a Roth conversion now and have it count for 2025?
As a widow, can I still use my late husband’s capital gains exclusion when selling our home? And would buying another home or leaving it to my children affect the taxes?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Common Misconceptions about Faith-Based Investing with Brian Mumbert

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 6 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Faith-based investing has been around for decades, yet many investors still wrestle with an important question: Does aligning your investments with your values mean sacrificing performance or diversification?

As more people seek to steward their resources in ways that reflect their convictions, it’s worth taking a closer look at what faith-based investing really is—and what it isn’t.

On today’s show, Brian Mumbert, President of Timothy Plan—a pioneer in faith-based mutual funds—joined us to help clear up some of the most common misconceptions and offered a clearer picture of how values-driven investing really works.

What Is Faith-Based Investing?

At its core, faith-based investing seeks to align financial decisions with biblical values. This often involves screening out companies whose practices conflict with those convictions while still pursuing wise, disciplined investment strategies.

Despite its growing popularity, several misconceptions persist.

Misconception #1: “Faith-Based Funds Always Cost More”

One common assumption is that filtering companies based on values automatically leads to higher fees.

In reality, faith-based funds are managed much like traditional mutual funds. They involve professional research, portfolio management, and strategic allocation. In many cases, expense ratios are comparable—especially with the availability of lower-cost options like ETFs.

That said, there may be instances where costs are slightly higher. But as Brian Mumbert noted, many investors are willing to pay slightly more to ensure their investments reflect what they truly value.

Misconception #2: “You Have to Sacrifice Performance”

Another concern is that prioritizing values means settling for weaker returns.

But values-based screening doesn’t replace sound investment analysis—it works alongside it. Professional managers still evaluate fundamentals, risks, and long-term opportunities. In fact, many faith-based funds have demonstrated competitive performance over time, and in some cases, have even outperformed their unscreened counterparts.

As Mumbert explained, the goal is to combine wise stewardship with disciplined investing—not to choose between them.

Misconception #3: “It Doesn’t Really Make an Impact”

Some critics argue that faith-based investing lacks real-world impact since most stock transactions occur on the secondary market.

While it’s true that buying and selling shares doesn’t directly fund companies in the same way as an initial public offering, investing still represents ownership—and ownership matters.

Mumbert pointed out that shareholders have a voice. They can vote proxies, engage with companies, and choose not to profit from industries that conflict with their convictions.

For many believers, that’s a meaningful form of stewardship.

Misconception #4: “Screening Limits Diversification”

A final concern is that excluding certain companies will significantly narrow investment options.

In practice, even strict faith-based screens still leave a vast majority of the investable universe available—often around 90%. That means investors can still achieve broad diversification across sectors and asset classes while remaining aligned with their values.

A Better Way to Think About Investing

Faith-based investing isn’t about making a symbolic statement or checking a box. It’s about recognizing that every financial decision reflects what we value—and choosing to steward those decisions intentionally.

It invites us to ask a deeper question: What does faithfulness look like in the way I invest what God has entrusted to me?

You don’t have to choose between conviction and competence. Faith-based investing offers a way to pursue both—aligning your portfolio with your beliefs while still practicing wise, disciplined stewardship.

Because in the end, investing isn’t just about returns—it’s about responsibility.

Learn More

If you’d like to explore faith-based investing options, Timothy Plan has been a trusted leader in this space for more than 30 years—offering mutual funds and ETFs designed to help investors align their portfolios with their biblical values.

To learn more, visit TimothyPlan.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m confused about how to report an annuity on our taxes. We started it with $6,000 in 2011, and it’s now worth about $205,000. How do I determine the correct cost basis, especially with fees over time?
We have $20,000 to invest and want something safe and fairly liquid. Should we use CDs or T-bills, and how do T-bills work through TreasuryDirect or a brokerage?
My son’s business is struggling, and he’s relying on payday loans. How can he get out of this cycle, and who should he talk to for guidance or debt consolidation?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

It Is Finished

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 3 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

“For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that though he was rich, yet for your sake he became poor, so that you by his poverty might become rich.” - 2 Corinthians 8:9

Good Friday invites us into a sacred tension—one marked by sorrow, gratitude, and deep hope. It is the day we remember the crucifixion of Jesus Christ, when the Son of God bore the weight of our sin on the cross. And yet, for centuries, Christians have called this day good.

Not because the events were easy or lighthearted—but because of what Christ accomplished through them.

The Sorrow and the Wonder of the Cross

For many believers, Good Friday carries a heaviness. We reflect on the suffering Jesus endured and the sobering reality that our sin made the cross necessary. Scripture reminds us that sin is not merely a mistake—it is a separation from God, the very source of life and love.

And yet, alongside that sorrow is overwhelming gratitude.

We remember the love of the Father who gave His Son, and the love of the Son who willingly laid down His life. Jesus stood in our place, absorbing the penalty we deserved so that we could be reconciled to God. This is the wonder of the cross: justice satisfied and mercy extended.

A Story That Doesn’t End in Darkness

Even on Good Friday, there is anticipation. We know what Sunday brings.

The resurrection is coming—the victory over sin and death, and the promise of eternal life for all who trust in Christ. Good Friday is not the end of the story. It is the turning point. What looked like defeat became the doorway to redemption. That’s why we call it good.

Here at Faith and Finance, we often talk about stewardship, generosity, and wise financial decisions. But Scripture frequently uses financial language to help us understand spiritual realities.

Terms like debt, ransom, redemption, and inheritance appear throughout the Bible—not by accident, but because they reveal the depth of what Christ has done for us.

Romans 6:23 — “For the wages of sin is death, but the free gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord.”
Mark 10:45 — “For even the Son of Man came not to be served but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many.”
1 Corinthians 6:20 — “You were bought with a price. So glorify God in your body.”

These aren’t just metaphors—they are windows into the gospel. Our sin created a debt we could never repay. Left to ourselves, we had no way to restore what was broken. But Jesus stepped in.

“It Is Finished”

As Jesus breathed His last, He declared, “It is finished” (John 19:30).

The Greek word is tetelestai—a word rich with meaning. It was used by servants to report that a task was completed. It appeared on legal documents to indicate that a requirement had been fulfilled. Most strikingly, it has been found on ancient receipts to signify that a debt had been paid in full.

No balance remaining. Nothing left owed.

So when Jesus spoke those words from the cross, He wasn’t simply marking the end of His life—He was announcing the completion of His mission. The price of our redemption had been paid. The debt of sin was canceled. The separation between God and humanity was bridged—not by our effort, but by His sacrifice.

That changes everything. Because of Christ, we are no longer living in a state of spiritual deficit. We live in the overflow of grace. Jesus didn’t make a partial payment—He paid it in full.

There is nothing left for us to earn. No amount of striving can add to what He has already accomplished. Instead, we are invited to receive this gift by faith and walk in the freedom it brings.

We are free from guilt. Free from striving. Free to live for the One who gave everything for us.

A New Way to Live

On this Good Friday, we’re invited to hear those final words again—tetelestai—and let them settle deep into our hearts.

It is finished.

And because it is finished, our obedience is no longer a transaction to earn God’s favor. It becomes a joyful response to His grace. We follow Christ not to gain life, but because in Him, we’ve already found it.

That’s the beauty of the cross. And that’s why Good Friday is truly good.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I bought a small home in 2024 and now have two young kids, with hopes for more. Should we consider moving or refinancing for more space? Also, should I keep $16,000 in savings or invest some of it?
My son and daughter-in-law adopted four Ukrainian teens who may attend college. Where can we find scholarships for them, especially lesser-known ones?
I’m 79, still working as a bi-vocational pastor, and owe about $17,000 on my home. Would a reverse mortgage make sense for me?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Clearing Up Reverse Mortgage Myths with Harlan Accola

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 2 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Reverse mortgages often trigger strong reactions—especially among believers who want to honor God with their finances. But are those reactions grounded in biblical wisdom…or outdated information?

When it comes to debt and home equity, emotions can run high. Yet Scripture calls us to something deeper than instinct—it calls us to understanding. As Proverbs 19:20 reminds us, “Listen to advice and accept instruction, that you may gain wisdom in the future.”

To help bring clarity to this often misunderstood topic, Harlan Accola—who leads the reverse mortgage team at Movement Mortgage—joins the show today to separate fact from fiction.

Why Reverse Mortgages Carry So Much Stigma

For many people, the phrase reverse mortgage immediately raises red flags. And to be fair, some of that concern is rooted in history.

As Harlan Accola explains, earlier versions of these loans—and in some cases, unethical practices—damaged trust. Like many industries, there were bad actors who misused the product and took advantage of seniors. But today’s reverse mortgage is very different.

Modern reverse mortgages are federally regulated through the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and include strong consumer protections designed specifically for older homeowners. Still, misinformation persists—often passed along by well-meaning friends, family members, or even within church communities.

That’s why biblical wisdom matters here. We’re called not just to react, but to understand.

Not All Debt Is the Same

One of the biggest misconceptions about reverse mortgages is that they’re simply another form of dangerous debt. But as Harlan points out, not all debt functions the same way.

Traditional consumer debt—like credit cards or auto loans—requires monthly payments. Miss those payments, and the consequences can quickly escalate, creating stress and financial strain.

A reverse mortgage, however, works very differently:

There are no required monthly principal or interest payments
The homeowner must continue paying property taxes and insurance
The loan is non-recourse, meaning the borrower will never owe more than the value of the home

That final point is key. If the home’s value declines, the borrower (or their heirs) is not personally responsible for the difference.

As Harlan emphasizes, understanding the mechanics of a financial product is essential before comparing it to others—or dismissing it altogether.

A Practical Scenario: When Cash Flow Becomes a Struggle

Harlan highlights a situation that’s becoming increasingly common.

Many homeowners in their 60s and 70s have built substantial equity—but still carry monthly mortgage payments. In fact, a significant number of Americans over 62—and even over 75—are still making those payments.

When unexpected expenses arise—a roof repair, a broken water heater—many turn to high-interest credit cards to cover the gap. This is where a reverse mortgage may offer relief. By eliminating a monthly mortgage payment, it can:

Improve monthly cash flow
Reduce reliance on high-interest debt
Lower financial stress

Harlan also notes that this added margin can even open the door to greater generosity—freeing individuals to steward their resources more intentionally.

A Stewardship Lens: Discernment Over Reaction

For Christians, financial decisions are never just about numbers—they’re about faithfulness.

That means we shouldn’t reject or embrace any financial tool without first understanding it. Wisdom requires discernment, not assumptions.

Reverse mortgages aren’t right for everyone. But as Harlan Accola reminds us, decisions should be based on accurate information—not outdated fears.

As Proverbs 19:20 encourages us, listening, learning, and seeking wise counsel is part of faithful stewardship.

Learn More

If you’d like to better understand reverse mortgages or explore whether one might fit your situation, you can learn more at FaithFi.com/Movement.

Taking time to understand your options isn’t just practical—it’s a step toward stewarding God’s resources with wisdom and care.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m building a home on land I already own and have about $150,000 saved—roughly half the cost. Should I use a construction loan or a traditional mortgage, and how does that process work?
I’m 53 and hope to retire in about four years. I’m in good financial shape, but don’t have a financial advisor or a will. How do I find a trusted advisor, and what should I look for in how they’re paid and whether they’re a fiduciary?
Is it wise to use about 25% of my retirement savings to remodel my home if it could increase its value?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Do Your Finances Need Scam-Proofing?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 1 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000

“The simple believe everything, but the prudent give thought to their steps.” — Proverbs 14:15

In a world where scams are increasingly sophisticated, Scripture reminds us that precaution is not paranoia—it’s stewardship. Protecting the resources God has entrusted to us isn’t just practical; it’s spiritual.

Today’s threats may come through phone calls, emails, text messages, or even impersonations of people we trust. But as followers of Christ, we are not called to live in fear—we are called to walk in wisdom. So what does wise, faithful stewardship look like in a digital age?

1. Slow Down and Verify

Scammers thrive on urgency. They want you to act before you think.

If someone pressures you—claiming to be your bank, a government agency, or even a loved one—pause. Hang up. Verify the source using official contact information.

Remember: Pressure is a red flag. Wisdom takes a breath.

2. Be Wise About How You Send Money

One of the clearest warning signs of fraud is how payment is requested.

Never send money via wire transfer, gift cards, or peer-to-peer apps (like Zelle or Venmo) to someone you don’t personally know.
Legitimate organizations will not demand payment this way.

If something feels off, trust that instinct and walk away.

3. Use Tools That Protect You

Not all payment methods are created equal.

Use credit cards when shopping online—they typically offer stronger fraud protection than debit cards.
Enable two-factor authentication (2FA) on financial accounts—it’s like adding a deadbolt to your digital front door.
Use an authenticator app when possible instead of text-based codes.

These simple steps dramatically reduce your vulnerability.

4. Strengthen Your Passwords

Weak or reused passwords are one of the easiest entry points for thieves.

Use a password manager like Bitwarden or NordPass to create and store strong, unique passwords.
Avoid reusing the same password across multiple accounts.

Think of your passwords as keys—each door should have its own.

5. Monitor and Lock Down Your Accounts

Staying alert can help you catch problems early.

Set up bank alerts for large transactions or unusual activity.
Freeze your credit with all three major bureaus—it’s free and highly effective against identity theft.

This is like installing an alarm system for your finances.

6. Be Cautious Online and in Public

Convenience can sometimes come at a cost.

Avoid accessing financial accounts on public Wi-Fi unless you’re using a VPN.
Only log into accounts on your personal devices.
Limit what you share on social media—details like birthdays, family names, or locations can be used against you.

Not everything needs to be public.

7. Protect Your Physical Information

Digital security matters—but so does what’s on paper.

Shred documents containing sensitive information like bank statements, tax forms, or medical records.
Be cautious of phishing emails or messages—even if they appear to come from someone you know.

When in doubt, verify before you click.

8. Make It a Family Conversation

Scammers often target the most vulnerable—especially older adults and teenagers. Take time to:

Talk with your family about common scams
Share what you’re learning
Stay informed together

Stewardship is not just personal—it’s communal.

9. Use Caution After Data Breaches

If a company offers identity theft protection after a breach:

Take advantage of it—but verify first
Contact the company directly through their official website or number

Don’t trust links or instructions in unsolicited messages.

Faithful Stewardship Without Fear

There’s no question that in today’s world, financial faithfulness includes digital awareness. Guarding your data, protecting your family, and staying alert to fraud are essential parts of stewardship. But this isn’t about fear—it’s about faith expressed through wisdom.

With a few intentional steps, you can protect what God has entrusted to you and live with peace—not panic.

If you’re looking for a simple way to manage your money and grow in faithful stewardship, the FaithFi app can help. It’s designed to help you handle God’s resources with clarity and purpose.

You can download it today at FaithFi.com/App.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been helping a friend financially while he’s unemployed, but it’s starting to strain me. He has no credit and doesn’t know where to start. How can he build a financial foundation—and how can I help without hurting myself?
I need to update my will and mainly want to pass my home to my children. I’ve heard a trust might be better. Can I set that up without an attorney?
I’m working to rebuild my credit after medical debt, but I want to avoid taking on new debt. What are my options—and would borrowing against my paid-off home help or hurt?
I was told I could pay off my $125,000 mortgage faster by moving it to a HELOC and running my income through it. Is that strategy legitimate?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Rich in What Really Matters with Bob Shank

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Is it possible to have everything—and still be missing the one thing that matters most?

That’s not just a philosophical question. Scripture gives us real-life examples of people who appeared successful by every measure, yet walked away empty. On today’s episode, Bob Shank—founder of The Master’s Program—joins us to help unpack how Jesus challenges our definition of wealth and invites us into something far greater.

Why the Desire for “More” Is So Universal

Across cultures, generations, and economic backgrounds, one desire seems to unite us all: the desire for more.

According to Bob Shank, that longing isn’t inherently sinful—it’s actually part of how God designed us.

From the beginning, God created humanity with a mindset of multiplication (Genesis 1:28). We were wired to grow, build, and increase. But sin distorts that desire, redirecting it toward the wrong things.

The problem isn’t the desire for more—it’s what we define as “more.” God calls us to pursue more of what truly satisfies: His presence, His purposes, and His Kingdom.

Why Wealth Never Fully Satisfies

Even when people pursue wealth responsibly and achieve their financial goals, something often still feels incomplete.

Why? Because, as Bob explains, redemption reshapes our desires.

When the Holy Spirit renews our hearts, we begin to long for something this world cannot provide. What once satisfied us begins to feel insufficient. That lingering dissatisfaction isn’t a flaw—it’s a grace.

It’s God’s way of reminding us that we were made for more than material success. As Ecclesiastes 3:11 says, “He has put eternity into man’s heart.”

The Rich Young Ruler: A Case Study in Misplaced Wealth

Few stories capture this tension more clearly than the account of the rich young ruler (Matthew 19:16–22, Mark 10:17–22, Luke 18:18–23).

Here was a man who had everything—wealth, influence, and moral discipline. Yet he approached Jesus with a revealing question: “What must I do to inherit eternal life?”

On the surface, it sounds like a spiritual question. But beneath it was something deeper—a longing that success had failed to satisfy.

Jesus’ response is both familiar and often misunderstood:

“Sell your possessions, give to the poor… and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow me.” (Matthew 19:21)

Most people focus on what the man was asked to give up. But just as important is what Jesus was offering: treasure in heaven.

Jesus wasn’t condemning wealth—He was redirecting it.

What Is “Treasure in Heaven”?

Bob Shank highlights a key insight: the word “treasure” in this passage points to abundance—something stored, secured, and lasting.

Jesus wasn’t asking the man to lose his wealth, but to relocate it.

Instead of storing up treasure in an uncertain, temporary world, Jesus invited him to invest in something eternal—something protected and secure. As Jesus teaches elsewhere:

“Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth… but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven.” (Matthew 6:19–20)

The issue wasn’t possession—it was placement.

The Deeper Question: Who Owns It All?

At the heart of this encounter is a foundational question: Who really owns your wealth?

Many of us live as though what we have is ours now, and someday it will belong to God. But Scripture paints a very different picture:

“The earth is the Lord’s, and everything in it.” (Psalm 24:1)

Everything we have already belongs to Him. We are not owners—we are stewards. And what we do with God’s resources in this life has eternal significance.

A Warning from the Rich Fool

This truth is reinforced in another parable: the rich fool (Luke 12:13–21).

In that story, a man accumulates more than he needs and decides to build bigger barns to store it all. His goal? Independence. Security. A future free from reliance on God. But God calls him a fool. Why?

Because he stored up treasure for himself but was “not rich toward God” (Luke 12:21).

The problem wasn’t planning or saving—it was hoarding beyond purpose. God’s design is clear:

Provide for your needs
Prepare for what’s next
Distribute the excess for His purposes

Undistributed resources, as Bob puts it, become spiritually irrelevant.

Redefining What It Means to Be Rich

So what does it look like to be truly rich?

It means shifting our perspective from short-term gain to eternal investment.

In the world of finance, we understand that longer-term investments often yield greater returns. Jesus applies that same principle spiritually: The greatest return comes from investing in what lasts forever—God’s Kingdom.

This doesn’t mean neglecting wise financial planning. It means placing our ultimate hope, security, and purpose in something beyond it.

The Invitation: From Accumulation to Alignment

The rich young ruler walked away because he couldn’t let go of what he thought defined his security. But Jesus’ invitation still stands for us today:

Move your treasure
Reframe your definition of wealth
Align your resources with God’s purposes

Because in the end, the richest life isn’t the one that has the most—it’s the one that uses everything for what matters most.

Want to Go Deeper?

If this conversation stirred something in you, we’d love to invite you to explore it further. Bob Shank expands on these ideas in his powerful article featured in the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine.

When you become a FaithFi Partner, you’ll receive every issue—along with biblical insights and practical guidance to help you steward God’s resources with wisdom and purpose.

Just visit FaithFi.com/Partner to learn more and join us.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 59 with no retirement savings, but I’m starting to set aside $100 a week. My employer doesn’t offer a 401(k). What’s the best retirement plan for me?
My husband and I are in our 40s with an outdated $300,000 term policy from our 20s. We now have a new home and two kids. How much coverage do we need, and where should we start?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Money is a Tool

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 30 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Most of us don’t wake up intending to serve money. And yet, over time, financial pressure, goals, and anxieties can quietly begin shaping our decisions, priorities, and even our sense of security.

Jesus addresses this directly in Luke 16:13: “You cannot serve God and money.” But that doesn’t mean money has no place in the life of a believer. It simply means money must never be our master.

The invitation of Scripture is far better: not to serve money, but to serve God with money.

Money Is a Gift to Receive with Gratitude

One of the most important starting points is recognizing that money is not inherently bad—it’s a gift.

Ecclesiastes 5:19 reminds us, “Everyone also to whom God has given wealth and possessions and power to enjoy them—this is the gift of God.”

God is not opposed to provision or even enjoyment. In fact, when Jesus fed the five thousand in Matthew 14, He didn’t just meet the need—there were twelve baskets left over. The message isn’t excess for its own sake, but that God’s provision is abundant and generous.

When we begin here, with gratitude, money shifts from something we grasp for to something we receive.

Money Reveals What We Trust

At the same time, money carries real spiritual weight.

1 Timothy 6:10 says, “The love of money is a root of all kinds of evils.” Notice—it’s not money itself, but our love for it that leads us astray.

Money has a way of exposing our hearts. Every financial decision—spending, saving, giving—asks a deeper question: What am I trusting right now?

Am I looking to money for security?
Am I using it to shape my identity?
Or am I trusting God as my provider?

Money is morally neutral, but how we use it is deeply spiritual.

Money Is a Tool for Purpose, Not a Goal

Scripture consistently points us beyond accumulation.

Ephesians 4:28 tells us to work “so that [we] may have something to share with anyone in need.” That’s a profound shift. We don’t earn simply to build our own lives—we earn to participate in God’s provision for others.

This reframes everything:

Work becomes more than survival—it becomes participation in God’s generosity.
Saving becomes preparation, not fear.
Investing becomes stewardship when it supports future responsibility and generosity.

Money finds its greatest purpose when it flows outward, not when it’s hoarded inward.

Putting Money in Its Proper Place

Jesus’ words in Luke 16:13 remind us that money must remain a servant, never a master.

John Wesley captured this beautifully when he wrote: “Money is an excellent gift of God… it is food for the hungry, drink for the thirsty, raiment for the naked.”

That’s a picture of redeemed money—money used for purposes that reflect the heart of God.

Holding Money with Open Hands

There’s one more truth that frees us: money is temporary.

1 Timothy 6:7 says, “We brought nothing into the world, and we cannot take anything out of the world.”

Every dollar we manage is something we steward for a season. But how we use it can have a lasting impact. When we remember that:

We enjoy God’s provision without clinging to it.
We plan wisely without placing our hope in wealth.
We give generously because we trust God to provide again.

So before your next financial decision—whether it’s spending, saving, investing, or giving—try asking: “Lord, how can this money serve You and others?”

Because money is never the destination. It’s a tool placed in our hands to accomplish something far greater than ourselves.

Go Deeper

This is a key theme explored in Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Journey to Faithful Stewardship—a devotional designed to help you see money not as something to chase, but as a tool to align your heart with God’s purposes.

You can get your copy—or order for your church or small group—at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My credit score dropped from the low 800s to the mid-600s after I moved and got insurance quotes. I have no debt, pay everything on time, and nothing negative shows on my report. What could cause a drop like this, and how can I fix it?
My husband passed away six years ago, and we recently discovered a coin collection that may be valuable due to its silver content. It wasn’t included in the estate at the time. If we sell it now, how should we handle the taxes and inheritance implications?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Financial Advice for Students and Early Career Adults with Bob Doll

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 27 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

“Blessed is the one who finds wisdom, and the one who gains understanding, for her profit is better than silver, and her gain surpasses gold.” - Proverbs 3:13–14

Making wise financial decisions early in life can set the stage for long-term stability, freedom, and generosity. But for students and young professionals just starting out, the question remains: Where do you begin?

On today’s episode, Bob Doll—CEO and Chief Investment Officer at Crossmark Global Investments—joined us to share practical, faith-rooted guidance to help young adults build a strong financial foundation from the very start.

Start With a Plan

Every wise financial journey begins with a plan.

Bob emphasizes that a budget is the starting point—simply knowing what’s coming in and what’s going out. Without a plan, it’s easy to drift financially. With one, you gain clarity and direction.

From there, establish an emergency fund—typically three to six months of expenses—to prepare for life’s unexpected turns. And just as importantly, avoid high-interest debt, especially credit card debt. Left unchecked, debt can quickly undo financial progress.

Learn From Others—and Seek Guidance

One of the fastest ways to grow in financial wisdom is to observe others. Look at those who are thriving financially—and those who are struggling. What patterns do you see? What choices led them there?

Bob encourages young adults to seek out mentors and wise counsel. A trusted advisor or a financially mature believer can help you avoid common pitfalls such as overspending or neglecting savings.

And don’t underestimate the value of learning. Reading solid, biblically grounded resources can shape your thinking and help you develop lifelong habits of stewardship.

Embrace a Biblical Perspective on Money

At the heart of financial wisdom is a simple but transformative truth: It’s not our money.

Everything we have—our income, possessions, time, and abilities—belongs to God. We are stewards, entrusted to manage His resources faithfully.

This perspective reshapes everything. It moves us from ownership to stewardship, from control to surrender, and from self-focus to God’s purposes.

Don’t Miss the Opportunity to Be Generous

One of the most powerful lessons Bob shared came from personal experience.

Early in his career, he and his wife avoided overspending—but they realized later they had accumulated more than they needed, missing opportunities to give generously.

His advice? Start giving early. As Acts 20:35 reminds us, “It is more blessed to give than to receive.” Generosity isn’t something to postpone until you have “more.” It’s a discipline that shapes your heart right now.

God often uses generosity to transform us—deepening our trust, increasing our joy, and aligning our hearts with His.

Harness the Power of Compounding

When it comes to investing, time is your greatest asset.

Even small, consistent contributions can grow significantly over time thanks to compound interest. Starting early allows your money more time to grow, making a dramatic difference over decades.

Bob encourages young adults to:

Begin investing as soon as possible
Take advantage of employer-sponsored retirement plans—especially matching contributions
Consider tools like a Roth IRA for long-term, tax-advantaged growth

Consistency matters more than timing. Regular investing—even in small amounts—can lead to substantial results over time.

Align Your Investments With Your Values

Today, investors have more opportunities than ever to align their portfolios with their faith.

That means considering not just financial returns, but also how companies operate and what they produce. As Bob points out, our investments should reflect the same values we aim to live out in every other area of life.

Faith-based investing allows you to steward your resources in a way that honors God—not just in giving, but in growing what He’s entrusted to you.

Build Rhythms That Last

Financial success isn’t built on one-time decisions—it’s shaped by consistent habits.

Set goals. Track your progress. Celebrate milestones along the way. And remember, balance matters. God invites us to enjoy His provision while also preparing for the future.

When progress feels slow, stay the course. Faithful stewardship over time leads to lasting fruit.

Prioritize Unity in Marriage

For those entering marriage or building a young family, communication around money is essential.

Financial disagreements are one of the leading sources of conflict in relationships. That’s why it’s crucial to:

Talk openly and regularly about finances
Set shared goals
Pray together for wisdom and unity

When couples align their hearts and decisions before the Lord, they create a foundation of trust and purpose that strengthens both their finances and their relationship.

Starting Strong

Starting strong financially isn’t about perfection—it’s about direction.

As you build your career and manage your resources, remember this: wisdom is more valuable than wealth. When you seek God’s perspective on money and apply it faithfully, you’re not just building financial stability—you’re cultivating a life that reflects His purposes.

And that’s a foundation that will last far beyond your bank account.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 35, married, have no kids, and have no significant assets—do I still need a will, and how would I set one up?
My two sons have special needs and some retirement savings. Is there a way to withdraw that money without early withdrawal penalties?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Bringing Clean Water and the Gospel to Malawi with Aaron Griggs

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 26 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

In rural Malawi, many children wake each day unsure if they’ll eat, relying on water that can make them sick. For families living in deep poverty, this isn’t an occasional hardship—it’s daily life. Yet even in these conditions, there is hope.

Today, we were joined by Aaron Griggs of Cross International, a Christian humanitarian and development ministry, to talk about how lives are being changed in places like Malawi through practical help and the hope of the gospel.

Life in Rural Malawi: A Daily Struggle for Survival

In remote villages like Tanganyika, life revolves around meeting the most basic needs. Families often don’t know where their next meal will come from, and many children go to bed hungry.

Access to clean water is one of the greatest challenges. Most families rely on open water sources contaminated with bacteria, leading to frequent illness—especially among children who are already malnourished. These illnesses not only weaken their bodies but also rob them of the nutrients they desperately need.

Housing is fragile and unsafe, medical care is scarce, and education is often out of reach due to cost. Add to that years of severe drought that have devastated crops, and the cycle of poverty deepens.

And yet, as Aaron shared, these families are resilient—working hard, doing their best, and holding onto hope for a better future.

The Hidden Cost of Unsafe Water

Contaminated water doesn’t just affect health—it disrupts every part of life.

Children, especially girls, often spend hours each day walking long distances to collect water. That’s time they could be spending in school. At the same time, women are unable to pursue income-generating work, making it even harder for families to afford school fees.

Even when children attend school, frequent illness makes it difficult for them to focus and learn. Over time, they fall further behind, limiting their future opportunities.

A Long-Term Approach to Breaking the Cycle

Cross International doesn’t just meet immediate needs—they focus on lasting transformation.

Their approach is built on a partnership with local ministries. Rather than imposing outside solutions, they work alongside community leaders to create sustainable, long-term change.

This model has proven effective. Many of their ministry partners have been serving their communities for over a decade, allowing them to witness real transformation—physically, economically, and spiritually.

Bri’s Story: A Life Transformed

One powerful example is a young girl named Bri.

After her father passed away, Bri’s family lost everything. Her mother, Ines, was left to raise three children alone, struggling to find work and provide even basic necessities. They lived in a fragile, unsafe home, and Bri often went to bed hungry and sick from drinking unclean water.

School wasn’t even an option. But everything changed when Bri joined Cross International’s after-school program.

Her school fees were covered, allowing her to return to the classroom. She now receives a daily nutritious meal, academic support, and the chance to simply be a child—playing, learning, and building friendships.

Most importantly, she is learning about Jesus.

Bri’s favorite Bible story is Zacchaeus (Luke 19:1–10). She loves how he was determined to see Jesus—and how Jesus responded by coming to his home. Now, Bri understands that Jesus sees her too, loves her, and is always with her.

More Than Aid: Restoring Dignity and Hope

The impact extends beyond children.

Bri’s mother, Ines, has received support to start a small business, creating a sustainable way to provide for her family. The after-school program has become a community hub—offering not just education and meals, but also encouragement, prayer, and spiritual growth.

Facilities built through this partnership are used for worship services and community gatherings, strengthening both families and the broader village.

By addressing physical needs—like food, water, housing, and education—doors are opened to share the love of Christ in meaningful, lasting ways.

An Invitation to Make a Difference

While stories like Bri’s are encouraging, many more children are still waiting. The need is great—but so is the opportunity.

As Aaron reminded us, God doesn’t call us to solve everything. He simply asks us to be faithful with what we’ve been given (Luke 16:10). Like the boy who offered his five loaves and two fish (John 6:1–13), what we place in God’s hands can be multiplied far beyond what we imagine.

Through this partnership, just $62 can provide a child with school fees, daily meals, clean water, and biblical teaching that points them to Christ.

If you’d like to be part of this work and help reach children like Bri, you can give at FaithFi.com/Cross.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I understand how QCDs work and have been using them through my IRA. My question is about documentation—do QCDs require the same ‘contemporaneous’ receipt as regular charitable gifts? And if the IRS questioned it, what proof should I have, especially if the checks are sent directly to charities?
What’s the difference between a Roth IRA and a traditional IRA? Can someone open a 401(k) without being an employee? And what are the contribution limits for each?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What Is a CKA? with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 25 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

“Where there is no guidance, a people falls, but in an abundance of counselors there is safety.” — Proverbs 11:14

When it comes to managing money, Scripture reminds us that we were never meant to do it alone. Financial decisions carry both practical and spiritual weight, shaping not only our future but also our faithfulness.

On today’s episode of Faith & Finance, Sharon Epps, President of Kingdom Advisors, explores why wise counsel matters—and how Certified Kingdom Advisors (CKA®s) are helping believers steward God’s resources with clarity and conviction.

What Is a Certified Kingdom Advisor?

A Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®) is a financial professional who is both spiritually grounded and professionally equipped to help individuals and families make financial decisions rooted in biblical wisdom.

As Sharon Epps explains, a CKA® is someone who is:

Biblically trained
Professionally qualified
Passionate about helping others make faith-informed financial decisions

CKA®s come from a range of professions, including financial planning, accounting, investing, insurance, and law—but they share a common commitment to integrating faith into their work.

A Standard Built on Biblical Wisdom

The CKA® designation is not a casual credential—it reflects a rigorous and intentional process.

Sharon Epps highlighted that candidates complete:

90 hours of college-level study
A five-hour proctored exam
A real-life case study applying biblical principles to financial planning

This training equips advisors not only with technical expertise, but also with a framework for applying Scripture to everyday financial decisions.

More Than a Credential—A Heart Transformation

One of the most compelling insights Sharon shared is that becoming a CKA often transforms the advisor as much as it equips them.

One advisor wrote:

“My practice is no longer just about financial acumen—it’s about integrating faith and finance.”

Another shared:

“This journey has been a catalyst for spiritual growth and discernment.”

These stories reflect a deeper reality: when financial advice is shaped by Scripture, it changes not only how money is managed, but how people live.

Why It Matters for Your Financial Journey

So why should you consider working with a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®)?

Sharon Epps put it simply: money is a tool, and we need wise guidance to use it well. A CKA helps you:

Make decisions aligned with a biblical worldview
Stay grounded in Scripture and prayer
Pursue faithfulness, not just financial success

In a culture that often measures progress by accumulation, a CKA® helps reframe the goal toward stewardship, generosity, and trust in God.

Taking the Next Step

If you’re looking for financial guidance that aligns with your faith, connecting with a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®) can be a powerful next step.

As Proverbs reminds us, there is safety in an abundance of counsel—and the right advisor can help you move forward with wisdom, confidence, and a deeper sense of purpose.

Find a Certified Kingdom Advisor

Ready to take that next step? You can connect with a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®) in your area by visiting FindaCKA.com.

There, you’ll find trusted professionals who are equipped to help you integrate your faith and finances—so you can steward God’s resources wisely and live with greater clarity and peace.

You don’t have to navigate your financial journey alone. With wise, biblically grounded counsel, you can move forward in faithful stewardship.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m selling my home and still have a small mortgage. How does equity work when I sell—does it carry over to my next home? Also, at 79, would my age make it harder to get a mortgage?
I’m 63 and divorced after 30 years of marriage. I worked in our home business but didn’t earn income or Social Security credits. My ex-husband receives military retirement, and I’ve heard I may qualify for benefits based on his record. How do I access that, and does it reduce what he receives?
My mom passed away, and I’ll receive about $70,000 from her home. I’m 59 and plan to retire at 62. I have no debt, a fully funded emergency fund, and an IRA with limited annual contributions. What’s the best use of this inheritance, and are there any tax concerns I should be aware of?
I’m on short-term disability, but payments have stopped while my claim is reviewed, and I’ve used up my savings. I have a $30,000 whole life policy—should I take a loan against it for income? I recently had surgery and may return to work soon, but my FMLA is ending, so my job is uncertain.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Investing in the People Behind the Profits with Dolores Bamford

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 24 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Servant leadership isn’t a soft skill—it’s one of the clearest indicators of a company’s long-term health.

When investors evaluate businesses, they often focus on numbers: revenue, margins, and growth projections. But behind every enduring company is something less visible and far more powerful—a leadership team shaping culture, guiding decisions, and determining whether that business will flourish or fade.

Dolores Bamford, Co-Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Eventide Asset Management, joins the show today to share what she has learned after spending decades studying this reality. Her conclusion is clear: leadership quality is essential to lasting business success.

Why Leadership Matters More Than We Think

At its core, leadership shapes everything about a company. It influences:

Culture and employee engagement
Product development and innovation
Risk management and resilience
Long-term growth and sustainability

Strong products and strategies may carry a company for a time, but they cannot compensate for poor leadership indefinitely. Over the long run, outcomes are driven not just by numbers, but by people.

Yet, according to Dolores, this is often overlooked in traditional investment analysis—where short-term performance can overshadow deeper, more meaningful indicators of health.

A Different Lens: Faith and Investing

Dolores’s perspective is shaped not only by her extensive experience in investment management—spanning firms like Fidelity, Putnam, and Goldman Sachs—but also by her theological training.

After years in finance, she pursued a master’s degree in theology and further study in ethical leadership. That combination sharpened her conviction that faith and finance belong together.

It also re-framed how she evaluates companies. Instead of focusing solely on financial outputs, she looks at:

Integrity and humility in leadership
A sense of stewardship over resources
A commitment to serving others
Alignment between purpose and practice

This lens recognizes that businesses are not just economic engines—they are instruments that shape human flourishing.

What Servant Leadership Looks Like in Practice

Servant leadership is not abstract. It shows up in everyday decisions and behaviors. Leaders who embody it:

Prioritize the well-being and development of employees
Create cultures of trust, accountability, and excellence
Serve customers with genuine care and long-term value in mind
Use innovation responsibly, not recklessly
Think beyond short-term gains toward enduring impact

These leaders are marked by humility, integrity, and a willingness to learn from mistakes. They pursue excellence not for personal recognition, but for the good of others.

By contrast, poor leadership often reveals itself through:

Arrogance and self-interest
A fixation on short-term profits
Poor treatment of employees or customers
Misalignment between stated values and actual practices

Over time, these traits erode trust, weaken culture, and ultimately damage the business itself.

The Risk of Ignoring Leadership Quality

Why is leadership often overlooked?

Part of the reason is pressure. Markets reward short-term results, and leaders can feel incentivized to prioritize immediate gains over long-term health. Cultural norms may also celebrate boldness and self-promotion over humility and service. But this creates real risk.

When leadership lacks integrity or vision, companies may:

Sacrifice people for profit
Develop harmful products or practices
Become fragile in times of stress

On the other hand, strong leadership fosters stability, adaptability, and resilience—qualities that sustain businesses through both prosperity and adversity.

Evaluating Both What and How

At Eventide, evaluating a company goes beyond financial metrics. It includes both what a company produces and how it operates. This means asking:

Does the company’s purpose align with its actions?
Are its products genuinely serving people?
Do its practices reflect care for employees, customers, and communities?

When there’s a disconnect between purpose and practice, the consequences can ripple outward, affecting not just the company but society as a whole.

Ultimately, investing isn’t just about returns—it’s about the kind of world our capital helps build.

Every investment is a vote of confidence in a company’s leadership and its vision for the future. By prioritizing servant leadership, investors can support businesses that not only succeed financially but also contribute to human flourishing.

A Better Definition of Success

The most rewarding outcome, Dolores notes, is seeing companies thrive by serving others well—employees grow, customers benefit, and communities are strengthened.

It’s a reminder that true success isn’t measured by profit alone, but by purpose lived out with excellence. Great companies don’t just start with great ideas—they start with great leaders.

And when leadership is shaped by humility, integrity, and a commitment to serve, it creates something far more valuable than short-term gains: it builds businesses that endure.

If you’re interested in aligning your investments with companies that prioritize purpose, integrity, and long-term impact, you can learn more about Eventide Asset Management and their approach to investing for human flourishing at EventideInvestments.com.

Dolores Bamford is the Co-Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Eventide Asset Management, LLC. Views expressed in this podcast are intended for information purposes and do not constitute investment advice. Eventide does not provide tax, accounting, or legal advice. Eventide's values-based approach to investing may not produce desired results and could result in underperformance compared with other investments. There is no guarantee that any investment will achieve its objectives, generate positive returns, or avoid losses.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m about to start annuity payments. If I give directly from my annuity to charity but don’t exceed the standard deduction, is there still any tax benefit?
I volunteer in prison ministry and drive a lot, but I’m on disability with very little income. I’ve also lost money to family and others. I want to get my taxes and credit cards paid—what’s the best path forward, and could the IRS tax expert you mentioned help?
What exactly is an HEI? And as a follow-up, I was quoted about 10% to tap my home equity—does that seem too high, and what should I know?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Saving on Purpose

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 23 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

What if the most important question about your savings isn’t how much you have—but what it’s really for?

We often think of saving as a financial skill—and it is. But Scripture invites us to see it as something deeper: a purposeful act of stewardship. When we understand saving through that lens, it begins to shape not just our finances, but our hearts.

Why Saving Feels So Difficult

Let’s be honest—saving rarely feels automatic.

If it did, we wouldn’t need reminders, spreadsheets, apps, or the occasional sticky note on the fridge. Saving requires us to resist the pull of the present in favor of the future. And that kind of restraint has always been in short supply.

Our culture encourages consumption and immediacy. Spend now. Upgrade now. Enjoy now. But saving calls us to a different rhythm—one marked by patience and preparation.

For many households, the challenge is even more pressing. Without financial margin, it only takes one unexpected expense—a repair, a medical bill, a job transition—to create significant strain. In that sense, saving isn’t just about numbers—it’s about posture.

Saving teaches us to slow down, to hold back, and to make intentional decisions. It’s the discipline of saying “not now” so we can say “yes” when the time is right.

A Biblical Vision for Saving

Scripture consistently affirms this kind of foresight.

The book of Proverbs praises diligence, prudence, and gathering in season (Proverbs 6:6–8). These aren’t presented as signs of fear or lack of faith—but as wisdom in action.

Saving doesn’t compete with God’s provision. It responds to it.

When we save, we acknowledge that God has entrusted resources to us—and that we have a responsibility to steward them wisely. Biblical wisdom is never passive. It’s thoughtful, intentional, and forward-looking.

The Guardrail: Where Our Trust Belongs

At the same time, Scripture gives us a clear guardrail. Our security doesn’t come from what we accumulate—it comes from the Lord.

When saving becomes a substitute for trust, it quietly shifts our foundation. We begin to rely on what we’ve stored rather than on the One who provides.

Jesus addresses this in Luke 12:24, pointing to the ravens: “They neither sow nor reap… and yet God feeds them.” His message isn’t that planning is wrong—it’s that anxiety is misplaced.

God knows our needs. He is faithful. Saving, rightly understood, is not self-reliance. It’s stewardship under God’s care.

Purpose Turns Saving into Readiness

Purpose is what keeps our savings from drifting into fear or accumulation.

Without purpose, saving can feel like deprivation—a constant delay of gratification. It can become a way of managing fear or building a false sense of control.

But with purpose, saving becomes something entirely different.

It becomes preparation for unexpected storms—without panic
Provision for your family—without strain
A foundation for generosity—without hesitation

Saving with purpose transforms restraint into readiness. It isn’t just personal—it’s communal.

Scripture reminds us that we are stewards, not owners. What we have has been entrusted to us for purposes that extend beyond our own lives.

A lack of margin often limits our ability to respond when needs arise. But when we’ve prepared wisely, we’re positioned to give, serve, and support others more freely.

Generosity often requires readiness. And readiness requires margin.

Faithfulness Looks Different in Every Season

It’s important to remember: Scripture doesn’t prescribe a universal savings percentage or target balance.

Faithfulness isn’t measured by a number.

For some—especially those facing financial hardship—saving may feel out of reach. That struggle is real, especially in today’s economic climate.

For others, the challenge is less about income and more about intention—choosing to live below their means in a world that encourages the opposite.

Wherever you are, the call is the same: steward what you’ve been given with wisdom and trust.

Aligning Your Savings with Your Values

If saving is meant to be purposeful, then where and how you save matters.

That’s why AdelFi Christian Banking (a merger of Christian Community Credit Union and AdelFi Credit Union) is there to help believers align their everyday financial decisions with their faith.

Together, they’re building a Christ-centered banking ecosystem designed to serve families while also supporting churches, ministries, and gospel-centered initiatives around the world.

Saving with purpose isn’t just about what you set aside—it’s about aligning your financial habits with what you believe.

When your financial practices reflect your values, even ordinary decisions can point toward eternal priorities. That’s why, for FaithFi Listeners, they are offering up to a $400 bonus for those who open an account with them. Just use the promo code “FAITHFI”. You can learn more at FaithFi.com/Banking.

What Is Your Savings Really For?

Saving is wise. But more than that, it’s meaningful.

It’s not about building security apart from God—it’s about stewarding what He’s provided in a way that reflects trust, wisdom, and readiness.

Because ultimately, the goal isn’t just to have more. It’s to be faithful with what you’ve been given—for His purposes, in His timing, and for His glory.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been offered a federal job with a pension and strong benefits, but it’s about a $35,000 pay cut. My wife and I think we can make it work, but I’m still uneasy. How should I approach this decision?
I’m a widow with assets in a brokerage account, 401(k), and Roth. Most of my income comes from dividends, but taxes are pushing my income higher and reducing my Social Security benefits. I’d like to give appreciated stock—possibly to my church and to fund ultrasound machines for pregnancy centers—in a tax-efficient way. Can I do that directly?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Navigating Finances in Blended Families with Ron Deal and Greg Pettys

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 20 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Martin Luther once said, “There is no more lovely, friendly and charming relationship, communion or company than a good marriage.” Marriage is one of God’s great gifts—but like any meaningful relationship, it requires intentional care and wisdom.

That’s especially true in blended families. When two people come together later in life—often bringing children, financial histories, and past experiences of loss—the conversations surrounding money, inheritance, and responsibility can become complex.

To explore how couples can navigate these challenges faithfully and wisely, we were joined by Ron Deal and Greg Pettis, co-authors of The Smart Step Family Guide to Financial Planning. Their work offers practical guidance for couples seeking peace, clarity, and unity in second marriages.

One of the most helpful tools they recommend is something called a “Togetherness Agreement.”

Why Blended Families Face Unique Financial Challenges

When couples enter a second marriage, they aren’t simply merging households—they’re merging entire life stories.

Often, there are children from previous relationships, existing debts or investments, businesses, aging parents who need care, and deeply personal financial experiences shaped by the past. For many, divorce, death, or financial conflict in a previous marriage has left emotional scars that naturally create caution in the next one.

As Ron Deal explains, conversations about bank accounts or investments rarely stay purely financial.

They quickly become conversations about trust, security, and provision—especially when children or extended family members are involved. Questions arise, such as:

How should accounts be structured?
How will assets be divided in the future?
How do we care for children from previous marriages?
What happens to a business or an inheritance?

Without clear communication, assumptions can easily lead to misunderstanding or conflict later on.

The “Togetherness Agreement”

To help couples navigate these conversations, Deal and Pettis developed the idea of a Togetherness Agreement.

This agreement is more than a financial document. It’s a framework for couples to intentionally discuss expectations, values, and responsibilities before problems arise.

Greg Pettis describes it this way: couples are essentially “writing the rules for their marriage with love and respect for both parties.”

The agreement helps address emotionally charged topics such as:

How many financial accounts will a couple maintain
Whether finances will be fully combined or partially separate
How assets will be passed to children
Responsibilities toward aging parents
Ownership of businesses or investments
The roles of stepchildren, grandchildren, and extended family

By putting these conversations in writing, couples gain clarity and reduce the risk of future confusion.

Should It Be a Legal Document?

In many cases, Deal and Pettis recommend that couples make their Togetherness Agreement a formal legal document, often with the help of an attorney.

While marriage itself is a legal covenant, it doesn’t always address the specific financial realities of blended families. A written agreement can help financial advisors, attorneys, and family members understand the couple’s intentions.

It can also prevent what Deal calls “inheritance drift.”

Without clear planning, assets can unintentionally pass to people far removed from the original family line. For example, if a spouse dies and the surviving spouse remarries without updating estate plans, assets may eventually pass to the new spouse’s family rather than the original children.

Intentional planning ensures that what matters most to a family is preserved.

A Real-Life Example

Deal and Pettis share the story of a couple, Anthony and Jenny, to illustrate how a Togetherness Agreement can work.

Anthony was a successful construction business owner with two sons. Jenny, a CPA, also had children and was caring for her aging mother. During their courtship, neither fully understood the other’s financial situation.

Anthony had previously struggled with gambling debt and a low credit score. Jenny had spent significant resources caring for her mother and had promised that her mother could one day live with her.

Their Togetherness Agreement created a space for honest disclosure and compassionate conversation. Together, they worked through several important decisions:

They established one shared budget account but maintained individual accounts while Anthony addressed his credit and gambling issues.
Anthony clarified that his sons would inherit his company, something that had been planned long before the new marriage.
To provide for Jenny and her daughter, they created a trust funded by life insurance.
They developed long-term care plans for Jenny’s mother.

The process didn’t just solve financial questions—it strengthened their relationship by building trust and mutual respect.

The Power of Simply Starting the Conversation

While a legal document can be valuable, Pettis emphasizes that the most important step is simply starting the conversation.

Couples don’t need to begin with lawyers and paperwork. Even writing ideas on a notepad can open the door to transparency and deeper understanding.

What matters most is creating an environment where both spouses feel safe sharing their hopes, concerns, and expectations for the future.

When Should Couples Create a Togetherness Agreement?

Ideally, these conversations should begin before marriage, during the dating or engagement phase. That’s the time when couples can discuss expectations openly and thoughtfully.

But if a couple is already married and hasn’t had these conversations, it’s never too late. As Ron Deal puts it: Start today.

Intentional communication can prevent future conflict and help couples build a financial plan rooted in love, wisdom, and unity.

A Tool for Strengthening Marriage

Money often reveals the deeper values and priorities of our hearts. For blended families, navigating those conversations requires patience, grace, and thoughtful planning.

A Togetherness Agreement gives couples a practical way to align their financial decisions with their shared vision for the future.

When approached with humility and honesty, these conversations can do more than organize finances—they can strengthen the marriage itself.

For couples navigating life in a blended family, that kind of clarity and unity can be an invaluable gift.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I recently had to take a large required minimum distribution, so I now have extra cash and would like to give more than $19,000 to each of my children. Is there a way to do that without creating tax issues?
I’m turning 63 this week and still working full-time. I’ve been hearing that Social Security could run out of money by 2033, and it’s making me consider claiming benefits early. Is that concern valid, and would starting at 63 or 64 significantly reduce my benefit?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Understanding Your IRA Options with Mark Biller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 19 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

For decades, retirement income in America has often been described as a three-legged stool.

The first leg is Social Security, which historically provides roughly 35–45% of a retiree’s monthly income. The second leg used to be company pensions, but those have largely been replaced by employer-sponsored plans such as 401(k)s and 403(b)s, which now provide roughly 15–20% of retirement income on average.

The third leg—and the one individuals have the most control over—is personal savings. One of the most important tools for building those savings is the Individual Retirement Account, or IRA.

This is especially important for people who don’t have a strong employer retirement plan. In those cases, personal savings often need to carry even more of the load in retirement.

What an IRA Actually Is

Before diving into the different types of IRAs, it helps to understand one key point: an IRA itself isn’t an investment.

An IRA is simply a tax-advantaged account that holds investments. Inside an IRA, you can own many of the same assets you might hold elsewhere—stocks, bonds, mutual funds, CDs, and more.

The main benefit of an IRA is the tax treatment. Depending on the type you choose, your contributions or withdrawals may receive special tax advantages that can significantly affect your long-term financial plan.

Traditional vs. Roth: The Key Difference

When people talk about IRAs, they are usually referring to two primary types: the traditional IRA and the Roth IRA.

Traditional IRAs

Traditional IRAs have been around since 1974. Their main advantage is the immediate tax deduction many contributors receive.

When you contribute to a traditional IRA, you may be able to deduct that contribution from your taxable income. Your investments then grow tax-deferred, meaning you don’t pay taxes on the gains each year.

However, when you begin withdrawing money in retirement, those withdrawals are taxed as income.

In simple terms: Traditional IRA = tax break now, taxes later.

Roth IRAs

Roth IRAs were introduced in 1997, and they reverse the traditional model.

With a Roth IRA, contributions are not tax-deductible today. However, the major benefit comes later: qualified withdrawals in retirement—including investment gains—are completely tax-free.

In other words: Roth IRA = no tax break now, but no taxes later.

Which One Is Better?

The decision between traditional and Roth IRAs largely depends on your expected tax situation.

If you believe your tax rate will be higher in retirement, a Roth IRA can be very attractive because you pay taxes today at a lower rate and enjoy tax-free income later.

This is why Roth accounts are often recommended for younger workers who are early in their careers and likely in a lower tax bracket.

However, the decision can become more complicated for people who are within 10–15 years of retirement. At that stage, many people are in their peak earning years and higher tax brackets, which may make a traditional IRA more appealing.

Taxes aren’t the only factor, but they are often the most important one.

Contribution Limits You Should Know

Contribution limits for IRAs change periodically, and it’s important to stay current.

For 2026, the limits are:

$7,500 per person under age 50
$8,600 per person for those age 50 or older (thanks to catch-up contributions)

If you’re married filing jointly, each spouse can contribute to their own IRA, even if one spouse doesn’t have earned income—as long as the household’s earned income covers the total contributions.

One important note: there is no such thing as a joint IRA. Each account must belong to an individual.

IRA vs. 401(k): Which Should Come First?

Employer-sponsored retirement plans, such as 401(k)s, have significantly higher contribution limits.

In 2026, employees can contribute:

$24,500 annually
$32,500 if age 50 or older

But the biggest advantage of workplace plans is often employer matching. If your employer matches contributions, the general rule is simple: Always contribute enough to receive the full match first.

That match is essentially free money and should be viewed as part of your compensation.

After reaching the match threshold, you can evaluate whether to continue contributing to your 401(k) or begin funding an IRA—especially if the IRA offers better investment choices.

Income Limits and Eligibility

IRA eligibility can become more complicated depending on income levels and workplace plans.

For traditional IRAs, whether you can deduct your contribution depends on:

Whether you’re covered by a workplace retirement plan
Your modified adjusted gross income

For married couples with workplace coverage, deductibility typically phases out between $129,000 and $149,000 of income.

For Roth IRAs, workplace plans don’t matter, but income limits still apply. Married couples generally lose eligibility to contribute directly to a Roth once their income exceeds $252,000.

Because these rules can be complex, reviewing them carefully—or consulting a financial professional—is often wise.

What About Old 401(k)s?

Many people accumulate retirement accounts as they change jobs. If you’ve left a company, you typically have the option to roll an old 401(k) into an IRA.

The main advantages include:

Simplifying your accounts
Access to a wider range of investments

However, there is one important exception. If you leave an employer at age 55 or later, you may be able to withdraw from that company’s 401(k) penalty-free before age 59½. Rolling the funds into an IRA would eliminate that special flexibility.

When Does a Roth Conversion Make Sense?

One of the most powerful planning strategies is a Roth conversion, in which funds from a traditional IRA are moved into a Roth IRA.

When you convert, you pay taxes on the amount converted—but those funds can then grow tax-free going forward.

For many people, the ideal window for conversions is between retirement and age 73, when required minimum distributions (RMDs) begin.

During those years, income may be temporarily lower, allowing retirees to strategically convert portions of their IRA each year while staying in a manageable tax bracket.

Done carefully over time, this strategy can significantly reduce taxes later in retirement.

Stewarding Retirement with Wisdom

Ultimately, retirement planning isn’t only about maximizing returns—it’s about wisely stewarding what God has entrusted to us. Proverbs 21:5 reminds us, “The plans of the diligent lead surely to abundance.”

Thoughtful planning today—whether choosing the right IRA, managing taxes wisely, or simplifying your accounts—can create greater freedom later to live generously and faithfully.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I run a small pool cleaning business in Florida and am finally starting to grow. I want to manage the finances the right way, but I don’t have much experience with accounting tools like spreadsheets. What are some practical steps I can take to start properly tracking my business finances and cash flow?
I’ve recently realized that God owns everything—my money, my property, and even my business. That’s been a big shift for me, and I want to honor Him with all of it. Sometimes I even wonder if God approves of the small things I spend money on. How can I practically walk with God in this area and steward my finances in a way that honors Him?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Work as Worship

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 18 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Theologian Dorothy Sayers once wrote, “Work is not primarily a thing one does to live, but the thing one lives to do.” That statement may feel surprising in a culture where work is often viewed as a burden to escape rather than a calling to embrace.

Yet Scripture offers a very different vision.

From the beginning of the Bible to the end, work is not treated as a necessary evil but as a sacred calling woven into what it means to bear God’s image. When we understand this truth, it transforms how we see our daily responsibilities—whether they happen in an office, a home, a classroom, or a retirement community.

Work Was God’s Design From the Beginning

Many people assume work began as part of the curse after sin entered the world. But Scripture tells a different story.

In Genesis 2:15, before the fall, God placed Adam in the Garden of Eden “to work it and keep it.” Work was not punishment—it was purpose. God commissioned humanity to cultivate creation, steward its resources, and reflect His creativity and order.

Work was a gift before it became difficult. And according to Scripture, it will be a gift again in the new creation. Revelation 22:5 describes God’s people reigning with Christ—not in idleness, but in joyful responsibility and stewardship.

Work Reflects the Image of God

Our faith is not limited to explicitly spiritual activities. It also includes the everyday tasks we carry out with excellence, integrity, and love.

A remarkable example appears in Exodus 31. When God instructed Israel to build the tabernacle, He filled a man named Bezalel with the Spirit of God—granting him skill, intelligence, knowledge, and craftsmanship to design and construct the dwelling place of God’s presence. Think about that.

The first person in Scripture explicitly described as being filled with the Spirit was not a prophet or a king. It was a craftsman.

Bezalel’s calling reminds us that work done for God’s glory—whether building, designing, teaching, or managing—is an act of worship.

There Are No Ordinary Jobs in God’s Kingdom

This truth reshapes how we think about our own work.

Whether you’re grading papers late into the night, running spreadsheets in an office, raising young children at home, or serving at a food pantry during retirement, your work reflects God’s character and care for the world.

The apostle Paul writes in Colossians 3:23–24:

“Whatever you do, work heartily, as for the Lord and not for men… You are serving the Lord Christ.”

In God’s Kingdom, there are no ordinary jobs—only ordinary moments given extraordinary meaning when offered to Christ.

Why Work Often Feels Frustrating

Of course, work doesn’t always feel joyful.

After sin entered the world, work itself was not removed; it simply became more difficult. In Genesis 3, God describes how thorns and thistles would frustrate human labor, symbolizing inefficiency, fatigue, and resistance.

We still work, but now we work with friction. Yet the gospel does not erase work. It redeems it.

Through Christ, our labor becomes part of God’s restoration project—blessing others, advancing good, and bringing glory to Him.

Work Shapes Who We Become

One of the most countercultural truths in Scripture is that work is not primarily about income. It’s about formation.

Work shapes us into people who reflect Christ. It teaches diligence, humility, perseverance, love for our neighbor, and dependence on the Spirit.

That’s why work matters before retirement—and after it. While the nature of our work may change over time, the calling to steward our lives for God’s purposes never disappears.

The Kingdom of God has no unemployment line. It has stewards, servants, and image-bearers.

Your Everyday Work Is Kingdom Work

Here’s the encouraging truth: when we offer our work to God, He delights in it.

The spreadsheets. The dishes. The carpentry. The caregiving. The counseling. The volunteering.

None of it is wasted when it is done unto the Lord. Your everyday work is Kingdom work. So perhaps the invitation today is simple: don’t just go to work—worship at work.

Ask the Holy Spirit to help you serve not for applause or promotion, but for the pleasure of the King. Because ultimately, what matters most is not the job you have, but the God you serve through it.

Go Deeper: Our Ultimate Treasure

This vision of work as worship is something we explore more deeply in my devotional, Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Journey to Faithful Stewardship.

The devotional helps readers see every part of life—including work, money, and daily responsibilities—through the lens of Scripture and God’s greater purposes.

You can order an individual copy or place a bulk order for your church or small group at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been struggling with credit card payments for a couple of years. After hearing you mention Christian Credit Counselors, I called them, and they reduced my interest rates from about 35% to around 9%. My monthly payments are much lower now, and I even had room in the budget to buy a car. I just wanted to say thank you and share how grateful I am that I can now pay off my debts in full.
I just turned 70, and my 25-year, $250,000 life insurance policy is expiring this year. My wife and I live on about $42,000–$45,000 a year from Social Security and small pensions, and we have roughly $100,000 in savings and investments. Should I buy a new 10-year term policy for about $70 a month, purchase a smaller whole life policy for $15,000–$20,000 in coverage, or skip insurance and invest the money instead? My main goal is to make sure my wife is cared for.
I’m 68, and my husband is 61 and still working. My Social Security benefit is small because I was mostly a stay-at-home mom. Someone told me I might be able to collect benefits based on my husband’s record. Is that true, and how would that work?
I’m in my 70s with a modest retirement portfolio, and I keep hearing warnings that the U.S. dollar could lose its status as the world’s reserve currency. If that happened, how might it affect someone like me—and how seriously should I take those concerns?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Corporate Charitable Gift Matching with Will Lofland

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 17 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

What if your generosity could be multiplied—without giving another dollar?

Corporate matching gift programs distribute billions of dollars every year, helping nonprofits expand their impact. Yet many believers are surprised to learn that some faith-based ministries don’t qualify for these funds. Understanding how these programs work—and why fairness in charitable giving policies matters—can help unlock greater Kingdom impact.

Today on Faith & Finance, we spoke with Will Lofland, Managing Director of Faith-Based Investing at GuideStone Funds, about how these programs function and why advocacy in this area matters for ministries and donors alike.

Billions in Potential Generosity

Corporate matching programs are more common than many people realize.

According to Lofland, about 65% of Fortune 500 companies offer charitable gift-matching programs, which distribute roughly $2.86 billion each year. These programs allow companies to match the donations their employees make to qualified nonprofit organizations—often doubling the impact of a gift.

But there’s another surprising statistic: between $4 and $7 billion in potential matching funds go unclaimed annually. In many cases, employees simply don’t know the benefit exists or forget to submit the required matching forms.

When these programs are used properly, they create an incredible opportunity for generosity to multiply.

When Faith-Based Ministries Are Excluded

Unfortunately, not every nonprofit qualifies for these corporate matching programs.

Many companies have policies that unintentionally—or sometimes explicitly—exclude religious organizations. These restrictions can appear in several forms. Some programs prohibit gifts that support “religious purposes” or “religious activities.” Others maintain internal lists of organizations that do not qualify.

The result is that many churches and Christian ministries—organizations that provide food assistance, disaster relief, counseling, education, and global missions—can be excluded from receiving matching funds.

This limits believers' ability to maximize the impact of their generosity when supporting ministries they care deeply about.

Engaging Companies with Grace and Clarity

This is where thoughtful engagement becomes important.

GuideStone Funds invests in many companies through its portfolios, and that position allows their team to communicate directly with corporate leadership. Lofland explained that their approach begins with respect and understanding.

Rather than assuming bad intentions, they approach these conversations with a constructive spirit—seeking to understand the goals of the company’s charitable programs and highlighting the unintended consequences of certain restrictions.

Often, companies simply haven’t considered how their policies affect religious organizations.

One recent example shows how effective this kind of engagement can be. GuideStone met with leadership at Boeing, an aerospace company that previously restricted matching gifts for religious purposes. After discussions with the company, Boeing reviewed its policy and ultimately expanded its matching program to include religious organizations.

That change opened the door for access to hundreds of millions of dollars in potential matching funds each year.

It’s a powerful example of how thoughtful dialogue can help remove barriers and create new opportunities for generosity.

Expanding Kingdom Impact

At the heart of this effort is a simple goal: strengthening the work of churches and ministries around the world.

Matching programs allow believers working in every profession—engineering, finance, healthcare, education, and more—to extend the impact of their generosity. Even if their vocation isn’t ministry, these programs allow them to invest more deeply in the ministries they support.

When companies remove unnecessary restrictions, it helps unlock a significant wave of generosity that can support gospel-centered work in communities across the country and around the world.

If your employer offers a charitable matching program, it’s worth taking a few minutes to check whether your gifts qualify for a match.

You may be able to double—or even triple—the impact of your giving with just a simple form. And when companies ensure that faith-based ministries are treated fairly alongside other nonprofits, it creates a more equitable system that allows generosity to flow freely toward the causes employees care about most.

To learn more about GuideStone’s approach to investing guided by biblical values, visit: GuidestoneFunds.com/Faith.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I are both around 59–60. She’s retired and has about $450,000 in her TSP that we haven’t touched. I’m retired from the state but now working a federal job with a smaller TSP. Since she’s now eligible to draw from hers, we’re wondering what the best option is—taking a lump sum and paying the taxes, leaving it invested, or starting monthly payments to supplement our income, especially with the market ups and downs. Also, over the next six months, I may resign from my federal job and begin receiving recurring payments from my $450,000 TSP to supplement my income. Would that be wise, and how would those withdrawals be taxed?
On a previous program, you mentioned new tax limitations for 2026—possibly related to charitable giving or deductions. Could you clarify what those are? And regarding the new 0.5% floor, does that apply to each charitable gift or to the total of all charitable deductions?
What are the key factors someone should consider when deciding when to start taking Social Security? My spouse and I are retired—ages 65 and 64—and living on about $7,000 a month after tax from a pension with no debt. Since we don’t currently need Social Security, we could wait until full retirement age at 67. Does that affect the decision, and how does the guaranteed 8% annual increase work if we delay benefits?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What Money Can’t Do—and What It Can with Dr. Russell James III

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 16 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Money has a remarkable ability to shape our emotions. In a single week, it can make us anxious, fearful, generous, or joyful. But Scripture reminds us that money—despite the power we often assign to it—cannot ultimately provide what we most want.

On today’s episode of Faith & Finance, we spoke with Dr. Russell James III, the CH Foundation Chair of Personal Financial Planning and Charitable Giving at Texas Tech University and author of A Christian’s Guide to Joyful Wealth Management.

He helped us explore a foundational question: If money cannot give us security or control, what is it actually for?

The One Thing Money Can’t Do

Dr. James begins where the Apostle Paul begins—in 1 Timothy 6. Paul reminds believers of a simple but transformative reality: we cannot take wealth with us when we die.

“Money is temporary,” Dr. James explained. “Eventually, every one of us will lose it. The only real question is how.”

That truth reframes everything about financial decision-making. If wealth cannot follow us beyond this life, then we are not owners in the ultimate sense—we are stewards. And that reality isn’t merely a theological concept; it’s also biological. Eventually, every dollar we possess will pass to someone else.

Thinking about money this way changes the conversation. Instead of asking, “How can I keep this?” we begin asking, “How should I use what God has entrusted to me while I have it?”

The Four Ways People Manage Wealth

According to Dr. James, Scripture points to four common approaches to handling wealth:

1. Binge

Spending wealth recklessly in pursuit of pleasure—like Solomon’s experiments in Ecclesiastes or the prodigal son in Luke 15.

2. Bury

Hoarding wealth, protecting it carefully but never truly using it.

3. Toil

Working relentlessly to accumulate more and more wealth, even when basic needs are already met.

4. Enjoy

Receiving God’s provision with gratitude and using it for good.

The first three approaches share a common problem: they ultimately lead to the same outcome—dying with unused or misused wealth.

The fourth option—enjoyment—points us toward something better.

The Hidden Role of Fear in Our Finances

One of the most powerful forces shaping financial behavior is fear.

Dr. James noted that many stewardship conversations focus on avoiding overspending. While that’s important, Jesus often warned about the opposite problem—hoarding wealth out of fear.

In both the Parable of the Talents (Matthew 25:14–30) and the Parable of the Minas (Luke 19:11–27), the servant who buried what he was given offered the same explanation: “I was afraid.”

Fear narrows our focus to worst-case scenarios. It tempts us to seek control through accumulation rather than trusting God as our provider.

And yet Scripture reminds us that wealth cannot offer the control we hope for. It is always uncertain and ultimately temporary.

The Biblical Vision of Enjoyment

One of the most surprising teachings in Scripture is that God intends us to enjoy what He provides.

In 1 Timothy 6:17, Paul writes that God “richly provides us with everything to enjoy.” But biblical enjoyment is not indulgence.

Dr. James explained that true enjoyment comes when we put resources to work for good purposes. In the very next verse, Paul describes what that looks like:

“They are to do good, to be rich in good works, to be generous and ready to share.” —1 Timothy 6:18

In other words, enjoyment is found not in self-indulgence but in participating in God’s purposes.

The Power of Generosity

Generosity plays a central role in joyful stewardship.

When believers share resources within the community of faith, it strengthens relationships, builds trust, and points others toward God’s goodness.

Dr. James highlighted an interesting biblical distinction between two types of giving:

Almsgiving—helping those in need, which Jesus instructs should be done privately (Matthew 6:3–4).
Community sharing—supporting the fellowship of believers and ministry, which the New Testament often celebrates publicly (2 Corinthians 8–9).

Understanding these distinctions helps believers see how generosity can both honor humility and inspire others.

A Legacy That Lasts

When people think about legacy, they often think about money passed to heirs. But Scripture points to something deeper.

Financial wealth is uncertain. It can disappear through market shifts, poor decisions, or changing circumstances. But good works endure.

Paul describes generosity as “storing up treasure…as a firm foundation for the coming age” (1 Timothy 6:19). The example of a life lived in faithfulness can shape generations far more powerfully than any financial inheritance.

Paul’s instruction in 1 Timothy 6:19 calls believers to “take hold of the life that is truly life.” According to Dr. James, joyful stewardship allows us to do exactly that. When we release fear and trust God’s provision:

Gratitude replaces anxiety
Generosity replaces hoarding
Purpose replaces accumulation

Research even confirms what Scripture has long taught: generosity produces joy.

Taking Hold of the Life That Is Truly Life

Money cannot give us security or control. But it can become a powerful tool in God’s hands.

When we see wealth as a temporary trust rather than a permanent possession, we are freed to use it wisely—enjoying God’s provision, blessing others, and participating in His kingdom work.

That’s how stewardship moves beyond spreadsheets and budgets to become something far greater: a joyful response to God's generosity.

If you’d like to read Dr. Russell James III’s book, A Christian’s Guide to Joyful Wealth Management, you can download the book and study guide for free at EncourageGenerosity.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I run a small business in Texas, and I’m looking for a point-of-sale system from a company that operates with biblical values. Do you have any recommendations?
I’m 81 and have been investing in the stock market for years. Would it be wise for me to move some of that money into annuities at this stage?
I have two certificates of deposit right now. Should I cash them out and move that money into an IRA instead?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Financial Success Can Lead to Spiritual Failure with John Rinehart

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 13 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

“For what will it profit a man if he gains the whole world and forfeits his soul? Or what shall a man give in return for his soul?” — Matthew 16:26

Those words from Jesus confront one of the deepest questions we can ask about money and success. Jesus spoke them to His disciples as He taught about the cost of following Him. In that moment, He contrasted two pursuits: gaining the world and preserving the soul.

The question still echoes today: Is there a spiritual cost to financial success?

On today’s episode of Faith & Finance, John Rinehart, founder and CEO of Gospel Patrons, joined the show to explore that very question and what Scripture teaches about wealth, work, and spiritual health.

The Bible’s Honest Warnings About Wealth

Financial success itself is not condemned in Scripture. In fact, the Bible includes many faithful believers who possessed great wealth—Abraham, Job, and Lydia among them. Yet Scripture also carries repeated warnings about the spiritual dangers that prosperity can create.

As John explained on the show, wealth can be both a blessing and a temptation. The danger arises when our hearts begin to trust money instead of God.

Jesus addressed this tension directly in Matthew 6:24:

“No one can serve two masters… You cannot serve God and money.”

The issue is not the possession of wealth but the mastery of wealth over the human heart. And in a culture that celebrates success, possessions, and financial independence, those warnings are easy to overlook.

The Cycle of Success That Can Lead to Spiritual Failure

John describes a pattern many people fall into—a cycle of success that can quietly lead to spiritual drift.

It often begins with a view of work that centers on earning money so we can eventually rest. We work hard, pursue success, and over time, our effort produces prosperity. Hard work and prosperity themselves are not wrong. In fact, Scripture often affirms diligence. But prosperity introduces a new danger.

As John noted during the conversation, success can gradually lead us to forget the God who provided it in the first place. When we begin to see wealth as the product of our own ability rather than God’s provision, our dependence on Him begins to fade.

Before long, success that once felt like a blessing can become a spiritual trap.

The Warning of the Rich Fool

Jesus illustrates this danger in the Parable of the Rich Fool in Luke 12:16–21. In the story, a farmer experiences an abundant harvest. Faced with overflowing crops, he decides to tear down his barns and build bigger ones to store them all.

From a purely financial perspective, his plan sounds wise. But Jesus reveals the deeper problem. The man begins speaking to himself as though his wealth guarantees security and ease:

“Soul, you have ample goods laid up for many years; relax, eat, drink, be merry.” — Luke 12:19

Then comes the shocking turn.

“But God said to him, ‘Fool! This night your soul is required of you.’” — Luke 12:20

The problem wasn’t the harvest—it was forgetting God. This story hits close to home in a culture that often equates success with building bigger barns.

The Danger of Forgetting the Source

This warning appears long before Jesus told that parable. As Israel prepared to enter the Promised Land, Moses cautioned them about the spiritual risks that accompany prosperity.

In Deuteronomy 8:17–18, he warned:

“Beware lest you say in your heart, ‘My power and the might of my hand have gotten me this wealth.’ You shall remember the Lord your God, for it is he who gives you power to get wealth.”

John highlighted this verse as a key reminder: even the ability to create wealth is a gift from God. When we forget that truth, wealth easily shifts from blessing to idol.

When Wealth Chokes Out Spiritual Fruit

Jesus also warned that wealth can quietly interfere with spiritual growth. In the Parable of the Sower, He describes seeds that begin growing but are eventually overwhelmed by thorns.

He explains the meaning in Mark 4:19:

“The cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches and the desires for other things enter in and choke the word, and it proves unfruitful.”

John also noted how startling that statement is. The Word of God is powerful, yet Jesus says the deceitfulness of riches can still choke its fruitfulness in a person’s life.

Wealth promises security and satisfaction—but it often delivers anxiety and distraction instead.

God’s Better Rhythm for Life

Thankfully, Scripture offers a healthier path. John explained that instead of structuring life around work and wealth, God invites us into a different rhythm—one that begins with rest. The Sabbath command in Exodus 20:8–10 reminds us that our lives are not sustained by constant productivity.

Rest re-centers our hearts. It draws our attention back to God through worship, Scripture, and time with the community of faith. From that place of rest, work becomes something different.

Instead of merely trading time for money, work becomes an act of service and worship—an opportunity to use the gifts God has given us to bless others.

When prosperity comes from that posture, it is received differently. Instead of assuming ownership, we begin to recognize stewardship. As Deuteronomy 8:18 reminds us, God is the one who provides the power to create wealth. That truth reshapes how we think about money.

Our resources are no longer simply tools for personal comfort—they become opportunities to participate in God’s work. And that leads naturally to generosity.

The Role of “Gospel Patrons”

John’s ministry, Gospel Patrons, highlights a powerful biblical pattern.

Throughout Scripture and church history, movements of God have often been supported by generous believers whose financial resources helped fuel gospel work. Even during Jesus’ ministry, Luke 8:3 tells us that several women helped support Him and His disciples “out of their means.”

These supporters—often business leaders, entrepreneurs, and professionals—play a vital role in advancing the mission of God. They may not always preach sermons or travel as missionaries, but their faithful stewardship enables those ministries to flourish.

Your Work Can Matter for Eternity

One of the most encouraging points Reinhardt shared on the program is that believers working in business or professional careers are not second-class participants in God’s Kingdom.

Your daily work matters. When your work is offered to God, your resources stewarded faithfully, and your generosity directed toward His mission, your life becomes part of something eternal.

Financial success does not have to lead to spiritual failure. When we remember the source of our wealth and steward it with humility and generosity, our work can become a powerful instrument in advancing God’s Kingdom.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 68 and recently retired. With a home for sale and significant cash on hand, I’m trying to determine the best way to begin withdrawing from my 401(k) without pushing myself into a higher tax bracket before RMDs begin. What’s the best strategy?
My husband and I are doing Roth conversions, and our CPA suggested funding a charitable giving account to offset the taxes and then using it for our regular tithe. Is it biblically and ethically appropriate to tithe from a charitable account like that?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: A Thankful Approach to Taxes

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 12 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

It’s one thing to thank God before a meal. It’s another thing entirely to thank Him before sending off a tax payment.

For many Christians, taxes are rarely associated with gratitude. They often feel like a burden—an interruption to our financial plans or resources we’d rather use elsewhere. But Scripture invites us to view taxes through a very different lens. Instead of seeing them merely as a loss, believers can see them as a reminder of God’s provision and His sovereignty, and as an opportunity to live with integrity.

Why Taxes Stir Frustration

Few topics unite people quite like a shared dislike of paying taxes.

It’s easy to think, if I could just keep that money, I could do something better with it. And when government policies conflict with our convictions—or headlines highlight waste or corruption—resentment can grow even stronger.

Yet Scripture calls us to approach the issue differently. Instead of responding with frustration alone, the Bible encourages gratitude, humility, and trust in God’s sovereign rule.

In Matthew 22:17, the Pharisees tried to trap Jesus with a political question: “Is it lawful to pay taxes to Caesar, or not?” Jesus responded by asking for a coin and pointing to the image stamped on it. His reply has echoed through history:

“Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s, and to God the things that are God’s.” (Matthew 22:21)

This answer was remarkable. Taxes under Rome were deeply unpopular. Rome was an occupying force, and tax revenue helped sustain a system that oppressed God’s people. Yet Jesus did not call for revolt or avoidance. Instead, He acknowledged that paying taxes fits within God’s ordering of society while making it clear that our ultimate allegiance belongs to God.

Coins may bear Caesar’s image, but our lives bear God’s image—and they belong fully to Him.

Trusting God’s Sovereignty

The apostle Paul reinforced this principle in Romans 13:6–7, writing during the reign of Nero—hardly a model of righteous leadership:

“Because of this you also pay taxes, for the authorities are ministers of God… Pay to all what is owed to them: taxes to whom taxes are owed, revenue to whom revenue is owed, respect to whom respect is owed, honor to whom honor is owed.”

Notice what Paul does not say. He doesn’t ground obedience in the goodness of government. Instead, he points to the sovereignty of God.

Paying taxes, then, is not primarily an expression of confidence in a human system. It is a recognition that God ultimately rules over nations, leaders, and history itself.

Taxes Reveal God’s Provision

There is another perspective on taxes that believers often overlook. Before you pay a single dollar in taxes, something has already happened: God has provided.

A mentor of mine, Ron Blue, often says around tax time, “Taxes represent God’s provision.” If God had not provided income, there would be no taxes to pay.

Think about it. Taxes imply that:

Work was available.
Income was earned.
Needs were met.
Daily bread was provided.

In other words, taxes—uncomfortable as they may feel—are evidence that God has supplied what we need. Gratitude allows us to see provision before we see loss.

Instead of asking only, How much am I paying? We can ask, What does this reveal about God’s faithfulness?

Integrity in a Culture of Loopholes

This perspective also shapes how Christians respond during tax season. In a world full of shortcuts, loopholes, and justifications, believers are called to something different: integrity.

Honesty in financial matters—especially the ones no one else sees—forms Christlike character. Filing accurately, reporting honestly, and paying what is owed becomes an act of discipleship.

It’s a quiet but powerful testimony of a life shaped by trust in God rather than self-protection.

Turning Taxes into a Spiritual Discipline

Finally, paying taxes can even become a spiritual discipline. Each time you write that check or submit that payment, let it prompt you to pray.

Pray that God would guide leaders with wisdom, justice, and humility. Pray for policies that protect the vulnerable and promote the common good. Pray for leaders who recognize their need for God’s guidance.

You may disagree with those leaders. You may even oppose their policies. But Scripture reminds us they are still people made in God’s image—people who need God’s help just like the rest of us.

In a culture eager to complain, believers have the opportunity to respond differently. When tax season arrives:

Remember the Owner: God owns everything, including the income from which taxes are paid (Psalm 24:1).
Recognize the Provider: Taxes remind us that God has provided resources in the first place.
Respond with Integrity: Honesty reflects a heart that seeks to honor Christ.
Reframe with Gratitude: Thank God for His provision rather than focusing only on what is owed.
Respond with Prayer: Let taxes prompt intercession for leaders and systems of government.

When viewed through the lens of Scripture, even something as mundane—and often frustrating—as taxes can remind us of deeper truths: God provides, God rules, and God calls His people to live with gratitude and integrity.

Go Deeper: Our Ultimate Treasure

If you’d like to explore these themes of stewardship, gratitude, and God’s ownership more deeply, consider reading Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Devotional to Faithful Stewardship.

This devotional walks through the biblical foundations of money and stewardship, helping readers see that financial decisions are ultimately spiritual decisions. Over 21 days, you’ll discover how Scripture reshapes the way we think about earning, spending, saving, giving—and even paying taxes.

You can learn more or order your copy at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve inherited about $100,000 and don’t know how to invest it. I’m 75, retired, debt-free, and living on a pension and Social Security. What are some safe options—like CDs or high-yield savings—that still give me access to the money if needed?
My husband and I are separated. He’s retired and receiving Social Security and a pension, while I’m still working. Can I claim spousal Social Security benefits on his record while we’re separated, and would that reduce his benefit?
I’m 56 and have about $310,000 in an old 401(k) and $268,000 in my current one. With market volatility, I’m considering moving the old account into a 10-year fixed annuity for safety. Is that a wise move?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

One More: The Power of Personal Financial Discipleship with Brian Holtz

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 11 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

Discipleship often sounds like something that requires a large program, a curriculum, or a major church initiative. But what if it’s far simpler than that? What if discipleship often begins with just one intentional relationship?

Sometimes a single faithful conversation—repeated over time—can shape how we follow Christ in every area of life, including our finances.

Today, we spoke with Brian Holtz, CEO of Compass Financial Ministry, about a simple discipleship model that has quietly transformed lives for decades. And it all begins with one person investing in another.

The Power of One-to-One Discipleship

The vision began with Howard Dayton, the founder of Compass. Many people know Howard from his years teaching about biblical stewardship, but at the heart of his ministry has always been personal discipleship.

Years ago, Howard made a simple commitment: each year, he would intentionally walk alongside one person.

They would read Scripture together, discuss what God was teaching them, and reflect on how those truths applied to their lives. Alongside Scripture, they would read a few formative Christian books and meet regularly to talk through what they were learning.

But there was one small request.

At the end of the year, the person being discipled would commit to doing the same thing with someone else. That simple multiplication strategy became known as the “One More” program—disciple one person each year and invite them to do the same.

Books That Shape the Heart

Over time, the reading list has evolved, but the goal has always remained the same: to encourage deep spiritual formation.

Some of the books commonly used in the process include:

Each of these works invites believers to reflect deeply on their relationship with God. But as Brian Holtz explained, the real power isn’t in the book list. It’s in the relationship.

The conversations that happen as we discuss what God is teaching—how Scripture shapes decisions, priorities, and daily life—become the true treasure of the process.

A Life-Shaping Year

For Brian, this model of discipleship became deeply personal. Nearly a decade ago, his family had just relocated across state lines for work. Everything felt unsettled—his job, church, and even family rhythms. Nothing seemed to be falling into place.

Then a friend invited him into this simple discipleship process: reading Scripture and a few books together over the course of a year.

What began as a small commitment ended up transforming nearly every area of his life.

His view of money changed. His relationship with the Lord deepened. His marriage and parenting were shaped in new ways. Eventually, that same relationship even influenced his career, leading him to join Compass Financial Ministry itself.

What started as one faithful investment became a turning point in Brian’s life—and he has since walked many others through the same journey.

Where Discipleship Begins

For many believers, the idea of discipling someone else can feel intimidating. We imagine complicated programs or advanced theological training.

But Brian offers a far simpler starting point. Don’t read books alone anymore.

Invite someone to read with you—whether it’s Scripture, a devotional, or a Christian book. Meet regularly, talk about what you’re learning, and discuss how those truths apply to your life.

That’s it. One conversation at a time.

For those who want to follow the same approach used by Howard Dayton, Compass offers free study guides through its “One More” initiative, designed to help people disciple one person each year.

One Faithful Relationship at a Time

Discipleship rarely begins with a platform or a program.

More often, it starts with a single faithful relationship—two people opening Scripture together, asking honest questions, and encouraging one another to follow Christ more closely. And when that investment is repeated again and again, the impact multiplies in ways we may never fully see.

One conversation. One relationship. One more life shaped for eternity.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My 19-year-old daughter still lives at home, and we want to help her learn good money habits before she moves out. Should we charge her rent and save it for her? What percentage makes sense, where should we keep it, and is it wise for her to get a credit card to start building credit?
We lived in a home for 20 years, then turned it into a rental five years ago. It hasn’t been rented for about a year due to renovations. If we sell now, can we avoid capital gains taxes, and how should we handle tithing from the sale in the most tax-efficient way?
My daughter is listed on my bank accounts, but her struggling business could lead to bankruptcy. Could that put my money at risk, and should I remove her from the accounts to protect it?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Treasure that Lasts

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 10 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

“Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” — Matthew 6:21

Long before Scripture speaks about budgets, investments, or generosity, it asks a deeper question: What do we truly value?

Jesus’ words in Matthew 6:21 aren’t merely financial advice. They reveal a profound spiritual reality. Our treasures—what we prioritize, pursue, and protect—reveal the direction of our hearts.

Understanding this truth reshapes the way we think about money, wealth, and ultimately, life itself.

Everyone Is Chasing a Treasure

Step into any office, business, or marketplace, and you’ll see it quickly: everyone is pursuing something.

For some, the pursuit is wealth. For others, it’s freedom, comfort, reputation, or security.

When you peel it back, treasure shows up in the things we sacrifice for, dream about, and worry over. Money often sits at the center of this pursuit because it seems to promise everything we desire. If we have enough, we imagine we’ll finally feel secure, prepared, and in control.

But there’s a paradox. The more we accumulate, the more we fear losing it. The more we protect it, the more anxious we become.

What once promised freedom slowly begins to feel like slavery.

The problem isn’t that money is bad. Scripture never teaches that. Money is simply a tool. The problem is that our hearts quietly ask money to do what only God can do: save us, secure us, and satisfy us.

That’s why Jesus spoke about treasure so often. Not because He opposed wealth, but because wealth competes for what belongs to God alone—our trust.

Generosity Reveals the Heart

Many people assume the solution to the love of money is simply to give more. And generosity is certainly celebrated throughout Scripture. Giving frees us to participate in God’s work and bless others.

But Jesus never treated giving like a formula. Instead, He treated it like a diagnosis.

In Mark 12:41–44, Jesus watched as wealthy donors placed large gifts into the temple treasury. It must have looked impressive to everyone watching. But His attention turned to a poor widow who quietly dropped in two small coins.

To most observers, her gift seemed insignificant. But Jesus saw something different.

The wealthy gave from their surplus. The widow gave from trust. Her offering wasn’t about optics or recognition. It was worship. She treasured God more than financial security.

When Giving Isn’t Enough

Jesus reinforced this idea when He rebuked the Pharisees in Matthew 23:23. They carefully tithed even their smallest herbs—mint, dill, and cumin—yet neglected “the weightier matters of the law: justice and mercy and faithfulness.”

Their giving was meticulous. But their hearts were misplaced.

If the act of giving alone could break the love of money, the Pharisees would have been the freest people in Israel. But they weren’t.

True freedom doesn’t come from giving more. It comes from loving Christ most.

The Treasure Worth Everything

Jesus tells another story in Matthew 13:44 about a man who discovers a treasure hidden in a field.

When he realizes what he has found, he joyfully sells everything he owns to buy the field. Notice what’s remarkable about this story: the man isn’t grieving his loss.

He’s thrilled. Why? Because he finally sees clearly what is truly valuable. He isn’t losing—he’s gaining.

That’s what happens when Christ becomes our treasure. Everything else falls into its proper place.

Wealth becomes a tool instead of a master. Enjoyment becomes gratitude rather than entitlement. Generosity flows from joy instead of guilt.

Stewardship becomes participation in God’s work instead of anxiety about our own future.

The Treasure That Came Looking for Us

But the story of treasure doesn’t end there. While humanity was searching for treasure, the greatest treasure came searching for us.

Jesus didn’t simply teach about treasure—He became the treasure who gave everything to redeem us. Hebrews 12:2 tells us that Christ endured the cross “for the joy that was set before him.” That joy was redeeming us.

The gospel isn’t ultimately a call to give up treasure. It’s an invitation to receive a greater one.

The Question That Matters Most

The real question isn’t whether you treasure something. You do. The question is who.

Earthly treasures always demand protection. Christ alone protects us. And when Christ becomes our treasure, we gain something the world can never provide: a confidence no market can shake and a wealth no thief can steal.

So today, pause and ask yourself the question Jesus raised long ago: Where is your treasure?

Because wherever it is, that’s where your heart will be also.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I started a construction business about a year and a half ago, and it’s growing. How can I pursue growth faithfully without crossing the line from building wealth to pursuing greed?
I’m overwhelmed by high-interest loans and paying $1,200–$1,500 every two weeks. Trinity Debt Management may be able to help, but the lenders won’t negotiate. What’s the best way to get out from under these loans?
My husband normally manages our finances, but after his recent injury, I realized how unprepared I’d be to handle things on my own. With everything online—bills, investments, and passwords—how can I start getting organized and up to speed?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Top Credit Report Myths with Neile Simon

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 9 Mar 2026 07:00:00 +0000

What do Bigfoot and credit reports have in common? They’re both surrounded by myths. While we may never settle the question of an eight-foot-tall creature wandering the woods, we can clear up the confusion around credit reports.

On this episode of Faith & Finance, Neile Simon, a Certified Credit Counselor with Christian Credit Counselors, stops by to clear up some of the most common misconceptions about credit reports and credit scores. Understanding how credit really works can help you avoid costly mistakes and make wiser financial decisions.

Myth #1: Paying Off Debt Instantly Fixes Your Credit

Paying down debt is always a good step—but it doesn’t instantly produce a perfect credit score.

A credit score reflects your history of borrowing and repayment. Lenders use it as a snapshot of how responsibly you’ve managed credit over time. That means improvement takes patience.

The most important habit is simple: consistently pay your bills on time. Over time, that steady pattern will strengthen your credit profile.

And beware of anyone claiming they can “fix your credit overnight.” Building good credit always takes time.

Myth #2: Credit Counseling Ruins Your Credit Score

Many people fear that seeking help will damage their credit—but that’s not true.

Participating in a credit counseling program is considered a neutral mark on your credit report. What can affect your score is closing accounts, not the counseling itself.

In fact, nonprofit credit counseling agencies often help people regain control of their finances through structured debt management plans. If you seek help, make sure the organization is accredited and nonprofit. That’s why Christian Credit Counselors is the only organization we recommend for credit counseling and debt management.

Myth #3: Canceling Credit Cards Boosts Your Score

Closing credit cards may seem responsible, but it can actually lower your credit score.

Why? Because it reduces your available credit, which increases your credit utilization ratio—a key factor in credit scoring.

If you have credit cards with zero balances and no annual fees, keeping them open can actually help your score.

If you must close accounts, do it gradually—perhaps one every six months—to minimize the impact.

Myth #4: Too Many Inquiries Hurt Your Score

This myth was once more accurate than it is today.

Credit bureaus now recognize that consumers shop for loans. If you’re applying for a mortgage or car loan, multiple inquiries within a short window—typically about 45 days—are counted as a single inquiry.

That means you can compare offers without damaging your credit score. And when it comes to checking your own credit report, that’s considered a soft inquiry, which does not affect your score at all.

In fact, it’s wise to check your credit regularly to monitor for fraud or mistakes.

Myth #5: You Don’t Need to Check Your Credit If You Pay Bills on Time

Even responsible borrowers should check their credit reports. Studies suggest that a large percentage of credit reports contain errors. Reviewing your report once or twice a year allows you to catch mistakes or fraudulent activity early.

You can obtain free reports from all three major bureaus at AnnualCreditReport.com.

Correcting errors can take time—sometimes up to 90 days—so staying proactive is important.

Myth #6: All Credit Reports Are the Same

There are three major credit bureaus: Equifax, Experian, and TransUnion.

Each may contain slightly different information because creditors don’t always report to all three bureaus, and updates may occur at different times.

Different lenders may also use different scoring models depending on the type of loan—auto, mortgage, or credit card.

For the most complete picture, it’s wise to review all three reports.

Myth #7: Divorce Automatically Removes Joint Debt

Divorce agreements may divide debts between spouses—but they don’t change the original credit contract.

If your name remains on a joint account, you’re still legally responsible for the debt. If the other person misses payments, your credit score can suffer too.

That’s why it’s important to close joint accounts or refinance debts into one person’s name whenever possible.

Myth #8: All Negative Marks Disappear After Seven Years

Some negative items disappear after seven years—but not all.

For example:

Chapter 13 bankruptcy: up to 7 years
Chapter 7 bankruptcy: up to 10 years
Positive closed accounts: can remain for 10 years

The good news is that positive information usually stays longer than negative information, helping your score recover over time.

Myth #9: You Can Pay Someone to “Fix” Your Credit

Many companies promise fast credit repair—but most simply send dispute letters to creditors.

If the information on your credit report is accurate, it cannot be removed. That means many consumers pay fees without seeing real results.

The truth is, you can dispute errors yourself for free. Christian Credit Counselors provides free resources and sample dispute letters to help you correct inaccuracies.

The Bottom Line

Understanding how credit works empowers you to use it wisely.

Credit reports aren’t mysterious or magical—they simply reflect how consistently and responsibly you’ve handled debt over time. With accurate information, good habits, and a little patience, you can build a strong credit profile that supports your financial goals.

And when challenges arise, seeking wise counsel and staying informed can help you move toward greater financial freedom.

If you're struggling with credit card debt, Christian Credit Counselors can help. They’ve helped thousands of people get out of debt 80% faster while honoring their financial obligations. Visit ChristianCreditCounselors.org or call 800-557-1985 to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My small retail business in a local mall is struggling as other stores close and sales decline. We’re starting to lose money and take on debt. Should I consider closing the business and pursuing a new venture or a job to stabilize our family's finances?
We’ve always tithed on our gross income. After selling our previous home, we made a non-taxable profit but used it to buy another home that still needs repairs and has a small mortgage. Should we tithe on that profit, or focus on maintaining the home and paying down the mortgage?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

New Baby, New Budget: Your Financial Checklist for New Parents

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 6 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000

“Behold, children are a heritage from the Lord, the fruit of the womb a reward.” - Psalm 127:3

Children are a precious gift from God—an inheritance to cherish and steward well. Along with the joy of welcoming a new baby comes a new layer of responsibility, including financial decisions that can shape your family’s future. A thoughtful checklist can help bring clarity and peace during a season that is both beautiful and demanding.

Here are several key financial steps to consider after bringing a newborn home.

Add Your Baby to Health Insurance

In the midst of sleepless nights and constant diaper changes, don’t forget to update your health insurance. Most plans allow about 30 days after birth to add your baby to your policy.

While reviewing your coverage, confirm that pediatric care, vaccinations, and potential hospital visits are included. The birth of a child qualifies as a life event, meaning you can make necessary adjustments to your plan.

Review Your Life Insurance Coverage

Life insurance is essential for parents—not for the baby, but for you. A common guideline is to carry term life insurance equal to at least 10 times the primary breadwinner’s salary.

Don’t overlook the caregiving spouse either. Replacing the cost of childcare, household management, and daily care would be significant, making coverage for both parents wise and necessary.

Update Your Budget

A new baby brings new expenses—and often quickly. Consider creating a dedicated “baby” category in your budget to account for diapers, wipes, clothing, feeding supplies, and medical needs.

You may need to shift funds from other areas to stay balanced. Planning now can ease stress later and help you adjust as needs evolve.

Create or Update Your Will

A will is not just about distributing assets—it’s where you designate a guardian for your child. While this can feel like a difficult decision, having a plan in place is essential.

After prayerful consideration, choose someone who would care for your child with wisdom and love. You can always revise your decision later. A clear will can also prevent confusion or conflict and ensure your assets pass according to your wishes.

As Proverbs 13:22 reminds us, “A good man leaves an inheritance to his children’s children.” That inheritance includes not only finances but also a legacy of faith and stewardship.

Strengthen Your Emergency Fund

If you don’t already have an emergency fund, aim to save three to six months of living expenses. If you had one before your baby arrived, you may need to increase it to reflect higher monthly costs.

Unexpected medical bills, job changes, or major purchases—such as strollers or childcare—can quickly strain finances. A strong emergency fund provides stability during uncertain moments.

Update Your Taxes and Withholding

With a new child, you can claim an additional dependent on your tax return, which may qualify you for a child tax credit of up to $2,200 per child.

You’ll also want to update your W-4 at work so your withholding reflects your new household size. This may increase your take-home pay throughout the year.

Begin Education Savings

Starting early can make a significant difference. A 529 plan allows tax-free investment growth for qualified education expenses, including private K–12 schooling, vocational training, and college.

You can open a plan in any state, and family members or friends can contribute to it. New options like the Trump Accounts opening up in July of 2026—are government-seeded investment accounts designed to support future education, business startup costs, or homeownership—are also expanding the ways families can plan ahead.

Protect Your Child’s Identity

Finally, consider placing a credit freeze on your child’s file with the major credit bureaus. This simple step can help guard against identity theft and prevent unauthorized accounts from being opened in their name.

Stewarding the Gift

Welcoming a child is one of life’s greatest joys—and one of its greatest responsibilities. Financial preparation won’t eliminate every uncertainty, but it can create stability and margin for what matters most: loving your child and pointing them toward Christ.

As you plan, remember that the ultimate inheritance you pass on is not financial—it’s a legacy of faith, wisdom, and trust in the Lord who provides for every season.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

How can I evaluate whether a ministry is a wise place to give? I’ve received appeals from the Far East Broadcasting Company about outreach into North Korea, but I don’t know how to vet them.
At 70 and 75, after health and job setbacks, we want to steward about $30,000 wisely for our kids and 15 grandkids. We’re not experienced investors—what’s the best way to handle this at our stage of life?
I began Social Security at full retirement age but still work full-time. My benefit hasn’t been recalculated despite higher earnings. Who can help me resolve this—an agency or an attorney?
After downsizing and paying off debt, we have a manageable mortgage and solid savings. Should we pay extra to pay off the mortgage quickly, or keep the payments and focus on saving and enjoying this season?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Home for This Season with Harlan Accola

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 5 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Homes hold memories. They hold family history, meaning, and for many, a lifetime of love. But as we age, the very places that once felt secure can quietly become harder—and riskier—to live in.

Most homes in the U.S. were never designed for aging bodies. Yet many older adults feel emotionally and financially locked in. The result? Families delay important housing decisions until a crisis forces change.

Today, we were joined by Harlan Accola, who leads the reverse mortgage team at Movement Mortgage, about a lesser-known option that may help older adults move into safer homes—without taking on new required monthly payments.

The Hidden Danger: Falls at Home

Falls are far more common—and costly—than most people realize.

Roughly 30 million older Americans fall each year. About one in five of those falls results in serious injury, often leading to hospitalization. The direct medical costs alone total nearly $50 billion annually. But the emotional and lifestyle costs for families can be even greater.

What’s sobering is where these falls happen. Not in extreme situations—but in ordinary places:

Stairways
Bathrooms
Entryways
Narrow hallways

These everyday features become obstacles as mobility changes.

Why So Many Homes Don’t Fit Aging Adults

Most homes were built decades ago for young families in different stages of life. Only a small percentage include basic accessibility features such as:

Step-free entries
Main-floor bedrooms
Main-floor bathrooms
Wider doorways and hallways

As a result, stairs, tubs, and tight spaces often push older adults toward assisted living or nursing homes—not because they want to move, but because their homes no longer support their safety.

Why Many Families Feel “Stuck”

Even when homeowners recognize their house isn’t ideal anymore, they often hesitate to move.

There are two major reasons:

1. Emotional Attachment

This is the home where children were raised, and milestones were celebrated. Letting go isn’t easy.

2. Financial Lock-In

Many retirees either:

Have very low mortgage rates (2–3%), or
Own their homes outright

They worry that selling means taking on a new mortgage payment—something they might regret later in life. So they stay…often until something goes wrong.

A Little-Known Option: Reverse Mortgage for Purchase

Many people assume a reverse mortgage is only for accessing equity in their current home. But there’s another option: using a reverse mortgage at the point of purchase. Here’s how it can work:

A homeowner sells their current home.
They use the proceeds to purchase a new, safer home.
A reverse mortgage helps cover the difference.

For example:

Sell a $300,000 home.
Purchase a $500,000 home.
Use a $200,000 reverse mortgage for purchase.

The key distinction? No required monthly mortgage payments for as long as the homeowner lives in the home. That opens the door to:

Newer construction
Energy-efficient homes
Low-maintenance properties
Better design for aging in place

A Shift in Thinking: Prevention, Not Reaction

One of the wisest principles in Scripture is found in Proverbs 27:12: “The prudent see danger and take refuge.”

Housing decisions in later life should reflect that kind of prudence. Rather than waiting for:

A fall
A wheelchair
A medical emergency

Families can proactively ask: How can we use the housing wealth we’ve built to improve safety and quality of life—while we’re still healthy?

When purchasing a home for the “fourth quarter” of life, it shouldn’t just be your best home—it should be your safest home.

Stewarding Home Equity Wisely

Interestingly, two-thirds of retirees still carry a mortgage. Even when downsizing, some may still need financing. A reverse mortgage for purchase can allow retirees to:

Avoid required monthly payments
Preserve some cash for investments or future needs
Move into a safer home
Maintain flexibility

Like any financial tool, it isn’t right for everyone. But for some families, it may provide a path forward they didn’t realize existed.

Moving Forward

Housing is more than real estate—it’s stewardship. It’s about safety, dignity, and wise preparation for the season ahead.

If you’d like to learn more about whether a reverse mortgage for purchase could fit your situation, you can explore your options at Movement.com/Faith.

As with any major decision, seek wise counsel, pray for clarity, and take steps not just to protect your assets—but to protect your well-being.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My grandfather set up 529 plans for my two older kids. If there’s money left after they graduate, can I transfer it to my younger daughter? And once she’s finished, could I split any remaining funds into separate accounts for each child’s future family?
I often hear advice to put 10% into precious metals for retirement. What’s your take—and is there a biblical perspective on that? Also, in retirement, when we’re living off savings, how should we think about tithing? Do we give 10% of what the nest egg produces?
After caring for my mom and losing my job, I’m nearly 50, $15,000 in debt, facing eviction, and starting over with no savings. What should I prioritize first?
My wife and I are newly married and plan to live full-time in an RV for ministry. We’ll live on my retirement income and use the remainder for spending. Should we manage that with cash, debit, or credit?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why the Bible Changes Everything About Money with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 4 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000

What if the Bible doesn’t just give us advice about money—but reshapes the way we think about it entirely?

The messages we absorb from culture shape our fears, our goals, and even where we look for security. But Scripture offers a different foundation—one that brings clarity, freedom, and purpose to every financial decision.

Ron Blue—co-founder of Kingdom Advisors and a pioneer in biblical financial stewardship—joined the show today to share how Scripture reframes our assumptions about money and calls us into a deeper, more faithful way of living.

The False Promise of Security

One of the most powerful cultural assumptions about money is that it provides security. We spend much of our lives trying to answer the question: How much is enough?

But Scripture turns that question upside down.

True security, the Bible teaches, isn’t found in wealth, savings, or income—it’s found in God alone. Culture urges us to pursue more, feeding discontent and anxiety. Scripture calls us instead to pursue faithfulness.

Money can create the illusion of certainty. But it cannot protect us from life’s ultimate realities. It cannot buy peace. It cannot purchase eternity. Only God provides the kind of stability that lasts forever.

Contentment Is a Spiritual Choice

Many people feel that no matter how much they have, it never feels like enough. Scripture addresses that tension directly. Hebrews 13:5 calls us to “be content with what you have,” reminding us that contentment isn’t a financial outcome—it’s a spiritual posture.

Contentment grows when we trust that God knows our needs and promises to provide for them. Gratitude replaces striving. Peace replaces fear. Joy replaces comparison.

Fear often sits beneath our financial habits—the fear of not having enough or losing what we already have. But Scripture gently redirects our hearts: God is our provider, and He will supply what we need when we need it.

From Ownership to Stewardship

Another assumption Scripture overturns is the idea that what we have belongs to us. The Bible consistently teaches that God is the true owner of everything. He created it. He sustains it. And for a season, He entrusts resources to us.

That changes the central question of our financial lives. Ownership asks: What do I want? Stewardship asks: What does God want?

When we see money as something entrusted to us rather than as something we possess, it reshapes how we spend, save, give, and plan. We begin to live not as controllers, but as faithful trustees—managing God’s resources for His purposes.

Scripture also helps us understand a difficult reality: people receive different amounts of resources. God loves each of us equally, but He treats us uniquely. He knows what each person needs and what each can faithfully steward. That perspective invites trust instead of comparison.

Much like a loving parent treats each child according to their personality and needs, God provides for each of His children differently. What we have today is not random—it reflects His wisdom and care.

The Next Faithful Step

When Scripture reshapes our understanding of money, the goal isn’t perfection—it’s faithfulness.

The question becomes simple and practical: What is my next faithful step? Not how much more can I accumulate. Not how secure can I make myself. But how can I steward what God has entrusted to me today?

That perspective brings freedom. It replaces pressure with purpose and transforms money from a source of anxiety into a tool for worship, generosity, and trust. Because in the end, the Bible doesn’t just change what we do with money—it changes what we believe about it, and ultimately, who we trust to provide.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have about $40,000 in credit card debt, and I’m trying to decide the best way to tackle it. Should I pursue credit counseling or consider a home equity loan—and why might credit counseling be the better option?
I want to be a faithful steward of what God has entrusted to me, and I’m trying to understand the difference between tithing and offerings. I haven’t been giving a full 10% of my gross income, and I’m wondering if I’m missing the mark. Can you offer some clarity?
I’m about to apply for Social Security and want to know the best way to do it. Is it better to apply online, by phone, or in person at a local office?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Investing for Impact—Without Sacrificing Returns with Stella Tai

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 3 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Many investors feel a real tension today. They want their portfolios to reflect biblical convictions. They care about justice, stewardship, and human dignity. Yet they’re also navigating volatility, inflation, and economic uncertainty. When markets feel unstable, the question quietly surfaces: Do I have to choose between faithfulness and financial performance?

The answer may surprise you.

Today, we sat down with Stella Tai, Stewardship Investing Impact and Analysis Manager at Praxis Investment Management, one of the country’s oldest faith-based mutual fund families and a valued underwriter of this program. Our conversation centered on whether values-aligned investing can truly pursue both impact and competitive returns—even in uncertain times.

The Tension Investors Feel

In strong markets, impact investing can sound inspiring and straightforward. But when markets grow choppy, many investors feel drawn into survival mode.

“I need to focus on returns.”
“I can’t afford to think about impact right now.”

Stella noted that this tension isn’t just financial—it’s spiritual. People of faith don’t want to pull back from caring about stewardship or community flourishing. But they also worry: Will my returns suffer if I invest with conviction?

That’s an honest question.

Scripture reminds us in Proverbs 21:5 that “the plans of the diligent lead surely to abundance.” There’s a difference between being responsive and being reactionary. When anxiety drives decisions, fear often replaces conviction—and that’s when costly mistakes happen.

Discipline Over Panic

At Praxis, stewardship in uncertain markets begins with discipline. Stella described three anchors:

Financial rigor in every market cycle. Serious analysis, ongoing evaluation of risk and opportunity, and team-based decision-making help ensure emotions don’t drive the ship.
Integration of impact with fundamentals. Impact and performance are not competing priorities. They are designed to work together.
A long-term orientation. Rooted in stewardship, not speculation.

Hebrews 12:11 reminds us that discipline may feel painful in the moment, but it yields a peaceful fruit of righteousness. That’s true in spiritual formation—and in investing.

What Values-Aligned Performance Actually Looks Like

One common misconception is that screening companies based on faith convictions automatically sacrifices performance.

Stella explained that Praxis uses what’s called benchmark tracking. In simple terms, that means aiming to closely track the broader market while thoughtfully excluding companies that don’t align with biblical values.

The goal isn’t to “beat the market.” It’s to minimize what’s known as “tracking error”—the gap between a fund’s returns and its benchmark. In other words, you can seek market-level returns while owning companies that better reflect your convictions.

Over full market cycles—not just in a single quarter—faith-based investors should expect competitive returns. That commitment to consistency is central.

Impact Beyond Screening

Screening is often the most familiar strategy in values-aligned investing. But real impact doesn’t stop there.

Praxis recently released its Real Impact Report, highlighting a framework that includes multiple strategies—from screening and shareholder advocacy to direct community investing.

One powerful example involved long-term engagement with a large utility company in the Southeast. Instead of divesting, Praxis used its ownership stake to advocate for:

A just transition for workers and communities as coal plants retire
Science-based emissions reduction targets
Responsible planning tied to renewable energy growth

The company published just transition metrics and began tracking progress. That’s what patient, long-term engagement looks like. Rather than stepping away, they stayed invested—believing transformation often happens through steady, faithful presence.

Where to Begin

If you’re intrigued by impact investing but feel overwhelmed, start with clarity. Ask yourself:

What values matter most to me?
What kind of world do I want my capital to help build?
What are my long-term financial goals?

Then consider working with an advisor familiar with faith-based investing options. You don’t have to master every strategy. Firms like Praxis Investment Management handle the research, engagement, and implementation.

Your role is simpler—and profound: to say, "I want my money to reflect my values."

When multiplied across many investors, even small portfolio decisions can move markets toward greater justice, dignity, and stewardship. And in uncertain times, that kind of disciplined conviction may be one of the most faithful investments you can make.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 60 and recently lost a long-time job. I have about $1.5 million in a volatile 401(k) and would prefer not to draw from it yet. With my wife working part-time and income limited, how should I reposition this account to make it safer and navigate this transition?
If I take Social Security before full retirement age and accept the reduced benefit, how do cost-of-living adjustments factor in? Do future COLAs help offset that early-retirement reduction?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: God is Our Provider

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 2 Mar 2026 08:00:00 +0000

J.I. Packer once wrote, “What matters in life is not what you make of it, but what God makes of it for you.” That contrast becomes especially clear when it comes to money. When circumstances shift, and uncertainty rises, the quiet question surfaces: Will there be enough?

Our culture tells us peace comes through self-provision—earning more, saving more, planning better. But Scripture invites us into a different posture: resting in a Father who provides.

Look at the Birds: Provision Begins with Relationship

In Matthew 6:26, Jesus directs our attention upward: “Look at the birds of the air…your heavenly Father feeds them.” Birds don’t build financial models or stockpile reserves. Yet God sustains them.

Jesus’ point isn’t irresponsibility—it’s relationship. Behind every plan, paycheck, and effort stands a God who sees, knows, and provides.

Throughout Scripture, this truth repeats like a steady drumbeat:

Abraham climbs Mount Moriah in obedience, and God provides a ram (Genesis 22:13–14).
The widow of Zarephath runs out of resources, and God sustains her jar of flour and jug of oil (1 Kings 17:14–16).
Peter wonders how to pay the temple tax, and Jesus provides the exact coin in a fish’s mouth (Matthew 17:27).

From Genesis to Revelation, God’s provision is precise, purposeful, and personal.

Every Need, Not Every Wish

Paul echoes this promise in Philippians 4:19: “My God will supply every need of yours according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.”

Notice what Paul doesn’t say. He doesn’t promise every want, preference, or wish list. He promises to meet every need. And that supply doesn’t flow from our economy, our income, or our investments—it flows from God’s riches.

Provision is not sourced in us. It’s sourced in Him.

Jesus Is Our Provision

The truth goes even deeper. Jesus doesn’t just provide—He is our provision. In John 6:35, He says, “I am the bread of life; whoever comes to me shall not hunger.”

Peace, then, is not found in financial comfort or problem-free living. It’s found in the presence of Christ.

When we forget this, we drift into two familiar traps:

Fear: What if there isn’t enough?
Self-reliance: I’ll make sure there’s enough.

Both pull us away from trust.

The Source Behind Everything We Have

Scripture reminds us that God provides not only resources but the ability to obtain them. Moses tells Israel, “Remember the Lord your God, for it is he who gives you power to get wealth” (Deuteronomy 8:18).

Our skills, opportunities, work ethic, and even our capacity to earn—all come from Him.

When that truth settles in, something shifts. Financial security stops being something we manufacture and becomes something we receive.

Trusting God as provider doesn’t lead to inactivity. It frees us to work, plan, save, and give with joy. Our efforts become acts of stewardship rather than self-provision. Money becomes a place of spiritual formation rather than fear.

That’s why Jesus teaches us to pray for “daily bread” (Matthew 6:11). Not because God lacks resources—but because our hearts need daily dependence. Daily bread cultivates daily trust.

Where Are You Looking for Provision?

Take a moment to ask:

Am I looking to my paycheck for security?
My savings?
My plans for the future?
Or the hand of a Father who feeds the birds and calls me His child?

Whether you’re in a season of abundance or a season of need, Jesus doesn’t just promise provision—He gives Himself. And He invites you to trust Him day by day.

When we trade fear for faith, striving for surrender, and self-reliance for dependence, we discover the deep joy of resting in a Father who sees and provides.

Go Deeper: A Daily Journey of Trust

This is the journey explored in Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Devotional to Faithful Stewardship. It’s an invitation to trust God as Provider, Owner, and Treasure in every financial decision. You can pick up a copy—or place a bulk order for your church or small group—at FaithFi.com/Shop.

And if you’re using the FaithFi app, you’ll find excerpts woven into the first 21 daily Rhythms, helping you connect your financial decisions with your spiritual life each day.

Start today by establishing a new rhythm—seeing your money not as your security, but as an opportunity to trust the God who provides.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 65 and plan to work for another 5 to 6 years. I have $65,000 in a Roth IRA that hasn’t been invested. I’ve heard suggestions ranging from corporate bonds and CDs to an ETF. How should I think about investing this money?
I’m 60, with a $700,000 pension lump sum, and am considering a buffered-income variable annuity for a few years before taking withdrawals. Is that a wise move?
My husband and I are pastors with small 401(k)s. We’re curious about crypto—can we move funds directly from a 401(k) to invest in it, and is that advisable?
When financing a car, is it better for a married couple to put the loan in one spouse’s name or both—and does that change later in life?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: God Owns It All

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 27 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

What if the greatest change you could make in your financial life didn’t start with budgeting, investing, or earning more—but with surrender?

We don’t usually think of surrender as a financial word. Yet Scripture places it at the center of faithful stewardship. The life-changing truth that God owns everything reshapes how we live, give, and manage what we’ve been entrusted.

The First Question Scripture Asks About Money

When we talk about finances, we tend to ask familiar questions: How much do I have? How much do I need? Am I doing well?

They’re natural questions—but they’re not the first question Scripture asks.

From the beginning, the Bible establishes that God is the owner. Before humanity ever managed a garden or named a creature, God formed, filled, and ruled creation. Psalm 24:1 declares it plainly: “The earth is the Lord’s and the fullness thereof.”

Simply put, God is the owner—and we are the stewards.

For many of us, that’s a familiar idea. But familiarity doesn’t always lead to surrender. We may affirm God’s ownership in theory while living as if everything depends on our effort. We say, “I worked for this,” or “I earned this.” Yet Scripture adds an essential truth: “It is He who gives you power to get wealth” (Deuteronomy 8:18). Even our ability to work is a gift from God.

Faithfulness, Not Outcomes

Jesus reinforces this perspective in the parable of the talents (Matthew 25:14–30). A master entrusts resources to three servants. Two invest faithfully. One buries what he’s been given out of fear.

When the master returns, he doesn’t praise them for increasing his net worth—he commends their faithfulness.

That distinction matters. The world measures success by outcomes. God measures success by trust and faithfulness. If God owns everything, then we are not owners—we are managers. Scripture uses the term oikonomos, meaning household manager: someone who manages resources they didn’t create, for purposes they didn’t define, under a master they serve. At first, that may sound restrictive. In reality, it’s freeing.

If I’m not the owner, then I’m not the ultimate provider or protector. The weight shifts from my shoulders to God’s. As Ron Blue often says, “If God owns it all, you can’t lose anything.”

Ownership carries pressure. Stewardship carries trust.

Everyday Decisions Become Worship

When we truly embrace stewardship, ordinary financial decisions take on spiritual meaning.

Budgeting becomes aligning our desires with God’s priorities.
Giving becomes a response to His generosity.
Planning becomes obedience rather than anxiety.
Investing becomes multiplying what belongs to the Lord, not securing independence from Him.

The Puritan preacher Thomas Watson once wrote, “What we keep we may lose. What we give to God is kept forever.”

Paul echoes this in 1 Timothy 6:7: “We brought nothing into the world, and we can take nothing out of it.” That reality isn’t meant to discourage us—it’s meant to liberate us. When we stop clinging to what we cannot keep, we’re free to invest in what we can never lose.

What Does God Expect From Us?

If God owns everything, what does He ask of us? Jesus answers simply: “One who is faithful in very little is also faithful in much” (Luke 16:10).

Faithfulness isn’t about the size of what we manage—it’s about surrender. And surrender always begins in the heart. When we embrace God’s ownership, two gifts follow:

Humility—we stop boasting in what we’ve accomplished.
Hope—we realize we’re not carrying the burden alone. God equips, guides, and provides.

Where Is God Inviting You to Surrender?

Where might God be inviting you to shift from being an owner to a steward? In your giving? Your planning? Your savings or lifestyle? Or in the quiet belief that your security depends more on markets than on the God who “owns the cattle on a thousand hills” (Psalm 50:10)?

Stewardship isn’t about God getting something from you. It’s about God doing something in you. It reorders the heart so money takes its proper place—not as a master, but as a tool.

If this idea resonates with you—that God owns it all and stewardship begins with surrender—I invite you to explore it further in Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Journey to Faithful Stewardship. You can learn more or order a copy for yourself, your church, or your small group at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I are in our late 30s, have accumulated some debt, and have struggled to stick to a budget. We want to be better stewards, but keep falling off track. Can you offer simple, practical guidance to help us manage money and stay consistent?
I’m 24 and living with my parents, hoping to buy a home instead of renting. What steps should I take now to move toward homeownership?
I’m nearing 65 and will have about $70,000 from my 401(k), plus a small annuity. What’s the wisest way to invest that money at this stage to support my future?
I’m 65 and trying to decide when to take Social Security and how to draw from our accounts. We’re mostly debt-free and financially stable, but I hear conflicting advice. Should I delay benefits, start my wife’s earlier, and in what order should we tap our savings and IRAs?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Women Doing Well with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 26 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Over the coming decades, women will steward a majority of the wealth being passed from one generation to the next. For many, that responsibility will arrive suddenly—during seasons of grief, transition, or new beginnings. Yet within that shift lies a remarkable opportunity for wise and faithful stewardship.

Sharon Epps, President of Kingdom Advisors and cofounder of Women Doing Well, joins us on today’s show to share what she has learned after spending years studying this moment and walking alongside women as they step into it.

A Quiet but Significant Shift

Today, research consistently shows that women are inheriting a large portion of generational wealth. One primary reason is longevity—women often outlive their spouses by several years, placing financial responsibility squarely on their shoulders.

In fact, nearly 95% of women will become the primary financial decision-maker at some point in their lives. Many step into that role unexpectedly, often while navigating grief, life transitions, or new responsibilities. The result is a profound shift happening quietly across generations—one with real implications for confidence, stewardship, and generosity.

When Women Doing Well surveyed more than 7,300 Christian women—the largest study of its kind—one insight stood out: only about 6% felt confident or equipped to manage the resources God had entrusted to them.

The issue wasn’t a lack of desire. It was a lack of clarity, confidence, and inclusion in financial conversations. Many women had the responsibility, but not the preparation. That gap can feel overwhelming, especially when decisions arrive suddenly.

Generosity Is Already There

One of the most encouraging discoveries from the research was this: Christian women are already remarkably generous.

They give more of their time and money than many of their peers. The desire to live generously is not something that needs to be created—it’s already present. What many women want isn’t simply to give more, but to give well. The opportunity is to help generosity grow from clarity and confidence rather than from fear or obligation.

A strong correlation emerged between biblical understanding and generosity. The more women understood stewardship—recognizing God as the Owner and themselves as managers—the more purpose-driven their giving became.

Discipleship shifts generosity from pressure to purpose. It reminds us that giving is not a test to pass, but a response to God’s grace.

From Overwhelm to Clarity: A Real Story

One woman, whom we’ll call Clara, had always given generously. But after inheriting a significant sum of money, she felt pulled in every direction—“a dab here, a little there,” without a sense of impact.

Through a process of discernment and clarity, she began narrowing her giving while increasing her investment in areas aligned with her calling. Her response captured the transformation: “You’ve given me the freedom to say no so I can say a better yes.” Clarity didn’t reduce her generosity—it deepened it.

For many women, financial responsibility begins in the midst of grief. In those moments, wisdom matters.

One helpful principle, often shared by trusted mentors, is this: avoid making drastic financial changes during the first year after a major loss. Decisions will need to be made, but there’s rarely a need to rush.

It’s also vital to seek wise counsel. A trusted advisor who understands both financial realities and biblical stewardship can provide guidance, and bringing along a trusted friend or family member can offer needed perspective and emotional support.

Finding Purpose Before Decisions

Financial clarity often begins with personal clarity.

Understanding how God has uniquely wired you—your experiences, passions, and calling—can shape how you steward resources. Many women find their generosity aligned with their life story: adoption, education, justice, poverty relief, or ministry areas where God has already been at work.

Stewardship becomes more meaningful when it flows from identity and calling rather than obligation.

When women gain clarity and confidence, measurable outcomes follow. Research shows that many increase both their financial giving and the time they invest in serving others. More importantly, they report greater peace, confidence, and joy.

Generosity becomes a whole-life response—expressed through money, time, skills, and relationships.

Generosity Without Pressure

Growing in generosity doesn’t mean saying yes to everything.

True generosity flows from identity in Christ, not guilt or pressure. When fear or obligation drives a decision, it can be a signal to pause and pray. God is at work in many lives, raising up different stewards for different purposes. Saying no in one place often allows for a more faithful yes elsewhere.

For advisors serving women in transition, relationship matters as much as expertise.

Listening before leading, offering small and practical next steps, and creating an environment that feels relational—not transactional—can make all the difference. Guidance that is clear, manageable, and compassionate helps women move forward with confidence.

A Word to Women Stepping Into This Role

If you find yourself feeling overwhelmed or uncertain, know this: you are not alone.

Financial wisdom grows one step at a time. God has already been at work in your life, and the resources entrusted to you have purpose. Confidence develops through learning, community, and small acts of obedience.

Stewardship is not a burden to carry alone—it can become an adventure of discovering how God wants to work through you.

Some women have even formed giving circles, combining resources and discernment to support causes together. What began as uncertainty became what they now call “the adventure of giving.”

If you’re navigating this transition or preparing for it, consider seeking guidance and community. Learn more about the work of Women Doing Well and resources for growing in clarity and confidence. You can also connect with a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA) who can provide biblically grounded financial counsel.

The shift is already happening. And with it comes a profound opportunity—not just to manage wealth, but to steward it faithfully for God’s purposes.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

As I prepare to buy a $400,000–$450,000 home—planning to put about 50% down and use a 15-year mortgage—what key questions should I ask lenders to secure the best rate and terms?
Our Certified Kingdom Advisor recently left his firm to start his own practice. The current firm would charge about $1,000 in account-closure fees, but has offered to lower our management fee if we stay. Should we follow our advisor to his new firm or remain where we are, especially given the fees and our desire for biblically aligned investing?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Education Is Changing the Future for Uganda’s Girls with Aaron Griggs

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 25 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

For many girls in Uganda, one opportunity can alter the course of their entire future—and that opportunity often begins with education. Around the world, poverty creates barriers that shape a child’s path long before adulthood. But through the work of ministries and local partners, those stories are being rewritten with hope, dignity, and the love of Christ.

Aaron Griggs joins the show today to share how Cross International is helping young women stay in school, discover their God-given purpose, and step into a future that once felt out of reach.

The Mission: Serving the Most Vulnerable

Cross International exists to serve some of the world’s poorest and most vulnerable children and families for the glory of God. Rather than operating independently, the ministry works through trusted local churches and organizations across Africa and other regions—partners who understand the communities, relationships, and long-term needs on the ground.

This approach allows them to provide immediate help—such as food, clean water, and education—while also fostering sustainable, long-term change. Local leaders remain present long after programs begin, ensuring care that is relational, consistent, and rooted in the Gospel.

The Everyday Realities of Poverty

For many families in countries like Uganda, Malawi, and Zambia, daily challenges are not simply inconvenient—they are life-altering.

A single meal may be the only food a child receives all day.
Clean water often requires walking for hours to contaminated sources.
Preventable diseases spread quickly due to limited medical care.
Education is frequently out of reach because families cannot afford school fees.

When children cannot attend school, their opportunities shrink dramatically. For girls in particular, the consequences are often more severe—and more permanent.

Why Girls Are Especially Vulnerable

When resources are scarce, girls are often the first to be pulled out of school. In some communities, families facing desperate financial strain may feel forced to arrange early marriages for daughters—sometimes as young as 11 or 12—simply to survive. This leads to a heartbreaking cycle:

Education ends early
Marriage and motherhood begin prematurely
Economic opportunities disappear
Poverty passes from one generation to the next

Without intervention, the very pathway that could break the cycle—education—remains inaccessible.

Local Partnership in Action: Project Princess Initiative

One of Cross International’s key ministry partners in Uganda is the Project Princess Initiative, based in Kampala. Together, they walk alongside vulnerable girls by:

Helping them stay in school
Providing mentorship and spiritual guidance
Teaching practical career and life skills
Building confidence rooted in their identity in Christ

The goal is not only academic success but whole-person transformation—spiritual, emotional, practical, and relational.

As many girls grow older, something remarkable happens: they begin mentoring others. The hope they received becomes the hope they give.

Karen’s Story: From Hopelessness to Purpose

Karen, a young woman from Uganda, once faced a future filled with uncertainty. After her father abandoned the family, her education stopped. Surrounded by poverty, drugs, and despair, she felt trapped and hopeless. Through Project Princess, everything changed.

She returned to school. She encountered mentors who reminded her of her worth in Christ. She discovered a future she never thought possible.

Karen eventually attended college and studied economics—an opportunity few girls from her background ever experience. Today, she mentors younger girls facing similar challenges and speaks passionately about the role of faith in her transformation.

Her story reflects a powerful truth: when education, mentorship, and the Gospel intersect, lives change.

Why Faith Matters in Education

Cross International’s work centers on more than academics. While education opens doors, true transformation begins in the heart. Their approach focuses on the whole person:

Physical needs like food and clean water
Emotional support through mentorship
Practical training for future careers
Spiritual formation through prayer and discipleship

Education alone can inform the mind. The Gospel renews the heart and reshapes identity. Together, they empower girls to become who God created them to be.

How You Can Get Involved

Scripture calls believers to care for the vulnerable. Psalm 82:3 urges us to “defend the weak and the fatherless; uphold the cause of the poor and the oppressed.”

For many, generosity becomes a practical way to live out that calling. Through partnerships like this:

Food reaches children who would otherwise go hungry
Education keeps girls in school
Mentorship restores dignity and hope
The message of Christ transforms lives

A relatively small gift can create a lasting impact—helping a child receive education, care, and spiritual support for an entire year.

Through FaithFi’s partnership with Cross International, every $62 helps provide a vulnerable child with a year of support—including education, nutritious food, mentorship, and the hope of the Gospel. Larger gifts can extend that impact to multiple children and families.

To learn more or make a one-time gift, visit FaithFi.com/Cross. As you steward the resources God has entrusted to you, this is a tangible way to defend the vulnerable, uplift the oppressed, and invest in futures filled with hope.

One opportunity can change a life. Your involvement can help make that opportunity possible.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

We’re expecting a car accident settlement this year. Will it be taxable, and do we report it as income? After medical bills and attorney fees, how should we think about tithing on what remains?
Our estate is set up in a trust, and we have two adult sons who don’t get along. Should we name just one as trustee and power of attorney, or appoint them both?
I have $24,000 in credit card debt. A debt management plan would lower my interest rates, but the payments are more than I can afford. If I withdraw $6,000 from my Roth IRA—I’m over 59—to reduce the balance and lower the payment, would that be wise?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Lord Will Provide

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 24 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Trusting God for our financial needs feels especially real when life gets tight. When savings shrink, markets fluctuate, or expenses rise faster than income, the pressure exposes what—or who—we truly rely on.

Long before budgets, retirement accounts, or emergency funds existed, one man stood on a mountain believing God could provide in the most impossible circumstances. His story in Genesis 22 gives us one of the most powerful names of God in all of Scripture: “The Lord Will Provide.” And it offers a blueprint for faithful stewardship today.

Provision Is Forged in Pressure

Trusting God’s provision rarely happens in comfort. It’s forged in seasons when resources feel thin, and the future looks uncertain.

Throughout Scripture, God’s people learn His faithfulness not at banquets, but in deserts. Not in surplus, but in scarcity. Whether wandering in the wilderness, facing famine, or standing before overwhelming odds, they discover that provision isn’t merely about resources—it’s about relationship.

God is not simply someone who provides. He is the Provider.

But biblical faith isn’t naïve optimism, nor is it passive resignation. Faith rests in God’s character, moves forward in obedience, and trusts Him with the outcome.

Abraham on the Mountain

Genesis 22 is one of the clearest pictures of this kind of faith.

God asks Abraham to offer Isaac, his son of promise. It’s a shocking command, and we’re meant to feel its weight. Isaac is the one through whom God promised to build a nation “as numerous as the stars.” Without Isaac, the covenant appears to collapse. Yet Abraham obeys.

Before climbing the mountain, he tells his servants, “Stay here with the donkey; the boy and I will go over there and worship; then we will come back to you” (Genesis 22:5).

Notice what he says: we will come back. The author of Hebrews explains Abraham’s reasoning: “He considered that God was able even to raise him from the dead” (Hebrews 11:19). Abraham trusted that God’s promise was more certain than the circumstances he could see.

And when Abraham raised the knife, God intervened—not before the climb, not halfway up the mountain, but at the exact moment when obedience and trust met. A ram was provided in Isaac’s place.

It’s there Abraham names the place: “The Lord will provide” (Genesis 22:14).

What “The Lord Will Provide” Really Means

To say God provides isn’t to say He always provides in the way we expect.

It means His character is generous, attentive, and faithful. He knows our needs before we ask. He meets them according to His wisdom—not our timeline. That shifts how we think about financial provision.

Scripture commends diligence. “The hand of the diligent makes rich” (Proverbs 10:4). It warns against laziness. But diligence and provision are not the same thing. We work. God provides the harvest.

Modern financial fear often comes from trying to secure every possible outcome. We want guarantees. We want certainty. We want control. But the great enemy of faith isn’t need—it’s self-reliance.

When we believe we are our own providers, we shoulder a burden we were never designed to carry. The apostle Paul writes, “My God will supply every need of yours according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus” (Philippians 4:19).

Notice the scale and the source: According to His riches, not ours.

Three Ways Trust Changes Our Stewardship

When we truly believe God provides, three things begin to shift.

1. We Plan Without Panic

Wisdom plans for the future. Scripture affirms preparation and foresight. But planning becomes idolatry when it tries to eliminate dependence.

Trust allows us to budget, save, and invest without fear driving every decision. Our spreadsheets serve us—they don’t rule us.

2. We Give Without Fear

Generosity flows from security.

If we believe God replenishes, we can release. Hudson Taylor famously said, “God’s work done in God’s way will never lack God’s supply.”

When God is our provider, generosity becomes an act of confidence, not recklessness.

3. We Endure Lean Seasons With Hope

Scarcity is not wasted space in the life of faith.

Lean seasons refine us. They remind us that our ultimate security rests not in accounts, assets, or accolades—but in the Lord who sees. Abraham learned something profound on that mountain—not just that God provides, but who God is.

Provision in Scripture is relational. God provides so His people know Him more deeply and so the watching world sees His faithfulness.

Faithful Stewardship Without Fear

Trusting God’s provision doesn’t mean we stop budgeting, working, or stewarding wisely. It means we do those things without trying to control the narrative. Our responsibility is faithfulness. God’s responsibility is provision.

When life tightens and financial pressure mounts, Genesis 22 invites us to lift our eyes beyond the mountain in front of us and remember the name Abraham proclaimed:

The Lord will provide. And He still does.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

How can I have a loving, respectful conversation with my parents—especially my dad—about whether they’re truly ready for retirement and financially self-sufficient? Also, he started taking Social Security last year while still working. Should he reconsider delaying benefits, and what options does he have now?
A nonprofit that owned a property has shut down, and I’d like to sell it and give the proceeds to a church. Are there special forms or steps I need to take to handle that transfer properly?
I’m turning 60 and want to prepare wisely for retirement. I have a seven-figure balance across my 401(k) and investments. What should I focus on over the next several years—how much is enough, withdrawal planning, Social Security timing, and long-term care—so I won’t become a burden on my kids?
As I plan my estate, what does the Bible mean by leaving an inheritance to our children’s children, and how should I think about what to leave my grandchildren?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Redefining Success

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 23 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Henry Drummond once wrote, “To become like Christ is the only thing in the world worth caring for…before which every ambition of man is folly and all lower achievement vain.” Those words cut straight to the heart of how Scripture defines success.

In a culture that measures achievement by accumulation and applause, Jesus offers a very different scoreboard—one centered not on what we gain, but on who we become.

The Success Story We’ve Been Taught

It’s easy to believe that if we could just reach a little higher, earn a little more, or move a little faster, we’d finally arrive.

We see this impulse at the very beginning of Scripture. In the Garden of Eden, Adam and Eve weren’t lacking anything, yet they believed something better was being held back (Genesis 3). At the Tower of Babel, humanity declared, “Let us make a name for ourselves” (Genesis 11:4).

Success, in their minds, meant defining greatness on their own terms.

That same instinct shapes us today. We measure success by paychecks and promotions, by titles, trophies, and the size of our homes or portfolios. And in a world that equates success with accumulation, it’s hard not to wonder: Am I successful yet? Will more finally be enough?

Jesus’ Warning About the Illusion of More

Jesus speaks directly into that tension in Luke 12:15: “Take care, and be on your guard against all covetousness, for one’s life does not consist in the abundance of his possessions.”

He then tells the parable of the rich fool (Luke 12:16–21). A man experiences an abundant harvest and decides to tear down his barns to build bigger ones. He reassures himself: “Soul, you have ample goods laid up for many years; relax, eat, drink, be merry.”

On the surface, it sounds like success. He planned ahead. He saved. He prepared. But Jesus calls him a fool.

Listen to the language: my barns, my grain, my goods, my soul. There’s no gratitude, no dependence on God, no concern for others. His definition of success was accumulation, and his confidence rested entirely in what he had stored up.

God’s response is sobering: “This night your soul is required of you, and the things you have prepared, whose will they be?” (Luke 12:20)

Jesus concludes, “So is the one who lays up treasure for himself and is not rich toward God” (Luke 12:21).

The story is meant to shake us awake. It exposes how easily we confuse preparation with control and wisdom with self-reliance. God isn’t measuring success by what we store—He’s measuring it by what we surrender.

A New Definition of Success

The apostle Paul understood this well. By every cultural standard of his day, Paul had succeeded. Yet he wrote: “I count everything as loss because of the surpassing worth of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (Philippians 3:8).

Paul didn’t lower the bar for success—he replaced it. Scripture tells us God’s goal for our lives plainly: “For those whom he foreknew he also predestined to be conformed to the image of his Son” (Romans 8:29).

That’s the metric. Not income. Not influence. Not recognition. Christlikeness.

So it’s worth asking: What scoreboard are you watching right now? Whose applause are you chasing?

If your goals are rooted in impressing others or securing more for yourself, satisfaction will always feel just out of reach. But if your goals are rooted in becoming more like Christ, you’ll discover a kind of success that cannot be taken away.

Jesus invites us to measure progress differently. Instead of asking, “Did I win today?” we can ask, “Did I look a little more like Jesus today?”

In God’s economy:

Success is measured by obedience, not accumulation.
By faithfulness, not fame.
By surrender, not status.

And God delights in what is done faithfully—even when no one else sees.

Jesus puts it plainly: “For what will it profit a man if he gains the whole world and forfeits his soul?” (Matthew 16:26)

Real success isn’t what you gain. It’s who you become in Christ.

Aligning Our Hearts With What Lasts

This is one of the reasons I wrote Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Devotional to Faithful Stewardship. Each day is designed to help realign your heart—and your financial decisions—with God’s purposes, so that success is defined not by accumulation, but by transformation.

You can order a copy or place a bulk order for your church or small group at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Should we tithe on our business’s gross revenue, or just on the salary we actually pay ourselves?
I have a 19-year-old niece and would like to contribute the first $1,000 to an IRA to help her start learning about budgeting and financial responsibility. Should I connect with a Certified Kingdom Advisor, or simply open an account through a company like Fidelity or Nationwide?
My husband had a TIAA account from his time as an adjunct professor. Since I’m 76, I’m required to take distributions each year. I’d prefer to give that money to my son so it can remain invested and continue growing. Is that possible?
My wife and I are both in our 70s and trying to determine how to divide our estate among our three children, our new church, and a few ministries we support. I know every situation is unique, but are there guidelines or resources to help us think through percentage allocations wisely?
I’d like to lower my mortgage payment. I owe $89,000 at 3.5%, and my monthly payment is $1,254. I have cash available to apply toward the principal. If I make a lump-sum principal payment, will that reduce my monthly payment?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What Daily Bread Really Means

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 20 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

“Give us this day our daily bread.”

These seven words from the Lord’s Prayer are so familiar that we can easily miss how radical they are. When Jesus taught His disciples to pray in Matthew 6:11, He invited them to trust God for provision—not all at once, but one day at a time.

In a world obsessed with tomorrow, this simple request calls us back to dependence, humility, and trust in God’s care today.

Daily Bread in the Wilderness

The idea of daily bread takes us back to Israel’s journey through the wilderness. In Exodus 16, God fed His people with manna each morning. It was enough for the day—no more, no less. When they tried to store extra, it spoiled.

The lesson wasn’t primarily about food; it was about trust. God was teaching His people that He—not their stockpiles or strategies—was their provider.

Today, we work, budget, plan, save, and invest—and Scripture commends those practices. Proverbs celebrates diligence, and Joseph’s preparation in Genesis 41 helped save entire nations. Trusting God isn’t passivity, and faith isn’t irresponsibility.

But here’s the tension: our planning must never replace our dependence. When Jesus taught us to ask for daily bread, He was establishing a rhythm—trusting God with today rather than burdening ourselves with controlling tomorrow.

When Financial Anxiety Feels Close to Home

For many people, this teaching hits close to home. We live in a time of economic anxiety. Budgets are tight, housing is expensive, and the future often feels uncertain.

And if we’re honest, money doesn’t just expose financial fears—it reveals deeper questions:

Will I have enough?
Will I make it?
Does God see me?
Will He take care of me?

Jesus speaks directly to those fears in Matthew 6:25–26: “Do not be anxious about your life… Look at the birds of the air: they neither sow nor reap nor gather into barns, and yet your heavenly Father feeds them.”

Jesus isn’t calling us to ignore real needs. He’s inviting us to rest in real care. Birds still work—they gather, build, and hunt—but they don’t live in anxiety. They don’t wake each morning wondering whether God will provide. Provision is built into creation because God is faithful.

Three Responses to Daily Bread

Trusting God for daily bread shapes the way we live. It invites three important responses: gratitude, contentment, and generosity.

1. Daily Bread Invites Gratitude

When we ask God for what we need today, we’re reminded that what we have today is a gift. Gratitude pushes back against the relentless pressure for more—more comfort, more security, more status.

Ecclesiastes reminds us, “Everyone to whom God has given wealth and possessions and power to enjoy them… this is the gift of God” (Ecclesiastes 5:19). Even the ability to enjoy what we have is grace.

2. Daily Bread Invites Contentment

Contentment doesn’t mean settling for less—it means refusing to treat the future as the only place where peace exists.

Paul writes, “I have learned in whatever situation I am to be content” (Philippians 4:11). That learning happened within real circumstances, not after ideal ones arrived. Contentment grows as we trust God in the present moment.

3. Daily Bread Invites Generosity

When we trust God to provide for today, our grip loosens. Fear tightens our hands; trust frees them.

In 1 Kings 17, a widow shared her last flour and oil with Elijah, trusting God’s promise—and God sustained her household through the drought. The lesson isn’t that generosity guarantees prosperity. It’s that generosity reveals where our security truly lies.

Trusting God Through Everyday Financial Habits

Trusting God for daily bread often expresses itself in very ordinary financial decisions.

Building an emergency fund can shield us from unnecessary anxiety.
Creating a budget helps us steward what God provides.
Saving for future needs reflects wisdom, as Proverbs 21:20 states: “The wise store up choice food and olive oil.”

Yet even the wisest planning must remember this: financial stability is not ultimate security. No account balance is large enough to silence fear if our hope rests in money.

At the same time, there is no scarcity so deep that God cannot sustain His children.

Whether in Need or in Plenty

For some, trusting God for daily bread is literal. You’re not sure how the bills will be paid. You’re praying for provision in a very real way. For others, the challenge is different. You’re in a season of abundance—and the danger isn’t lack, but forgetting the Giver.

God warned Israel about this in Deuteronomy 8: “Beware lest you say in your heart, ‘My power and the might of my hand have gotten me this wealth.’” Every opportunity, every skill, every breath comes from Him.

In the Lord’s Prayer, the request for daily bread comes after “Hallowed be your name” and “Your kingdom come.” Provision is framed by worship and mission. God meets our needs not only for our comfort, but for His purposes.

A Prayer for Today

So what does trusting God for daily bread look like? Ask God for what you need. Thank Him for what you have. Open your hands toward others.

He is faithful in the wilderness. Faithful in your budget. Faithful in seasons of uncertainty. And He is faithful today.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve built up significant credit card debt after a failed business investment and major car repairs—about $8,000 on one card, $10,000 on another, and $5,000 on a third. Should I use American Express’s relief program or look into debt consolidation?
I receive Social Security. Do benefits automatically increase each year? Do I owe taxes on them, and if I go back to work, will it affect what I receive?
I understand how firms like Vanguard and Fidelity charge for investment management, but how are Certified Kingdom Advisors compensated? How are their fees structured?
My husband passed away, and I began taking his Social Security while waiting to claim my own at 70. I’m now hearing that my benefit may not increase if I do that. Should I switch to my benefit, and when should I apply to avoid missing any income?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A New Generation of Investors with Matt Bell

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 19 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Younger investors are reshaping the markets—from crypto and AI to ETFs and gaming. But with so many new platforms, trends, and voices competing for attention, how can believers invest wisely across generations?

Matt Bell, Managing Editor at Sound Mind Investing, has been tracking these shifts closely, and he joins the show today to share his insights and highlight both what’s changing and what remains timeless—especially when biblical wisdom guides our financial decisions.

The Surge of Younger Investors

Since 2020, millions of new investment accounts have been opened—many by Gen Z and millennials. In fact, a significant portion of today’s investors entered the market during the early pandemic years, despite dramatic market volatility.

Why? Several factors converged:

Extra time at home during lockdowns
Stimulus payments and increased savings
Commission-free trading platforms
Social media influencers showcasing day trading
Apps that made investing feel simple—even entertaining

Instead of retreating when markets dropped, many younger investors leaned in.

How Younger Investors Are Engaging the Market Differently

Compared to previous generations, younger investors tend to:

Use mobile apps as their primary investment tools
Explore emerging sectors like crypto, AI, and fintech
Get advice from social media and peers rather than advisors
Trade more frequently
Favor ETFs over traditional mutual funds

ETFs, in particular, appeal to younger investors because they trade like stocks, often have lower costs, and allow for more active participation.

At the same time, themes like cryptocurrency, gaming-related funds, and sports gambling investments show the sharpest generational divide—drawing the most interest from the youngest investors.

A Cultural Shift in Investing

Interest in newer asset classes isn’t limited to younger investors anymore. Crypto, AI, and alternative investments are gaining traction across all age groups.

Major developments—such as the approval of Bitcoin ETFs and growing conversations about private equity in retirement plans—signal that the investing culture is evolving rapidly.

But rapid access can create risk.

Availability and hype can outpace understanding. New investment options often carry complexity, and without careful research, investors may unknowingly take on risks they don’t fully grasp.

The Social Media Effect

One of the most defining features of today’s investing landscape is the role of social media.

Anyone can build a following and offer financial advice—even without credentials. In a crowded digital space, the loudest voices often gain the most attention, not necessarily the wisest ones.

That’s why discernment matters. Before acting on advice:

Check credentials
Evaluate track records
Seek multiple perspectives
Compare guidance against long-term principles

Wise investing has always required counsel, patience, and humility—traits that don’t trend easily online.

The Opportunity of Starting Young

Despite the risks, the growing interest in investing among younger generations is largely positive.

Time is one of the most powerful tools in investing. Starting early allows compounding to work over decades, creating opportunities for steady growth and long-term stability.

Encouraging young investors to begin is wise. Helping them begin wisely is even more important.

How Parents and Mentors Can Guide the Next Generation

For parents, grandparents, and mentors, the goal isn’t to criticize younger investors—it’s to walk alongside them.

Start by affirming their interest. Then introduce principles that shape a healthier approach:

Diversification
Long-term thinking
Wise counsel
Process-driven investing
Ongoing learning

These conversations can help shift the focus from chasing trends to building a thoughtful strategy.

Why Process Matters More Than Trends

In fast-moving markets, a clear investment process becomes essential.

Emotion—fear when markets fall and greed when they rise—is one of the greatest risks investors face. A disciplined strategy helps guard against impulsive decisions.

For believers, process also reflects stewardship. The money we manage ultimately belongs to God, and our responsibility is to steward it wisely and intentionally.

A thoughtful plan helps investors stay grounded when markets—and headlines—shift.

Understanding What You Own

One practical test of wise investing is simple: can you clearly explain what you own and why?

If an investment can’t be explained in plain language, it may not be fully understood. And stewardship requires understanding.

Clarity leads to better decisions. It also protects against blindly following trends or hype.

When Investing Starts to Feel Like Gambling

Modern platforms often blur the line between investing and entertainment. Frequent trading, instant feedback, and gamified interfaces can encourage short-term thinking.

But Scripture points to a different path:

Ecclesiastes 11:2 encourages diversification.
Proverbs 21:5 praises steady, disciplined planning.
1 Timothy 6:10 warns against the love of money and reckless pursuit of wealth.

These principles emphasize patience, wisdom, and restraint—not speculation.

What Never Changes

Every generation invests differently. Technology evolves. Markets shift. New asset classes emerge.

But God’s principles for stewardship remain steady.

Wise investing is not about chasing what’s trending. It’s about:

Purpose over hype
Patience over speed
Process over impulse
Faithfulness over fear or greed

When portfolios are shaped by those values, investing becomes more than a financial activity—it becomes an act of stewardship.

And that’s a strategy that transcends generations.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband is retiring next year and plans to roll his 401(k) into a Roth IRA. I also have a small 401(k). Can we combine our accounts? Also, I’m a retired teacher with a pension and a small 403(b). Would it make sense to withdraw the funds, invest them elsewhere, and give them to my sons?
I’d like to set up a 529 plan for my new great-grandson. How does it work? Can I make his parents the owners or beneficiaries, and can other family members contribute if I make a one-time gift?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Wisdom for Every Decision

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 18 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Every day, we’re faced with financial decisions—some small, some life-shaping. We decide how to spend, save, give, borrow, invest, and provide for our families. But behind each of those choices lies a deeper question: where do we go to find wisdom?

Many assume the Bible is a spiritual book meant only for spiritual matters, not for the realities of modern financial life. After all, Scripture was written thousands of years ago. There were no index funds, tax-advantaged accounts, or credit cards in ancient Israel. So how could it possibly speak to retirement planning, debt, generosity, or contentment today?

Yet what Scripture offers isn’t a financial playbook—it’s something better: timeless wisdom rooted in the character of God.

Timeless Wisdom, Not Financial Formulas

Biblical wisdom isn’t about giving us modern strategies or formulas. It’s about helping us understand who God is, who we are, and what we were made for. Until we know the Author, we won’t trust His instruction. And without trusting His instruction, we won’t build our lives—financially or otherwise—on His Word.

The primary purpose of Scripture isn’t merely to tell us what to do. It’s to reveal who we belong to. It introduces us to the God who provides, who owns all things, who defines true success, and who calls us to steward not just money, but all of life.

Once that foundation is laid, Scripture certainly does speak to how we live. The apostle Paul writes:

“All Scripture is breathed out by God and profitable… that the man of God may be complete, equipped for every good work” (2 Timothy 3:16–17).

Financial decisions are included in those “good works.” The Bible isn’t irrelevant to a modern economy—it’s indispensable.

Biblical Principles for Modern Money Decisions

The questions people wrestle with today aren’t new. Scripture addresses the very issues many of us face:

Diversification: “Invest in seven ventures, yes, in eight; you do not know what disaster may come upon the land” (Ecclesiastes 11:2).
Debt and co-signing: “Be not one of those who give pledges” (Proverbs 22:26).
Living below your means: “Precious treasure and oil are in a wise man’s dwelling, but a foolish man devours it” (Proverbs 21:20).
Planning ahead: “The prudent sees danger and hides himself” (Proverbs 27:12).
Generosity: “You will be enriched in every way to be generous in every way” (2 Corinthians 9:11).
Seeking wisdom: “If any of you lacks wisdom, let him ask God” (James 1:5).

These aren’t technical instructions about financial products. They are heart-level principles that guide every generation, in every economy.

Financial Wisdom Is Relational

Biblical wisdom is not merely practical—it’s relational. Scripture doesn’t just tell us what to do; it shows us why God is trustworthy.

It reveals a Father who “owns the cattle on a thousand hills” (Psalm 50:10), who feeds the birds of the air (Matthew 6:26), who gives good gifts to His children (James 1:17), and who never abandons those who walk by faith (Hebrews 13:5).

Much of our financial anxiety isn’t ultimately about money—it’s about trust. And trust doesn’t come from spreadsheets or strategies. It comes from knowing the God who inspired Scripture.

When we know Him, financial obedience becomes freedom rather than drudgery. Living below our means becomes contentment. Avoiding debt becomes a matter of wisdom rather than fear. Giving becomes a joyful response to grace. Planning becomes stewardship instead of self-reliance.

Ancient Words, Timely Guidance

Scripture is ancient, but it is not outdated. Technology changes. Markets change. Financial products change. But the human heart does not.

Because the heart hasn’t changed, God’s Word still speaks. It equips us for every season of life, every financial decision, and every act of stewardship.

The Bible never treats money as evil, but it refuses to let it become a savior. It presents money as a tool—good when stewarded wisely, dangerous when worshiped, and temporary, no matter how well invested.

That’s why the goal of biblical financial wisdom isn’t accumulation—it’s transformation.

Becoming Faithful Stewards

Ultimately, Scripture doesn’t just shape what we do with money; it shapes who we become. It forms us into people who trust God, steward His resources, and live with eternal purpose.

That’s the heart behind Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Journey to Faithful Stewardship. The devotional walks through how Scripture reshapes our view of money by helping us see God as Owner, Provider, and our ultimate treasure—so finances fall into their proper place.

If you’d like to take that journey, you can get your copy—or order in bulk for your church or small group—at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I want to buy savings bonds for my grandson’s first birthday, but my bank and credit union don’t handle them. Where do I go and how do I do it?
My son bought a Jeep he can’t afford, and he's struggling to make payments and provide for his kids. He has a head injury from military service and is waiting on full VA disability benefits. What can we do to help him financially?
I bought silver about 10 years ago, and it has increased significantly in value. Where is the silver market headed, and where would I go to sell it for the best price?
I’m deep in credit card debt after allowing my children to use my credit card. Should I take out a loan to pay it off, or consider debt consolidation?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What Monks Can Teach Us About Money with Dr. Shane Enete

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 17 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Monks and money don’t seem to go together—but maybe they should. Early Christian monastics developed a biblical approach to possessions that offered freedom from fear and created space for generosity. Their example continues to resonate with believers navigating modern financial pressures.

Dr. Shane Enete, Chair of the Finance Department at Biola University, joins the show today to help us explore what he calls “monk finances,” drawing on early Christian history to uncover insights that remain strikingly relevant today.

Why Monks and Finances Feel Like Opposites

For many people, the idea of monks and money in the same sentence feels contradictory. That perception has historical roots.

In the early centuries of the church, some believers reacted to growing spiritual complacency by withdrawing from society. These early monks sought lives of radical devotion and discipline. In extreme cases, they rejected material possessions entirely, viewing the physical world—and even the body itself—as spiritually dangerous.

But this wasn’t the final word on monastic life.

Leaders like St. Anthony and St. Benedict helped reshape the movement. They recognized that God created the material world before the fall; therefore, possessions, work, and even money could be used for His glory. Instead of rejecting material things, they began developing thoughtful, disciplined ways to steward them.

Out of that shift came a surprisingly rich theology of money.

Recovering a Biblical View of Possessions

As monastic communities formed, they began to rethink how Christians should live with resources.

Rather than treating money as evil, they saw it as necessary for life—but not as a source of identity or security. Their approach emphasized moderation, equality, and shared responsibility.

Their guiding principle was simple: Meet your needs, then help meet the needs of others.

Money became a tool for self-sufficiency that led to hospitality, not a means of achieving independence from God. This perspective echoed the Apostle Paul’s teaching to the early church, especially in communities wrestling with wealth and inequality.

In many ways, the monks’ worldview stands in contrast to modern financial culture. Where today’s systems often prioritize accumulation and long-term personal security, the monastic tradition emphasized dependence on God and care for neighbor.

Economic Sufficiency vs. Economic Security

One of the most striking insights from monastic life is the distinction between economic sufficiency and economic security.

The monks worked hard. They cultivated gardens, produced goods, and provided for themselves. But they intentionally stopped short of building wealth for personal protection. Their goal was sufficiency—having enough to live and to share.

A well-known story about St. Anthony illustrates this progression. After initially living in isolation, he began growing food to avoid burdening others. Eventually, he expanded his efforts to feed visitors and care for those who came seeking wisdom. His work produced enough for his needs and created margin for generosity. That pattern shaped monastic communities:

Work diligently
Meet basic needs
Create margin
Practice hospitality

They believed the danger came when financial planning shifted from provision to self-protection—when wealth began to replace trust in God.

Guarding the Heart from the Love of Money

Monks viewed wealth with a sober realism. They saw it as useful but spiritually risky.

Money, they believed, has a way of whispering false assurances: “You’re safe. You’re secure. You don’t need God.”

To guard against this, monastic communities developed “rules of living”—structured rhythms that shaped how they worked, spent, and shared. These practices served as guardrails, protecting their hearts from drifting into consumption and self-reliance.

The goal wasn’t deprivation. It was clarity. They wanted money to remain a servant, never a master.

The Power of an “Economy of Excess”

One of the most compelling ideas to emerge from monastic life is what might be called an “economy of excess.”

In many monasteries, individuals were trained not to consume everything they were given. Instead, they intentionally left a portion unused—placing it at the center of the table for others.

Imagine a community of dozens of people, each holding back a small amount. The result was abundance. Tables overflowed, and anyone in need could be cared for.

This practice created margin without requiring wealth.

It also mirrors biblical principles found throughout Scripture. In the Old Testament, landowners were instructed not to harvest their fields to the edges so the poor could gather what remained. The design was intentional: leave space for others, and generosity becomes woven into everyday life.

When consumption stops short of the limit, community flourishes.

Freedom from Financial Anxiety

The monks’ approach offers a powerful corrective to modern financial anxiety.

Today’s culture often promotes endless striving—more income, more savings, more security. Yet the pursuit rarely ends. Wants expand, expectations rise, and contentment slips further away.

Monastic wisdom points in another direction: simplify, define “enough,” and trust God with the rest.

There is a surprising freedom in that posture. When life is not driven by maximizing consumption, gratitude grows. When security is not tied solely to accounts and assets, dependence on God deepens.

Their example reminds us that peace is not found in having everything, but in needing less and sharing more.

What We Can Learn Today

The monks did not reject money. They reoriented it. They used resources to:

Depend on God
Care for their communities
Practice hospitality
Serve the poor

Their lives challenge modern assumptions about success, security, and sufficiency. They invite believers to examine not just how money is used, but what role it plays in shaping the heart.

Perhaps their most enduring lesson is this: Financial wisdom is not measured by accumulation, but by alignment—with God, with others, and with the purposes of His Kingdom.

Ancient as it may seem, that vision speaks directly to our moment.

———————————————————————————————————————

Dr. Shane Enete’s full article, “Monk Finances: The Economic Brilliance of Early Christian Monks,” appears in the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine. When you become a FaithFi Partner with a monthly gift of $35 (or $400 annually), you’ll receive Faithful Steward magazine and other exclusive resources to help you grow as a faithful steward. Visit FaithFi.com/Partner to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m working with a new financial advisor who’s recommending an Allianz Index Advantage Plus annuity. He says it offers downside protection, no fees to us, and growth potential with gains that can be locked in several times a year. I’m not familiar with this—what should I know?
My mom, my sister, and I all own a home together. When my mom passes away, will her share automatically be divided between us, or does something else happen legally?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Gold and Silver: What Wise Investors Should Know

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 16 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

From ancient times to modern markets, gold and silver have captured people’s attention—especially during seasons of uncertainty. It’s one reason more believers are asking whether precious metals belong in their investment portfolios.

The question isn’t simply financial; it’s also about stewardship. Where do metals fit—and where don’t they—when we’re seeking to make wise, faithful decisions with what God has entrusted to us?

A Long History as a Store of Value

Precious metals are among the oldest forms of money in human history. For thousands of years, gold and silver have served as a store of value. Even today, in an economy dominated by fiat currencies, they still carry an aura of stability and permanence.

There’s a practical reason for that: governments can print more dollars, but they can’t print more gold or silver. As a result, investors often turn to metals during periods of inflation, geopolitical tensions, or financial instability. They’re commonly viewed as a hedge—an asset that may preserve purchasing power when confidence in broader systems begins to waver.

That perception holds some truth. But it’s also important to separate reality from myth. Precious metals are not magic assets, and they don’t function like traditional growth investments.

How Precious Metals Differ from Traditional Investments

They Don’t Produce Income

Stocks may pay dividends, bonds generate interest, and real estate can produce rental income. Precious metals, by contrast, do not produce income. They simply exist as assets whose value rises or falls over time.

That doesn’t mean they can’t appreciate. But it does mean their return profile is fundamentally different from owning productive assets. Gold sits still; businesses build.

Prices Can Be Volatile

Metals are often described as “safe,” yet their market prices can swing sharply. There have been extended seasons when gold and silver prices barely moved—or declined—reminding investors that stability and growth are not the same thing.

Costs Matter

Owning physical metals involves more than just the purchase price. Coins and bars often carry premiums, and they require storage, insurance, and security considerations.

For those who prefer not to handle physical metals, exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and similar vehicles offer another path. These track the price of gold or silver without the logistical challenges of storing them, making them a practical option for many investors.

Allocation Is Key

Financial professionals who favor precious metals typically recommend keeping them as a small portion of a diversified portfolio—often around 5%, and rarely more than 10%. When metals dominate a portfolio, they can crowd out assets better suited for long-term growth.

What Scripture Says About Wealth and Security

The Bible references gold and silver frequently—not only as commodities, but also as symbols of value, beauty, craftsmanship, and worship. Yet Scripture consistently warns against placing our trust in them.

Paul writes, “As for the rich in this present age, charge them not to be haughty, nor to set their hopes on the uncertainty of riches, but on God” (1 Timothy 6:17).

The issue isn’t money itself; it’s misplaced hope. Gold cannot redeem us, rescue us, or ultimately secure our future. Only the Lord can do that.

Proverbs echoes this truth: “The wealth of the rich is their fortified city; they imagine it a wall too high to scale” (Proverbs 18:11). The key word is imagine. Wealth—even in solid forms like precious metals—can create an illusion of safety.

That’s especially important to remember because metals often attract attention during periods of fear. But fear is not a reliable investment strategy. Wisdom is. Fear rushes; wisdom moves slowly, with patience and prayer.

Three Principles for Faithful Investors

1. Metals Are a Tool, Not a Treasure

Precious metals don’t need to be spiritualized or demonized. They’re simply one part of God’s created resources—useful when held with open hands and proper perspective.

2. They Should Complement, Not Replace, Diversification

Some investors feel tempted to go all-in on gold during uncertain times. But Scripture doesn’t call us to make decisions rooted in fear. Metals may play a role, but they shouldn’t replace a well-diversified plan built for long-term growth and stability.

3. Every Financial Decision Is Ultimately Spiritual

Whether investing in index funds, bonds, real estate, or bullion, the deeper question remains: Lord, how can I honor You with what You’ve entrusted to me?

If precious metals help reduce risk, preserve purchasing power, or support generosity over time, they may serve a wise purpose. But if they fuel anxiety or foster a bunker mentality, they can quietly pull our hearts off course.

Precious metals may help preserve purchasing power, but they don’t produce income, guarantee returns, or provide ultimate security. They are a hedge—not a haven.

Our true security isn’t found in vaults, markets, or accounts. It’s found in Christ alone. And when that truth anchors our hearts, we’re free to make financial decisions with wisdom, patience, and peace.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are 79, debt-free, and don’t have life insurance. I have $5,000 I’d like to grow to help cover burial expenses, plus small amounts in savings and a CD. We live on about $1,500 a month. How should I handle that $5,000?
I have a stock that’s down over 40%, rated poorly, and it makes up a large part of my portfolio. I want to sell it, but I don’t know where to move the funds. What would be a better option?
I used a 12-month same-as-cash plan to remodel my bathroom. I can pay it off on time, but are there any hidden risks with these offers? Also, I checked my credit at AnnualCreditReport.com and noticed it doesn’t provide a credit score. What’s the difference between a credit report and a credit score?
I have a whole life insurance policy I bought years ago, and may not need anymore. If I cash it out, I’m concerned about taxes and how it could affect things like Medicare. What options should I consider?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Money on Purpose Conference with Brian Holtz

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 13 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

What happens when we stop drifting financially and start stewarding intentionally?

When God’s purposes shape our financial decisions, money takes its rightful place—not as a source of identity or security, but as a tool that brings clarity, freedom, and faithful living. That conviction is at the heart of our conversation today with Brian Holtz, CEO of Compass Financial Ministry, about an upcoming gathering designed to help believers live it out in practical ways.

Why Purpose Matters When It Comes to Money

Brian explains that the idea for the conference begins with a familiar phrase: money is just a tool. While that’s true, tools are always created with intention. A hammer isn’t good or bad—but it’s designed for a specific purpose. When we don’t understand what money is for, we risk using it indiscriminately, assuming every financial decision is wise simply because it seems practical.

Scripture calls us to something better: stewardship shaped by God’s design. When we understand His purposes for money, our decisions become clearer—and our faithfulness more intentional.

Introducing Money on Purpose

That’s the vision behind Money on Purpose, Compass Financial Ministry’s global conference happening February 26–28, 2026, in Orlando.

Over three days, attendees will experience:

Christ-centered worship
Teaching rooted in Scripture
Fellowship with believers seeking to steward God’s resources faithfully

Each keynote explores a specific purpose of money through a biblical story or character from both the Old and New Testaments, followed by workshops focused on real-life application.

One of Compass's strengths has always been its ability to make biblical stewardship accessible, regardless of where someone is on their financial journey. This conference reflects that same heart.

Whether you’re a young adult seeking guidance, a parent shaping financial values at home, or a church leader looking to integrate stewardship into discipleship, Money on Purpose is designed to meet you where you are.

Workshop topics range from biblically grounded investing to navigating economic uncertainty—all anchored in God’s Word.

What often surprises attendees most, Brian notes, is how comprehensively Scripture speaks to modern financial questions. When people realize their real concerns are addressed in God’s Word, something shifts.

Just as powerful is the community. Being surrounded by like-minded believers moves the experience beyond information toward transformation. People leave not only knowing what to do, but encouraged, supported, and eager to see God work through their obedience.

What Participants Walk Away With

Compass’s mission is simple but profound: to help people grow closer to Jesus, live free to serve Him, and help fund the Great Commission.

Those who attend Money on Purpose leave with:

A clearer understanding of God’s financial principles
A practical plan to live them out
A community of believers committed to walking together

That’s what purposeful stewardship is ultimately about.

When we handle money on purpose—God’s purpose—we discover greater freedom, direction, and joy in stewarding what belongs to Him.

To learn more or register for the Money on Purpose conference, visit CompassFinancialMinistry.org, where you’ll find full details on sessions, workshops, and the event schedule.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are debt-free and saving for retirement through a mix of Roth and traditional accounts. I’m a state employee with deferred compensation options. A friend is urging us to buy a whole life insurance policy as an investment. Is that a wise choice, or could we be getting bad advice?
I’m calling on behalf of a friend in Colorado who needs cash flow and has equity in her home. She’s single and a senior, and I thought a reverse mortgage might help—but she says it’s not an option. Are reverse mortgage rules different by state or age, and who could help her explore this?
I’m retired military and run a side business that earns over $100,000 a year. I live on about half, and I’m doing well. I’m considering paying off my home and possibly buying a second one. How do I know when enjoying what I have crosses into greed rather than faithful stewardship?
Once I pay off a credit card, should I keep it open or close it to protect my credit score? And if it has an annual fee, what’s the best way to handle that?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Choosing a Bank That Serves Your Needs and Faith with Aaron Caid

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 12 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Banking isn’t usually the first place we think about living out our faith. Yet for many believers, where we bank is becoming an important part of faithful stewardship. Financial institutions don’t just hold our money—they decide how it’s used, invested, and leveraged for impact.

That’s why faith-based banking is gaining attention. It offers Christians an opportunity to align everyday financial decisions with deeper convictions about money, integrity, and service.

Today, we sat down with Aaron Caid, Chief Marketing Officer at Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU) and AdelFi, to talk about why believers may want to reconsider where they bank—and what truly matters when evaluating a financial institution.

Start With the Basics: Stewardship Still Requires Excellence

Before talking about faith alignment, there’s a practical reality we can’t ignore: a bank still needs to do its job well.

Good stewardship requires systems that are secure, efficient, and reliable. Strong digital tools, responsive customer service, and clear processes aren’t luxuries—they’re necessities. A banking partner should simplify your financial life, not complicate it with friction, confusion, or outdated technology. In other words, expecting excellence from your bank isn’t selfish. It’s wise.

Once the basics are covered, a deeper question emerges: Does this institution share your values?

Every bank makes decisions about how money is used and where it’s invested. Those choices reflect a worldview—whether explicit or not. Faith-aligned banking starts from a biblical understanding of stewardship, integrity, and service, recognizing that money is a tool entrusted by God, not an end in itself.

Where we bank, then, quietly reflects what we believe about the purpose of money.

Faith That Shows Up in Action

One of the distinctives of organizations like Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU) and AdelFi is that faith doesn’t remain a mission statement—it’s lived out through tangible generosity.

Collectively, these organizations have more than 125 years of supporting Christian ministries, missionaries, church-planting efforts, and disaster relief. Together, they’ve given millions of dollars toward Christ-centered work around the world.

Their impact goes beyond large-scale initiatives. Recent efforts include:

Supporting financial discipleship resources for married couples, addressing one of the leading contributors to marital stress and divorce.
Partnering with members to contribute over $10,000 to Operation Christmas Child, serving children in need, and sharing the love of Christ.
Investing earnings back into members through better rates and lower fees—while also tithing corporately to support gospel work.

This is what it looks like when banking becomes a shared mission rather than a purely transactional relationship.

Red Flags That May Signal It’s Time to Reconsider Your Bank

Regardless of where you bank today, there are warning signs that may indicate your institution isn’t serving you—or your values—well:

Unclear or high fees that quietly erode your savings
Outdated technology that complicates everyday money management
Poor access to real people when problems arise
Business practices or investments that conflict with your Christian convictions
Feeling like a number, rather than a valued customer

These issues don’t just affect convenience—they affect stewardship.

What the AdelFi Transition Means for Members

With the merger of Christian Community Credit Union and AdelFi, members are already seeing expanded services, greater reach, and enhanced capabilities. The combined organization will soon operate under the AdelFi Christian Banking brand, positioning it as the largest Christian banking solution of its kind.

The goal is simple: better serve individuals, families, churches, ministries, and Christian-owned businesses—while amplifying Kingdom impact.

When financial services function well and align with your faith, your money can serve both your everyday needs and God’s Kingdom purposes.

As a special opportunity for Faith & Finance listeners, you can earn up to a $400 bonus when opening a qualifying high-yield checking or savings account—or a Visa cash back card.

Visit FaithFi.com/Banking and enter code “FAITHFI” to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve heard that Social Security limits how much you can have in savings—$2,000 for singles and $3,000 for couples—or you could lose benefits. Is that true?
I’m 66 and will soon qualify for full Social Security, but I plan to keep working. I have about $45,000 in savings and am hesitant to invest it in the stock market given current market conditions. What should I do with that money?
I want to honor God through generosity, but I give so much that my account sometimes goes negative. I still want to help people in need, but I know I need more wisdom and self-control. How can I balance generosity with saving, and are there any resources you’d recommend?
I’ve set up my will and want to leave one-time gifts to several organizations. The funds are in my 401(k), and I plan to retire in 2027. Is it better to give while I’m alive or wait until after I die—especially from a tax standpoint and for my son?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Renting vs. Homeownership: What You Need to Know

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 11 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Scripture reminds us that wisdom often begins with counting the cost. As the average age of a first-time homebuyer approaches 40, many people are asking an important and sincere question: Is now the right time to buy a home—or should we continue renting?

That question usually reflects a desire to make a wise, lasting decision—one that supports long-term stability rather than undermining it. Before comparing monthly payments or imagining life in a new space, it’s worth taking a clear-eyed look at what it truly costs to move from renting into homeownership.

The Upfront Costs Many First-Time Buyers Miss

One of the biggest surprises for first-time buyers is the sheer cost of getting into a home. The pre-approval and closing process involves numerous expenses, including appraisals, inspections, credit reports, earnest money, title searches, loan origination fees, and closing costs. Taken together, these can add up to thousands of dollars before move-in day ever arrives.

For renters transitioning to homeownership, these costs are typically paid out of pocket. That’s one reason many advisors encourage having close to 20% of the purchase price available—not only for a down payment, but to create margin for the entire process. This isn’t about delaying dreams unnecessarily; it’s about ensuring homeownership doesn’t begin with financial strain.

Many renters feel a growing weariness with paying rent month after month, especially compared with building equity. That desire for something tangible and lasting is understandable—but it’s important to remember that rent is not wasted money.

Rent pays for shelter, safety, maintenance, and predictability. It meets a real and ongoing need and, in that sense, pays for a valuable service. During certain seasons of life, that flexibility and stability can be a wise and intentional choice.

Understanding What a Mortgage Really Includes

It’s also helpful to understand how a mortgage payment actually works. A typical payment includes principal, interest, property taxes, homeowner’s insurance, and often private mortgage insurance if you own less than 20% of the home’s value. In some cases, HOA fees are also added.

In the early years of a traditional 30-year mortgage, a significant portion of each payment goes toward interest rather than reducing the loan balance. Thirty-year mortgages can still be wise—they keep payments manageable and allow flexibility if you want to make extra principal payments—but they are designed to be long-term loans. Early equity growth often comes more from market appreciation than from paying down the balance.

Rising home prices can create fear about waiting too long, pushing buyers to act before they’re ready. While market trends are worth paying attention to, they shouldn’t be the deciding factor. A home should fit your current season of life and support your responsibilities and priorities—not stretch your finances or limit your ability to live and give faithfully.

It also helps to release the pressure of finding a “forever home.” On average, first-time buyers stay in their homes seven to ten years. Career changes, growing families, and life transitions often make moving a natural part of the journey. The first home simply needs to perform well in the current season.

Rising Costs Don’t Disappear with Ownership

Rising rents are another common frustration, especially when lease renewals result in higher monthly costs. But owning a home doesn’t eliminate rising expenses. While a fixed-rate mortgage keeps principal and interest steady, property taxes and homeowner’s insurance typically increase over time. Even after a mortgage is paid off, those costs remain.

Maintenance is another reality worth considering. Once you own a home, repairs are your responsibility—roofs, plumbing, electrical systems, and heating or cooling issues can bring unexpected expenses. While insurance offers protection, deductibles and coverage limits often mean high out-of-pocket costs, and filing claims may lead to higher premiums later.

Renting, by contrast, offers predictability. Repairs are the landlord's responsibility, which can provide stability during periods of debt reduction or saving. The phrase house poor exists for a reason. Buying before you’re ready can strain budgets, limit generosity, and leave you feeling trapped rather than thankful.

While homeownership can be a blessing, it’s not a measure of faithfulness—and it isn’t right for every situation. Sometimes, the wisest choice is to continue renting, patiently preparing for what comes next, and trusting that God’s timing is often kinder than our urgency.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’d like to understand what an irrevocable trust is and how it works.
I have $30,000 I’d like to invest outside of real estate. I won’t need the money for about 10 years. Where would you recommend investing it?
I took out high-interest loans to pay for my wife’s dental work, but my hours have since been cut, and I’ve drained my savings. Is there a way to consolidate this into one lower-interest loan so my payments actually reduce the balance?
About 25 years ago, I filed for bankruptcy for around $3,500 when I was struggling financially. I’m in a better place now and receive my ex-husband’s Social Security. Is there any way—or reason—to repay that old debt?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Counterfeit Verses Distort Stewardship with Taylor Standridge

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 10 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Counterfeits are dangerous precisely because they look convincing. The same is true of spiritual sayings that sound biblical but quietly distort how we think about God, stewardship, and money.

Many believers can quote phrases that feel deeply spiritual—comforting even—but when placed under the light of Scripture, they don’t actually appear there at all. Or worse, they twist what Scripture truly says. These “counterfeit verses” often shape how we view success, risk, provision, and dependence on God without us even realizing it.

To explore this issue, we sat down with Taylor Standridge, Production Manager of FaithFi and a regular contributor to Faithful Steward. Taylor is also the lead writer behind Look at the Sparrows and Our Ultimate Treasure.

In his recent article, Counterfeit Verses: How to Spot The Sayings That Aren’t in the Bible, Taylor traces this problem all the way back to the beginning.

“Did God Really Say?”—The First Counterfeit

Taylor begins in Genesis 3, when the serpent approaches Eve with a deceptively subtle question: “Did God really say…?” (Genesis 3:1).

This moment is critical because the enemy doesn’t begin with an outright lie. Instead, he distorts what God has said and, in doing so, undermines God’s character. The implication isn’t merely that the command is questionable—but that God Himself may be withholding something good.

Once Adam and Eve doubt God’s goodness, disobedience follows naturally.

That same pattern persists today. Many modern financial lies—whether cultural narratives or counterfeit verses—aren’t blatant falsehoods. They’re half-truths. They sound wise. They feel spiritual. And because they’re close enough to the truth, they feel safe.

Like a ship that veers off course by only one degree, the deviation seems harmless at first. But over time, it leads somewhere very different from what was intended.

At the heart of every counterfeit is the same ancient question: Can God really be trusted?

Counterfeit verses don’t come with warning labels. They borrow biblical language, appeal to our emotions, and speak to real desires—hope, comfort, identity, and security.

Sometimes they even quote Scripture, but rip it out of context.

The danger isn’t familiarity with Scripture—it’s fragmented familiarity. When we know verses as slogans rather than as part of God’s larger story, we become vulnerable to subtle distortions. The goal, however, isn’t suspicion or cynicism. It’s discernment—learning to recognize when a truth has been nudged just slightly off course.

Studying the Real Thing: A Lesson from Counterfeit Currency

Taylor uses a powerful illustration from the film Catch Me If You Can. Frank Abagnale Jr. succeeds as a forger not by inventing fake money from scratch, but by studying the real thing in obsessive detail—down to the ink, paper, and watermarks.

Ironically, that expertise later makes him invaluable to the FBI.

Banks don’t train tellers by showing them every possible fake. They train them by handing them genuine currency until authenticity becomes instinctive.

The same is true of Scripture. Discernment doesn’t come from memorizing every error—it comes from knowing God’s Word so deeply that when something sounds “almost right,” you can feel that it isn’t.

Common Counterfeit Verses That Shape Our View of Money

“Money is the Root of All Evil”

This misquote radically reshapes our theology of money. If money itself is evil, then wealth becomes suspicious, and stewardship feels compromising.

But Scripture says something far more searching: “For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evils” (1 Timothy 6:10).

The issue isn’t possession—it’s devotion. Scripture doesn’t demonize money; it disciples our hearts.

“God Helps Those Who Help Themselves”

This phrase flips the gospel upside down. It places self-sufficiency at the center and turns God into a backup plan.

Biblically, grace always comes first. God meets us in our need, not our strength. Stewardship, then, isn’t self-rescue—it’s dependence. Jesus says it plainly: “Apart from me you can do nothing” (John 15:5).

“God Won’t Give You More Than You Can Handle”

This saying sounds comforting, but it places the burden of endurance squarely on our shoulders.

Paul tells a different story: “We were so utterly burdened beyond our strength… so that we would not rely on ourselves but on God” (2 Corinthians 1:8–9).

God often allows what we cannot handle so that we learn to rely on Him.

“Let Go and Let God”

This phrase requires nuance. Scripture does call us to trust—but never to passive disengagement.

Faith and obedience always move together. Noah builds. Abraham goes. Ruth works. Grace empowers action; it doesn’t replace it. As J. I. Packer once said, the Christian motto isn’t “Let go and let God,” but “Trust God and get going.”

Growing in Discernment Without Fear

Discernment begins with familiarity. Counterfeits thrive when Scripture is reduced to slogans. But when we immerse ourselves in the full story of God’s Word, we learn to recognize the Shepherd’s voice (John 10:4).

Community matters too. God designed us to learn truth together—through teaching, correction, and shared wisdom.

The goal isn’t paranoia. It’s confidence. We don’t spend our lives studying counterfeits—we anchor ourselves in truth, trusting the Spirit of God to alert us when something isn’t from Him.

If we want to steward money wisely, we must first steward God’s truth faithfully. Because when we know what God has truly said, we’re finally free to live—and steward—with clarity, confidence, and trust.

———————————————————————————————————————

Taylor Standridge’s article “Counterfeit Verses: How to Spot The Sayings That Aren’t in the Bible” appears in the latest issue of Faithful Steward, our quarterly magazine for FaithFi Partners. To receive your copy and enjoy additional partner benefits, visit FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m considering a reverse mortgage for retirement. My home is worth about $370,000, and I owe $104,000 at 3.5%. How do reverse mortgages work? Would this help me in retirement, and what kind of interest rate should I expect compared to my current loan?
I’ve been offered an investment where $10,000 could return 250%. I know the person personally, and there’s paperwork and an attorney involved, but how can I properly vet this to be sure it’s legitimate—especially since it involves real estate?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Money In Marriage: It’s a Matter of Value with Shaunti Feldhahn

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 9 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

What would you call a marriage where spouses see “eye to eye” about money? Some might call it bliss.

It’s true that most couples at least occasionally quarrel about their finances. But could a better understanding of each other’s values help spouses avoid that bickering? Shaunti Feldhahn thinks so, and she joins us today to talk about it.

Shaunti Feldhahn is a Harvard graduate, former Wall Street analyst, social researcher, best-selling author, and a prominent public speaker. She is the co-author of Thriving in Love and Money: 5 Game-Changing Insights about Your Relationship, Your Money, and Yourself, written with her husband, Jeff, and has co-authored several other books with him, revealing impactful truths about relationships at home and in the workplace.

A Lesson Learned Over Dinner

Shaunti and her husband, Jeff, learned this lesson early in their marriage. Living in New York, they often ate out due to their demanding schedules. However, a seemingly small issue—ordering a Diet Coke—would trigger recurring arguments. Jeff, concerned about their financial future and mounting student loan debt, saw the expense as unnecessary, while Shaunti viewed it as a simple enjoyment that enhanced her meal.

It wasn't until years later, during their research for their book Thriving in Love & Money, that they realized their conflict stemmed from differing values. Jeff prioritized financial security, while Shaunti valued the experience and enjoyment of a meal. Once they uncovered this, they could communicate more effectively and honor each other's perspectives.

The Root of Money Conflicts in Marriage

Financial disagreements often arise because couples fail to recognize and respect each other's values. In Shaunti and Jeff’s national study, they found that:

67% of couples in financial conflicts believe their perspective is the logical one.
Couples often perceive their spouse’s spending habits as irrational simply because they prioritize different things.

For example, one spouse might see value in spending money on a gym membership for networking and health benefits, while the other might believe household essentials from Costco are a better use of resources. The key takeaway? Neither perspective is wrong—both are rooted in deeply held values.

The Power of Communication

The solution to money conflicts isn’t just budgeting or financial planning; it’s communication. It’s crucial that couples discuss not just what they want to spend money on, but why it matters to them.

By having open and honest conversations about financial priorities, couples can:

Build mutual understanding and trust.
Find compromises that respect both perspectives.
Create a financial plan that aligns with their shared goals and values.

While couples can work through these issues on their own, it can be very beneficial to seek guidance from financial advisors—especially those with a biblical perspective. Kingdom Advisors, for example, are trained to address not just the numbers, but the relational and spiritual aspects of money management.

Advisors can help couples navigate tough conversations, align their financial goals with their values, and ultimately steward their resources in a way that honors God and strengthens their marriage.

At the heart of every financial decision in marriage lies an opportunity to foster unity rather than division. God cares just as much about the marriage as He does about the finances. By understanding and honoring each other’s values, couples can turn money from a source of conflict into an instrument of peace and purpose.

————————————————————————————————

Shaunti Feldhahn’s full article, “Money in Marriage: It’s a Matter of Value,” appears in the 1st issue of Faithful Steward magazine. When you become a FaithFi Partner with a monthly gift of $35 (or $400 annually), you’ll receive Faithful Steward magazine and other exclusive resources to help you grow as a faithful steward. Visit FaithFi.com/Partner to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I sold a property, paid off all our debt except our mortgage, and I’m rebuilding my savings after a $14,000 home project. Once my savings are fully restored, should I start investing? And if so, should I invest all of it or just a portion? I’d be looking at about $112,000, but I’m cautious and not experienced with investing.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Choose a Trustworthy Tax Preparer This Season

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 6 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

The holidays are behind us; you know what that means—it’s tax season! But before you start gathering your W-2s and receipts, there’s an important question: Do you know who will prepare your taxes this year?

With a nationwide shortage of Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) and tax professionals, waiting too long to find a preparer could leave you scrambling—and vulnerable to scams. Here’s how to protect yourself and find a trusted tax preparer.

Who Can Prepare Your Taxes?

When hiring a tax professional, your preparer will likely fall into one of three categories:

Certified Public Accountant (CPA): These professionals undergo rigorous education, exams, and licensing requirements. Many specialize in tax preparation and can also provide broader financial guidance.
Enrolled Agent (EA): Licensed by the IRS, EAs are tax experts who can prepare and file returns, represent clients before the IRS, and provide tax planning services.
Tax Attorney: These legal professionals specialize in tax law and are particularly useful for complex tax situations, audits, or disputes.

Each of these professionals is highly qualified—but the problem is there aren’t enough of them.

There is a growing shortage of CPAs and tax professionals, largely due to fewer young people entering the field. One of the major "Big Four" firms, KPMG, continues to offer high school students internships at $22 an hour to encourage them to become CPAs.

What does this mean for you?

Longer wait times to book a tax preparer
Higher fees due to increased demand
Greater risk of falling into the hands of fraudulent preparers

When people are desperate to file their returns, they can become easy targets for scammers who fake credentials or engage in tax fraud.

How to Avoid Tax Scams and Find a Qualified Preparer

To protect yourself, follow these IRS-recommended steps when choosing a tax preparer:

1. Choose a Year-Round Tax Preparer

A reputable preparer should be available year-round. You don’t want your tax preparer to disappear if you get audited.

2. Verify Their IRS Credentials

Ask for the IRS Preparer Tax Identification Number (PTIN). All paid tax return preparers must register with the IRS and enter their PTIN on every return they file.

Check their status using the IRS Directory of Federal Tax Return Preparers at IRS.gov.

3. Look for Professional Credentials

Ask if the preparer holds a credential such as:

CPA (Check with the State Board of Accountancy)
Enrolled Agent (Verify at IRS.gov under "Verify Enrolled Agent Status")
Tax Attorney (Confirm with their State Bar Association)

Additionally, inquire about continuing education, as tax laws change frequently; professionals should stay current.

4. Be Cautious About Fees

Beware of tax preparers who:

Charge fees based on a percentage of your refund
Claim they can get you a larger refund than competitors

A legitimate preparer should charge a flat or hourly rate based on the complexity of your return.

5. Verify IRS E-File Capability

Most tax preparers handling more than 10 clients must file electronically. If your preparer refuses to e-file, that’s a red flag.

6. Ensure Proper Documentation

A trustworthy tax preparer will ask for the following:

Your W-2 and 1099 forms (not just a pay stub)
Records of deductions and credits

If a preparer doesn’t ask for supporting documents, walk away. The IRS requires proper documentation to verify your return.

7. Understand Representation Rules

Only CPAs, Enrolled Agents, and tax attorneys can represent you before the IRS if you're audited. Non-credentialed tax preparers—including your math-savvy cousin Bill—cannot represent you in an audit.

8. Never Sign a Blank or Incomplete Tax Return

Please review your return carefully before signing. Ensure all information is accurate, and ask questions if anything appears incorrect.

9. Your Refund Should Go to You—Not the Preparer

Check the routing and account number on your tax return to ensure your refund is deposited into your own account, not your preparer’s.

Looking for a Faith-Based Financial Professional?

If you want to work with a tax professional who aligns with biblical financial principles, consider finding a CPA, Enrolled Agent, or tax attorney with the Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®) designation. To find a trusted, faith-based tax professional, visit FindaCKA.com.

With tax season here, choosing a reputable, qualified tax preparer is more important than ever. Don’t wait until the last minute—start your search today to avoid scams and ensure your taxes are filed accurately and ethically.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have long-term care insurance and want to know if it covers assisted living, and for how long. Also, how expensive are these policies—what’s the range?
I’m 45 and looking to buy a house with a 30-year mortgage. Is that a wise move since I’d be nearing retirement by the time it’s paid off?
I’m remodeling our bathroom for my husband, who has Parkinson’s, and it will cost about $25,000–$30,000. Is it better to take the money from my 401(k) or from equity in our paid-off home?
My husband is retired, and when he tries to claim disability, they tell him he can’t because of my income since we file jointly. Should we be filing separately?
My mom may receive a settlement of around $300,000 after my dad passed. She wants to save some for the grandchildren. How will that affect taxes, insurance, and Medicare, since her income would change?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What to Know About Faith-Based ETFs with Brian Mumbert

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 5 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Faith-based investing has expanded dramatically in recent decades. What began as a niche concept—often misunderstood or difficult to implement—has grown into a global movement driven by conviction, transparency, and a renewed understanding of stewardship. Today, new tools are opening fresh doors for Christians who want their investing to reflect biblical values.

Among the most discussed innovations are exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which offer investors greater flexibility and access. To explore the growing opportunity, we spoke with Brian Mumbert, President of Timothy Plan and a long-time pioneer in Faith-Based Investing.

From Idea to Movement: The Story Behind Timothy Plan

Before ETFs and portfolio screens were commonplace, Timothy Plan helped shape the language and frameworks believers use today to think about investing.

“Back in the early 90s, Timothy Plan was really just an idea,” Mumbert recalls. “In 1994, that idea became a mutual fund aimed to serve non-denominational pastors. Our very first slogan asked, ‘How much is okay to invest in abortion or pornography?’ And the answer is simple—none.”

The motivation wasn’t merely strategic—it was theological. It pushed Christians to wrestle with a deeper question: If God owns it all, how would He want us to invest what He has entrusted to us?

Over time, what began as a single fund evolved into a broader conversation about alignment between faith, stewardship, and financial markets. Three decades later, Mumbert describes Faith-Based Investing not merely as a strategy, but as a movement—one that begins “with the heart” and calls believers to steward God’s resources rather than treat them as their own.

What’s Driving the Momentum Today?

While conviction hasn’t changed, the landscape around investing has. Mumbert points to one factor in particular: information.

“When we started, it was incredibly hard to access meaningful information about companies—what they owned, where they profited, or whether their business practices aligned with biblical values,” he explains. Today, the opposite is true. Digital media, public disclosures, and social platforms constantly reveal what companies support and how they operate.

That transparency has awakened discernment. Investors are asking new questions: What am I participating in? What am I profiting from? Is there a better alternative?

With more options now available—across asset classes and risk profiles—momentum continues to build.

ETFs Explained: Why They’re Attracting Faith-Based Investors

Among the fastest-growing vehicles in the investing world are ETFs—exchange-traded funds. For those less familiar, Mumbert offers a simple explanation:

“ETFs hold a basket of investments and trade throughout the day like a stock. They generally offer lower fees, greater transparency, and the ability to buy or sell at any point during the trading day.”

Mutual funds remain a valuable entry point for many investors, but ETFs introduce distinctive advantages:

Lower average costs
Passive, rules-based strategies
Real-time liquidity
Full disclosure of holdings
Ease of access across platforms

And most importantly for Faith-Based Investing, greater transparency reinforces values alignment.

What Sets Timothy Plan’s ETFs Apart?

While the vehicle may be new, the convictions behind Timothy Plan’s offerings remain unchanged.

“Every Timothy Plan product is pro-life and pro-family,” Mumbert emphasizes. “Our ETFs are screened and filtered the same way as our mutual funds. The convictions haven’t changed—just the investment vehicle.”

Timothy Plan also employs volatility-weighted strategies designed to prevent oversized company exposure, helping reduce the impact of major market corrections.

A Growing Opportunity for Purpose-Driven Investors

The rise of ETFs represents more than access—it represents maturation within Faith-Based Investing. With stronger tools, better research, and expanding product sets, Christians now have more opportunities than ever to align their portfolios with their values.

For Mumbert, that alignment is not merely practical; it’s an expression of stewardship.

“It’s really about how God would have us invest the money He’s entrusted to us.”

As the ecosystem grows, so does the hope that more investors will embrace that vision—not out of obligation, but out of conviction shaped by faith.

If you're exploring how to bring greater alignment between your financial decisions and your values as a follower of Christ, Faith-Based Investing continues to expand with new tools, new research, and more accessible investment vehicles.

To learn more about faith-aligned investment strategies, visit TimothyPlan.com to explore their ETFs, mutual funds, and educational resources.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 60 and living off mutual funds with no income. My expenses are about $2,024 a month, so my savings will run out in about two years. I have health challenges and can’t work, and Social Security Disability hasn’t been approved yet. I’m looking for affordable housing options and Medicare/health insurance solutions.
My wife passed away recently, and she handled all our finances. I haven’t paid bills in 25 years and don’t have a budget. I’m closing some credit cards, but I’m not sure what to do next or where to turn for help.
I’m 66 and considering paying off my mortgage. We can afford the payments, but I could pay them off using less than 10% of my 401(k). Should I do that, or just keep making monthly payments?
We can’t qualify for Chapter 7 bankruptcy, and we’re being sued for a loan tied to a vehicle that died. I’m not sure whether Chapter 13 or debt consolidation makes more sense once you factor in legal fees and total cost.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Navigating the 2026 Housing Market with Dale Vermillion

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 4 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Many Americans are wondering whether the housing market has finally begun turning a corner—or if uncertainty is still here to stay. After years of elevated mortgage rates, stubbornly low inventory, and affordability concerns, the question feels more relevant than ever.

Today, mortgage expert Dale Vermillion, author of Navigating the Mortgage Maze: The Simple Truth About Financing Your Home, joined the show to weigh in on what the 2026 housing landscape may look like and how today’s buyers and sellers can navigate it with wisdom.

A More “Normal” Market Returns

According to Vermillion, the extreme swings of recent years may finally be behind us.

“It isn’t the market of 2020–2021 when rates were in the twos, threes, and fours,” Vermillion explains. “But it’s also certainly not 2008. This is a very normal market.”

He noted that although many think of today’s mortgage rates as high, they are actually below the 30-year average. Inventory is rising, sales are stabilizing, and government attention on housing has increased. Together, these factors point toward a gradual shift into a buyer’s market—a welcome change for those who’ve spent the last few years watching listings disappear before they could schedule a tour.

A common frustration remains: if rates have risen, why haven’t prices fallen faster?

The answer is complex. While price increases largely flattened this year (+0.7%), Vermillion notes that the market remains regional rather than national. Certain areas have softened, but not enough to drive a nationwide price reset.

A major reason: the “lock-in effect.” Millions of homeowners refinanced below 3% in 2020–21 and weren’t willing to trade those rates for a higher one. But as Vermillion observes, that dynamic is fading. For the first time in years, more loans now exist above 6% than below 3%, allowing inventory to loosen.

Why Fed Rate Cuts Don’t Equal Lower Mortgage Rates

Even though the Federal Reserve has been cutting rates, mortgage rates haven’t always followed. That’s because mortgage rates are tied more closely to the bond market, inflation data, and job reports—not directly to the Fed’s benchmark rate.

Another overlooked factor: mortgage-backed securities (MBS). When the government increases MBS purchases, mortgage rates often decline more reliably than when the Fed cuts consumer rates.

The emotional side of the housing market can’t be ignored. The bidding wars of 2020–21 left many would-be buyers discouraged. But Vermillion believes attitudes are shifting:

“Inventory is up from roughly 450,000 units nationally early last year to over a million now. So from a buyer standpoint, it’s time to be encouraged again.”

With more sellers re-entering the market, buyers have choice again—and choice increases leverage.

Vermillion stressed that affordability challenges today are driven as much by property taxes and insurance costs as by mortgage rates. Homeowners in several states have seen insurance premiums and assessments climb dramatically—sometimes outpacing wage growth.

For aspiring first-time buyers, budgeting remains the first step. Vermillion’s advice: determine what you can afford before visiting a lender, rather than letting a lender tell you what qualifies on paper.

For First-Time Buyers: Get Pre-Approved, Not Pre-Qualified

A true pre-approval involves:

A full application
Credit check
Income verification
Documentation of debts and assets

This makes offers more competitive and prevents buyers from shopping at unrealistic price points.

During the pandemic boom, paying $20,000–$50,000 above asking price became the norm in many markets. Vermillion notes that this period has largely ended:

“Homes today are selling around 94–97% of the listing price in most areas. We’re not seeing bidding wars like before.”

For buyers, that’s stabilizing. For sellers, it simply resets expectations toward reality.

Move-Up Buyers: Timing May Be Better Than You Think

For homeowners considering a move—whether for space, schools, or lifestyle—Vermillion’s advice mirrors that given to first-time buyers: set a realistic budget and lean on wise counsel.

Sellers should also invest in preparing their homes to show well, as presentation still drives both speed and price.

Vermillion believes 2026 may be a strategic window:

“I think this is the year to do it. Rates may come down a little more, but not dramatically. Buyers and sellers who plan well and manage expectations can succeed in this environment.”

From a stewardship standpoint, the takeaway is simple: markets change, rates fluctuate, and headlines swing. But Christians are invited to place their confidence not in economic cycles but in the Lord, “who establishes our steps” (Proverbs 16:9).

A wise plan, a realistic budget, and sound counsel can go a long way—especially in a year where the housing market is finally beginning to level out.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m looking for a trustworthy and affordable tax preparation service. Are there any organizations I should avoid? And are there any Christian-based or low-cost options—especially for seniors?
I’m turning 65 soon, and I’m debt-free. I want my condo to go to my children when my wife and I pass away. Should I use a will, put them on the deed, or create a trust? What’s the best approach?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Hidden Cost of Sports Betting with Kyle Worley

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 3 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Sports betting is exploding across the country. With online platforms, mobile apps, and aggressive marketing, it’s never been easier to gamble — or easier to hide it. What many view as harmless entertainment may actually be reshaping how we think about money, community, and even discipleship.

Pastor and author Kyle Worley—Lead Pastor of Mosaic Church in Richardson, Texas, co-host of the Knowing Faith podcast, and author of Home with God: Our Union with Christ—recently wrote on this growing trend for Faithful Steward magazine. Today, he joins the show to explain why the rise of sports gambling deserves more careful thought from believers.

A Different Kind of Gambling

Sports gambling carries a unique appeal. Unlike casinos or the lottery, it taps into nostalgia, play, and community.

“Sports connect to childhood memories and communal experiences,” Worley notes. “That nostalgia makes sports betting feel natural, even harmless.”

The danger lies in how subtly wagering attaches itself to something already meaningful—games shared with friends, family, or childhood heroes—making it easier to dismiss spiritual risks.

What Does Scripture Actually Say?

The Bible does not explicitly outlaw gambling. But it repeatedly warns against the desire for quick, hasty gain. Worley points to 1 Timothy 6:9–10, noting that it speaks directly to the temptations and destruction tied to wealth pursued rapidly and without wisdom. Gambling fits that pattern.

Scripture’s concern is not merely financial but formational. Gambling trains us to view wealth through the lens of chance, speed, and self-interest—the opposite of stewardship, patience, and contentment.

The spiritual stakes aren’t just internal. They are profoundly communal. Worley cites Old Testament scholar Bruce Waltke:

“The righteous disadvantage themselves for the sake of the community; the unrighteous advantage themselves at the expense of the community.”

Modern betting apps are built on asymmetric outcomes—they profit only because others lose. And statistically, those losses fall disproportionately on the vulnerable.

Many platforms use predatory models:

Winners face worse odds or even shuttered accounts
Consistent losers are enticed with better odds and larger limits

Worley compares it to handing a chainsaw to a child—unjust simply because not everyone absorbs the harm equally.

Normalization and Cultural Formation

Sports gambling has moved from taboo to mainstream with startling speed. Betting lines now appear on ESPN, broadcasts, and social media—even during youth-oriented sports programming.

The result: a generation being formed to see gambling as normal and morally neutral.

Worley warns that where gambling proliferates, other forms of exploitation follow — including human trafficking during major sporting events. While the Bible may speak indirectly about gambling, it speaks directly about exploitation.

Some point to the biblical practice of casting lots as justification for gambling. Worley draws a sharp distinction:

Casting lots was a religious act of trust—not a wager. It carried no profit motive and served no entertainment purpose. Reframing it as support for modern gambling misunderstands its role entirely.

How Churches Can Disciple Better

For pastors and ministry leaders, Worley offers three recommendations:

Talk More About Money - Many Christians lack a positive theology of wealth. That vacuum leaves them vulnerable to cultural narratives.
Address “Respectable” Vices - Gambling isn’t the only fun, socially accepted vice that harms stewardship. Churches must disciple beyond obvious sins.
Create Healthy Avenues for Play and Connection - Sports betting offers counterfeit community, especially for men. Churches should provide better alternatives.

The Wisdom Required Today

In the end, debates about whether gambling is technically permissible miss the deeper biblical question: Does this help me love God and neighbor well?

Worley’s counsel is simple: navigate these decisions in community, under Scripture, with wisdom. Quick profit is never neutral—it forms us. And it shapes the people around us.

As sports betting continues to surge, Christians will need more than opinions. They will need conviction, clarity, and a vision of stewardship that honors God and protects the vulnerable.

———————————————————————————————————————

Kyle Worley’s full article, “The Real Stakes of Sports Betting,” appears in the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine. When you become a FaithFi Partner with a monthly gift of $35 (or $400 annually), you’ll receive Faithful Steward magazine and other exclusive resources to help you grow as a faithful steward. Visit FaithFi.com/Partner to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ll be 63 this year, and I’ve been earning more than usual. I want to make sure I’m not going over the Medicare IRMAA income limits.
My parents are still living, and they’ve willed their house to all four siblings. We’re the only ones who want to keep it—everyone else wants to sell. We can’t afford to buy the others out. How do we handle that situation?
My husband and I are both 60. We’re debt-free and have about $100,000 in savings. What’s the best way to grow that money so we can use it for retirement?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

6 Money Dates for Married Couples with Dr. Shane Enete

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 2 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Money and marriage—two things God designed to bless us, but they can also be two of the greatest sources of stress. What if we turned financial conflict into connection? Dr. Shane Enete joins us today to share six creative ways couples can build stronger relationships by having intentional financial conversations—what he calls “money dates.”

Dr. Shane Enete is an Associate Professor of Finance at Biola University and founded the Biola Center for Financial Planning. He is also the author of the book Whole Heart Finances: A Jesus-Centered Guide to Managing Your Money with Joy.

Why You Need to Talk About Money—Intentionally

Many couples avoid conversations about money out of fear. A study of 2,000 couples found that half of them were uncomfortable discussing money because they worried it would lead to conflict. The irony is that by avoiding those talks, the conflict only deepens.

On average, couples argue about money 58 times a year. But what if, instead of waiting for issues to flare up, you set aside regular time to talk about your finances together—proactively and prayerfully?

That’s the heart behind the idea of money dates. You might have to rip off the bandage at first, but we want to help couples make these conversations not just necessary—but enjoyable.

Turning Financial Talks Into Dates

These aren’t meant for finger-pointing but for course correction—a time to realign your financial goals with your values.

But also, why not make it a date? Dating can be a lot of fun if you’re intentional. So why not combine something enjoyable with something that’s often uncomfortable? When you connect in a fun environment, even money talk becomes more meaningful.

The key is consistency. Whether it’s over dinner, coffee, or a quiet walk, having a regular rhythm of financial connection helps you stay on the same page as a couple—and deepens your trust.

Money Date #1: Share Your Money Story

Every person brings a financial backstory into marriage—habits, fears, and attitudes shaped by family and early experiences.

Think of it as your money autobiography. Reflect on what you learned about money growing up, what messages you received from your parents, and how those experiences influence your decisions today.

Take your spouse out for dinner and share those stories. You’ll gain empathy and understanding for each other’s perspectives. When you know your partner’s money story, their spending or saving habits make a lot more sense.

Try this: Ask each other, “What’s your earliest memory of money?” The answers may surprise you—and bring you closer.

Money Date #2: Give Together

Generosity is one of the most unifying acts a couple can experience. Here are a few ways to make generosity a shared journey:

Set a giving goal. Track your family's progress and celebrate milestones together.

Join a giving circle. Partner with friends or your small group to pool resources for a cause you all care about.

Create a stretch goal. As your income grows, commit to increasing your giving percentage over time.

These conversations shift the focus from money as a source of stress to money as a means of Kingdom impact.

Money Date #3: Cook the Books

This one’s both literal and figurative! Instead of going out, stay home and cook a meal together—or grab takeout for a picnic. Use the relaxed environment to talk about your budget rhythm:

Who tracks expenses?
What budgeting tools or apps will you use?
How often will you review spending?

The FaithFi app can help simplify this process. It lets couples track giving, spending, and saving all in one place—while keeping biblical wisdom at the center.

Money Date #4: Check Your Credit (at the Spa!)

Debt can carry emotional weight, so create a peaceful setting for this conversation. A spa day is perfect. It’s relaxing—and you can often find affordable day passes.

While you unwind, discuss:

How much debt do you currently carry?
How did your family handle debt growing up?
What boundaries would you like to establish regarding credit use?

This isn’t about blame. It’s about caring for each other and agreeing on a plan that both of you believe in.

Money Date #5: Number Your Days

This one takes its inspiration from Psalm 90:12: “Teach us to number our days, that we may gain a heart of wisdom.”

Couples should view estate planning as an act of love and care. When you prepare a will, name a guardian, or establish a power of attorney, you’re doing something deeply selfless—caring for others even after you’re gone.

Spend a date identifying:

Who will serve as executor or guardian for your children?
How do you want your assets used to bless others?
What legacy of faith and generosity do you want to leave behind?

Growing Together Through Financial Stewardship

Money dates are about far more than numbers. They’re about connection, empathy, and shared purpose. When couples talk about money in ways that honor God and each other, they grow in wisdom—and unity.

When you come together around money with openness and grace, you draw closer not just to each other, but to the heart of God.

———————————————————————————————————————

Dr. Enete’s full article, “Six Great Money Dates,” appears in the 2nd issue of Faithful Steward magazine. When you become a FaithFi Partner with a monthly gift of $35 (or $400 annually), you’ll receive Faithful Steward magazine and other exclusive resources to help you grow as a faithful steward. Visit FaithFi.com/Partner to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My employer closed over six months ago, and I’ve been unemployed since. My unemployment benefits are gone, and I’m paying my mortgage and bills from savings, which are running low. I’ve owned my home for over 30 years and have good credit. How can I protect my home, and is mortgage forbearance a good option without hurting my credit?
I own a condo, and our HOA has issued two large special assessments for roof repairs—first $1,000 per unit for several months, and now another $781 per month. The original contractor was paid and disappeared. Are there government agencies that can investigate or protect owners in this situation, and what rights do I have?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Look Inside the New & Improved FaithFi App with Chad Clark

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 30 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Are you looking for tools that clarify, simplify, and anchor faithful stewardship in biblical wisdom? That question has shaped our vision for the newly updated FaithFi app—a discipleship tool designed to help you build financial rhythms that bring peace, clarity, and Christ-centered focus to your money decisions.

To help unpack what’s new, we sat down with Chad Clark, Chief Technology Officer at Kingdom Advisors and FaithFi. Chad has led the development of the FaithFi app since day one, shaping it into a tool that serves real families seeking to honor God with His resources.

When the app first launched, the goal was straightforward: build a biblical stewardship tool that was both practical and accessible. Early versions focused primarily on budgeting and cash-flow management. Over time, the app expanded to include a robust content library of articles, podcasts, and videos, along with a community discussion board—features that helped users learn and encourage one another.

This latest update is the biggest we’ve ever released, and Chad explains what guided the development:

“One of the most important questions we can ask when building technology is: How do we make it simpler for the user? Money can be complex. Budgeting software shouldn’t make it harder.”

To solve that problem, the update introduces:

Secure bank connections for importing balances and transactions
New simplified budgeting tools that make setup easy
Improved automated categorization to reduce manual work

These upgrades are designed to help users spend less time tinkering with tools and more time reflecting on the why behind their financial decisions.

One of the standout features in the new update is something we’re calling Rhythms—structured daily, weekly, and monthly check-ins that help users slow down, reflect, and respond thoughtfully rather than react impulsively.

Daily rhythms pair brief transaction reviews with short devotionals and reflection questions. Weekly and monthly rhythms zoom out, helping users observe habits, cash-flow patterns, and financial goals—all with suggested adjustments and heart-level reflection prompts.

Chad notes that these rhythms are especially powerful for couples who want to cultivate greater unity and shared stewardship. With a simple weekly or monthly check-in, couples can talk, plan, pray, and adjust together.

The update also brings FaithFi content directly into the app in a more seamless and beautiful way. Faithful Steward magazine articles will now have a mobile expression, and studies and devotionals will soon follow. It’s one more way the app is becoming a true financial discipleship environment rather than just a budgeting tool.

The app now includes optional AI features—but with intentional guardrails. All AI is opt-in, self-hosted, and never sent to third-party models. The goal isn’t novelty or complexity; it’s simply to automate tedious workflows and simplify budgeting so users can focus not merely on what they’re doing with money, but why.

“The goal,” Chad says, “is to help people be attentive and obedient to what God is calling them to do with what He’s entrusted to them.”

Stewardship grows when we slow down, pay attention, and invite God into the decisions we make with His resources. The updated FaithFi app was built to help you do exactly that—establishing rhythms that encourage wisdom, gratitude, reflection, unity, and greater participation in God’s Kingdom work.

The new version is available now. Just search FaithFi in your app store, or visit FaithFi.com and click App.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have an annuity that will mature in a year or two. It originally came from an IRA. What are my options once it matures—should I roll it into another annuity or back into an IRA?
If I have a Medigap supplemental policy, do I need both Medicare Part A and Part B, or just one of them?
I don’t understand why prices keep going up instead of stabilizing. Why does inflation happen in simple terms?
You mentioned recently that students can now get on the Certified Kingdom Advisor track. How could a university start offering that program?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Where Clean Water Meets Living Water with Aaron Griggs

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 29 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

For most of us, water is rarely something we think about. It’s as close as the kitchen sink, the refrigerator door, or the bottle beside us at work. But for millions of people around the world, clean water remains out of reach—and the consequences stretch far beyond thirst.

Jesus once said, “And if anyone gives even a cup of cold water to one of these little ones… that person will certainly not lose their reward” (Matthew 10:42). On today’s episode of Faith & Finance, Aaron Griggs of Cross International shows us just how literal—and transformative—that cup of water can be.

Globally, 2.2 billion people still lack access to safe drinking water. In places like Zambia, Malawi, and Uganda, the crisis is especially severe. Women and children often walk long distances every day to gather water from open pits shared with animals. The water is contaminated, illness is common, and the time lost reinforces generational poverty. Girls miss school, mothers miss work, and entire communities struggle to flourish.

This quarter, FaithFi is partnering with Cross International, a Christ-centered humanitarian ministry working alongside local churches and Christian leaders to meet urgent needs and create sustainable change. Their work in Sub-Saharan Africa is showing what can happen when clean water meets the living water of the gospel.

After a well is installed in a village, physical health improves quickly—but the long-term effects are even more remarkable. Hours once spent fetching water are freed for school, work, farming, and small business. Women gain economic opportunity. Children gain education. And through Cross International’s ministry partners, families are introduced to Jesus, often receiving their first Bibles in their own language.

One woman in Zambia described this transformation with simple gratitude:

“I never knew that I would be where I am now. My family is healthier, and my children are in school. God has blessed us.”

Another woman, Grace, shared how access to water restored not only her family but also her church. For years, her congregation met under a tree because there wasn’t enough water for construction. After a new well was installed, the church was rebuilt, children joined their parents in worship, and an entire community experienced renewed dignity and hope. Her favorite Scripture says it best:

“Whoever believes in me… rivers of living water will flow from within them.” — John 7:38

Cross International’s work meets physical needs, but always in the name of Christ. Water is a doorway—opening opportunities for flourishing today and pointing to eternal life in Him. That’s why FaithFi is partnering with Cross International this quarter to serve 250 children across Malawi, Zambia, and Uganda, providing not only clean water but also food, education, and the hope of the gospel.

For just $62, one child receives these essential resources for a year. Every gift supports not just a child, but often an entire family and community, moving them toward long-term stability and lasting hope.

Clean water changes everything—it restores dignity, strengthens families, and reflects the life-giving love of Christ.

To learn more or to join us in this effort, visit: FaithFi.com/Cross.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a question about the ‘Trump Accounts’ for newborns. What dates are they eligible for, and are there any pros or cons?
I just turned 65, and I’m still working with employer health coverage. Do I need to enroll in Medicare Part A or Part B now, or can I wait?
While stationed at Fort Polk and Fort Hood, I bought insurance policies that would pay off my houses if something happened to me. I can’t find the paperwork anymore. How do I track down which insurers those policies were with?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Seeking Wise Counsel with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 28 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Money has a way of making life feel complicated. Whether we’re facing major financial crossroads or simply trying to steward everyday expenses with wisdom, many of us default to figuring things out on our own. But Scripture reminds us that navigating life in isolation isn’t a sign of strength—it's often a barrier to wisdom.

Proverbs 11:14 teaches that “where there is no guidance, a people falls, but in an abundance of counselors there is safety.” Wise counsel, especially when rooted in biblical truth, protects us from blind spots, emotional decision-making, and unnecessary regret.

On this episode of Faith & Finance, Sharon Epps—President of Kingdom Advisors and a familiar voice to FaithFi listeners—joins us to explore why seeking counsel is an essential part of faithful stewardship.

Sharon explains that while Scripture is our ultimate authority, God often uses people to speak wisdom into our lives. Advisors, mentors, and trustworthy peers help us see what we might otherwise miss, and their influence can redirect us toward obedience, humility, and clarity.

Yet many believers hesitate to ask for help. Sharon acknowledges that reluctance often stems from pride—the subtle belief that we should be able to manage life independently. But asking for help is an act of faith, not weakness. It invites others to use the gifts God has given them and prevents us from making decisions based solely on fear, impulse, or confirmation bias.

Drawing from the story of Rehoboam in 1 Kings 12, Sharon highlights the danger of listening only to voices that tell us what we want to hear. Rehoboam rejected the wisdom of seasoned counselors in favor of peers who affirmed his own desires—and the outcome was disastrous. The lesson is clear: godly counsel may not always feel comfortable, but it aligns us with God’s purposes and challenges us to pursue stewardship that honors Him.

Sharon then offers practical guidance for how believers can seek wise counsel today. At times, this involves working with trained financial professionals—such as Certified Kingdom Advisors (CKA)—who integrate biblical wisdom with planning, investing, and long-term financial strategy. In other seasons, we need mentors who have walked ahead of us and can offer perspective, or peer friendships that speak truth with honesty and grace. Sometimes the right conversation happens over coffee; other times it requires prayer, pastoral guidance, and spiritual discernment.

For those currently overwhelmed by a financial decision, Sharon’s simple encouragement is: don’t go it alone. Isolation amplifies anxiety, while community brings clarity. Invite trusted voices into the process, seek the Lord in prayer, and remember James 1:5—God gives wisdom generously to those who ask.

Listeners interested in working with a financial professional trained to offer biblically faithful and practically sound counsel can connect with a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA) at FindACKA.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I aren’t always on the same page when it comes to money. We moved last year and kept our old house as a rental, which would cover both mortgages. He wants to pay off the rental, but the rental rate is under 4%, and the new house rate is almost 7%. Which mortgage should we pay down first, and how can we better approach our finances together?
I’m 57 and retired. I want to invest something for my six-year-old grandson’s future—not just for college, but for when he’s older—and I want to make sure it can’t be accessed until then. What are my options?
My 26-year-old son wants to buy his first home and doesn’t always take my advice. I want to guide him wisely without pushing too hard. What’s the best way to help him think about down payments, inspections, and timing as a young buyer?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Motives Matter: The Heart Behind Generosity with Pierce Taylor Hibbs

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 27 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Jesus taught that the true measure of giving isn’t the size of the gift but the heart behind it. Generosity begins long before anything leaves our hands. It starts with what we treasure, love, and worship.

Few writers explore the inner life of faith as clearly as Pierce Taylor Hibbs, senior writer at Westminster Theological Seminary and the author of more than twenty books on Christian living. In today’s episode, he joins us to invite believers to examine not just the act of giving but the spiritual forces beneath it.

In a recent article for the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine titled "Motive Is Everything," he draws from counselor David Powlison to explain that there’s always a “sun” around which the planets of our lives turn. We’re always pulled toward something—success, security, comfort, pleasure, affirmation, or money—because we’re created to worship. The question isn’t whether we worship, but what we worship.

When the created things we enjoy begin to occupy the center, Scripture calls it idolatry. Money is especially powerful in this way because it overlaps with pleasure and power. It promises control over life and the ability to enjoy it—two desires that easily eclipse our devotion to God if left unchecked.

To explore the heart behind generosity, Hibbs points to one of Scripture’s most striking stories: the widow’s offering in Mark 12. We don’t know her name, but Jesus knew her heart. While others gave large sums, she dropped two small coins into the temple treasury—an amount no one else would have celebrated. Yet Jesus did. He saw not the amount but the motive.

That’s the point: Giving is never merely transactional. It’s deeply spiritual. It reveals what we value most.

Hibbs notes that Scripture treats the heart—the lebab—as the control center of our lives. The Dutch theologian Herman Bavinck wrote that the heart is the source of both our rational and volitional life. It shapes what we think, desire, choose, and pursue. Outward actions are merely the visible tip of an iceberg. Beneath them lies motive.

Jesus makes the same point in Luke 6:45: “The good person out of the good treasure of his heart produces good…for out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks.” Our generosity flows from whatever we treasure most. If we treasure God, giving becomes worship. If we treasure self, giving becomes calculation, obligation, or strategy.

This reframes generosity. It’s not just about allocating money. It’s about the posture of the soul. It includes time, attention, hospitality, compassion, and quiet acts of service—not only dollars in a plate.

So how do we cultivate godly motives? Hibbs suggests beginning with Scripture—especially the Gospels—and watching how Jesus treats people. Jesus continually draws attention to what’s happening beneath the surface: motives, desires, and loves.

We don’t wait for perfectly pure motives to give—we’ll never act if we do. But we do allow the Spirit to search us, shape us, and re-center our hearts on Christ, the God who gives first so that we might become givers.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My son owns a rental property in Baltimore, but the tenant hasn’t paid rent for two months. This has happened before, and it’s putting financial strain on his family. We’re debating whether to sell the house, but it would need some work. If we keep it, are there any tax deductions or benefits since the tenant isn’t paying? What should my son do?
I’m 64 and still working full time, but I’d like to withdraw money from my 401(k). Since I’m over 59½, can I do that without the 10% penalty even though I’m still employed? What should I know about taxes and plan rules?
My wife is retired and in her 60s, but I’m not yet at retirement age. We’re both on the mortgage. Can we still get a reverse mortgage, or do both borrowers have to meet the age requirement?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Why We Give

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 26 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Why do we give? Many Christians would answer simply: because Scripture tells us to. But if giving is only an obligation, something we do because we “should,” generosity will always feel heavy—like a tax, a duty, or a calculation. The Bible offers a far more compelling vision. It tells a story where generosity flows not from guilt or pressure, but from grace.

Most of us genuinely want to be generous. Few people say, “I don’t want to give.” Yet generosity doesn’t always come easily. We run the numbers. We think about what’s coming next. We worry whether our gift will make a difference. Sometimes we even reduce generosity to a math problem—something we’ll do once everything feels secure.

Beneath those questions is a deeper one: Why do we give in the first place?

Scripture doesn’t begin the conversation about giving with budgets or even with commands. It begins with identity. Before you ever give a dollar, you are already living on a gift. Paul writes, “For by grace you have been saved through faith… it is the gift of God” (Ephesians 2:8). You have received mercy instead of judgment, forgiveness in place of guilt, adoption instead of estrangement. Daily bread, new life, a secured future in Christ—all of it is grace.

And when grace takes root, generosity follows.

Paul describes this beautifully: “Though he was rich, yet for your sake he became poor, so that you by his poverty might become rich” (2 Corinthians 8:9). This isn’t just poetic language—it's the pattern of Christian generosity. Jesus did not cling to comfort, status, or security. As Philippians 2:7 says, He emptied Himself. He entered our poverty so we could share His riches. The gospel doesn’t merely forgive sinners; it forms a generous people who reflect the heart of the Giver.

That means our giving is never about earning God’s favor or proving our faith. “We love because he first loved us” (1 John 4:19). The same is true with generosity—we give because He first gave.

This changes the tone entirely. Instead of pressure, generosity becomes privilege. Instead of fear—fear of not having enough, fear of loss—it becomes trust. Giving becomes a declaration that God is our provider, not our bank account, and that our security is anchored in Christ, not in financial margins.

And this grace-shaped generosity is not reserved for the wealthy. Every believer has received the riches of Christ, which means every believer has something to give. Sometimes it looks like a financial sacrifice. Other times, like hospitality, encouragement, time, or presence. Generosity is broader than money and deeper than obligation.

In the end, we don’t give to become generous people. We give because God has already been generous with us. Generosity doesn’t begin with what we give—it begins with what we’ve received. When grace becomes the foundation, giving becomes a joy.

———————————————————————————————————————

If you’d like to explore how the gospel reshapes the way we think about money, stewardship, and generosity, we’re about to release a new 21-day devotional called Our Ultimate Treasure, written by our own Rob West. It’s designed to help you slow down, reflect on God’s grace, and connect biblical faith to everyday financial decisions.

You can preorder your copy—or place a bulk order for your church or small group—at FaithFi.com/Shop. Or receive it automatically when you become a FaithFi Partner at FaithFi.com/Give.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m recently widowed, and our home is for sale. Once it sells, I’ll have a significant amount of money to manage wisely. I’m debt-free and have family I’d like to bless, but I also want to make good long-term decisions. Where should I start?
My boyfriend is 62 and took early retirement. He’s about to receive a profit-sharing payout but has no plan beyond keeping the money in cash. I’m trying to help him figure out what to do with it. What’s the best way to get him started?
My daughter is a teacher with a pension and many years before retirement. She has about $25,000 in a high-yield savings account. Would opening a Roth IRA at a place like Schwab or Fidelity be the best next step, or should we consider other options for long-term growth?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Tracking Your Generosity Matters with Dr. Art Rainer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 23 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Most people, when asked about their biggest financial regret, will point to mistakes involving debt, missed investment opportunities, or overspending. But for today’s guest, the regret was far more surprising—and far more spiritual. Dr. Art Rainer says his greatest financial regret is not having started tracking his generosity sooner.

On this episode of Faith & Finance, Dr. Art Rainer joins us to talk about how something as simple as recording our giving can strengthen our stewardship, deepen our joy, and align our financial lives more closely with Scripture. Rainer, founder of Christian Money Solutions and the Institute for Christian Financial Health, has spent years helping believers think biblically about money. But this particular practice—tracking generosity—came to him through a friend and quickly reshaped his financial priorities.

Dr. Rainer identifies four compelling reasons every believer should consider tracking their giving. First, generosity is not merely an optional add-on to the Christian life; according to Scripture, it’s a financial priority. Proverbs 3:9 calls us to honor the Lord with our wealth and with the firstfruits of our increase. God created us not to stockpile resources but to act as conduits of His provision. If generosity stands at the front of faithful stewardship, it makes sense to pay attention to it—just as we would with saving, budgeting, or debt reduction.

Second, Rainer explains that we naturally “chase what we track.” What we measure shapes what we pursue. Many of us track our net worth, our spending categories, or our fitness goals—and we make progress because the very act of monitoring fuels intentionality. If that’s true for paying off debt or saving for a car, why wouldn’t it be even more true for generosity, one of the most transformative habits in the Christian life?

Third, he notes that generosity is missing from the financial dashboards believers tend to rely on. Our balance sheets and net worth statements are helpful tools, but they tell only part of the story—and often reward the very behaviors Scripture warns us not to idolize. In fact, traditional financial statements treat giving as a negative, a depletion of wealth, even though Scripture teaches that generosity stores up lasting treasure (Matthew 6:19–21). Tracking giving puts what God values most back into view.

Finally, tracking generosity helps believers remember why they give in the first place. Every dollar represents impact—lives changed, ministries strengthened, needs met, and the gospel advanced. While most of that impact won’t be fully seen until eternity, keeping a record helps us trace God’s faithfulness and celebrate His work through us. It turns giving into worship, gratitude, and mission rather than mere obligation.

Dr. Rainer concludes with simple encouragement to get started: look back at prior giving, record it, and move forward. A spreadsheet is enough. The goal isn’t pride, but praise—remembering God’s provision and rejoicing in the privilege of generosity.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m receiving a substantial inheritance—approximately half a billion dollars—and neither my children nor I need it. I want to use it wisely and not simply pass the responsibility to my kids. How should I approach that?
My sister and I want to start a Christian film studio to create apologetics content. What does it take legally to set up a 501(c)(3), and how would someone support themselves financially while running one?
I just had a CD mature, and I’d like to reinvest the $50,000 into an account that yields more than 2%. I remember you mentioned something in the 6% range, which is now around 5%. What are my options for safe investments with higher yields?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Start Small in Investing with Mark Biller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 22 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Investing doesn’t require a fortune — just a willingness to begin with what you have. That’s the message Mark Biller, Executive Editor and Senior Portfolio Manager at Sound Mind Investing, emphasizes as he encourages listeners to start small, stay consistent, and keep investing simply as an act of faithful stewardship.

Biller starts by reminding beginners that wise investing is built on a solid financial foundation. Before putting money at risk in the markets, he urges individuals to pay down high-interest consumer debt, establish a modest emergency fund, and follow a spending plan. Paying off double-digit credit card debt offers a guaranteed return that most investments struggle to match. The exception comes when an employer offers matching contributions in a retirement plan—since a match functions like an immediate return on contributions, it’s often worth taking advantage of even while still eliminating smaller debts.

For those ready to invest, workplace retirement plans—such as 401(k)s—are typically the best place to begin. They offer three major benefits: tax-advantaged growth, automatic contributions that promote consistency, and, in many cases, employer-matching contributions. Biller calls the match “free money,” noting that it’s effectively part of an employee’s compensation and should not be left on the table. For listeners without a workplace plan, an IRA—and especially a Roth IRA for younger workers—provides similar tax advantages and helps develop long-term investing habits.

New investors often feel overwhelmed by the sheer volume of financial information available today. Biller warns that waiting until you “know everything” often results in never starting at all. The more important step is to build momentum by contributing regularly, even in small amounts. Investing is a habit, and habits gain strength through repetition.

To keep things simple, Biller recommends relying on broad, low-cost index funds—often available through both workplace plans and discount brokerage firms. Index funds offer immediate diversification, require minimal expertise, and allow investors to learn gradually without taking on unnecessary risk. More sophisticated strategies can come later; simplicity removes barriers at the beginning.

Alongside practical guidance, Biller highlights several behavioral realities: choose a few trusted financial voices, tune out noise that stirs fear or greed, and resist a false urgency to time the market. Successful investing requires patience and emotional steadiness more than constant research.

As the conversation wraps up, Biller offers encouragement: while investing can appear complex, most of the benefits come from a few basic disciplines. You don’t need large sums to begin; time in the market is your greatest ally. Maintain a heart-level posture as a steward, trusting that God can multiply small beginnings into meaningful long-term outcomes. Wise investing is ultimately an expression of faithful management, not accumulation for its own sake.

To learn more about Sound Mind Investing, you can go to SoundMindInvesting.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I have been blessed, and through our business and frugal lifestyle, we’ve saved a significant amount. We also partner in projects in Haiti, Honduras, and El Salvador. Right now, we have about $250,000 in a stock account and $400,000 with LPL Financial. Would it be smarter to consolidate those investments to make them easier to manage and potentially grow faster? I’d appreciate your advice.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Finding Affordable Healthcare in Uncertain Times with Lauren Gajdek

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 21 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Economic forecasters expect U.S. growth in 2026 to settle between 1.5% and 2%—sluggish, but not recessionary. Still, analysts warn that if inflation reignites or global trade pressures intensify, a mild downturn is possible. For many households, this uncertainty fuels anxiety—especially around rising health-care costs.

On today’s program, Lauren Gajdek, Senior Director of External Affairs at Christian Healthcare Ministries (CHM), joins us to offer practical guidance for navigating health-care expenses in a slow-growth, high-uncertainty environment.

Lauren notes that beyond slower GDP projections, unemployment remains elevated at 4.4% and inflation has yet to return to the Federal Reserve’s 2% target. That combination creates financial pressure for both working families and retirees.

If someone loses their job—and, with it, employer-provided health coverage—Lauren explains the options: COBRA allows continuation of benefits, but the individual must pay the full premium, which is extremely costly. Marketplace plans on Healthcare.gov also carry high premiums and, increasingly, high out-of-pocket maximums. For many families, the total annual exposure can exceed $20,000.

That’s why Lauren highlights an alternative that more Christians are turning to: health-care sharing ministries. CHM—founded on the biblical principle of bearing one another’s burdens (Galatians 6:2)—is not insurance. Instead, members remain legally responsible for their medical bills, and CHM facilitates the sharing of eligible expenses among members.

To help listeners understand the model, Lauren outlines how cost sharing works in practice. Members pay a monthly amount based on the program level and family size. For example, CHM’s Gold program is priced at $299 per “unit,” where each adult is a unit and all dependent children together count as one additional unit—making it particularly advantageous for families. CHM also offers Silver, Bronze, and SeniorShare options, allowing households to tailor participation to their needs and budgets.

When medical needs arise—an emergency-room visit, for example—the member pays their defined personal responsibility amount, and CHM shares the remaining eligible expenses. Related follow-up care from the same incident can also be submitted for reimbursement.

As the nation's oldest health-care sharing ministry and a longtime underwriter of Faith & Finance, CHM has paid more than $13 billion in medical bills since its founding. Lauren emphasizes that while it operates as a ministry, CHM also provides practical financial support, helping Christians manage health care costs during uncertain economic times.

If you’re interested in learning more, you can visit CHMinistries.org/FaithFi for additional details.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I own a small, mortgage-free house on 18 acres, and we’d like to purchase neighboring land at a discount to expand our nonprofit's safe haven for domestic violence survivors. We have limited savings and no debt, and I’m turning 62 next month. Should we consider a reverse mortgage, rent out the smaller house, sell the property, or finance the purchase? What’s the wisest option for our situation?
I’m about to receive a sizable check from an account that closed. While I look for a financial advisor, where should I park the money for a few weeks or months to earn interest? I know money markets are insured up to $250,000, but what if the deposit is much larger? Do I need multiple accounts, or is there a way to increase the insured amount in one place?
When I tithe and give offerings and then receive a giving statement for tax season, is it wrong to claim that deduction? Am I ‘taking money back from God,’ or am I just misunderstanding how taxes and deductions work?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Weekly Habit That Helps You Stick to Your Budget with Crystal Paine

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 20 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Staying on budget doesn’t have to be complicated—or exhausting. A growing number of families are discovering that a simple, five-minute weekly check-in can make the difference between feeling reactive and feeling in control.

On today’s episode of Faith and Finance, Crystal Payne joins us to offer a practical rhythm for keeping your spending aligned with your priorities. Crystal is the founder of MoneySavingMom.com and the author of several bestselling books on frugal living and family budgeting. She writes extensively on financial stewardship in the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine.

Crystal’s approach centers on six weekly questions—each one designed to build awareness, reduce stress, and encourage intentionality rather than guilt or perfectionism.

1. What worked this week? Begin with the wins. Identifying progress reinforces good habits and motivates continued change.

2. What didn’t work this week? Honesty about drift or weak spots brings clarity. Patterns often emerge in categories such as dining out or impulse purchases. The goal isn’t shame—it’s information.

3. What do I want to change? Awareness should lead to one small, actionable adjustment for the week ahead—rebalancing a category, revising expectations, or improving tracking.

4. What surprised me? Looking for unexpected expenses, higher bills, or forgotten credits helps reduce future anxiety and highlights planning opportunities.

5. Was I over budget anywhere? Overages aren’t failures; they show where reality differs from assumptions. This is where Crystal recommends treating your budget like a GPS—when life takes a detour, simply recalculate.

6. Any “aha” moments? These reflect where money, values, and emotions intersect. Many people recognize that a bit of planning reduces tension, that habits shape outcomes, or that spending aligns—or doesn’t—with their priorities.

At the heart of this rhythm is intentionality. Crystal notes that a budget isn’t meant to sit in the background until there’s a problem. When revisited consistently, it becomes a tool that works for you rather than a set of rules you feel pressured to obey.

For married couples, Crystal suggests reviewing the budget together, approaching the conversation with curiosity rather than criticism. Shared visibility promotes unity and helps both spouses move their priorities forward without resentment or misunderstanding.

A five-minute weekly review may sound small, but over time it transforms budgeting from crisis-management into stewardship. It helps families spend purposefully, adjust gracefully, and ensure their financial decisions reflect what they truly value.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are trying to decide how to handle our son’s $6,500 student loan. He’s in the military and hasn’t made payments since 2015. Should we pay it off in full from our retirement or savings, or just pay the minimum $75 per month and put that amount into an emergency fund for him and his wife? Also, would paying monthly affect his credit score?
I’m 36 and have a 401(k), but I contribute about $25 every two weeks. I’d like to invest more, but I don’t fully understand the differences among NASDAQ, S&P, index funds, and other investment options. What’s the best strategy for someone my age who can take some risk?
I retired at 66 and have never touched my employer retirement account or my IRA. I just turned 73, so I have to start taking RMDs. How are RMDs calculated, and how can I use them in a way that still allows me to tithe, give, and leave money to my children?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Living with Margin

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 19 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

We live in a culture that stretches us to the very limits of our time, energy, and finances. Every hour gets booked, every dollar gets assigned, and before we know it, we’re operating without room to breathe. Scripture calls that lack of space folly—and the presence of space wisdom. Today, we’re talking about margin and why it’s essential to biblical stewardship.

Margin is the space between our limits and our load—the distance between what we could do and what we actually do. Proverbs 21:20 tells us, “Precious treasure and oil are in a wise man’s dwelling, but a foolish man devours it.” Wise people don’t consume everything they have. They create space. They build reserves. They plan ahead. The foolish run to the edges, spending and consuming as fast as resources arrive.

One of Scripture’s most beautiful pictures of margin appears in the story of Ruth. In Leviticus 23:22, God instructs His people not to harvest their fields all the way to the edges. They were to leave grain for the poor, the widow, and the foreigner. Boaz obeyed that command. He refused to maximize every inch of profit, and because of that simple act of obedience, Ruth and Naomi survived. Margin became the soil for redemption—leading to the lineage of King David, and ultimately, to Jesus Christ. Margin makes room for God to work.

Think of a beautifully designed page. The words never run from edge to edge. The white space allows the page to breathe. Without it, the text would feel overwhelming. Our lives are the same. When we fill every minute of our schedules and every dollar of our budgets, life becomes chaotic. We lose clarity, rest, and the ability to respond to God’s promptings.

Financially, the absence of margin makes even small disruptions feel like emergencies. A car repair or medical bill can suddenly derail us. But margin absorbs shocks. It quiets anxiety. And it lays the groundwork for stewardship.

Margin produces at least three spiritual benefits:

Space for Rest. When we’re not bound to every dollar, we can Sabbath—enjoying God’s presence without pressure.
Space for Faith. When we don’t consume everything, we confess that God—not our paycheck—is our provider.
Space for Generosity. Living at the edge leaves no room to say yes when God nudges us to give. Margin fuels ministry.

Ultimately, margin is a spiritual discipline. It isn’t just about saving money—it’s about creating space for God’s pace, God’s provision, and God’s purposes. The first step is simple to name and difficult to practice: spend less than you earn. Say no to good things so you can say yes to better things. Margin doesn’t appear on its own—it’s created through intentional choices.

Boaz never imagined that leaving grain behind would shape the family line of the Messiah. But God often uses margin to accomplish eternal things.

————————————————————————————————

If you want to go deeper in learning how our stewardship makes room for God’s work in our lives, our own Rob West wrote about this theme in his new 21-day devotional, Our Ultimate Treasure. It will be released next month.

You can preorder or place bulk orders at FaithFi.com/Shop, and a digital version will be available soon in the FaithFi App for FaithFi Partners. I’d love for you to experience it.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I received a notice from my bank regarding an arbitration provision and class action waiver—specifically, a notice about resolving disputes through individual arbitration. I don’t understand what that means or what happens if I opt out. I’m confused and unsure what to do.
I’m a truck driver, and I’m 62. I’ve got a few years before retirement, and I’m starting to have a little extra money in my paycheck. I’d like to invest some of it, but I’m unsure about the current market conditions. I’m also curious about crypto and Bitcoin, and wanted to hear your take.
I’m trying to organize several things I’ve inherited—stock, savings, an IRA, an annuity, a CD, an insurance inheritance, and a house. I’m almost 72, and my dad is 100 and still living, so I need to plan for possibly 30 more years. I work part-time and receive Social Security, and my husband, who is bed-bound, also receives Social Security. Overall, our income is about $9,000 per month, which we don’t need right now. I want to know how to organize all of this wisely and plan for the long term.
I have two adult children in their late 30s who still have a lot of student loan debt. I’d like to help pay it off, but most of my money is in retirement accounts—401(k), IRA, and Roth IRA. Is there any way to use that money without a big tax hit? Is there any option to reduce their debt through repayment programs? One child has federal loans, and the other is in forbearance, with interest accruing. I’d really like to see them free from this debt, but I’m not sure how to approach it.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Who Needs a Budget? with Chad Clark

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 16 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

“Precious treasure and oil are in a wise man’s dwelling, but a foolish man devours it.” - Proverbs 21:20

Scripture highlights a simple principle of stewardship: wise people live with margin. They don’t spend everything they earn; they save, plan, and prepare for the future. And in our modern world, the basic tool that helps us live with margin is a budget. Today, Chad Clark joins us to discuss what budgeting really looks like for most Americans and how we can do better.

As FaithFi’s Chief Technology Officer, Chad oversees our digital tools and the development of the FaithFi app. He recently came across research that sheds light on how people actually budget. According to a NerdWallet survey of 2,000 adults, three out of four Americans report keeping a monthly budget. That sounds encouraging—until you read the next line: 84% of them say they regularly overspend their budget. And when people overspend, nearly half bridge the gap with credit cards, while the rest tap into savings—often until savings eventually run out. Chad notes that this is why we say that without a working budget, debt is almost inevitable once savings are depleted.

So why do some people avoid budgeting altogether? After years of hearing excuses, Chad lists the most common: it’s too time-consuming, too complicated, too much math, too restrictive, or simply too hard to stick to—like dieting. Others believe they don’t need a budget because they earn enough, or that a budget limits their freedom.

But as Chad points out, most of those reasons are rooted in misconceptions. A budget isn’t a punishment, and it’s not primarily about cutting expenses. It’s a decision-making tool that prioritizes spending and helps you align resources with values. Nor is a budget inflexible; it can and should adjust as life changes. And even those with high incomes need budgets. If billion-dollar companies operate from a spending plan, “I make enough” isn’t a sound argument for skipping one. Stewardship isn’t about how much we earn but how faithfully we manage what God entrusts to us.

Before wrapping up, Chad shares how the FaithFi app makes budgeting more approachable. First, it accommodates different budgeting styles, allowing you to choose the method that works best for you. Second, it builds habits through daily, weekly, and monthly rhythms—to help you engage consistently rather than merely set up a plan and hope it works. And finally, FaithFi goes beyond numbers. Through biblical content and community, it helps shape the heart behind the decisions—because stewardship is ultimately about walking with God.

If you’re ready to begin budgeting—or begin again—FaithFi can help you take that first step and actually stick with it.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a HELOC at about 7% and about $80,000 in credit card debt. Does it make sense to use the HELOC to pay down that credit card debt at the lower rate, or should we handle it another way? I also have a second question: My husband and I own a couple of rental properties. One of them is basically a wash—no profit. We’ve always assumed the rentals would be part of our retirement, but we don’t have an emergency fund. Would it be wiser to sell the rental property that isn’t generating income, invest the proceeds, and improve retirement and emergency fund strategies?
I contribute 10% pre-tax and 5% post-tax to my 401(k), and the 5% post-tax is maxed out. With the new rules allowing tax-free overtime up to $25,000, is it still beneficial for me to contribute the 5% post-tax? Or should I redirect it and contribute 15% pre-tax to the 401(k)? Or should I take a different approach altogether?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The True Path to Financial Freedom with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 15 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Everyone wants financial freedom. But for many of us, freedom gets defined by “more”—more income, more margin, more accumulation. The irony is that the more we chase, the less peace we often feel. The issue isn’t just mathematical. It’s spiritual. Money is one of the clearest mirrors of what we trust. And trust—not strategies or spreadsheets—is where true financial freedom begins.

To explore that idea, we sat down with Ron Blue, cofounder of Kingdom Advisors and a pioneer in modern biblical financial stewardship. For more than fifty years, Ron has helped Christians think about money through the lens of Scripture, wisdom, and faithful discipleship.

Ron pointed out that financial behavior always flows from belief. If we believe we own our resources, then every financial decision carries pressure and fear. But when we acknowledge that God owns everything, that pressure shifts. Instead of performing, controlling, or protecting outcomes, we begin stewarding what belongs to Him. Surrender turns money from a fear-based issue into a faith-based one.

Many of us assume money is a knowledge problem—if we just learn more or find better tools, we’ll finally make progress. But Ron reminded us that Scripture treats money as a matter of wisdom. Knowledge alone can complicate money; wisdom simplifies it. Biblical principles don’t change with markets or trends, and when we make decisions rooted in principle, we gain clarity and peace.

Fear is one of the most silent drivers in our financial lives. Most people quietly wonder, “Will I ever have enough?” and “If I do, will it remain enough?” Fear focuses on what we lack rather than what God has already provided. Jesus counters that fear in Matthew 6:33 by calling us to seek first God’s Kingdom and trust Him with our needs—food, clothing, and shelter included.

Ron also stressed that generosity plays a unique role in financial freedom because it breaks money’s hold on the heart. He described giving as an open hand—letting God put in or take out as He chooses. Giving is unnatural and counterintuitive, but it declares trust in God’s provision and aligns us with His purposes.

If financial freedom is the goal, surrender, wisdom, trust, and generosity are the path. Tools matter, budgets matter, and knowledge matters, but none of them can replace a heart anchored in God’s ownership. True freedom doesn’t start with more. It starts with surrender.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My son wants to buy a home, but it doesn’t qualify for a mortgage because of its condition. The owners offered a rent-to-own contract in which he’d make repairs and try to qualify for financing later. What are the pitfalls with that? And after making repairs under rent-to-own, would he still be able to get a mortgage?
My husband and I are a blended family with adult children, and we’re working on estate planning. We were introduced to an A-B trust, but we don’t really understand the pros and cons. Is an A-B trust a good fit for us, and are there other approaches that would ensure our children receive their inheritance?
I’m 68, and I rent a house on my landlady’s property. She’s 82 and declining in health, and my son thinks I should consider buying a home for long-term security. Am I too old to buy a house at this stage of life? And should I also be considering long-term care insurance?
I inherited money from a family member’s trust. The first RMD was already taken, and I have ten years to withdraw the rest. Am I allowed to make a qualified charitable gift from an inherited IRA, or am I ineligible because I’m not 70 yet?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

7 Marks of a Good Steward

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 14 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Larry Burkett once observed, “The one principle that surrounds everything else is that of stewardship—that we are the managers of everything God has given us.” That’s a profound truth: God owns everything, and we’ve been entrusted to manage His resources for His purposes. But what does faithful stewardship actually look like? Today, I want to highlight seven marks of a good steward.

When Christians hear the word “stewardship,” we often think first of money—or maybe tithing. While generous financial giving is certainly part of stewardship, Scripture shows that it encompasses much more. God has entrusted us with the gospel, with gifts and abilities, with relationships and time, and ultimately with the love He demonstrated through Christ. Stewardship, then, isn’t merely financial; it’s holistic and deeply spiritual.

First, good stewards acknowledge God’s ownership. Everything belongs to Him, and we hold resources only temporarily to serve His purposes. Deuteronomy 8:18 reminds us that even the ability to earn wealth is a gift from God, and 1 Peter 4:10 calls us to use whatever we’ve received “to serve one another as good stewards of God’s varied grace.”

Second, good stewards understand the mission. God has given each of us a role in His redemptive plan. We’re called to take that calling seriously, but with humility. Proverbs 16:3 encourages, “Commit your work to the Lord, and your plans will be established.”

Third, good stewards are faithful. They follow God’s financial principles—earning, saving, investing, spending wisely, and especially giving generously. Jesus teaches in Luke 16:10–11 that faithfulness with little prepares us for faithfulness with much, and that how we handle worldly wealth is spiritually significant.

Fourth, good stewards are trustworthy. They act with honesty and integrity. Proverbs 12:22 tells us, “Lying lips are an abomination to the Lord, but those who act faithfully are His delight.” Paul likewise teaches that “it is required of stewards that they be found faithful” (1 Cor. 4:2).

Fifth, good stewards are diligent. In the parable of the talents (Matthew 25:14–30), Jesus rebukes passive stewardship. Diligence honors God and reflects Colossians 3:23–24, which calls us to work “heartily, as for the Lord.”

Sixth, good stewards pray for wisdom. James 1:5 assures us that God gives wisdom generously to those who ask. Prayer not only guides decisions—it guards our hearts from anxiety (Philippians 4:6).

Seventh, good stewards act when led by the Spirit. Peter urges believers to prepare for action and set their hope fully on Christ (1 Peter 1:13).

These marks set a high bar, and we won’t fulfill them perfectly. But stewardship isn’t about striving—it’s about faithfulness through dependence on God. As we yield to the Holy Spirit, He empowers us to manage the King’s resources for the King’s glory.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been retired for about a year. I receive Social Security and a pension, and I’d like to update my tax withholding for next year. Do I have to pay taxes on my Social Security and pension income?
I’m trying to decide whether to use a debt management program for my four credit cards—I owe about $6,500—or just keep making payments on my own. Which option is better for my long-term financial future?
I’m a retired federal agent, and I recently inherited a house that I plan to sell for around $160,000. My wife and I want to use the money to pay off credit cards and a home equity line of credit rather than our mortgage. The equity line is coming due soon. Is that a wise plan?
I’ve been hearing about no-penalty CDs. Can you explain how they compare to high-yield savings accounts for storing money?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

10 Predictions for 2026 with Bob Doll

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 13 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Markets appear strong as we head into 2026, but beneath the surface, risks may be rising faster than returns. Each January, CEO and CIO of Crossmark Global Investments Bob Doll joins us on the show at Faith and Finance to offer an annual outlook, and this year he characterizes the environment as a “high-risk bull market”—a market capable of gains but vulnerable to setbacks and volatility.

Looking back to 2025, Doll believes his predictions were roughly “seven out of ten.” Corporate earnings proved far more resilient than many expected, and with the Federal Reserve avoiding aggressive tightening, markets continued to climb. Earnings, Doll notes, remain the lifeblood of stocks: as long as profits grow and the Fed is not hostile, equity markets tend to trend upward.

For 2026, Doll’s first prediction is that U.S. real GDP growth will improve modestly—from about 2% to roughly 2.5%. He attributes much of that to a large government spending package passed in an election year, providing stimulus to both households and businesses.

However, inflation remains stubborn. Doll does not expect the Fed to reach its 2% target unless a recession occurs—something he does not foresee. Instead, he anticipates inflation closer to 3%, making “affordability” a defining political issue, especially around healthcare and housing, where structural challenges remain unresolved.

On interest rates, Doll expects the 10-year Treasury yield to fluctuate in a narrow range—from the high 3% area to the mid-4% area—while credit spreads widen modestly. For bond portfolios, he favors short- to intermediate-maturity bonds over long-duration bonds.

Corporate earnings should remain strong in 2026, though not at the exceptional pace of 2025. With consensus forecasts near 14% earnings growth—almost double the historical norm—Doll expects solid but not spectacular performance. As a result, he anticipates single-digit stock market returns, not another year of outsized double-digit gains.

Sector-wise, Doll sees continued strength in financials, technology, and communication services—areas tied closely to artificial intelligence—while materials, discretionary, and utilities may lag. International stocks could also surprise investors. If they outperform U.S. equities for a second consecutive year, it would be the first such streak in two decades. Stronger liquidity, improved earnings abroad (especially in emerging markets), and potential dollar weakness all contribute—even though many Americans invest little overseas.

Artificial intelligence remains a powerful driver of productivity and market speculation, though Doll expects volatility as investors sort out the true winners and losers.

Faith-based investing, he believes, will continue its momentum as more individuals, advisors, and institutions seek alignment between values and capital. Politically, Doll predicts Republicans retain the Senate but lose the House, constraining major legislative ambitions.

If 2026 proves to be a high-risk bull market, Doll’s takeaway is straightforward: remain diversified, stay invested, and practice patient stewardship through uncertainty.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are at retirement age, and we have four retirement accounts: three from former employers and one Vanguard IRA. Altogether, there’s about $200,000. Should we consider consolidating these accounts? And if so, is it best to consolidate them into the Vanguard IRA?
My husband and I are both 70. He’s retired, and a cancer survivor, and I’m still working and may work another five years. Our home and vehicles are paid off, and we have about $350,000 saved—roughly half in CDs and the rest in cash. I don’t really know anything about stocks or bonds. Should we take any risk with our money at this stage, or leave it where it is?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Choosing Contentment

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 12 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

If there’s a word that defines our age, it’s more. More upgrades. More comforts. More square footage. Yet somehow—with so much more—many of us feel less content than ever. That’s because contentment doesn’t come from what’s next. It’s shaped in the heart, right where we are.

Scripture teaches that contentment isn’t accidental. It’s learned.

We all feel the pull toward “just a little more”—the next promotion, purchase, milestone, or change that will finally make life feel settled. But that longing is as old as humanity. Ecclesiastes tells us that King Solomon denied himself nothing his eyes desired, yet concluded it was all meaningless, “a chasing after the wind.” Even the wealthiest man in the ancient world discovered that satisfaction cannot be bought or accumulated. It slips through our fingers as soon as we reach for it.

Paul understood this, too. In Philippians 4:11, he writes, “I have learned in whatever situation I am to be content.” Notice the word learned. Contentment isn’t natural. It doesn’t come from ideal circumstances—it’s cultivated through walking with Christ. And Paul goes further: “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me” (Phil. 4:13). That verse isn’t about conquering goals or peak performance. It’s about persevering with trust. Paul wrote those words from prison, not from success. He was saying: Christ gives me strength to rest, trust, and be content whether I have plenty or very little.

Contentment is ultimately the fruit of a relationship with Jesus. It’s not found in having everything, but in knowing the One who is everything.

Psalm 23 opens with a radical declaration: “The Lord is my shepherd; I have all that I need.” Contentment begins with identity—we are His sheep, under His care, sustained within His provision. Hebrews 13:5 adds, “Be content with what you have, for He has said, ‘I will never leave you nor forsake you.’” The root of contentment is God’s presence, not possessions. If He is with us, we are never without what we truly need.

But Scripture also points to a practical engine that drives contentment: gratitude. Wherever gratitude grows, contentment thrives. Gratitude redirects the heart from craving what’s next to recognizing what God has already given. When we leave everything in God’s hands, we begin seeing God’s hand in everything.

Learning contentment can be as simple as cultivating gratitude—writing down three blessings each morning, pausing to thank God before buying something new, naming provisions out loud to our spouse or kids, or turning off the endless scroll that fuels comparison. Contentment isn’t a destination. It’s a daily path surrendered to Jesus.

In a world whispering “more,” Jesus invites us to rest and say, I have enough because He is enough. That’s true contentment—and it’s available to every believer who trusts the Shepherd who never leaves and never forsakes.

———————————————————————————————————————

This subject is foundational to Our Ultimate Treasure, our new 21-day devotional designed to guide believers toward faithful stewardship and deeper contentment in Christ. It will be released next month, but in a few weeks, FaithFi Partners will receive digital access within the FaithFi app.

Partners support the ministry at $35/month or $400/year and receive resources like our Faithful Steward magazine, premium app access, and future studies and devotionals. Learn more at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I are 62 and plan to retire at 65. Our home and cars are paid off, and we have about $100,000 in liquid cash and over $1 million in IRAs—roughly $300,000 in Roth IRAs and the rest in traditional accounts. Everything is invested in moderate-risk mutual funds, and we’re about 92% in equities with no bond exposure. With markets at record highs and volatility at elevated levels, how concerned should we be about a correction? Should we diversify into bonds or just move to a more conservative allocation given our age?
I bought my home six months ago, and the bank offered free fees if I refinanced within the first two years. Now that rates are starting to drop, how much does the rate need to fall before it actually makes sense for me to refinance?
I have about $50,000 in debt and want to start saving, but I haven’t managed my money well and have been living beyond my means. Now I really want to honor God with what I have. Should I put everything toward paying off the debt using the snowball method, or should I try to save for the future at the same time?
I recently filed an insurance claim for a new roof, and my homeowners' insurance premium will increase by $163 per month. I wasn’t notified until the bill arrived, and I don’t have the extra funds right now. Do I have any recourse, or what should I do other than look for another insurance company?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: God Is Our Provider

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 9 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Money touches almost every corner of our lives—and often our fears. When bills rise, when income feels uncertain, and when the future feels unclear, it’s easy to slip into anxiety and assume everything depends on us. Scripture offers a better story: one where God sees, God knows, and God provides.

Few things test our faith like money. Emergencies arise, markets fall, expenses rise, and the question arises: Will I have enough? Most of us respond by working harder and planning more. Diligence is wise, but beneath the effort, many carry a quiet fear that everything ultimately rests on our shoulders. Jesus invites us into something deeper—an economy rooted not in scarcity but in the character of God.

In Matthew 6:26, Jesus directs our attention to the birds of the air. They do not stockpile or strategize, yet “your heavenly Father feeds them.” He doesn’t say their Father, but your Father. The One who sustains creation also sustains His people. Jesus isn’t discouraging work—He’s dismantling worry. Behind every paycheck, opportunity, and act of stewardship stands a God who provides.

This truth echoes throughout Scripture. In Genesis 22, Abraham stands on a mountain, knife raised in agonizing obedience. At the final moment, God provides a ram caught in a thicket. Abraham names the place The Lord will provide—not as a memory but as a promise.

In 1 Kings 17, a widow with a handful of flour and a few drops of oil prepares for her last meal. God asks her to trust Him with what little she has, and she does. Day after day, her jar and jug never run empty—not overflowing, but enough. Provision came not in abundance but in sufficiency, reminding her she was seen.

Even Peter faces lack. When confronted about the temple tax, Jesus sends him to cast a line, and the first fish carries a coin in its mouth—exactly what is needed. Scripture’s pattern is unmistakable: God provides precisely, personally, and on time.

Paul reaffirms this in Philippians 4:19—“My God will supply every need of yours according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.” He writes not to wealthy believers but to a generous church with scarce resources, reminding them that supply flows from God’s glory, not their accounts.

God gives what we need, not always what we want, and not always when we expect it—but His provision is wise and rooted in love. Jesus ultimately declares, “I am the bread of life” (John 6:35). He does not merely give provision—He gives Himself. The deepest peace is not the absence of uncertainty, but the presence of a faithful Father.

Where do you need to trust God’s provision today? Bring your needs, fears, and questions before Him. Ask for wisdom, peace, and strength—and stay open to the unexpected ways He may provide through people, opportunities, or renewed perspective.

————————————————————————————

This theme—God is our provider—is explored in greater depth in our new 21-day devotional, Our Ultimate Treasure, releasing next month. Each day focuses on a foundational truth of biblical stewardship, showing how God’s character shapes our view of money, our decisions, and our trust in Him—not as a distant observer, but as a faithful Father. It’s designed to help believers move from fear to freedom, from anxiety to peace, and from self-sufficiency to joyful dependence on Christ.

If you want to receive the devotional as soon as it's released, you can become a FaithFi Partner for $35 a month or $400 a year, and we’ll send it to you as our way of saying thank you. Learn more at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 58 and eligible for a three-year special catch-up contribution in my 457 plan, which would allow me to double my contributions. Should I split those contributions between my 457 and a Roth since I don’t have much in the Roth, or is it better to put everything in one? What factors should I consider?
My wife and I received a legal settlement of just over $50,000 and would like to tithe. We normally give 10% to our church, but this is above our regular giving. How should we think about giving to our local church versus other ministries? Is it appropriate to allocate part of the tithe to a ministry we’re developing that will incur significant expenses?
We have two daughters in their 30s who don’t really have long-term financial plans. We’d like to help by funding their Roth IRAs with $2,000 or $3,000, partly to encourage saving. Can we open the accounts ourselves, or should we transfer the funds so they can do it? Would that gift count as taxable income for them? Any recommendations?
I’ve heard that if you’re on Social Security, you can’t have much in savings—something like $2,000 for singles and $3,000 for couples—or you could lose benefits. Is that true?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Another Way to Pay for Long-Term Care with Harlan Accola

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 8 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Long-term care has quickly become one of the greatest financial and emotional pressures facing American families. Rising costs, longer life expectancy, and limited insurance coverage have created a situation few retirees are prepared for. On today’s episode of Faith and Finance, Harlan Accola joins us to explore this issue. He leads the reverse mortgage team at Movement Mortgage and works closely with families navigating long-term care decisions.

Accola describes long-term care as “the elephant in the room.” As Baby Boomers age and care needs rise, families are trying to balance support for aging parents with raising children and managing their own financial responsibilities. Many households avoid discussing care needs until a crisis forces difficult decisions.

The numbers reveal why planning is essential. Studies estimate that between 50% and 70% of retirees will require some level of long-term care during their lives. Yet more than 90% of those individuals have not purchased long-term care insurance—and many assume Medicare will cover the cost of nursing or assisted living facilities. In reality, Medicare provides limited short-term rehabilitation benefits, while long-term care typically falls under Medicaid, which only applies once a person has depleted most of their financial assets.

Costs vary widely by region, but nursing facilities can range from $80,000 to $120,000 per year, and in-home care providers may charge $30–$40 per hour. Just one or two years of intensive care can rapidly deplete savings intended to last decades in retirement.

One of the most overlooked financial risks is the well-being of the surviving spouse. Accola notes that husbands often require extensive care first, and the assets used to pay for their care can leave their wives financially vulnerable after their passing. Without adequate planning, the surviving spouse may face an underfunded retirement and fewer choices for her own care needs.

To address this gap, families are encouraged to expand their planning tools. One strategy Accola highlights is to tap housing wealth through reverse mortgages. Because many retirees have significant equity tied up in their homes, a reverse mortgage can unlock funds without requiring monthly payments. These tax-free dollars can be used to pay for in-home care, cover long-term care insurance premiums, or bridge the gap between retirement income and care costs. It also allows individuals to remain at home longer—often delaying or avoiding the need for costly facility care—and preserves retirement accounts for the surviving spouse.

Accola emphasizes that reverse mortgages are not a universal solution, but they should be included in the suite of planning options that families evaluate, alongside insurance, savings strategies, and Medicaid planning. Far too many households ignore the issue entirely or assume Medicare will handle it.

As long-term care needs continue to rise, proactive planning is no longer optional. Exploring the full range of financial tools available can reduce stress, protect surviving spouses, and provide dignity and stability during the later stages of life.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 66 and plan to retire at 70. I can take full Social Security at 66 and 10 months. Should I start benefits now while continuing to work full-time, or wait? If I take it now, should I place the funds in an IUL, an IBC strategy, or invest through my Edward Jones account?
I’ve borrowed from my 401(k) several times over the past decade and paid myself interest. Since I hate paying interest on loans like auto loans, is borrowing from my 401(k) a better option than taking a regular loan? If an auto loan is at 5–6%, would it be better to borrow directly from the bank?
If I make small extra payments each month on my mortgage and loan, is that roughly equivalent to making a single lump-sum principal payment each year, or does the timing make a difference?
I have a question about IRA beneficiaries. If someone inherits an IRA, what would the tax implications be, and is there a better way to pass the money on than simply naming a beneficiary?
My husband and I are 45 and 50, and we’re considering a 1031 exchange on a property with about $250,000 in capital gains and $15,000 remaining on the mortgage. Should we move forward with the exchange, or would a different strategy make more sense?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Shaping Your Kids’ Financial Foundation with John Cortines

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 7 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Kids are always watching—especially when it comes to money. Every purchase, every act of generosity, and every expression of contentment quietly shapes how children learn to view God’s provision.

To help us think more clearly about this, John Cortines joins us today on Faith and Finance. John serves as Director of Partnerships and Growth at the McClellan Foundation and is a longtime contributor to FaithFi. Through his writing and teaching, he helps families see how God’s Word speaks into every part of life—including how we disciple our children through everyday financial decisions.

John begins with Deuteronomy 6, where God calls parents to teach His ways diligently—when sitting at home, walking along the road, lying down, and getting up. Financial discipleship, John explains, isn’t a one-time lesson or a class on money management. It’s a daily, relational process, woven into the ordinary rhythms of life. Money is one of the most tangible tools we have to shape a child’s heart toward God.

While financial literacy matters, John emphasizes that values are formed long before kids understand budgets or compound interest. Children absorb what they see modeled: trust or anxiety, gratitude or discontentment, generosity or accumulation. The goal isn’t simply to raise financially capable adults, but to form hearts that love God more than possessions and find joy in contentment.

One powerful way to do this is through storytelling. Scripture itself teaches through stories, and our own financial experiences can become formative lessons. Instead of merely stating principles—such as saving or trusting God—parents can share concrete stories about God’s provision, seasons of sacrifice, financial mistakes, or generous obedience. Honest, age-appropriate conversations help children connect everyday money decisions to God’s ongoing faithfulness.

John also encourages families to celebrate generosity. Giving shouldn’t feel hidden or transactional. Families can pause to reflect on the causes they support, pray together over gifts, and thank God for the opportunity to be a blessing. Even in a digital age, involving children in the act of giving helps generosity become joyful and memorable.

Ordinary financial milestones—paying off debt, saving for a goal, buying a car—are also rich teaching moments. Explaining the patience, planning, and prayer behind those milestones helps children see stewardship as a long-term, faith-filled process.

Contentment also plays a critical role. Children learn what satisfies us by listening to our words and watching our attitudes. When gratitude and trust in God’s provision are modeled—even in imperfect circumstances—children learn a healthier posture toward money.

The takeaway is simple but profound: if we want wise stewards tomorrow, we must model faithful stewardship today. Look for one teachable moment this week and invite your children into the story of how God is shaping your faith—and your finances—together.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband has had a group universal life insurance policy through his job for over 20 years. We’re both about 65 now, and I’m wondering what the best next step is—should we keep the policy, convert it, or consider a different option?
I’m retired from law enforcement and have a Tennessee Consolidated Retirement System pension that is currently earning approximately 5% now that I’m no longer contributing. I’m currently working elsewhere and have a 401(k). Should I leave my law enforcement retirement where it is, or roll it into my new employer’s plan?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Spending Decisions Are Spiritual Decisions with Dr. Kelly Rush

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 6 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Spending decisions aren’t just financial—they reveal what, and whom, we value. That was the central insight Dr. Kelly Rush shared in today’s conversation on Faith & Finance, where she unpacked the Old Testament story of Jonah through the lens of money and stewardship.

Dr. Rush, Professor of Finance and Financial Planning at Mount Vernon Nazarene University, explained that Jonah’s story isn’t only about a prophet running from God. It’s also a revealing case study in how financial choices often mirror the condition of the heart. Her core conviction is simple but challenging: every spending decision is a spiritual decision.

According to Dr. Rush, money functions like a mirror. It reflects what we care about, what we trust, and what direction our hearts are moving. That principle, she noted, is woven throughout Scripture—and Jonah provides a surprisingly clear example.

Many readers miss the fact that money appears twice in Jonah’s short book. The first instance comes right at the beginning. When God calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, Jonah runs in the opposite direction. Scripture tells us that he paid the fare to board a ship to Tarshish. Dr. Rush noted that this is one of the few passages in the Bible where the cost of travel is explicitly mentioned. The detail matters. Jonah didn’t just flee spiritually—he financed his rebellion. Running from God came at a financial cost.

That decision didn’t affect Jonah alone. When God sent a storm, the sailors were forced to throw their valuable cargo overboard to save their lives. Dr. Rush emphasized that poor stewardship rarely stays contained. Our financial and spiritual misalignment often impacts others—families, churches, workplaces, and communities. At the same time, she noted, faithful stewardship creates ripple effects of blessing.

The story then turns. In Jonah chapter two, inside the fish, Jonah repents. He cries out to God and vows obedience. This time, Dr. Rush explained, Jonah’s “payment” isn’t money but repentance and follow-through. When Jonah’s heart is realigned, his response changes as well. Repentance redirects both priorities and spending.

Dr. Rush connected that pattern to modern life. Faithful follow-through today, she said, looks like honoring a budget, keeping commitments to generosity, giving as worship rather than obligation, and acting with honesty and integrity in saving, investing, and repaying debt. These practices aren’t merely financial—they’re spiritual expressions of trust and obedience.

Budgets, Dr. Rush explained, tell a story. They put dollars and cents to what we prioritize and reveal whether we’re seeking God’s Kingdom or quietly running from Him. That can be uncomfortable—but it’s also hopeful. Jonah’s story is full of second chances. God didn’t give up on Jonah, and financial mistakes don’t disqualify us either.

Dr. Rush closed with a practical starting point: begin with prayer, intentionally place generosity at the top of the budget, invite wise counsel, and remember that spending decisions are always spiritual decisions.

Money tells a story—but by God’s grace, it can be a story shaped for His glory.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

When I think of investing, I think of putting money into something that helps it grow. If I buy a stock that doesn’t pay dividends, it can feel more like a speculative bet—just hoping the price goes up. Even if I’m a passive investor and don’t benefit until I sell, does owning that stock actually help the company grow in a meaningful way, making it more of an actual investment rather than a bet?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Money Issues are Heart Issues

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 5 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Money has a way of reaching places in our lives that nothing else does. It touches our fears, our desires, our relationships, and our sense of security. That’s why Jesus said, “Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also” (Matthew 6:21).

Jesus wasn’t merely offering financial advice—He was revealing something deeply spiritual. Money issues are rarely just about money. They are heart issues. Our financial lives quietly expose what we trust, what we desire, and what we believe will ultimately take care of us.

A Lesson From a Hillside in Kenya

Years ago, Ron Blue shared a story that reshaped our understanding of stewardship.

Ron was sitting on a hillside in Kenya with a local pastor, overlooking the village below. Curious, Ron asked what he assumed was a practical question: “What is the greatest barrier to the spread of the gospel here?” He expected the answer to be a lack of money, transportation, or resources.

The pastor didn’t hesitate. “Materialism,” he said.

Ron was stunned. Materialism? In a village of mud huts?

The pastor explained, “If a man has a mud hut, he wants a stone hut. If he has a thatched roof, he wants a metal one. If he has one cow, he wants two.”

In that moment, Ron realized something profound: materialism isn’t about how much you have—it’s about what your heart longs for. If materialism can thrive in a mud hut just as easily as in an American suburb, then money itself isn’t the root problem. The heart is.

Money as a Mirror

Money is not moral or immoral. It’s a tool. But because it touches nearly every area of our lives, it becomes one of the clearest mirrors of what’s happening inside us.

When we overspend, it may reveal a longing for identity or approval.
When we cling tightly to savings, it may expose where we seek security.
When we fall into debt, it may reflect impatience or a desire to live beyond God’s provision.
When we resist generosity, it may reveal fear that God won’t come through.

In every case, the dollars are secondary. The heart is primary.

God’s Invitation to Freedom

The good news is that God cares deeply about the state of our hearts—and He invites us into freedom. Freedom from fear. Freedom from comparison. Freedom from striving. Freedom from the quiet belief that everything depends on us.

Over the years of studying Scripture and walking with individuals and families through financial decisions, a few foundational truths have continued to surface.

1. God Owns It All

Ownership determines responsibility. If everything belongs to God, we stop clinging to money as if our lives depend on it. Instead, we manage it as stewards—grateful, humble, and free.

2. God Is Our Provider

Scripture reminds us that God feeds the birds and clothes the lilies—and that we, His children, are worth far more. When we truly believe that, fear begins to loosen its grip.

3. Money Is a Tool, Not a Treasure

Money was never meant to carry the weight of our identity or security. It was meant to serve God’s purposes—meeting needs, blessing others, advancing the gospel, and reflecting the generosity of the One who gave everything for us.

4. Financial Decisions Are Acts of Worship

Every spending choice, every act of saving, every moment of generosity becomes an opportunity to honor God. When we begin asking, “How can I serve You with this?” money stops being a rival and becomes a means of discipleship.

Rediscovering Our Ultimate Treasure

These truths aren’t theoretical. They shape every page of our new devotional (coming out next month), Our Ultimate Treasure—a 21-day journey to faithful stewardship. We wrote it to help readers see how deeply biblical principles shape everyday financial decisions.

Our prayer is that as people walk through it, they’ll experience peace where fear once lived, contentment where comparison once thrived, and generosity where self-protection once dominated.

Ultimately, money will reveal what we treasure most. And when Christ is our ultimate treasure, we discover a freedom that no amount of money can ever provide.

That freedom isn’t found in having more—but in trusting more deeply.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I are both over 65 and have a financial planner, CPA, and estate attorney. On paper, everything seems in place—but my wife doesn’t feel confident. She’s really looking for someone to act as a ‘quarterback’ for our finances. Is it reasonable to expect a Certified Financial Planner to coordinate everything, including budgeting, or should that role belong to someone else?
I pay my credit cards off in full every month and don’t have any debt in collections. I received a suspicious-looking notice and didn’t click it because I wasn’t sure it was a scam.
I know many people now take the standard deduction since it’s higher, but I’ve heard that charitable contributions can still be deducted even if you don’t itemize. Is that true? I thought that could encourage giving to nonprofits.
I owe about $5,500 on my car, with a $185 monthly payment. It’s starting to require frequent repairs, and it’s probably worth around $4,000. Since the bank holds the title, what are my options? Can I sell it, or am I limited because the car is the collateral for the loan?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A New Perspective for the New Year With Chad Clark

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 2 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

It’s only day two of the new year. How are those resolutions holding up?

Every January, many of us recommit to eating better, exercising more, or finally getting our finances on track. And yet, most resolutions fade long before winter does. The issue usually isn’t a lack of desire—it’s a lack of accountability and perspective.

That’s especially true when it comes to budgeting. Managing money well requires more than good intentions. It requires clarity about why we’re doing it and a system that supports us day by day.

To explore that idea, we sat down with Chad Clark, Chief Technology Officer at FaithFi, to discuss what actually helps people follow through on their financial goals.

Why Budgeting Often Feels Like a Diet

Chad shared an observation from years of building budgeting tools: many people view a budget the same way they view a diet. They know it’s necessary, but it feels restrictive, temporary, and easy to abandon when life gets busy.

The problem usually isn’t the budget itself. It’s the missing “why.”

You may know what you want to do—get out of debt, save more, or give generously—but without a compelling reason behind it, the motivation fades quickly. Sustainable habits require more than goals; they need purpose.

For believers, Scripture gives us a clear foundation for our financial “why.” Psalm 24:1 reminds us, “The earth is the Lord’s, and everything in it.” God owns it all. We don’t.

That truth reshapes budgeting entirely. If God is the owner, then our role is stewardship—managing what He has entrusted to us for His purposes.

But Chad introduced an important distinction: how we view God as owner matters just as much as recognizing His ownership.

Passive Owner vs. Active Owner

Chad used a helpful analogy. Imagine managing a coffee shop for someone else.

A passive owner hands you the keys, says, “Good luck,” and disappears. You make every decision on your own, unsure what the owner really wants.

An active owner, on the other hand, says, “Call me anytime. I’m here to help.” That owner stays engaged, offers guidance, and shares responsibility.

Many of us unknowingly treat God like a passive owner—assuming He’s uninvolved in our day-to-day money decisions. But Scripture paints a different picture. God desires to be an active owner, guiding us through the Holy Spirit as we seek wisdom and direction.

That realization lifts a heavy burden. We’re not meant to figure it all out on our own.

When we see God as an active owner, budgeting stops being a rigid rulebook and becomes a practical tool for faithful stewardship.

A budget isn’t the goal—it’s the means. It helps us manage the King’s resources wisely, align our spending with our values, and make intentional decisions rather than reactive ones.

Without this perspective, budgeting can feel overwhelming or pointless. With it, budgeting becomes an act of faithfulness.

Why Systems Matter More Than Willpower

Another key insight Chad shared: budgeting isn’t about finding the perfect method—it’s about having a system.

People manage money differently. Some thrive with detailed categories. Others prefer broader guardrails. The important thing is consistency, not complexity.

That’s why the FaithFi app was designed with multiple budgeting systems, including a digital version of the classic envelope method many longtime listeners recognize. The goal isn’t to force everyone into the same mold, but to help each person find a system that fits their habits and personality.

Over time, that system becomes part of daily life—like your morning cup of coffee. When you’re not checking in with it, you can feel that something’s off.

Budgeting Together as a Couple

Chad also shared how using a budgeting tool transformed his own marriage. Early on, money was their most significant source of conflict—even though he considered himself “the finance guy.”

Once they started using a shared system, the conversation changed. Instead of arguing, they could see the same information, talk openly, and make decisions together. Budgeting became a way to pursue unity, not tension.

For couples, shared visibility and accountability can be a powerful gift.

If You’ve Tried Before and Given Up

If budgeting feels exhausting—or if you’ve tried and failed before—Chad’s encouragement was simple: don’t give up.

Often, past frustration stems from using tools that were too rigid or didn’t align with how you’re wired. With the right system, guidance, and support, budgeting can become sustainable—and even freeing.

If one of your New Year’s resolutions is to get your finances back on track, remember this: lasting change starts with perspective, not pressure.

When you begin with God as the active owner and see budgeting as a tool for stewardship, everything changes. And with the right system in place, you don’t have to walk that road alone.

You can learn more or download the FaithFi app at FaithFi.com and take a meaningful step toward wise, faithful money management in the year ahead.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 46 and plan to retire at 70. My employer's 401(k) plan is in a target-date fund, and I’m contributing more than necessary—about 160% of my goal. Should I scale back to just the employer match and direct the extra savings to an IRA? I also have an HSA and currently split contributions between a traditional and a Roth 401(k).
I help manage finances for a church and want to know: how much should churches and nonprofits typically keep in reserves for ongoing operations?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

S.M.A.R.T. Financial Resolutions for the New Year

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 1 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000

Every January, millions of people set fresh goals: eat healthier, exercise more, or get their finances in better shape. These are good and worthy aims. Yet studies consistently show that most resolutions fade within a few weeks.

So if this is the year you want to steward money more wisely—get out of debt, save consistently, or live with greater margin—what actually helps habits last beyond January?

The answer isn’t more motivation. It’s a better foundation.

Why Good Intentions Aren’t Enough

Resolutions often fail for predictable reasons. We set goals that are vague or unrealistic. We don’t connect them to a meaningful “why.” Or we jump in without a system to support change. When life gets busy or discouraging—as it always does—old habits quickly take over.

If you’ve ever tried to stick to a spending plan, curb impulse purchases, or make steady progress on debt, you know those difficult moments will come. Lasting change doesn’t happen by hoping harder. It happens when old patterns are replaced with new, intentional habits.

The Power of a Plan

One of the most common reasons financial resolutions fail is simple: we try to change without a plan. But you can’t hope your way into better money habits.

A spending plan turns good intentions into clear, practical choices. It gives your money direction and helps automate progress so your goals become part of everyday life—not just something you think about when motivation is high.

More than that, a plan allows you to steward what God has entrusted to you with purpose and clarity, rather than relying on willpower alone.

Accountability Makes Progress Stick

We were never meant to pursue growth in isolation. Accountability strengthens resolve and keeps discouragement from becoming defeat.

Invite a trusted friend to check in with you regularly. Make it a family goal to reduce spending or save consistently. Celebrate wins together—and when you fall short, don’t quit. Reset and keep going.

Stewardship is a journey, not a single moment of success.

Willpower Isn’t Enough—You Need God’s Strength

Even with a solid plan, many people still struggle to keep their resolutions. Often, it’s because they’re trying to do it all in their own strength.

Lasting change requires spiritual power, not just discipline. Scripture reminds us of this truth:

“No discipline seems pleasant at the time, but painful. Later on, however, it produces a harvest of righteousness and peace for those who have been trained by it.” — Hebrews 12:11

New habits often feel uncomfortable at first. A budget can feel restrictive. Cutting back can feel frustrating. Saying no to impulse purchases can feel like a sacrifice. But God promises that discipline rooted in faith produces something beautiful over time—peace, stability, and a life aligned with His wisdom.

That’s why prayer matters. Ask God to reshape your desires, guide your decisions, and strengthen you when the novelty wears off. If you’re married, pray together, inviting the Lord to give you unity as you pursue shared financial goals.

Build S.M.A.R.T. Financial Goals

Once your plans are grounded in prayer, structure matters. One of the most effective ways to build that structure is by setting S.M.A.R.T. financial goals—goals that are:

Specific

Don’t say, “I want to save more.” Say, “I will save $100 each month.” Clear goals are easier to follow.

Measurable

Tracking progress keeps you motivated. Seeing balances change and debt shrink builds momentum.

Achievable

Don’t expect to undo years of financial strain in a few weeks. Small wins compound over time—and they prevent discouragement.

Realistic

Dream boldly, but plan honestly. Your goals should reflect your actual income and expenses—not depend on debt to fill the gaps.

Timely

Every goal needs a timeframe. Whether you’re saving, paying down debt, or building margin, set milestones and review your plan regularly to adjust and keep moving forward.

A Better Measure of Success

As you set financial goals for the new year, remember that every number tells a story—about God’s provision, your heart’s priorities, and the opportunities He gives you to bless others.

Success isn’t measured by how much you accumulate, but by how clearly your finances point to Jesus as your ultimate treasure.

If you’d like help building habits that last, the FaithFi app is designed to help you create a plan, track progress, and stay encouraged along the way. You can find it in your app store or visit FaithFi.com to learn more.

Faithful stewardship isn’t about perfection—it’s about steady, surrendered steps forward.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

A credit card company is suing a family member over about $12,000 in debt. His wages are now being garnished, and he’s worried about losing his home and damaging his credit. His wife ran up the debt without his knowledge. Is there any advice I can give him? Would filing for bankruptcy stop the wage garnishment, or is it too late since the case is already in court?
I set up a TreasuryDirect account, but can’t figure out how to convert my paper I Bonds to electronic form. The website isn’t clear about how to add them. What steps do I need to take to convert them?
My wife and I just turned 64, and both work at the same Christian school. We have an eight-year-old, and our employer offers a family health plan that covers all of us. As we approach Medicare age, do we have to leave the family plan? What do we need to do about enrolling in Medicare, and how does it affect our child’s coverage?
I’ve used your financial small-group curriculum before. Do you currently offer any small-group resources or curriculum? If so, what would you recommend?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Resolutions that Last with Taylor Standridge

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 31 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

A new year often inspires fresh resolve. We plan more carefully, set ambitious goals, and commit to making this time different. But year after year, many resolutions quietly fade—not because people lack sincerity, but because most change efforts rely on willpower alone.

That’s where a deeper, more biblical approach to change comes in.

Today on Faith & Finance, I sat down with Taylor Standridge, Production Manager at FaithFi and lead writer of Our Ultimate Treasure and Look at the Sparrows, to explore why so many resolutions fail—and what Scripture reveals about change that truly lasts.

Why Willpower Isn’t Enough

Taylor explained that most resolutions fade because they’re built on effort rather than formation.

“Willpower is a limited resource,” Taylor said. “We assume that if we just try harder or become more disciplined, we’ll finally become the person we want to be. But once motivation wears off, or life gets stressful, old patterns take over.”

According to Taylor, the problem isn’t that people set bad goals—it’s that they try to change actions without addressing identity. Without a deeper shift in what we value and who we believe we are, even the best intentions eventually lose momentum.

“We may change what we do for a while,” Taylor said, “but if we don’t change the kind of person we’re becoming, those changes won’t last.”

Behavior Change vs. Identity Transformation

Taylor drew a helpful distinction between modifying behavior and experiencing true transformation.

“Behavior change is about effort—showing up, pushing through, saying no,” he said. “But identity transformation reshapes our desires and motivations. It changes why we choose what we choose.”

That’s why FaithFi emphasizes the idea that behavior follows belief. When change focuses only on habits, goals often end once they’re achieved. But when change is rooted in identity, it cultivates a way of life that continues beyond any milestone.

“It’s the difference between acting healthy and becoming the kind of person who naturally chooses health,” Taylor explained.

How Identity Changes the Way We Set Goals

To illustrate, Taylor pointed to health resolutions—one of the most common goals people set each year.

“A behavior-based goal might be, ‘I want to lose 20 pounds,’” Taylor said. “That’s fine—but once the weight is gone, the motivation often disappears.”

An identity-based goal asks a deeper question: What kind of person do I want to become?

“When someone says, ‘I want to honor God by caring for the body He’s given me,’ everything changes,” Taylor said. “Now the goal isn’t just a number—it’s a lifestyle.”

Identity-driven goals last because they’re rooted in purpose, not pressure.

Applying Identity to Financial Resolutions

Taylor said this approach is especially powerful when applied to financial goals.

“Let’s say someone wants to pay off $20,000 in debt,” he said. “That’s a great goal—but it becomes far more meaningful when it’s rooted in identity.”

Instead of focusing solely on eliminating debt, Taylor encouraged believers to frame their financial goals around stewardship.

“When someone says, ‘I want to be a wise steward so I can live with freedom and give generously,’ the goal becomes formative,” he explained. “That identity continues shaping decisions long after the debt is gone.”

According to Taylor, identity-based stewardship influences spending, saving, giving, and long-term financial faithfulness—not just one year’s resolution.

Scripture Shows That Change Starts in the Heart

Taylor pointed out that this inward-first approach isn’t a modern idea—it’s woven throughout Scripture.

“God has always been after our hearts, not just our habits,” Taylor said. “Israel had clear commands, but having the law wasn’t enough. Their hearts were unchanged, so their lives were unchanged.”

That’s why God promised to give His people a new heart and a new spirit. Taylor noted that Jesus echoed this truth when He taught that a tree is known by its fruit—what we produce flows from who we are.

“God isn’t impressed by performance alone,” Taylor said. “He desires people who trust Him and live out of that trust.”

The Holy Spirit Makes Lasting Change Possible

Taylor emphasized that true transformation is not self-generated—it’s Spirit-empowered.

“External rules can restrain behavior, but they can’t renew desires,” he said. “The new heart God gives doesn’t just help us try harder—it reorders what we love.”

Under the new covenant, believers don’t rely on their own strength to change. Instead, the Holy Spirit reshapes desires and produces fruit like self-control, patience, and faithfulness.

“These qualities are called the fruit of the Spirit for a reason,” Taylor said. “They grow naturally as we remain rooted in Christ.”

As the new year begins, Taylor encouraged believers to start with prayerful reflection rather than immediate goal-setting.

“Ask, ‘Lord, where are You inviting growth in my life?’” he said. “Pay attention to holy dissatisfaction—the places where God is gently nudging you toward change.”

Taylor also encouraged seeking wisdom from Scripture and trusted believers, noting that identity is not something we invent, but something God forms in us.

“The goal is alignment,” he said. “Not creating a new identity, but embracing the one God is already shaping through His Spirit.”

Let Goals Flow from Identity

Once identity is clear, Taylor said goals become expressions—not endpoints.

“If you want to be a faithful steward, build practices that reflect that,” he said. “Budget, automate savings, grow in generosity. If you want to be healthier, choose routines that align with that identity.”

Taylor emphasized the value of structure and measurable goals, noting that tools such as progress tracking and target-setting drive accountability. But he stressed that numbers should never become the foundation of change.

“Goals can be reached. Circumstances can shift,” Taylor said. “Identity is what lasts.” In closing, Taylor offered a simple but powerful encouragement.

“Start small. Trust the Holy Spirit. Focus on faithfulness, not perfection,” he said. “You’re not pursuing change alone. The God who calls you to transformation walks with you and delights in your growth.”

When resolutions flow from who God is shaping us to be, they don’t just last for a year—they shape us for a lifetime.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I took out a Parent PLUS loan for my son years ago, and after falling behind, the balance has grown to about $20,000. I’m a few years from retirement and can’t afford to carry this debt into retirement. Should I tap my 401(k), even with penalties, or reduce my contributions—while keeping my employer match—and use that money to pay the loan down? I haven’t qualified for forgiveness or income-driven repayment and need direction.
My husband and I are 40 and 42, debt-free, and paid cash for our home and our kids’ college. We have $140,000 in savings, including a $40,000 emergency fund, and want to invest the remaining $100,000. We’re both self-employed and don’t have employer retirement plans. What’s the best way to invest this money?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Future of FaithFi with Afton Phillips

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 30 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

As we step into a new year, one question guides everything we do: How can we better serve believers who want to manage God’s money, God’s way?

At FaithFi, that question has shaped a season of prayer, growth, and fresh vision. Today on Faith & Finance, we sat down with Afton Phillips, our Head of Content, to talk about what God has been doing—and where He’s leading us next.

What follows is a look at the remarkable momentum of the past year and the exciting resources coming in the year ahead.

A Year of Remarkable Growth and God’s Provision

The past year has been one of extraordinary growth for FaithFi—growth that reflects a deep hunger for biblical wisdom applied to everyday financial decisions.

Our podcast audience grew by 55,000 listeners, bringing the total to more than 880,000 listeners.
Faith & Finance is now heard on over 2,000 radio stations nationwide.
Our FaithFi Partner community grew by nearly 600 partners, enabling us to expand our reach and deepen our impact.

Behind the scenes, God also provided through new team members, a completely redesigned website filled with original content, and countless stories from listeners whose lives are being shaped by Scripture-centered financial guidance. It’s a powerful reminder that timeless biblical wisdom still meets very real, modern needs.

Looking Ahead: What Excites Us Most

Momentum invites vision—and the year ahead is full of it.

Our Ultimate Treasure Devotional

One of the most anticipated resources is a new devotional, Our Ultimate Treasure, written to help believers understand financial stewardship through the lens of the gospel. While it officially releases in 2026, anyone who becomes a FaithFi Partner by December 31 will receive it as a thank-you gift.

This devotional is designed to anchor financial decisions in eternal perspective—reminding us that money is a tool, not our treasure.

A Brand-New FaithFi App Experience

Early next year, we’re launching FaithFi 5.0, a completely redesigned app experience that makes practical money management simpler—and spiritual formation deeper.

At the heart of the update is a new feature called Financial Rhythms. These rhythms are daily, intentional practices that help align financial habits with God’s truth through Scripture, reflection, and action. The goal isn’t just better budgets, but transformed hearts.

Alongside these rhythms, the app will include:

Interactive studies and devotionals
Audio versions of select resources
A growing digital library, including articles from Faithful Steward magazine

Faithful Steward Magazine and a Special New Edition

FaithFi now releases Faithful Steward magazine quarterly, each issue filled with original, thoughtful content. In the coming year, we’re also preparing our first-ever special edition, focused entirely on women and wealth.

This issue will build on findings from the nationwide Women, Wealth, and Faith study and explore how more women are stewarding God’s resources with wisdom, confidence, and faith.

Introducing FaithFi Field Guides: A New Resource Category

One of the most exciting developments is the launch of an entirely new product category in 2026: FaithFi Field Guides.

These workbook-style guides are designed to help believers thoughtfully answer the questions financial advisors hear most often:

How much is enough?
How do I give intentionally?
How do I prepare the next steward?

Each Field Guide will combine biblical framing, reflective questions, and practical worksheets—tools that can be used individually, as a couple, in small groups, or alongside a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA). Rather than prescribing one-size-fits-all answers, these guides are meant to help people discern their own next faithful step.

Across all our resources, the heart remains the same: to connect biblical truth with real-life application in ways that reduce overwhelm and encourage confidence. By breaking big decisions into manageable steps, we hope to remind believers that they’re not alone—and that God is faithful as they seek to honor Him.

Powered by FaithFi Partners

None of this would be possible without FaithFi Partners. Their generosity fuels every broadcast, devotional, app feature, and study. Partners receive:

Premium access to the FaithFi app
Faithful Steward magazine, each quarter
New devotionals and books delivered to their door

You can become a partner by visiting FaithFi.com/Give and making a $35 monthly or $400 annual donation.

Right now, every gift is matched dollar-for-dollar through December 31, doubling its impact as we equip even more families to live as faithful stewards.

A Prayer for the Year Ahead

As we look forward, our prayer is simple: that you would grow in confidence as a steward of God’s resources, resting in His faithfulness and wisdom. The future is bright—not because of innovation alone, but because God continues to guide, provide, and transform lives through His truth.

The best is yet to come.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My son recently graduated from college and now has a significant amount of student loan debt at high interest rates. What options or strategies could help him lower the long-term cost of repaying those loans?
I recently sold my home and have about $50,000 in equity. I’d like guidance on how to invest that money—and how to minimize or avoid long-term capital gains taxes.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Generosity Game Plan with Kirk Cousins

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 29 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Missionary martyr Jim Elliot famously wrote, “He is no fool who gives what he cannot keep to gain what he cannot lose.” Those words capture a vision of life that values eternal reward over temporary success—and they’re being lived out today in an unexpected place: the NFL.

When many people think of professional athletes, generosity may not be the first word that comes to mind. But Kirk Cousins, a 4-time Pro Bowl quarterback, is quietly challenging that assumption. For Cousins, faith isn’t a compartment—it’s the lens through which he approaches football, finances, family, and the future.

A Faith Shaped at Home

Kirk often points back to his upbringing as a pastor’s kid. His parents modeled two complementary virtues: careful stewardship and open-handed generosity. Budgets mattered. Overspending was avoided. But when it came to helping others, generosity was practiced freely.

That example left a lasting impression. As Kirk puts it, generosity was caught, not just taught. Watching his parents hold money loosely prepared him for a future where financial decisions would come with far greater stakes—and far greater temptation.

When Kirk entered the NFL, the learning curve was steep. His first signing bonus—a six-figure check—was unlike anything he had ever seen. Unsure how to handle it, he called his dad for advice, only to discover they were navigating unfamiliar territory together.

That moment marked the beginning of a stewardship journey that continues today. From the start, Kirk committed to simple but demanding principles: give first, save wisely, and live within bounds. Practicing those habits early helped anchor him when income grew and public pressure mounted.

The Tension of a Finite Career

Unlike many professions, professional athletics comes with a built-in expiration date. That reality creates a unique tension: the need to save aggressively while still giving generously. For Kirk, that tension has become an invitation to trust God more deeply.

Giving can feel risky when a career is visibly diminishing. Yet Kirk sees those moments as opportunities to shift the pressure off himself and back onto God—to believe that obedience and generosity create space for God to provide and direct what comes next.

From Rules to Relationship

One of Kirk’s most compelling insights is the distinction between religious box-checking and genuine discipleship. It’s possible, he admits, to treat giving like a checklist—do the minimum, meet the requirement, move on. But that’s not the abundant life Jesus describes.

Instead, Kirk points to Jesus’ parable of the hidden treasure. When the treasure is truly seen as valuable, surrender becomes logical, even joyful. Financial decisions don’t lead the heart; the heart leads the finances. When Christ is the treasure, generosity follows naturally.

Scripture doesn’t give a universal percentage or spending rule for believers. That absence is intentional—it drives us to prayer and discernment. Kirk and his wife, Julie, continue to wrestle with what “enough” looks like for their family, recognizing that the answer requires humility, wisdom, and the Holy Spirit's leading.

Money, Kirk says, is a tool—a test, a testimony, and a means to an end. Growth without purpose risks becoming a search for control rather than an instrument for Kingdom impact. The question isn’t just how much is being accumulated, but why.

Unity in Generosity

One of the most formative pieces of advice Kirk received early in his career was simple: always give in unity with your wife. That principle has shaped every major giving decision he and Julie make.

Disagreement isn’t ignored—it’s prayed through. Spousal unity, Kirk believes, is often a channel through which God provides clarity and protection. Generosity practiced together strengthens both stewardship and marriage.

As they consider estate planning and their children’s future, Kirk and Julie intentionally prioritize wisdom over wealth. Their hope is not simply to pass down assets, but to raise children who can steward them faithfully.

Their long-term vision includes generous support for their foundation and Kingdom causes, with no desire for wealth to linger aimlessly beyond its intended purpose. In Kirk’s words, the goal is impact—not permanence.

One place especially close to Kirk’s heart is Christian education. His experience attending a Christian high school profoundly shaped his faith, and he’s passionate about ensuring future generations have access to a similar formative environment. Supporting schools, teachers, and students has become a meaningful outlet for his generosity.

A Different Definition of Success

Kirk Cousins’ story reminds us that success isn’t measured by contracts, trophies, or net worth—but by faithfulness. In a world that applauds accumulation, his life points to something better: surrender, trust, and joyful generosity rooted in Christ.

As Ron Blue often says, the question isn’t how much we can keep, but how much is enough—and what God would have us do with the rest.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I recently sold my business, and after paying off debts and taxes, I expect to have approximately $2–$2.5 million. It’s a bit overwhelming, but I feel incredibly blessed and grateful. I have a few questions: How should I invest this money safely, given that I’m pretty risk-averse? How much cash should I keep on hand? And I also have a question about tithing.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Making the Most of High-Yield Savings

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 26 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

High-yield savings rates have dipped slightly since early spring, but they remain strong enough that choosing the right account right now can still be a wise move. After several quarter-point interest rate cuts by the Federal Reserve, savings yields have eased—but not disappeared. In fact, many online banks continue to offer returns well above those of most brick-and-mortar institutions.

Understanding what’s happening—and how to respond—can help you steward your cash with wisdom and confidence.

Why Savings Still Matter in Your Financial Plan

Savings and investments play very different roles. A savings account is designed for money that must remain safe, accessible, and dependable—your emergency fund, short-term needs, and dollars you’ll rely on in the next few years.

Savings won’t deliver investment-level growth, but the interest they earn still matters. Every bit of growth helps preserve purchasing power and strengthens your financial footing over time.

Over the past few years, inflation rose well above the Federal Reserve’s 2% target. In response, the Fed raised short-term interest rates aggressively. As rates climbed, savings yields—especially at online banks—rose alongside them.

Earlier this year, many high-yield savings accounts were paying between 4.75% and 5%, sometimes more. That gave savers an unusual opportunity to earn meaningful interest on cash that would otherwise sit idle.

Since then, inflation has cooled, and the Fed has begun cutting rates. Those reductions have nudged savings yields lower, but today’s rates are still historically strong—and far more generous than what traditional banks typically offer.

Why Timing Still Works in Your Favor

Banks rarely adjust savings rates immediately after a Fed announcement. Often, there’s a window—sometimes several weeks—when higher yields remain available before they gradually drift downward.

That lag creates an opportunity. While savings accounts aren’t “locked in” like CDs, moving your money into a competitive high-yield account now allows you to benefit as rates slowly settle. Banks tend to move cautiously, often watching one another before making changes, which gives savers time to act.

For many families, knowing their savings are earning a solid return brings peace of mind—whether preparing for an unexpected expense or setting aside resources for opportunities God may bring.

Where High-Yield Savings Fit Best

A strong savings strategy usually includes three key priorities:

1. Your emergency fund. Keep three to six months of expenses in a high-yield savings account. The stronger the yield, the faster that cushion grows—without taking on risk or debt.

2. Short- and mid-term goals. Money you’ll need in the next two to five years—such as a down payment, major repair, or planned purchase—should stay protected from market volatility. High-yield savings accounts offer both safety and reasonable earnings.

3. Regular comparison. Some traditional banks still pay as little as 0.01%—essentially nothing—while online banks often offer rates dozens of times higher. Comparing what you’re earning with what’s available elsewhere can make a meaningful difference.

Exploring Your Options Wisely

Comparison sites like Bankrate and NerdWallet can help you evaluate current rates while also considering reliability, customer experience, and safety ratings.

Money market accounts are another solid option, often offering competitive yields with added flexibility, such as check-writing privileges. Just be mindful of minimum balance requirements.

Don’t overlook credit unions either. As not-for-profit institutions, they often return earnings to members through stronger rates and lower fees. One example is AdelFi Christian Banking, a credit union that combines competitive yields with support for Gospel-centered ministry worldwide.

You can learn more at FaithFi.com/Banking.

Stewardship Is About Faithful Consistency

Choosing where to place your savings isn’t simply about chasing the highest return. It’s about managing God’s resources with intention and care. Saving consistently—month after month, year after year—is quiet, faithful work.

A wise savings vehicle supports that journey, helping your money work a little harder while you walk forward with clarity, confidence, and trust in the Lord’s provision.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 70 and retired, with a steady monthly income. I need a car costing about $20,000, and I still owe $27,000 on my mortgage. I’d prefer not to carry two payments—should I pay off the mortgage or buy the car, and where should the money come from?
I want long-term protection through investing in gold. What’s the best way to do that today?
I’m retired and have about $1 million invested with Edward Jones. They’re moving me to a 1.2% annual fee on my entire portfolio instead of transaction-based fees. I agreed, but I now wonder whether the fee is warranted. Is this a wise move?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Meaning Behind A Christmas Carol With Jerry Bowyer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 25 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Every Christmas season, A Christmas Carol returns to our screens and pages as a story of generosity, redemption, and hope. But beneath the familiar narrative, Charles Dickens was also making a powerful argument—one that challenges how society views the poor, children, and human worth itself.

In today’s Christmas episode of Faith & Finance, we sat down with Jerry Bowyer, our resident economist and president of Bowyer Research, to explore the deeper economic and theological message Dickens embedded in this classic tale.

The Meaning Behind “Surplus Population”

One of the most disturbing lines in A Christmas Carol comes from Ebenezer Scrooge, who suggests that the poor might be better off dying to reduce the “surplus population.”

Jerry explained that this phrase wasn’t casual or poetic—it was loaded with meaning in Dickens’ day. It reflected the influence of Thomas Malthus, an economist whose ideas shaped early 19th-century thinking. Malthus believed population growth would always outpace food and resources, making widespread poverty inevitable. His conclusion? Society should discourage the poor from having children.

Dickens deliberately places this language in the mouth of his villain. Scrooge isn’t just cruel—he’s the embodiment of a philosophy that treats people as economic problems rather than human beings made in God’s image.

Jerry noted that Dickens was, in effect, writing A Christmas Carol as a rebuttal to Malthus.

By the time Dickens wrote the story, Britain was entering what economists now call the Great Takeoff—a period of unprecedented growth in productivity, trade, and human flourishing. Malthus had predicted catastrophe just before abundance exploded.

Dickens highlights this abundance through scenes overflowing with food, trade goods, and celebration. The message is clear: people don’t merely consume resources—they create them.

Scarcity, Trauma, and Scrooge’s Past

Dickens doesn’t excuse Scrooge’s cruelty, but he does explain it. Through the Ghost of Christmas Past, we see a lonely boy shaped by hunger, cold, and deprivation.

Jerry pointed out that Scrooge’s scarcity mindset is rooted in trauma. His fear of lack leads him to believe that God—if He exists at all—is stingy. That fear shapes his economics, his relationships, and his resistance to generosity.

The turning point comes when Scrooge encounters the Ghost of Christmas Present. When told the spirit has over 1,800 brothers—each representing a Christmas—Scrooge responds, “What a large family to provide for.”

It’s another glimpse of his scarcity thinking. And it draws sharp rebuke.

Jerry emphasized that Dickens is confronting the idea that more people mean less provision. In contrast, Scripture reveals a God who is generous, creative, and abundant—and who commands humanity to fill the earth, not fear it.

No One Is Disposable

By the end of the story, Scrooge is transformed. He becomes generous, relational, and deeply concerned for others—especially children like Tiny Tim.

Jerry observed that in a Malthusian worldview, Tiny Tim is expendable. But Dickens—and the gospel—say otherwise. There are no surplus people.

Even Jesus Himself, Jerry noted, would have been classified as “surplus population” by such a system—born poor, dependent, and unwanted by the powerful.

The language may have changed, but the ideas persist. Whenever society treats children as burdens, the poor as problems, or human life as expendable in the name of efficiency or sustainability, we are hearing echoes of Scrooge before his redemption.

Dickens reminds us that economics is always moral—and theology always shapes how we view people.

Watching With New Eyes

As Jerry put it, A Christmas Carol isn’t just a holiday story. It’s a challenge to scarcity, fear, and dehumanization—and an invitation to generosity rooted in trust.

As families watch this story together, it becomes a powerful opportunity to talk with our children about God’s abundance, human dignity, and what it truly means to love our neighbor.

Because the real miracle of Christmas isn’t simply changed behavior—it’s a changed heart.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a substantial amount of savings sitting in the bank and want to protect it from inflation. I live primarily on Social Security, have no debt or investments, and need to keep some funds available for emergencies. What’s a wise way to invest the rest?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

God's Unexpected Provision with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 24 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

The Bible contains many stories of God’s miraculous provision, but few are as rich and practical as the account of the widow’s oil in 2 Kings 4:1–7. Though only seven verses long, this passage offers profound insight into how God provides for His people—and how He invites them to participate in His provision.

On today’s Faith & Finance, Sharon Epps, president of Kingdom Advisors, joined the program to unpack this story, one she often describes as a clear picture of “God’s part and our part” in stewardship.

A Crisis That Drives a Cry for Help

The story opens with a widow in dire circumstances. Her husband, a member of the company of prophets and a man who feared the Lord, has died, leaving behind unpaid debt. With no means to repay it, she risks losing her two sons to creditors.

In desperation, she cries out to the prophet Elisha for help. His response begins with a question that shapes the entire story: “What do you have in your house?”

Her answer is simple and heartbreaking—nothing, except a small jar of oil.

God’s Part: The Source of Provision

Sharon Epps notes that God’s role in this story is clear. The widow had no way to create oil, multiply it, or secure buyers for it. God alone supplied what was needed.

“He was the provider of the oil,” Sharon explains, “and He also provided the buyers so the debt could be paid.” The widow’s increase came entirely from God, leaving no room for self-reliance or pride.

This total dependence is part of the lesson. God’s provision is not something we manufacture; it is something we receive.

The Widow’s Part: Obedience and Action

While God provided the miracle, the widow was not passive. Sharon emphasizes that she played an important role.

She:

Asked for help
Followed Elisha’s instructions
Gathered empty jars
Poured the oil
Sold what God multiplied

“She didn’t just wait for oil to appear,” Sharon notes. “She participated in the process.”

This balance—God’s provision paired with human faithfulness—is a pattern we see throughout Scripture.

Empty Jars and Expanding Faith

One of Sharon’s favorite moments in the passage comes in verse three, when Elisha tells the widow to gather empty jars from her neighbors and adds, “Don’t ask for just a few.”

The amount of oil multiplied was directly connected to the number of jars collected. When no vessels remained, the oil stopped flowing.

Sharon describes the jars as a physical expression of faith. The widow’s willingness to gather more vessels created space for God’s provision.

Stewardship Principles We Can Apply Today

Sharon notes that God doesn’t work the same miracle in every life, but the same God is always at work. From this story, she highlights several principles that still apply:

1. God Is the Provider. Even our ability to work and earn comes from Him. We are always more dependent on God than we realize.

2. Faithfulness Is Our Responsibility. God calls us to be faithful with what He places in front of us today—even when it feels ordinary, frustrating, or uncertain.

3. Seek Wise Counsel. The widow didn’t isolate herself. She sought help from the prophet, reminding us that God often provides guidance through others.

4. Involve Your Family. The widow’s sons helped fill the jars. Including family in financial challenges can strengthen faith and allow everyone to witness God’s provision.

5. Don’t Bet on the Future. The widow’s hardship began with unresolved debt. Sharon encourages thoughtful financial planning that considers how decisions today could affect loved ones tomorrow.

Are You the Widow—or the Neighbor With Jars?

Sharon also challenges listeners to view the story from a different perspective. Sometimes we are not the ones in need—we are the neighbors with empty jars.

God may have already placed resources in our hands—assets, opportunities, or skills—that He wants to use to meet someone else’s need.

In just seven verses, the story of the widow’s oil paints a powerful picture of stewardship: God provides; we respond in obedience. We rely on Him, seek wise counsel, act faithfully, and remain open to generosity.

As Sharon Epps reminds us, recognizing God’s role and our role brings freedom—and invites us to trust Him more fully with everything He has entrusted to us.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My 83-year-old mother just sold property and may net about $250,000 after taxes. I want to keep the money safe, liquid, and available in case she needs long-term care—whether soon or years from now. What’s the best place to hold it?
We have a $10,000 Sallie Mae student loan at about 10% interest and aren’t making much progress on the balance. Are there better refinancing options that could lower the rate?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Avoiding Emotional Spending This Christmas

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 23 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

As Christmas draws near, many of us feel the pressure to buy just one more thing—or worry the season won’t feel special unless we spend more. Tight deadlines, emotional expectations, and last-minute sales create the perfect environment for impulse spending to quietly take over. But Scripture offers a wiser, more freeing way to approach giving—one rooted in love rather than pressure.

Christmas brings out many good desires. We want our homes to feel warm, our families to feel loved, and our gatherings to feel joyful. Emotional spending happens when those good desires turn into pressure—internal or external. We begin asking questions like: What if this isn’t enough? What will they think if I don’t give something big? If I don’t hurry, will Christmas feel incomplete?

Emotional buying often peaks in the final days before Christmas, not because we’re unwise, but because we’re human. We feel the weight of expectations, the excitement of the season, and the fear of missing out. But perfect moments aren’t purchased. They’re created through meaningful time together—not merely expensive gifts.

A Biblical Rhythm for Giving

Scripture invites us into a different rhythm. Jesus said, “It is more blessed to give than to receive.” He wasn’t describing frantic shopping or panic-driven generosity, but joyful, intentional, heart-shaped giving.

Paul echoes this in Colossians 3:2: “Set your minds on things above, not on earthly things.” Christmas giving becomes a spiritual act when it flows from love, gratitude, and thoughtfulness rather than pressure or panic.

Many of the most meaningful gifts can’t be boxed or wrapped—a handwritten letter, a shared meal, a family tradition, a long walk with an aging parent, or a prayer spoken over someone you love. These are gifts that shape hearts, not clutter closets.

In the final days before Christmas, urgency often speaks louder than wisdom. The sale is ending. Shelves are empty. Shipping won’t arrive on time. Suddenly, our giving comes more from fear than love.

Proverbs 21:5 offers a timely warning: “The plans of the diligent lead surely to abundance, but everyone who is hasty comes only to poverty.” Hasty choices don’t just strain our finances—they strain our hearts. They rob us of peace and shift our focus from Christ to consumption.

You don’t have to sprint your way into Christmas. You can choose a different pace.

Four Practical Ways to Avoid Emotional Buying

1. Pause before you purchase. Even a 30-second pause can interrupt an emotional decision. Ask yourself: Is this coming from love—or from pressure?

2. Let your values set the tone. A healthy budget isn’t restrictive—it’s clarifying. It helps your spending reflect what matters most.

3. Remember, generosity is more than money. Time, words, service, and presence are gifts money can’t replicate.

4. Let Christ—not culture—define Christmas. Before you buy, ask: Will this help us celebrate Jesus, or simply ease a momentary fear?

When your giving aligns with faith rather than fear, Christmas becomes more meaningful—not less.

The Freedom of Love-Led Giving

Mother Teresa captured this beautifully: “It’s not how much we give, but how much love we put into giving.” You’re not responsible for funding a flawless Christmas. You’re responsible for loving the people God has placed in your life—and love doesn’t require overspending.

Christmas isn’t a test of your financial ability. It’s a celebration of God’s generosity toward us. The angel didn’t announce “great deals of consumer joy,” but “good news of great joy—a Savior has been born to you.” That’s the center of Christmas, and the foundation of intentional giving.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 57 and have about $300,000 in a 401(k). I owe $133,000 on my mortgage and am considering using retirement funds to pay it off. My employer mentioned rolling over just enough to cover the mortgage into a pension plan. Is that possible, and what should I consider before proceeding?
You previously shared a list of scholarships. I have a daughter who’s a high school freshman and may attend Liberty University. Do you still have that scholarship list? How can we start preparing now?
I’m 74, retired, and have about $25,000 in an IRA. I want to invest some in gold, but I also owe $13,000 on a high-interest credit card from home repairs. Is there a way to negotiate that debt for a lump-sum payoff? And since I live on a pension and Social Security and haven’t filed taxes in four years, do I still need to pay taxes?
I taught vocational trades in the Texas prison system and was told that ex-felons can’t get a job until seven years after probation. Is that actually the law in Texas? And if so, how are people expected to support themselves during that time?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Keep Possessions from Possessing You

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

We live in a world overflowing with stuff—and messages about stuff. Everywhere we turn, someone promises that the next purchase, upgrade, or financial milestone will finally bring joy or peace. But Scripture offers a far better—and far more freeing—vision for how believers relate to money and possessions.

The Bible doesn’t ignore material things. It puts them in their proper place.

When Good Things Promise Too Much

We’ve all heard the phrase money can’t buy happiness, yet it’s still easy to live as though it might. When life feels overwhelming, we often reach for the nearest distraction—a purchase, an upgrade, or a new financial goal—hoping it will calm our anxiety or restore a sense of control.

But Scripture never teaches that possessions themselves are bad. In fact, Paul writes, “God richly provides us with everything for our enjoyment” (1 Timothy 6:17). Ecclesiastes adds that when God gives someone wealth, possessions, and the ability to enjoy them, “this is a gift of God” (Ecclesiastes 5:19).

Enjoying God’s good gifts is not unspiritual. Beauty, comfort, and experiences can all be received with gratitude.

The problem isn’t having things—it’s the place things occupy in our hearts. Materialism doesn’t begin when we own possessions, but when possessions begin to own us.

At its core, materialism is the belief that created things can provide what only the Creator can give: meaning, identity, security, and purpose. Jesus understood this deeply. That’s why He spoke so often about money—not because He was worried about finances, but because He cared about our hearts. “Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also” (Matthew 6:21).

Things were never designed to satisfy the human soul. When they become our deepest treasure, our hearts remain restless.

Enjoyment Versus Dependence

So how do we enjoy God’s gifts without becoming dependent on them?

The difference is subtle but crucial.

Enjoyment says, “Father, thank You for this gift.”
Dependence says, “If I lose this, I’ll lose myself.”

Enjoyment frees us. Dependence enslaves us.

That’s why gratitude is so powerful. Gratitude reminds us that every good thing flows from the hand of a loving God. When we see possessions as gifts, we stop expecting them to carry weight they were never meant to bear.

Generosity is another powerful antidote to materialism. When you give, you declare that your hope is not found in accumulation. You remember that God owns it all—and that your joy is rooted in Him, not in what you hold.

And here’s an important nuance: rejecting materialism does not mean rejecting material things. Scripture never calls believers to asceticism or joyless living. Instead, it warns us against the illusion that anything—even abundance—can become enough apart from God.

Ecclesiastes holds both truths together: God gives possessions and the ability to enjoy them—that’s grace. Yet whoever loves money never has enough. Feeding the craving for more never satisfies it.

Three Questions That Keep Things in Their Place

If you want to guard your heart, here are three simple questions worth asking regularly:

Do I enjoy this gift with gratitude, or do I feel anxious without it?
Does this possession help me love God and others—or distract me from them?
Am I more excited about having this thing, or about how God may want me to use it?

When things stay in their proper place, they become blessings instead of burdens. They point us to the God who provides rather than pulling us away from Him.

And here’s the irony: the less we depend on things for happiness, the more freely we can actually enjoy them.

Rooting Joy in the Giver, Not the Gift

God created a world rich with color, beauty, taste, and texture. He’s given each of us resources and opportunities to steward and enjoy. But things are not ultimate. They are not our source of life. They are not our Savior. Only God is.

When our joy is rooted in the Giver rather than the gift, we discover the contentment our hearts were made for.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m looking for wisdom on when—or if—I should give my kids a car. I have three children, ages 16, 18, and 20. Because we live about 30 miles from school, we’ve always provided vehicles so they can get to activities. Is there a point where it makes sense to give them the car outright to help them grow in responsibility? Or is it better to require shared responsibility instead of a full gift?
Several years ago, I had about $17,000 in credit card debt and enrolled in a debt management program through Trinity Debt Management. I’ve since paid it down to around $6,000–$7,000. I’ve heard about the debt management program you recommend, and I was wondering if it makes sense to switch if the interest rate is lower. Are there any advantages or disadvantages to changing programs at this stage?
My wife and I have been married nearly 42 years, and generosity has always been part of our walk—we’ve consistently tithed. We’re now beginning to receive inheritances from our parents and are thinking through how to handle giving in this situation. Do we tithe on an inheritance? How should we think about generosity with gifts like money or even something like a car?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Generosity of Saint Nicholas

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 19 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

As Christmas Day draws near, we often hear stories of generosity, kindness, and the spirit of giving. But perhaps no story has inspired these virtues more than the life of St. Nicholas—a real man whose faith-filled generosity continues to echo through the centuries.

Long before red suits and reindeer entered the picture, Nicholas lived a quiet, Christ-centered life marked by sacrificial love. His story reminds us that the true meaning of Christmas isn’t found in what we receive, but in how we reflect the love of Jesus to others.

A Childhood Shaped by Faith—and Loss

Nicholas was born around A.D. 280 into a wealthy Christian family in Patara, a bustling port city in modern-day Turkey. From an early age, his parents taught him the teachings of Jesus—especially the call to care for the poor and the vulnerable. Their daily example planted seeds of compassion that would later bear extraordinary fruit.

A tragedy occurred when Nicholas was still young. An epidemic claimed the lives of both his parents, leaving him orphaned—but also leaving him with a significant inheritance. In his grief, Nicholas turned to his faith. Rather than clinging to his wealth, he saw it as a means to serve others and live out the gospel.

Nicholas became known for quietly helping those in desperate situations. His most famous act of generosity involved a poor man and his three daughters. In that culture, a dowry was required for marriage. Without it, the daughters faced the horrifying prospect of being sold into slavery.

Moved by their plight, Nicholas acted—secretly. Under the cover of night, he delivered a bag of gold to the family, securing the eldest daughter's future. He returned twice more, each time providing enough to ensure another daughter could marry safely.

When the father eventually discovered Nicholas’s identity, Nicholas urged him to thank God alone. He took Jesus’ words to heart: “When you give to the needy, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing” (Matthew 6:3). Nicholas didn’t seek recognition—only faithfulness.

A Shepherd With Courage and Conviction

Later in life, Nicholas became the bishop of Myra, where his compassion expanded beyond individuals to an entire community. He was known for defending the poor, standing up for the innocent, and shepherding his people with deep love.

During the persecution of Christians under Emperor Diocletian, Nicholas risked imprisonment for his faith. He later attended the Council of Nicaea in A.D. 325, standing firm for the truth of the gospel. Yet what truly defined him wasn’t his position—it was his Christlike love.

Nicholas lived as if true wealth was found not in possessions, but in a living relationship with God.

After his death on December 6, A.D. 343, stories of Nicholas’s generosity spread across generations. He became known as a protector of children, a patron of sailors, and a symbol of selfless giving. Over time, his life inspired the figure we now associate with Santa Claus—but behind the legend stands a man devoted to glorifying God.

The story of St. Nicholas challenges us to reconsider the meaning of Christmas. His life wasn’t about extravagant gifts or public praise. It was about embodying the love of Christ—sacrificial, humble, and freely given.

Living the True Meaning of Christmas

This Christmas, as we exchange gifts and gather with loved ones, let’s remember that the greatest gift has already been given—Jesus Christ, who came to save sinners and offer eternal life.

Like St. Nicholas, we are called to share that gift with others. Through generosity, service, and simple acts of kindness, we can reflect the light of Christ in a world desperate for hope. As Jesus reminded us, “It is more blessed to give than to receive.”

May the story of St. Nicholas inspire us to give generously, love deeply, and celebrate the true meaning of Christmas—because it’s not the gifts we receive, but the love we share, that makes this season truly special.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve heard that even if you have a will, your estate still has to go through court, but that having a trust allows you to avoid that. Is that correct? Since I currently have both a will and a trust, is it advisable to keep both?
I’m the CFO of a company that’s considering a sale. The CEO wants to sell to a buyer I’m concerned could ultimately harm the company. Given my role, what counsel or perspective can I offer the CEO as we consider this decision?
I’m 82 years old and have lost my eyesight, which makes it difficult to write checks and pay bills. What options are available for setting up automatic bill pay or managing my finances more easily?
I’ll be retiring soon—I turn 62 next year—and I still owe about $119,000 on my home. I work part-time, and my husband works full-time. Should I start collecting Social Security now, even though I’ll continue working, so we can pay off the house more quickly?
My husband and I are in our early 40s. We own our home outright, have no debt, and paid for college in cash. We’ve saved about $140,000 and would like to invest $100,000, but we’re not sure of the best way to do that.
I was overpaid SSDI by Social Security and am currently repaying it. Do I need to repay the overpayment before I can receive my retirement benefits?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Paying for College Through Military Service with Matt Bell

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 18 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

With college costs rising faster than inflation, many families feel cornered—scrambling for scholarships, stretching savings, or bracing for years of student loan payments. But there’s one meaningful option that often gets overlooked: military service.

For students who feel led to serve, military pathways can provide full tuition, a monthly stipend, and exceptional leadership development—all while graduating debt-free. Today, we sat down with Matt Bell, Managing Editor at Sound Mind Investing, to explore how these programs work and who they’re best suited for.

Matt brings a personal connection to this topic. One of his sons is currently attending the U.S. Air Force Academy, and his insight helped illuminate both the opportunity—and the responsibility—this path entails.

Why Military Education Pathways Are Often Missed

For the right student, military service can be a remarkable way to fund higher education. And that qualifier matters.

As Matt shared, these programs are designed for students who are willing to serve their country and take on demanding challenges. In return, the military offers generous education benefits through several primary pathways—most notably the U.S. Service Academies and the Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC).

Beyond the financial benefits, these programs offer leadership training and real-world experience that traditional colleges can’t replicate. Matt mentioned that his son is currently choosing between summer programs such as jump school, where cadets learn to parachute, and soaring school, which involves flying gliders. Those aren’t exactly typical college electives.

The U.S. Service Academies: What Families Should Know

There are five U.S. Service Academies:

At each academy, tuition, room, and board are fully covered, and students receive a monthly stipend. But admission is highly competitive. Some academies have acceptance rates as low as 9–10%.

Applicants are evaluated holistically. Strong academic performance, high SAT or ACT scores, physical fitness, athletic participation, and demonstrated leadership all matter. Character is essential as well—letters of recommendation play a key role.

And then there’s one more hurdle: a nomination from a member of Congress or the Vice President (required for all academies except the Coast Guard). That process alone requires early planning and persistence.

Graduates of the service academies don’t walk away with a “free” education—they earn it through service.

Typically, graduates commit to five years of active-duty service followed by three years in the reserves. Specific roles, such as pilots, require longer commitments—often up to ten years after specialized training.

All graduates are commissioned as officers, gaining leadership experience that opens doors to a wide range of future careers, both within and beyond the military.

ROTC: A Different—but Still Powerful—Option

ROTC offers another pathway and is available on more than 1,700 college campuses nationwide.

Unlike the academies, ROTC students experience a more traditional college environment. They typically wear uniforms one day a week rather than full-time, and they integrate military training alongside their academic studies.

ROTC scholarships can cover tuition and room and board, and graduates are commissioned at the same officer rank as academy graduates. Service commitments are generally slightly shorter, but the calling to serve remains central.

As appealing as debt-free college and leadership training may sound, there’s a sobering reality families must weigh carefully.

Choosing this path means committing to serve your country—and that includes the possibility of combat. This isn’t just a financial decision or a résumé booster. It requires discernment, maturity, conviction, and a willingness to place service above self.

Final Thoughts

Military education pathways are not for every student—but for the right one, they can be transformative. They offer freedom from student debt, unparalleled leadership development, and the opportunity to serve something greater than oneself.

As families prayerfully consider college decisions, this option deserves thoughtful, informed consideration—not just for what it provides, but for what it asks in return.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have Parkinson’s and will need to stop working soon. I live in a paid-off home, and I also own a beach property with a mortgage. Once I stop working, I won’t be able to afford that payment. The beach home has been on the market for over a year and a half without selling. If I allow the bank to foreclose on it, what are the consequences—especially when it comes to taxes and whether it could affect my primary residence?
I’m trying to understand whether a will is enough for my situation or if I need additional estate planning. I want to be sure my children receive everything I intend to leave to them.
I’m taking early retirement from the government and have just over $1 million in my Thrift Savings Plan (TSP). I’m in my early 50s and plan to focus full-time on caring for my family. I want guidance on how to proceed with that money.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Help the Poor this Christmas—and Beyond with Lisa Sheltra

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 17 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

The holidays naturally inspire generosity. As Christians, we feel a heightened awareness of need—empty tables, struggling families, and financial hardship made more visible by the contrast of celebration all around us. And that impulse to give is good.

But God calls us to something deeper.

True, Christ-centered generosity goes beyond a one-time act of charity. It invites us to walk alongside people in ways that restore dignity, build hope, and reflect God’s heart for renewal—not just during Christmas, but throughout the year.

To explore what that kind of generosity looks like in practice, we sat down with Lisa Sheltra, Director of Community Engagement at Salt & Light, a ministry committed to helping without hurting by empowering individuals rather than creating dependency.

A Biblical Vision for Deeper Generosity

Scripture sets the tone for how we approach generosity. “Let each of you look not only to his own interests, but also to the interests of others” (Philippians 2:4). That verse reminds us that generosity is inherently relational. It’s not just about meeting needs—it’s about entering into someone’s life with humility and care.

Lisa explained that while giving material help is often necessary, biblical generosity must flow from our relationship with Christ. God’s model for giving isn’t transactional. It’s restorative.

She pointed to John 3:16 as the ultimate framework for generosity. When God gave, He didn’t offer something temporary or superficial—He gave His Son to address our deepest brokenness and bring true flourishing. If our generosity reflects God’s heart, it should aim not only to relieve immediate pain but to support long-term restoration, reconciliation, and community.

Many churches and families feel pressure in December to focus heavily on relief efforts—food drives, toy collections, clothing donations. These are good and often necessary responses, especially in moments of crisis.

But Lisa cautioned that relief, by its nature, creates a giver-receiver imbalance. When relief becomes the default instead of the exception, it can unintentionally harm both sides of the relationship. It can reduce people to passive recipients and rob them of agency, dignity, and participation.

Relief is best understood as a tourniquet—it stops the bleeding in an emergency. But most ongoing struggles, including those we notice during the holidays, are not emergencies. They are development needs, requiring long-term walking together, not repeated short-term fixes.

Relief vs. Development: Understanding the Difference

Salt & Light works closely with principles championed by the Chalmers Center, which emphasizes the importance of distinguishing between relief and development.

Relief addresses urgent, immediate crises.
Development focuses on long-term growth, dignity, and restored relationships.

During the holidays, what looks like an emergency is often a symptom of a deeper, ongoing struggle. Repeated relief may feel satisfying to the giver, but it rarely moves families toward lasting stability or community.

Development, on the other hand, invites people to use their own gifts, make their own choices, and participate fully in solutions. It treats individuals not as problems to fix, but as image-bearers with capacity and value.

At Salt & Light, empowerment isn’t seasonal—it’s woven into everyday ministry. Participants invest in the program year-round and are treated not as charity cases, but as customers and guests with agency.

Rather than handing out preselected gifts, families can choose items for their loved ones. That choice matters deeply. Lisa shared that many participants have said, “This is the first Christmas in years I’ve been able to buy gifts for my family myself.”

That shift—from receiving charity to exercising choice—restores dignity in powerful ways.

A Better Path for Churches

For churches wanting to steward holiday generosity wisely, Lisa offered several practical insights:

Partner with ministries already practicing development. You don’t need to reinvent the wheel.
Encourage relational volunteering, not just donation drives.
Support year-round ministries, not just seasonal projects.
Use the holidays as an on-ramp, connecting people’s enthusiasm for giving to sustainable, ongoing involvement.

The goal isn’t to do more—it’s to do good in ways that last.

What This Looks Like for Individuals

Many believers want to help but fear causing harm. The answer isn’t to stop giving—it’s to give differently.

Lisa encouraged individuals to approach generosity with humility and a willingness to learn. We don’t need perfect solutions. We need presence, patience, listening ears, and respect for dignity.

She reminded us that kingdom impact isn’t measured by numbers alone. While it may feel impressive to count meals served or gifts distributed, God’s metrics are relational. Sometimes faithfulness looks like doing for one what we wish we could do for everyone.

When asked to leave listeners with one guiding principle beyond the Christmas season, Lisa said it simply and beautifully:

“See others as image-bearers of God—people with gifts, agency, and dignity. Come alongside them, not as fixers, but as fellow participants in God’s work of renewal.”

When we give in ways that honor dignity and foster genuine connection, we don’t just meet needs—we participate in God’s redemptive work.

To learn more about Salt & Light and their dignity-centered approach to helping others, visit SaltandLightMinistry.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I owned my land before I got married, and my husband isn’t on the deed. But after we got married, the tax office automatically added his name to the property tax statement. Do I have to list my spouse on the tax records if the land was paid for before marriage, and what steps do I need to take to have that changed?
I’m retired and recently sold a property because I’m no longer able to maintain it. I netted about $100,000 from the sale. My home and vehicles are paid off, and I have a small 401(k) of about $30,000 that I’m living on. I’m not sure what to do with the $100,000—what would you recommend?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Home Equity: The Most Overlooked Asset in Retirement Planning with Harlan Accola

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 16 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Many retirees today feel squeezed. Rising costs, fixed incomes, and market uncertainty can make the retirement years feel more fragile than expected. Yet for many households, one of their largest assets—their home—often sits unused in their financial plan.

For years, reverse mortgages carried a mixed reputation. But significant reforms over the last decade have reshaped the program, making today’s options safer, more flexible, and better aligned with thoughtful retirement planning. Today, we are joined by Harlan Accola, National Reverse Mortgage Director with Movement Mortgage, to explore how home equity can play a more intentional role in retirement.

Why Home Equity Is Often Overlooked

For many retirees, their home represents their single largest asset. Yet it’s frequently absent from retirement conversations.

One reason is perception. Outdated assumptions and negative press have long hampered reverse mortgages. Another reason is structural: many financial advisors simply aren’t trained—or compensated—to incorporate home equity into retirement planning. As a result, planning conversations often focus on investments, Social Security, pensions, and insurance, while equity is quietly ignored.

That oversight can create strain. When too much wealth is locked inside a home, retirees may feel cash-poor even while sitting on significant net worth—especially if they’re still making monthly mortgage payments.

Much of what people fear about reverse mortgages no longer applies. Major legislative reforms roughly a decade ago addressed earlier concerns and strengthened consumer protections. Today’s reverse mortgage programs are federally regulated and far more transparent.

In fact, recent industry surveys—including data from J.D. Power—show that more than 90% of reverse mortgage borrowers report being satisfied with their experience. As more people hear positive stories from neighbors and friends, perceptions continue to shift.

Key Benefits of Today’s Reverse Mortgages

The most immediate benefit for many retirees is simple: eliminating a monthly mortgage payment. I’ve spoken with retirees who are using a significant portion of their Social Security income just to cover housing costs. Removing that payment can dramatically improve monthly cash flow—even for those who technically “can afford” the payment.

Another powerful benefit is preparation. Long-term care remains one of the largest unfunded risks in retirement. For homeowners who have already paid off their house, a reverse mortgage can establish a guaranteed line of credit before it’s needed. Think of it as getting an umbrella before it starts raining—access to funds that can be used later if health care needs arise or unexpected expenses surface.

A Third Bucket in Retirement Planning

Traditionally, retirees think in terms of two buckets: income and investments. But home equity can function as a third.

The early years of retirement are often the most critical. Drawing too quickly from investments doesn’t just reduce the balance—it also eliminates years of future growth. By using home equity strategically, retirees may be able to reduce pressure on their investment portfolio, delay Social Security, and extend the longevity of their overall plan.

In many cases, this isn’t about necessity—it’s about stewardship. Rather than leaving a major asset idle or waiting until it must be accessed in distress, home equity can be used intentionally to support stability, flexibility, and peace of mind.

Reverse mortgages aren’t for everyone, and they should always be evaluated carefully within a broader financial plan. But for those in the later seasons of life—especially homeowners still making payments or struggling to meet monthly expenses—they can be a valuable option.

When used wisely, home equity isn’t about giving something up. It’s about stewarding what God has already entrusted to you, so your resources serve you well throughout retirement.

To learn more, visit Movement.com/Faith.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I own a small business with about 10 employees, and I’m looking to set up a 401(k). I’m not sure which type makes the most sense or how to get started—can you help point me in the right direction?
I’ve been furloughed, and I’m considering borrowing from my 401(k). I’m trying to understand the tax implications of taking out $50,000 and splitting it between 2025 and 2026. Would it be wiser to take half each year, especially given the uncertainty ahead?
I’m a widow with no children or close family. I’ve heard of revocable trusts and powers of attorney, and I’m trying to understand the difference between them. Specifically, how does having a power of attorney compare to setting up a revocable trust—especially if I were to become incapacitated?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

2025 Year-End Tax Tips with Kevin Cross

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 15 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

We’re deep into December, and the window for smart year-end tax planning is closing quickly. Taxes may not be at the top of your Christmas wish list, but they are an important reminder of God’s provision—and an opportunity to honor Him through wise stewardship.

As Scripture reminds us, “The earth is the Lord’s, and everything in it” (Psalm 24:1). That includes the resources He’s entrusted to us. Thoughtful planning isn’t about avoiding responsibility—it’s about managing God’s gifts with intention and gratitude.

Today, we sat down with Kevin Cross, a seasoned CPA who has helped countless families navigate taxes with clarity and confidence. As we approach December 31 and look ahead to 2026, here are some of the most important moves to consider.

Rethinking Charitable Giving at Year-End

Charitable giving is always close to the hearts of our listeners, and year-end is an especially strategic time to consider it.

Recent changes to the tax code—including a higher standard deduction and an expanded SALT (state and local tax) deduction—mean many households may now benefit from itemizing again. If that’s you, making charitable contributions before December 31 could provide meaningful tax benefits.

But even if your standard deduction is still too high to itemize, there’s another strategy worth considering: bundling your giving. Instead of spreading donations evenly each year, you might combine two years’ worth of giving into one year. That can push you over the itemization threshold and maximize the tax benefit—while still supporting the ministries and causes you care about.

Why a Donor-Advised Fund Is a Powerful Tool

If you don’t yet know precisely where you want to give, a donor-advised fund (DAF) can be an incredibly flexible option. We often call it a charitable checking account. You receive the tax deduction when you contribute to the fund, then take your time prayerfully distributing gifts to qualified charities.

Kevin likes to say it’s “the most fun fund you’ll ever have”—because it encourages generosity while allowing your resources to be invested and potentially grow before they’re given.

For those who want to ensure their giving supports gospel-centered ministries, I recommend opening a donor-advised fund through the National Christian Foundation (NCF). It’s a wonderful way to align generosity with faith-based impact. You can learn more at FaithFi.com/NCF.

A New Opportunity for Children and Grandchildren (Starting in 2026)

One of the most talked-about developments Kevin highlighted is a new child tax savings account (Trump Account), set to begin in 2026. While no action can be taken until then, it’s worth knowing what to expect.

Under this provision, eligible children may receive a government-funded seed contribution, and families can contribute up to $5,000 per year. Even more interesting: businesses may be able to contribute up to $2,500 tax-free under the right circumstances—while still receiving a deduction.

What makes this especially notable for generous families is that donor-advised funds may be used to contribute to these accounts, creating new ways to bless the next generation while maintaining a strong commitment to charitable giving. Proper planning and paperwork will be essential, but this is an opportunity many families will want to explore.

Qualified Charitable Distributions: A Missed Opportunity for Many

One of the most underutilized tax strategies Kevin sees involves Qualified Charitable Distributions (QCDs)—and it always surprises me how many people don’t know about them.

If you’re 70½ or older, you can give directly from your IRA to a qualified charity and exclude that distribution from taxable income. Once you reach the age for required minimum distributions (RMDs), this becomes even more powerful. Instead of taking the distribution, paying taxes, and then giving what’s left, you can give directly—often satisfying your RMD without increasing your tax bill.

And this isn’t limited to small amounts. You can give up to $100,000 per year through QCDs. It’s one of the most effective charitable strategies available, especially for retirees who want to give generously while managing their tax burden wisely.

Stewardship with Purpose

Taxes can feel complex, frustrating, or even discouraging—but they don’t have to be. When we view them through the lens of stewardship, they become another opportunity to align our financial decisions with God’s purposes.

Kevin Cross brings both expertise and encouragement to this conversation, reminding us that wise planning isn’t about fear—it’s about faithfulness. If you’d like to learn more about Kevin and his work, you can visit KevinCrossCPA.com.

As we close out the year, our prayer is that your financial decisions reflect gratitude for what God has provided—and confidence that He will continue to lead you as you steward it well.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have about $135,000 in my 401(k), and my home is worth around $100,000. Would it be advisable to cash out my 401(k) to pay off my house?
I was recently told about a fixed-rate annuity offering a 22% bonus immediately. Does that sound like a good opportunity, or is it too good to be true?
My mother-in-law, who’s still living, deeded my husband five and a half acres out of a 13-acre property. We’re considering selling that portion to his sister and want to understand the tax implications—what tax rate applies, whether there’s an inheritance tax, and how that works.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Have a Christ-Centered Christmas Without Overspending with Crystal Paine

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 12 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Christmas is meant to be a season of joy—but for many of us, it becomes a whirlwind of overspending, overcommitting, and feeling overwhelmed. The good news? It doesn’t have to be that way. With a bit of planning and the right perspective, you can slow down, simplify, and savor what truly matters.

Today, Crystal Payne—creator of MoneySavingMom.com—shared practical ways to simplify Christmas while keeping your heart centered on Christ. Here’s a look at her best advice for making this season more peaceful, meaningful, and budget-friendly.

Rediscover the Meaning of Christmas

Before diving into logistics or budgeting, Crystal encourages families to anchor the season in what matters most.

1. Practice Daily Advent Reflections

Her family uses Ann Voskamp’s Advent book, complete with ornaments and daily devotionals. The readings are short, kid-friendly, and a gentle, daily reminder of the story at the heart of Christmas.

2. Create a Family Giving Project

Every December, Crystal’s children choose a giving project—something meaningful to them—and the whole family contributes. The kids even make donation boxes and help gather change throughout the month. It’s a hands-on way to practice generosity and keep the focus on others.

Simplify Your Gift List

For many people, gift-giving is the biggest stressor in December.

Crystal recommends asking yourself:

Who do I feel I should buy for?
Who do I want to buy for?
What budget do I realistically have?

If your list and budget don’t match, consider simplifying:

Family gifts instead of individual gifts
Experience gifts rather than items
Homemade or low-cost gifts, especially for people who “have everything”

Crystal’s free Christmas guide at MoneySavingMom.com includes 15 simple DIY gift ideas—from movie-night boxes to Sharpie-designed mugs to homemade baked goods.

Keep Spending in Check

Overspending is easy at Christmas—but planning helps.

Save Throughout the Year

It’s too late for this season, but Crystal encourages starting a Christmas sinking fund in January. A little each month makes December much lighter.

Use Gift Cards as Your Budget

If you shop online, buying prepaid gift cards (or using ones earned through surveys or reward apps) helps you avoid overspending. When the card is empty, the shopping is done.

If money is tight this year, you still have wonderful options:

Homemade food gifts: cookie dough, loaves of bread, granola, sweet breads
Experience gifts: monthly treats, babysitting, laundry help, home-cooked meals
Sentimental gifts: photo books, recipe collections, handwritten letters

These gifts often mean more than store-bought items because they’re personal, thoughtful, and memorable.

Make Holiday Cooking Easier

Food prep can dominate December, but Crystal suggests planning ahead:

Make a list of everything you hope to cook
Shop ahead of time
Prep and freeze items like cookie dough, rolls, sweet breads, or desserts
Take shortcuts when needed—premade dough or bread can be inexpensive and time-saving

A few hours of prep can give you more space for the moments that matter.

Plan Meaningful Family Time (Without Overfilling Your Calendar)

Crystal offers several delightful ideas to create memories without adding stress.

1. Make a December Bucket List

Each family member chooses one or two special activities. That’s it. This keeps the schedule joyful rather than jam-packed—and ensures you’re doing what everyone actually values.

2. Wrap and Read Christmas Books

Wrap books you already own and open one each day in December. Kids love the anticipation, and it becomes a shared daily moment.

3. Celebrate Early as a Family

Because they travel to visit extended family, Crystal’s family sets aside a full “Christmas Day” together the week before. It allows them to savor time at home without rushing through traditions.

Stay Organized and Reduce Stress

Crystal’s top principle: Ask, “How can I make this easier?”

A few of her go-to strategies:

Write everything down – brain dump into Google Calendar so it’s not “living in your head.”
Time-block your to-dos – small chunks of planned tasks prevent last-minute chaos.
Share the workload – say “yes” when someone offers help. Ask guests to bring a dish. Let kids take part in preparations.

Simplifying isn’t just about doing less—it’s about doing what matters most with more peace.

Crystal’s brand-new resource includes:

15 DIY gift ideas
Food gifts, homemade gifts, and simple creative options
Ideas to simplify and save money this Christmas

You can download it for free at MoneySavingMom.com.

A Final Word

Crystal’s wisdom reminds us that Christmas doesn’t need to be hectic or expensive to be meaningful. With planning, intention, and a focus on Christ, you can give joyfully—not regretfully.

And if you’re looking for help managing your Christmas budget—or planning for any financial season—the FaithFi App can be a tremendous toolkit. It’s designed not just to track your spending, but to help you align every financial decision with biblical wisdom.

Download the FaithFi app at FaithFi.com or search FaithFi in your app store.

May your Christmas be simple, joyful, and centered on what matters most.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I recently learned that Illinois has an estate tax threshold of $4 million, and my estate is already above that and growing. What kind of planning should I be doing now to prepare for it?
What is the quickest and most affordable way to set up a durable power of attorney for financial, legal, and healthcare decisions?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Faith Shapes Every Financial Decision with Afton Phillips

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 11 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Faith shapes every part of life—not only what we believe, but how we spend, save, invest, and give. Every financial decision reveals something about what we value, trust, and treasure most. That’s why conversations about money are never just about budgets or balances; they’re deeply spiritual.

Today, Afton Phillips, our Head of Content at FaithFi, joins the show to talk about how our faith reshapes the way we steward God’s resources. This conversation grew out of our upcoming 21-day devotional, Our Ultimate Treasure, and the themes behind it.

The Heart Behind the New Devotional

Afton has been shaping this project from its earliest concept to its final pages. She shared that when she first joined FaithFi, she longed for a place where people could revisit core biblical principles—not simply hear them once, but reflect on them deeply.

“Money isn’t just about math,” Afton said. “It’s really about our hearts.”

The devotional walks readers through foundational truths:

God owns it all.
Money issues are heart issues.
Our financial lives are deeply connected to our spiritual formation.

If that’s true, then what we need isn’t a formula—it’s space with God. Scripture. Prayer. Reflection. This devotional is designed to help readers slow down long enough to allow God to reshape how they see and handle money.

Redefining Success: What We Surrender, Not What We Store

One of the early themes in Our Ultimate Treasure is the truth that God doesn’t measure success by what we store up, but by what we surrender.

We’re all tempted to believe that just a little more—more savings, more security, more achievement—will finally bring peace. But no amount of accumulation ever delivers the rest our souls crave.

True biblical success is about formation more than finances.

Are we growing in Christlikeness?
Are the fruits of the Spirit becoming more evident in our lives?
Are we learning to let go of fear, control, and comfort so God can shape us?

When surrender becomes the lens, money stops being a monument to ourselves and becomes a tool for becoming more like Jesus.

Restoring Purpose in Our Work

Another key section of the devotional explores a truth we often forget: work is not a curse—it’s a calling.

From the very beginning, God designed work as something good. Not something we merely do to earn or survive, but something through which we participate in His redemptive mission.

Your desk, job site, classroom, or kitchen table isn’t just a workplace—it’s holy ground. Your work is one of the primary arenas where God shapes your character and blesses others through you.

Why Margin Matters for Faithful Stewardship

Margin is one of the most important threads running through the entire devotional.

Afton put it simply:

“Margin creates space for God to move.”

When we max out:

our money
our time
our energy

We leave no room to listen, pause, or respond to God’s leading.

Margin isn’t restrictive. It’s freeing. It enables generosity, rest, trust, and wise decision-making. It’s one of the clearest marks of faithful stewardship.

The Power of Wise Counsel

Money can feel personal—sometimes even private. But Scripture is clear: we’re not meant to navigate finances alone.

Every day, callers to our program remind us how many people long for guidance, encouragement, and clarity. That’s why we devoted an entire day in the devotional to seeking wise counsel.

Afton shared:

“When we invite wise counsel into our lives, we begin to see things we might have missed.”

That’s also why Certified Kingdom Advisors (CKA) exist—to help believers apply biblical principles to their real-life financial situations. You can find one at FindaCKA.com.

Generosity Rooted in Grace, Not Guilt

If there’s a single thread that runs through the whole devotional, it’s generosity.

But not guilt-driven generosity. Grace-driven generosity.

We give because God has first given to us—lavishly, sacrificially, joyfully. When we understand His grace, generosity becomes something we get to do, not something we feel pressured into.

Every act of giving becomes an act of worship.

A Devotional Designed for Reflection, Beauty, and Formation

One of the most unique aspects of Our Ultimate Treasure is its built-in rhythm of reflection.

Each day includes:

Scripture
A devotional
Guided reflection questions
A written prayer
Beautiful, thoughtful imagery

The artwork itself invites contemplation. Everyday images—like a simple desk—are visually transformed to reflect biblical truth, reminding readers that God reshapes the way we see everything, even our work and money.

This devotional was designed not just to be read, but to be experienced.

Finishing with What Truly Lasts: Eternal Rewards

The final day draws us back to what matters most: our ultimate treasure is Christ Himself.

Earthly wealth fades. Opportunities change. Seasons shift. But our life in Christ—His presence, His love, His Kingdom—endures forever. Afton summed it up beautifully:

“What are we investing in that will matter in a thousand years? That’s eternal treasure.”

Experience Our Ultimate Treasure

If you’d like to journey through this 21-day devotional yourself, we would love to send it to you as part of the FaithFi Partner Program.

With a monthly gift of $35 or a one-time gift of $400, you’ll receive year-long benefits, including early access to studies, devotionals, and our Faithful Steward magazine.

You can learn more at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have Roth and traditional IRAs, plus taxable investments with large capital gains. My advisor suggested direct indexing last year, so I opened a small-cap account. It’s up slightly overall but includes about a 19% loss I could use to offset gains. I also give appreciated stock to charity, but I need some funds for living expenses. My question is: Is direct indexing a biblically sound strategy, or is it problematic in any way? And how do you tell the brokerage which companies you don’t want to own? Do you specify which types of businesses to exclude?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Smart Year-End Financial Moves with Cole Pearson

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 10 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

As the year winds down, most of us feel the crunch of holiday travel, family gatherings, and a calendar that fills up faster than we expect. But this season also offers something incredibly valuable: a natural pause. A moment to look back, look ahead, and make sure our financial lives still reflect the things—and the people—we care about most.

To help us think through this year-end reset, we sat down with Cole Pearson, President of Investment Solutions at OneAscent, a family of companies committed to helping believers invest in alignment with biblical values. Cole shares practical, hope-filled steps to set your finances on a firm footing as you head into a new year.

Start With What Matters Most: Your Values

Before crunching numbers or updating accounts, Cole suggests beginning with the why behind your financial decisions.

“As the year winds down,” he says, “it’s the perfect time to pause and make sure our financial life still reflects our actual life—our goals and values.”

This is the heart of wise stewardship. Money isn’t the goal; it’s a tool. And when our tools aren’t aligned with what matters most, our decisions can drift.

Cole encourages families to sit down—whether with a spouse, children, or even a financial advisor—and ask a simple but powerful question:

“What is most important for us to reflect through our financial life?”

These conversations reconnect us with the things God has entrusted to us: people, opportunities, relationships, and resources. When your values are clear, your financial decisions begin to tell a consistent story.

The Three Lenses for a Year-End Checkup

To help families gain clarity, OneAscent uses three helpful “lenses” that offer a holistic view of stewardship. Each one enables you to assess where you are and where God may be inviting you to grow.

1. Perspectives: How You Think and Feel About Money

Every financial decision begins with a mindset. Do you naturally want to give? Save? Spend? Invest?

None of these instincts is wrong—money is simply a tool. But understanding how God has wired you helps you use that tool intentionally rather than reactively.

2. Priorities: What Matters Most to Your Family

Once your perspectives are clear, it’s time to identify your priorities.

Is this season about legacy?
Providing stability for your family?
Creating margin for relationships?
Leaning more fully into generosity?

“When you know your top priorities,” Cole says, “you can give every dollar a job. It brings focus and direction to your plan.”

3. Milestones: What’s Changing in Your Life?

The end of the year is a great time to reflect on transitions:

A new job
A retirement
A new child or grandchild
A loss in the family
A health change

Life transitions always put money in motion. Recognizing them early allows you to adjust your financial plan before drifting off course.

Together, perspectives, priorities, and milestones provide a complete picture of your financial health—and help ensure your plans align with your values.

Preparing for the Year Ahead Through Intentional Generosity

For many families, generosity naturally comes up during year-end reflections. The holidays remind us that giving is both worship and witness—an expression of God’s grace through us.

Cole encourages families to approach generosity as intentionally as investing.

“Whether you’re investing or giving,” he says, “we think of both as investing God’s resources. We want all of it moving in the same direction—reflecting the same values.”

Talking about generosity as a family:

Fosters unity
Clarifies your shared purpose
Creates a legacy of open-handed living

This is a season when many families give. But it’s also the perfect time to ask:

“How can our giving reflect what we believe most deeply?”

Considering Faith-Based Investing in 2026

Some listeners may be feeling a nudge toward Faith-Based Investing in the coming year. If so, Cole suggests an easy first step: screen your current portfolio.

“Start by asking what you’re invested in that may not align with your faith,” he says. Screening helps identify areas where your dollars are unintentionally supporting companies or causes that conflict with biblical values.

From there, you can begin redirecting your investments toward companies that create blessing, contribute to human flourishing, and reflect God’s heart.

This simple exercise can lead to a powerful sense of alignment between your faith and your finances.

Explore Values-Aligned Investing With OneAscent

OneAscent exists to help believers invest with clarity and conviction—directing capital toward companies that make a positive impact and reflect biblical values. To learn more or begin screening your own portfolio, visit: OneAscent.com/FaithFi.

It’s a great next step as you prepare to start a new year with purpose, unity, and renewed stewardship.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been offered a small settlement after several years of litigation. My attorney recommends taking it rather than dragging things out, but I’m unsure whether to accept or keep fighting. What’s your advice?
I started collecting Social Security at 65, but I keep getting emails saying Donald Trump will end Social Security and raise the retirement age to 70. Even Social Security couldn’t confirm anything. I’m worried—what should I do if those benefits disappear?
I’m almost 62 and considering taking Social Security early at $1,800 instead of waiting until 67 for $2,400. I’ve heard the break-even point means waiting may not pay off. If I keep working and invest the benefits, how does that affect things? Should I take it now or hold off?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The One Big Beautiful Bill: What It Means for Your Giving with Bruce McKee

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 9 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

New tax laws are on the horizon—and they could significantly influence the way you give. The recently passed One Big, Beautiful Bill Act (often shortened to the OBBBA) introduces several changes that affect charitable givers today and in the years to come.

To help unpack these shifts, we sat down with Bruce McKee, attorney and Senior Vice President of Complex Gifts at the National Christian Foundation (NCF).

What the OBBBA Actually Does

Despite its cheerful name, the OBBBA carries serious implications for donors. Bruce explains that the bill makes permanent many provisions that were originally scheduled to expire at the end of 2025 under the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Key extensions include:

Higher standard deductions
Higher estate tax exclusions
New deduction floors for charitable gifts
A new limit on itemized deductions
Extended business deductions
Updated rules for university endowment taxes

These changes will affect different givers differently, but nearly everyone will feel the impact of the new standard deduction.

The Standard Deduction Gets Bigger—Again

This update alone affects roughly 90% of taxpayers.

The OBBBA permanently extends the increased standard deduction and even boosts it for the 2025 tax year:

Individuals: $15,750
Married couples filing jointly: $31,500

Because the standard deduction is now higher, fewer people will itemize. And when giving is lumped under the standard deduction, charitable gifts are no longer deductible.

But there’s a powerful workaround.

If you want to maximize your tax benefits while maintaining your giving rhythms, “bunching” can help. Bunching means:

Grouping several years’ worth of charitable gifts into a single tax year
Itemizing in that year, instead of taking the standard deduction
Using a donor-advised fund (DAF)—such as an NCF Giving Fund—to distribute gifts gradually over future years

A giving fund works like a charitable checking account—a powerful tool for strategic, tax-efficient generosity. Bunching is especially impactful when paired with gifts of appreciated assets.

New Charitable Deduction Floors Coming in 2026

Beginning in 2026, charitable deductions will include a “floor”—a small portion of giving that won’t be deductible at all.

For Individuals

Only the amount of charitable giving above 0.5% of your Adjusted Gross Income (AGI) will be deductible. Here’s an example:

AGI = $200,000
0.5% floor = $1,000

Whether you give $20,000 or $40,000, the first $1,000 is not deductible.

For Corporations

A similar rule applies, but the floor is 1% of taxable income.

Why This Matters

This floor means that givers with large AGIs—especially in high-income years—should consider giving earlier, before 2026 arrives. Strategic timing will matter more than ever.

Even high-capacity donors who itemize may benefit from bunching in alternating years.

New Limits on Itemized Deductions

The OBBBA also introduces a “haircut” affecting all itemized deductions—not just charitable ones.

Because the highest tax bracket (37%) is now permanent, itemized deductions typically reduce income taxed at that rate. But beginning in 2026:

Deductions in the highest bracket will be valued at 35 cents per dollar, not 37.

It’s a relatively small shift, but it slightly increases tax liability and adds another layer of planning complexity. Once again, Bruce recommends intentionally reviewing giving strategies before the 2025 year closes.

Estate and Gift Tax Exclusions: Higher and More Stable

The OBBBA also stabilizes estate planning by raising the estate and gift tax exemption to:

$15 million per individual
$30 million for married couples

These thresholds—once set to sunset back to near half—are now permanent (as permanent as tax law can be). This gives families greater clarity as they plan inheritances and consider charitable tools like trusts or family foundations.

When people settle their estate planning, it often helps them focus their hearts on where God is calling them to give—what Ron Blue usually describes as “giving while you’re living so you’re knowing where it’s going.”

Good News for Non-Itemizers: The Above-the-Line Charitable Deduction Returns

Beginning soon, non-itemizers will be able to deduct modest charitable amounts:

$1,000 for individuals
$2,000 for married couples filing jointly

This applies to cash gifts made to churches and public charities. It’s a welcome incentive for households that rely on the standard deduction.

Navigating Change with Wisdom

The tax landscape may shift, but God’s call to generosity never does. Thoughtful planning ensures you can give joyfully, efficiently, and impactfully.

If you want to steward God's resources with greater intentionality, a Giving Fund through the National Christian Foundation can help you:

Maximize tax benefits
Simplify your giving
Support ministries you love
Invest funds for future generosity

You can open one in just a few minutes at FaithFi.com/NCF.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are turning 68 and need to move from our two-story home into a one-story house. We’re considering new construction, but we’d either need a small mortgage or withdraw $50–60,000 from our 401(k). Our income is stable—he gets $3,000 from Social Security, and I make about $2,000. We manage fine month to month. Which option makes more sense?
I’m 73, single, living on Social Security with excellent credit and no debt besides a small monthly charge card. I’m looking into either a HELOC or another home-equity option so I can access some of my home’s value to help others before I pass away. What’s the best way to proceed?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Finding Hope in the Hard Things with Katherine Wolf

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 8 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

When hope is tied only to a desired outcome, disappointment becomes inevitable. Katherine Wolf knows this truth more personally than most. At just 26, with a newborn in her arms and a lifetime ahead of her, she suffered a massive and unexpected stroke that changed everything.

Today, through her writing, speaking, and nonprofit ministry Hope Heals, Katherine invites others into a deeper, sturdier hope—one that can withstand even the darkest valleys.

On today’s show, she joins us to share her journey: how suffering reshaped her faith, her understanding of God’s goodness, and even her family’s finances.

A Life Forever Changed

In 2008, without warning or symptoms, Katherine experienced a catastrophic brainstem stroke caused by a congenital condition she never knew she had—an arterial venous malformation (AVM). Overnight, she went from fully able-bodied to fighting for her life.

A 16-hour surgery saved her, but her new reality included significant impairments. Today, she uses a wheelchair, has facial paralysis, reduced function in her right hand, and additional physical limitations. Still, she radiates joy and purpose.

“I did live—and I’m doing great,” she says with her trademark resilience.

Katherine describes the stroke as the moment “the pebble hit the metal”—a collision between everything she had learned about Jesus and the hardest chapter of her life.

Years of Scripture, sermons, prayer, and discipleship prepared her for a moment she never imagined. “This is no longer a drill,” she remembers telling herself. Her long walk with Christ, though imperfect, had built a foundation strong enough to stand when everything else fell apart.

In her memoir Hope Heals, she writes that suffering is not the end of the story—but the beginning of a new one. Christian hope does not deny pain; it declares that pain will not have the final word.

Katherine’s more recent book, Treasures in the Dark, draws from Isaiah 45:3—God’s promise to give “hidden treasure” in the shadows of our lives so we might know Him more deeply.

“If we must walk through darkness—and we all do at some point—why not gather the treasure God has placed there?” she asks. In other words, don’t waste your pain. Let God use it to form you, deepen you, and show you His faithfulness in ways comfort never could.

Hope Heals: A Ministry Born from Suffering

One of the greatest treasures to emerge from Katherine’s hardship is Hope Heals, the nonprofit she and her husband, Jay, founded.

Hope Heals Camp

Their flagship outreach is a fully scholarship-supported summer camp for families affected by disability. Guests experience rest, community, and the love of Christ through what Katherine calls “inter-ability community”—people with and without disabilities sharing life together.

Volunteers and families leave forever changed. The joy is contagious.

Mend Coffee Shop

In Atlanta’s Buckhead neighborhood, Hope Heals also operates Mend, a universally accessible coffee shop that employs people with disabilities and creates a space where everyone belongs.

Katherine describes both initiatives as “glorious,” a word she uses often—and always with delight.

The Financial Realities of Suffering

Medical crises don’t just affect the body; they often reshape a family’s finances. Katherine knows this firsthand.

When disability or sudden illness enters a story, she notes, “the finances can be ravaged.” Many families drain savings, take on debt, or scramble to fund treatments and therapies.

But Katherine also speaks about “invisible wheelchairs”—the unseen burdens that hold people back. Financial instability, she says, can be one of the most crippling.

Her encouragement? Everyone carries some kind of hardship. You are not alone. God gives us community and wisdom so we don’t walk these valleys in isolation.

For Katherine, surrender has become a central theme of her spiritual life, including how she views money.

“Surrender is relief,” she says. “It’s not God binding us up—it’s letting Him take the wheel.”

This posture doesn’t magically erase financial challenges, but it reframes them. It anchors us in trust rather than fear. And it reminds us that provision comes from God, not our own strength.

Hope for Anyone Facing Uncertainty

Katherine’s story speaks to those walking through overwhelming medical challenges—but her final encouragement reaches everyone, regardless of circumstances.

Trusting God means you don’t have to live afraid of what may happen next.
Your circumstances may feel anything but okay, but when Christ lives in you, the deepest good in your life is already secure.

“The good things of God,” she says, “are not external—they’re inside of you when you know Him.”

That truth allows us to face uncertainty with confidence, surrender our financial fears, and discover a hope that holds—no matter the storm.

Learn More

To explore Katherine’s ministry or support her work, visit HopeHeals.com.

If you're near Atlanta, stop by Mend coffee shop in Buckhead—a place of belonging, beauty, and community.

Katherine will also be speaking at the upcoming Kingdom Advisors Conference, where thousands of financial professionals gather to grow in biblical wisdom and stewardship. Learn more at RedeemingMoney.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I invested based on the advice of a family friend who said it was guaranteed, but I lost $15,000. I’m single, I don’t have much, and I was expecting this investment to return about $25,000. Now I’m just praying I’ll have enough for rent next month. I’m calling to ask how I can recover from something like this.
I have some real estate properties I want to leave to my children, and I’ve heard that putting them in a trust can help avoid capital gains. Do I need a trust for that? And should I also have a will?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Spiritual Practices Can Transform Your Investing with Tim Macready

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 5 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

We check the markets often—but how often do we check our hearts? Most of us approach investing with calculators, not character. Yet Scripture calls us to a deeper way. What if investing isn’t just a financial activity but a spiritual practice—one that shapes who we’re becoming?

Tim McCready, Head of Global Advisory at BrightLight (part of the Eversource Wealth Advisors team), has been helping both Kingdom Advisors and FaithFi develop a theological framework for investing that aligns our portfolios—and our hearts—with God’s purposes. His recent work explores how timeless spiritual disciplines can transform how believers think about investing.

Why Investing Requires a Spiritual Lens

Tim begins with Jesus’ words in Matthew 6: “Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” That’s not just a warning—it’s an insight into spiritual formation.

“Our investment decisions aren’t just a reflection of faithfulness,” Tim says. “They’re shaping who we’re becoming as we seek to be like Jesus.”

When we invite God into our investment decisions, investing becomes more than strategy—it becomes worship. It becomes one more place where we ask God to form us into faithful stewards.

The Ignatian Prayer of Examen—For Investors

One of the most compelling ideas Tim introduces is applying the historic Ignatian prayer of examen to our portfolios.

For centuries, believers have ended their day with this reflective practice—examining God’s presence, confessing sin, noticing grace, and preparing for tomorrow.

Tim suggests: What if investors practiced something similar?

Rather than viewing portfolios strictly through analysis or performance, the examen helps us approach them with discernment, surrender, and spiritual attentiveness.

Step One: Gratitude

Gratitude quiets the noise and recenters us on God’s generosity. Before looking at performance or market movements, Tim encourages investors to pause and thank God for His provision.

It might sound something like:

“Heavenly Father, thank You for the gifts You’ve entrusted to me—including my investment portfolio. Speak to me about my stewardship, challenge me, and remind me of Your faithfulness as I draw near to You.”

Gratitude reframes everything. It reminds us that portfolios are gifts to steward—not trophies to admire nor securities to cling to.

Step Two: Review

Just as the daily examen invites believers to review their day, the investing examen invites us to review each line of our portfolio with prayerful reflection.

This simple discipline lifts our eyes beyond numbers to the impact our investments have on people, communities, and the world.

As Tim notes, “We may find both joy and conviction—joy where God is pleased, and invitation where He’s calling us to change.”

Step Three: Repentance and Renewal

This is where the examen moves from reflection to transformation.

Perhaps we discover that we’ve placed too much security in our portfolio. Perhaps a certain investment feels misaligned with God’s desires. Perhaps God prompts us toward greater generosity.

Repentance helps us acknowledge these areas honestly—and renewal invites us to receive God’s forgiveness and step forward in faith.

A simple prayer might be:

“Gracious Provider, rule over every part of my life, including my investments. Forgive me for trusting wealth over You. Give me courage to act where You lead, and joy in following Your plan for my life.”

This step reorients our trust away from the market and back toward the One who “owns the cattle on a thousand hills.” (Psalm 50:10)

Step Four: Community and Accountability

Though investing can feel private, it was never meant to be isolated.

We grow best in community. Sharing a budget or portfolio with a trusted friend or mentor is humbling—but powerful. Accountability exposes blind spots, clarifies values, and encourages faithfulness.

Whether through a small group, a stewardship class, or a community like the FaithFi app, transparency invites God’s wisdom through God’s people.

Step Five: Fasting from Market Noise

We live in an era of constant market updates, by the day, hour, and minute. Tim points out that this flood of data gives the illusion of control while feeding anxiety.

A spiritual practice of “fasting” from market noise—checking less often, turning off notifications, stepping back from constant updates—helps us rest in God’s provision instead of reacting to every market swing.

Jesus’ question echoes here: “Who of you by worrying can add a single hour to his life?” (Matthew 6:27) Or, as Tim puts it, “add a single cent to your portfolio?”

Step Six: Service

Spiritually formed investors naturally turn outward. Financial experience is a gift meant to serve others—whether through mentoring, teaching budgeting, serving on a church finance committee, or helping younger believers develop healthy habits.

Service transforms stewardship from something we manage to something we multiply.

A Holistic Vision of Faithful Investing

When we bring together gratitude, review, repentance, community, fasting, and service, we begin to see investing not as a sterile financial exercise but as a rhythm of worship.

“Investing is faithfulness,” Tim reminds us. “It forms us. It shapes us as disciples. A biblical approach to investing isn’t measured only by returns, but by spiritual formation.”

In other words, investing becomes a way to follow Jesus. A biblical worldview of investing doesn’t start with performance—it begins with the heart. When we invite God into our investing, He uses even financial decisions to form us into the likeness of Christ.

May our portfolios—and our hearts—reflect the One who has entrusted everything to us.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I worked hard to raise my credit score to about 730, but a miscommunication with my student loan led to a late payment and brought it down to 548. The issue is fixed, and the account is current, but my score is still low. How long will it take to recover if I keep making on-time payments?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Introducing AdelFi Christian Banking with Aaron Caid

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 4 Dec 2025 05:00:00 +0000

When two faith-based financial institutions come together, the goal isn’t simply to grow in size—it’s to grow in Kingdom impact. That’s precisely what’s taking place with the launch of AdelFi Christian Banking, a newly unified identity shaped by a shared mission to honor Christ and serve His people.

Recently, we sat down with Aaron Caid, Chief Marketing Officer at AdelFi Christian Banking, to talk about how this merger came together, why the new name matters, and what it means for Christians who want their finances to reflect their faith.

A New Identity Rooted in Scripture

According to Caid, the new name is much more than rebranding—it’s a declaration of purpose.

“Our new name and identity are a visual representation of what we desire to accomplish with the merger,” he explains. The name AdelFi is derived from the Greek word adelphos, which is used more than 300 times in the New Testament to describe brothers and sisters in Christ.

“That’s who we are,” Caid says. “Staff, members, and ministries—coming together as a family of believers to build a financial institution centered on Christ and dedicated to advancing God’s Kingdom.”

The addition of the phrase “Christian Banking” is equally intentional—a bold statement about who they serve and the mission that drives them.

The merger was completed on December 1, and throughout 2026, AdelFi Christian Banking will progressively roll out its new brand identity. Milestones include a new website in Q2 and an enhanced digital banking experience in Q3.

Combining Strengths for Greater Kingdom Impact

What happens when two long-standing Christian credit unions combine their gifts and experience? Caid says the result is far more powerful than the sum of its parts.

Both AdelFi and Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU) bring decades of ministry-focused service—over 125 years combined. Each also carries a unique tradition of generosity:

AdelFi tithes 10% of its earnings to Christian ministries and mission-sending organizations.
CCCU donates a portion of every debit and credit card swipe to Christian causes—over $6.5 million given to date.

“Together, we will amplify our giving,” Caid notes. “And with our union, we will form the nation’s largest Christian credit union, creating a digital-forward banking experience that honors God and meets members wherever they are.”

The merger also expands lending capacity for churches, ministries, and Christian businesses—allowing more Kingdom-minded projects to flourish.

Strengthening the Christian Banking Movement

Christian banking is still a small, often overlooked sector. But Caid believes this merger marks a turning point.

“Most Americans don’t even know a Christian banking option exists,” he says. “By merging, we’re aligning resources to create more awareness, more growth, and more impact.”

With AdelFi Christian Banking emerging as the clear leader in this space, Caid hopes believers increasingly see banking as an area of stewardship—not just convenience.

“Our desire is to be the go-to financial solution for Christ followers who seek to align their finances with their faith,” he says. “We want to help steward God’s resources to His glory.”

Why Christian Banking Is Countercultural—and Needed

Caid acknowledges that choosing a Christian financial institution is, in many ways, a countercultural move.

“We’ve seen a major shift among Christians who are fed up with secular banks using their funds for causes that don’t align with their values,” he explains.

Believers want their money—God’s money—to be managed with integrity and used to advance gospel-centered work.

“That’s why we’re boldly stating there is a quality alternative,” Caid says. “A place where your finances are stewarded in ways that reflect biblical priorities, not worldly ones.”

The creation of AdelFi Christian Banking reflects a unified vision, a strengthened mission, and a renewed commitment to serving Christ’s people well. For those seeking to align their financial lives with their faith, this merger offers a meaningful way forward.

To learn more about AdelFi Christian Banking or explore opening an account, visit: FaithFi.com/Banking.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I was offered a $45,000 loan at 8.675% for 20 years. I could use it to pay off two loans—one at 10.44% and one at 9.84%—and still have $15,000 left over. If I then put an extra $300 a month toward the new loan, is this a good deal?
I’m 65 with a little over $1 million in a traditional IRA. Should I start converting some of it to a Roth before I have to take RMDs at 73?
I budgeted $25,000 for a remodel. The contractor offered 0% financing for 72 months, bringing the cost to $21,000 with a $3,000 down payment—or I could pay cash and get an extra 5% discount by putting $6,000 down. Should I take the 0% option to keep more cash on hand? And will it affect my credit score?
We owe $56,000 on our mortgage. I could pull from my retirement to pay it off, but that would nearly drain the account. Would it be wise to do that and then redirect the mortgage payment into investing?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

From Burnout to Biblical Rest with Carey Nieuwhof

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 3 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Are you living at your best—or simply getting by? For many believers, chronic exhaustion has become a quiet norm. Yet Scripture reminds us that burnout isn’t a badge of honor. It’s a warning light. When life feels out of balance, it may be a sign we’re pushing beyond the limits God lovingly designed for our good.

Today, we sat down with Carey Nieuwhof—pastor, bestselling author of At Your Best: How to Get Time, Energy, and Priorities Working in Your Favor, leadership expert, and host of the Carey Nieuwhof Leadership Podcast, as well as the founding pastor of Connexus Church—to talk about how Christians can pursue biblical rest and renewed purpose. Carey’s insights come not from theory, but from the deepest valley of personal experience.

When Success Masks Exhaustion

Carey’s story began two decades ago, during a season of explosive ministry growth. His church was thriving, opportunities were multiplying, and by every outward measure, life was “on top.” But amid this success, his inner world was collapsing.

After returning from a high-profile speaking event, Carey hit a wall:

“It was like I fell off a cliff. I lost motivation, passion, and energy. I met all the symptoms of clinical depression. My body declared a finish line I had refused to acknowledge.”

People around him saw the signs. He didn’t. And that’s often the story behind burnout—others notice the warning lights long before we do.

Carey describes burnout as “the gap between what you’re capable of and what you’re carrying.” Early in ministry, he assumed that increasing responsibility meant increasing hours. It was an unsustainable equation.

Yet today, two decades later, he leads a much larger platform with far more influence—without living exhausted. Why? Because he restructured his life around a biblical rhythm of rest, limits, and intentional focus.

Managing Energy, Not Just Time

Many Christians feel that better time management will fix their overload. But as Carey points out, time is a fixed asset—everyone gets the same 24 hours. Energy, however, rises and falls.

Every person has what Carey calls a “green zone”—a few hours each day when they are at their best mentally, emotionally, and spiritually. For him, it’s morning. For others, it might be midday or evening.

His challenge is simple: Do what you’re best at when you’re at your best.

When he writes in his green zone, he gets exponential results. When he tries the same work in his “red zone,” productivity crashes. This principle applies to everyone—from CEOs to parents, pastors, and business owners.

Stewarding energy also requires boundaries. That means saying no—not out of selfishness, but out of faithfulness.

Carey explains:

Saying yes to every request eventually forces you to say no to the people who matter most.
Delegation is a spiritual discipline.
Some opportunities, even good ones, don’t align with God’s call in a particular season.

By categorizing his decisions—like eliminating breakfast meetings that compete with his green zone—Carey reclaimed the margin he had been missing for years.

Rest Is Not a Reward—It’s Design

For many Christians, rest feels like something we “earn” after working ourselves to the edge. But biblically, rest is part of our calling.

Carey describes Sabbath not just as rehab after exhaustion, but prehab—something that prepares and strengthens us for faithful work. He points to the way elite athletes build rhythms of sleep, diet, and intentional recovery before they step onto the court.

Even God modeled this for us—delighting in His creation and resting not from exhaustion but from joyful completeness.

For Carey, the principles of rest and margin extend well beyond the calendar.

A free Saturday protects family time. A healthy emergency fund protects the home from crisis. Limits are not restrictions—they are blessings that allow us to flourish.

Margin creates room to love well, give freely, and listen to God’s direction.

Living at Your Best

Carey’s journey from burnout to renewal is a grace-filled reminder: God never asked us to outrun His design.

He calls us to work diligently, rest faithfully, and live within the good limits He created for our flourishing. Carey’s whole story—and the principles he teaches in his book At Your Best—offer a roadmap for anyone seeking balance, health, and spiritual renewal.

For more wisdom from Carey Nieuwhof, explore his book At Your Best and visit the Carey Nieuwhof Leadership Podcast. And if you’re an advisor, he’ll be joining us at Redeeming Money, our conference for financial professionals, in February.

May you learn to live—not at your limit—but at your best, in the freedom and rest God provides.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Can you explain the pros and cons of taking Social Security at 62 versus waiting until full retirement age? By 62, I’ll be mostly debt-free, and since longevity doesn’t run in my family, I’m wondering if it makes sense to claim early while my quality of life is higher and still work within the income limits.
When should someone update their will? I’m 58, debt-free, still working, and have a solid 401(k). Should I consider setting up a trust, and how do I know when that becomes the wise choice, especially since it costs more?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Giving Wisely This Giving Tuesday and Beyond with Al Mueller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 2 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Giving Tuesday has become a global moment to celebrate generosity. But for believers, it can be much more than a once-a-year opportunity to give. It can become a catalyst to cultivate a lifestyle of intentional, joy-filled stewardship all year long.

Today, we explore how to give with both heart and wisdom—so that our generosity reflects God’s purposes, not merely the moment. Joining the conversation is Al Mueller, founder and CEO of Excellence in Giving and former executive with Morgan Stanley and UBS.

Beyond the Moment: What Giving Tuesday Really Represents

For Al Mueller, Giving Tuesday is more than a charitable trend—it’s an invitation.

“Giving Tuesday is a great opportunity to begin acting on generosity,” he says, “but it’s also a moment to pause and align with God’s purposes.” Al reminds us of Paul’s words in 2 Corinthians 9:7: “Each one must give as he has decided in his heart… for God loves a cheerful giver.”

In other words, generosity is more than an impulse. It is an act of worship. Giving Tuesday can be a spark, but intentional stewardship is the flame that keeps burning throughout the year.

Al summarizes biblical giving with a simple idea: “God gave us both a head and a heart—He didn’t say pick one.”

Wise stewardship holds both together:

The heart expresses compassion, joy, and worship.
The head evaluates impact, effectiveness, and alignment with God’s purposes.

Stewardship looks at the Kingdom outcomes we long to see and asks how we can best contribute to them. Some giving is planned, some spontaneous—but all of it can be intentional.

Helping Donors Give With Excellence

At Excellence in Giving, Al and his team equip high-capacity givers—often those giving $1 million or more annually—to make well-informed, impactful decisions. They offer research, due diligence, and accountability that help donors shift from reactive to proactive giving.

But these principles, Al emphasizes, are not reserved for the ultra-wealthy.

“Everyone can do their own homework,” he says. “Everyone can ask good questions. Everyone can give intentionally.”

Whether you’re giving $50 or $50,000, evaluating ministries wisely matters. Al recommends starting with three core questions:

What problem is the ministry trying to solve?
What do they believe is the root cause of that problem?
What measurable results have they seen?

Healthy ministries provide clear reporting, measurable outcomes, and transparent leadership. They welcome questions and view accountability as part of discipleship.

Key indicators to review include:

Leadership stability
Donor and staff retention
Clear communication
Transparent financial practices
Evidence of life change

Strong ministries don’t hide their results—they celebrate them.

Red Flags: When to Think Twice

Just as there are markers of strong ministries, there are warning signs that should prompt caution:

Vague vision without a clear plan
Emotional pressure or over-spiritualizing results
Lack of reporting or unwillingness to share outcomes
Over-dependence on a single donor
Repeated urgent appeals for funds

Al calls vague visions “ministry hallucinations”—dreams without blueprints. Just as you wouldn’t build a house without plans, you shouldn’t fund ministry without clarity.

A Growing Trend: Collaborative Giving

One of the most exciting developments in philanthropy today is collaborative giving—donors pooling resources to make a larger, more strategic impact.

Pooling resources:

Helps ministries secure larger grants
Reduces duplication
Saves ministries' valuable time
Strengthens unity within the body of Christ

“This model lets donors and ministries accomplish something bigger together,” Al explains.

No donor wants to micromanage, and no ministry seeks to be controlled. But accountability doesn’t mean control—it means clarity.

Al puts it this way: “Accountability is information given, not control taken.”

Trust grows when ministries offer clear plans, measurable results, and honest reporting—what Al calls “a form of blessing” to donors.

The Next Generation of Givers

Younger donors give differently than their parents do. They are:

More global in perspective
More results-oriented
More experiential—they want site visits and direct engagement
Motivated by conviction rather than obligation
Passionate about transparency and impact

Al believes this next generation will reshape Christian generosity—mainly as significant wealth transfers occur in the coming decades.

Al concludes with a powerful insight: there is a meaningful difference between being generous and being a steward.

In the first century, a steward managed the household, finances, and fields on behalf of the master. The steward’s job was simple: to know the heart of the master and act accordingly.

Stewardship today means:

Recognizing God owns it all
Seeking His desires for His resources
Giving with discernment
Aiming to hear, “Well done, good and faithful servant.”

Generosity is beautiful—but stewardship is a calling.

Growing in Intentional Generosity

Whether you’re giving on Giving Tuesday or cultivating lifelong generosity, the call is the same: give with joy, wisdom, and purpose.

If you want to explore tools to help you give more strategically, you can learn more at ExcellenceInGiving.com. And if you’d like to partner with the mission of FaithFi, visit FaithFi.com/Partner to join us in helping believers integrate faith and financial decisions for the glory of God.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

What are your thoughts on annuities for someone approaching age 70?
My wife and I are senior citizens and now have custody of our 10-year-old granddaughter—her father passed away, and her mother isn’t involved. We want guidance on setting up a trust for her future. What’s the best way to approach this?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Christmas Spending Without the Regret with Neile Simon

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 1 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000

The holidays are meant to be a season of joy, generosity, and gratitude. Yet for many families, the celebrations come with a heavy dose of financial stress—stress that lingers long after the decorations are packed away. Our desire to bless others often leads to spending more than we planned. But it doesn’t have to be that way.

Recently, we sat down with Neile Simon, Certified Credit Counselor and Director of Strategic Partnerships at Christian Credit Counselors, to talk about how families can give meaningfully, stay within their means, and refocus on what Christmas is truly about.

Creating a Realistic Holiday Plan

Most people enter the holiday season with the best of intentions. We want to show love, bless others, and create special memories. But somewhere along the way, those intentions can derail.

Neile explains that a mix of cultural pressures makes overspending almost effortless: holiday sales, credit card offers at checkout, “buy now, pay later” deals, and social media’s endless highlight reels. Before long, the drive to be generous morphs into the belief that we must spend more to prove how much we care.

And the consequences last far beyond December—financial stress, increased debt, and a January filled with regret rather than joy. The good news: overspending isn’t inevitable. Neile suggests starting early and planning intentionally.

1. Decide what you can truly afford. Account for all holiday expenses—gifts, food, travel, entertainment, and even small traditions that add up.

2. Set a total spending limit. Let this number guide every decision throughout the season.

3. Use cash or debit when possible. “When the money’s gone, you’re done—and that’s okay,” Neile says. This simple boundary protects you from impulse spending.

4. If using credit cards, treat them as tools—not the enemy. Used wisely, they can help you track your spending. The key is to stay disciplined and avoid taking on debt you can’t comfortably repay.

Ultimately, a budget is not a restriction—it’s a path to freedom. It helps you enjoy the season without dreading the bill that arrives in January.

Meaningful Giving Without Overspending

Generosity isn’t measured by price tags. In fact, the most meaningful gifts are often the simplest.

Neile encourages families to focus on personal, relational giving:

Handwritten notes
Homemade treats
Shared experiences
Thoughtful, small gifts with clear intention

Her own family keeps gift-giving fun by setting spending limits and doing a white-elephant exchange. “It takes the pressure off,” she says, “and turns gift-giving into shared laughter and memory-making.”

When togetherness becomes the priority over possessions, Christmas becomes both more joyful and more affordable.

If You’re Already in Debt, There’s Hope

For families already carrying debt, Christmas can feel like a tug-of-war between generosity and financial reality. Neile offers this encouragement: give within your means—even if it means scaling back.

Why? Because responsible giving protects your finances, your peace, and your future.

“Think of it this way,” Neile says. “A relaxed, stress-free January is far better than stressing out after overspending in December.”

Scaling back isn’t failure—it’s stewardship. And it models wisdom and faithfulness for your children.

Refocusing on the True Meaning of Christmas

Amid the lights, the gifts, and the traditions, it’s easy to lose sight of the heart of Christmas.

“Christmas is a celebration of Jesus—the greatest gift ever given,” Neile reminds us. When our hearts are centered on Him, love and grace become the focus. Giving within our means allows us to celebrate joyfully, gratefully, and peacefully.

And when we spend with purpose—anchored in Christ rather than consumerism—we experience a kind of joy that lasts long after the season ends.

Need Help With Debt?

If financial stress is weighing you down, Christian Credit Counselors can help. As a nonprofit ministry, they specialize in debt management—not debt consolidation—working directly with your creditors to lower interest rates and help clear the path toward freedom.

Learn more at: ChristianCreditCounselors.org/Faith.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m an 84-year-old retired veteran, and my wife is 81. We have a $375,000 mortgage on a $3.2–$3.4 million home, a $140,000 portfolio, a 529 with $55,000, about $100,000 in gold jewelry, $40,000 in Social Security benefits, and $15,000 in credit card debt. We’re running out of money and need to tap our home equity. The VA offered a $400,000 loan, but would a HELOC or a reverse mortgage be better? Who can help us make the right decision?
We’re receiving a $60,000 inheritance and have $10,000 in credit card debt. Should we use some of the inheritance to pay it off, and what should we do with the rest? My husband is disabled, and we’re in our 60s—so is investing any of it in the stock market wise? And should we tithe on the inheritance?
I’m 65, still working full-time as a caregiver, and have about $900,000 in my 401(k). When should I start Social Security—now or when I retire in May 2026? And how do I know if I have enough saved for retirement, since I’m debt-free and have fairly basic expenses?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Generosity Lessons from Joanna with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 28 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

“We love because He first loved us.” — 1 John 4:19

Those six simple words form the foundation of all Christian generosity. Every act of love, every gift we offer, every step of obedience begins with what God has already given to us. We don’t start by giving—we start by receiving.

In this spirit, Sharon Epps, President of Kingdom Advisors, joined us for a meaningful conversation on the often-overlooked generosity of the women who financially supported Jesus. Their story, found in Luke 8, gives us a powerful picture of what grateful, gospel-shaped giving looks like.

Women Who Supported Jesus

Luke 8 opens with a glimpse into Jesus’ ministry on the move:

“Soon afterward he went on through cities and villages, proclaiming and bringing the Good News of the Kingdom of God… and also some women… Mary called Magdalene… Joanna, the wife of Chuza, Herod’s household manager, and Susanna, and many others, who provided for them out of their means.” — Luke 8:1–3

These women formed part of Jesus’ traveling ministry team, and Scripture highlights an astonishing truth: they provided for Jesus and His disciples out of their own resources.

Among them was Joanna, a woman of high social standing and significant wealth. As the wife of King Herod’s household manager, she lived with privilege—but Scripture also tells us she was once spiritually and physically broken. Jesus healed her, and her generosity flowed from that transformation.

Receiving Always Comes Before Giving

Before Joanna gave to Jesus, she received from Jesus.

Sharon points out that Luke intentionally includes this detail: these women had been healed—spiritually, emotionally, or physically—before they supported Jesus’ ministry. It reminds us that money alone can’t solve the deepest problems of the heart. We all begin our stewardship journey by receiving.

At the most basic level, every good thing in our lives is a gift from God:

The breath in our lungs
The abilities we develop
The resources we hold
The love we experience

As Paul writes in 1 Corinthians 4:7, “What do you have that you did not receive?” The answer is nothing.

Giving, then, is designed to be a response—a natural overflow of gratitude.

Joanna’s Love for Jesus

Joanna’s story doesn’t end in Luke 8. We meet her again in Luke 24 at the empty tomb, heartbroken and confused, until the angels remind her of Jesus’ words. Joanna becomes one of the first witnesses of the resurrection, running with Mary Magdalene and Mary, the mother of James, to tell the apostles.

Her pattern is clear: She received from Jesus. She loved Jesus. And she gave to honor Jesus. Her generosity was not transactional—it was relational. It was the fruit of a transformed life.

Generosity as a Journey

Sharon suggests that generosity is never a one-time event—it’s a journey. As our relationship with Christ deepens, our giving naturally grows. Joanna shows us what sacrificial generosity looks like when it springs from grateful love.

To make this practical, Sharon shared three questions she’s been asking herself—questions all of us can ask:

1. What do I need to recognize as a gift from Christ before I can give generously?

Do I see what’s in my hands as mine—or as His?

2. Is my giving safe or sacrificial?

Does my generosity reflect comfort… or love?

3. What does my current giving say about how well I’ve received?

Giving reveals the condition of the heart.

These questions invite us into deeper intimacy with Jesus, because generous living always begins with grateful receiving.

Becoming Conduits of Christ’s Love

Joanna’s life encourages us to see generosity not as a duty but as a joyful response to God’s grace. As Sharon put it, her prayer—and ours—is to “receive so well that we become conduits of Christ’s love through generosity.”

May we, like these remarkable women, offer our resources, time, and lives with open hands—recognizing that every gift we give begins with the gift we’ve already received in Christ.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m considering taking 72(t) withdrawals from my 401(k) in a couple of years as I retire and begin consulting. Should I plan on withdrawing around 5% annually, and if so, should I keep the money invested in stocks to aim for the usual 9–11% returns?
My husband and I need about $8,000 and are debating whether to pull it from my 403(b), use benefits from his part-time retirement job, or tap a small annuity worth $3,000–$4,000. We want to pay off some credit cards and finish a car loan with three months left. What’s the best source to use?
We inherited enough money to either pay off our mortgage or cover about three-quarters of our daughter’s student loan. The amounts are similar, and our mortgage is mostly principal now. I’m 61. Which payoff makes the most sense?
I started my Social Security retirement benefits at age 70 this June. My younger husband reaches full retirement age next July. Can he take a spousal benefit equal to half of mine until he reaches FRA and then switch to his own higher benefit?
I’m getting remarried, but my fiancée would lose nearly $1,500 in Social Security benefits she currently receives. Is there any way to avoid losing that benefit once we marry?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Story of Thanksgiving

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 27 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Happy Thanksgiving! As you gather with family and friends today, we hope your hearts are filled with gratitude to God for His many blessings. While Thanksgiving is a treasured tradition for us, its roots stretch back more than 4 centuries. Who gathered at that first feast in 1621? Why were they there? And what exactly were they giving thanks for?

Let’s take a closer look at the remarkable story of the Pilgrims—one of enduring faith, sacrifice, and God’s gracious provision.

Who Were the Pilgrims?

Most of us learned in grade school that the Plymouth Colony—located in present-day Massachusetts—was founded in 1620 by a group we know as the Pilgrims. These settlers, also called Separatists, longed to break away entirely from the Church of England, believing it had drifted from biblical teaching. Their commitment to worship according to Scripture set them on a courageous journey toward religious freedom.

Nearby, the Puritans would establish the Massachusetts Bay Colony in 1630. While they shared many beliefs with the Pilgrims, their approach differed. The Puritans remained within the Church of England, seeking to reform it from within. Though their strategies diverged, the stories of these two groups are deeply intertwined in the early chapters of American history.

The Pilgrims faced significant persecution in England for worshiping outside the established church. Holding fast to the Bible as their ultimate authority made them targets. In 1609, seeking refuge, they fled to Leiden, Holland. Yet even there, challenges persisted—some were arrested, and the freedom they sought still felt out of reach.

Recognizing Europe would not offer the spiritual liberty they longed for, they made a bold and costly decision: to sail to the New World. About 120 men, women, and children boarded the Mayflower. While some passengers—known as “adventurers”—joined the voyage for economic opportunity, the Pilgrims’ primary aim was clear: to worship freely and build a life rooted firmly in their faith.

Hardship Upon Arrival

Their journey across the Atlantic was long and brutal. Delays meant they arrived in November—not summer—leaving no time to plant crops. That first winter, remembered as “the starving time,” was devastating. Nearly half the group died from disease and lack of food.

Still, in God’s providence, the Pilgrims formed a gracious relationship with local Native Americans. A Native American named Squanto—who had learned English years earlier—became a critical ally. He taught them how to plant corn, where to fish, and how to survive in an unfamiliar land. His guidance helped bring the colony through that difficult first year.

With Squanto’s help, the Pilgrims planted crops in the spring of 1621 and harvested enough that fall to sustain their small community. To honor God for His provision, they invited their Native American neighbors to join them in a feast of thanksgiving.

By that point, only 22 men, four married women, and 25 teenagers and children remained from the original group. Their guests nearly doubled the gathering, bringing food and friendship—resulting in what may have been America’s first potluck meal. Together, they celebrated survival, provision, and the kindness of God expressed through unexpected relationships.

A Legacy of Faith

Years later, Plymouth’s longtime governor, William Bradford, reflected on their experience in Of Plymouth Plantation, quoting Hebrews 11:13–16 to describe the Pilgrims’ faith:

“All these people were still living by faith when they died… They were looking for a country of their own… longing for a better country—a heavenly one. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God, for He has prepared a city for them.”

For the Pilgrims, this passage captured the heart of their journey. They understood that their true home was not a piece of land or a colony—they belonged to God. Their courage, perseverance, and gratitude were expressions of that eternal hope.

As we celebrate Thanksgiving today, may we remember this story of faith under pressure, resilience in hardship, and gratitude rooted in God’s unwavering provision. The freedoms we enjoy—especially the freedom to worship—come through the sacrifices of those who came before us.

From all of us at FaithFi, we wish you a warm, joyful, and grace-filled Thanksgiving. May your day be filled with gratitude for God’s goodness and confidence in His faithful care.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My question is about the so-called ‘Dollar 2.0’ and the new S.1582 bill. How might this impact our currency? I’m retired and concerned about my savings.
My dad recently passed away and left me and my siblings money in an IRA. We’re being told we need to set up inherited IRAs to receive it. What exactly is an inherited IRA, and is that our only—or best—option?
I run a construction company and also helped start a nonprofit. Can I legally pay myself a salary from the nonprofit? And can the nonprofit hire my construction company for its projects?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Teaching Kids Money and Identity in Christ with Brian Holtz

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 26 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Raising children to navigate money wisely is about far more than dollars and cents. It begins with shaping their hearts, grounding their identity in Christ, and helping them understand the true source of their worth. As parents and mentors, we all want the next generation to develop a biblical foundation for both money and identity—because the two are more connected than we often realize.

Today, Brian Holtz, CEO of Compass Financial Ministry, joins us to share insights from a new resource designed to help families do exactly that. Right From the Start targets a key age group—kids 11 to 15—who are forming lifelong beliefs about God, themselves, and the world.

Why Middle School Matters So Much

According to Brian, this project was born out of recognizing a real discipleship gap. Plenty of resources exist for young children and high schoolers, but middle schoolers often fall between the cracks. Yet this is the stage when they’re actively forming their worldview—including their beliefs about money, success, and identity.

Right From the Start helps students discover that their value is rooted in being made in the image of God—not in what they own, how popular they are, or how well they perform. This biblical truth becomes the foundation for every financial principle they learn.

Six Themes to Form Faith and Finances

The study covers six core chapters:

Identity
Giving
Saving
Spending
Building on Your Foundation
Finishing Well

Each topic is presented through a biblical lens and paired with hands-on activities, daily lessons, memory verses, and “life hacks”—simple, practical challenges that help students put truth into action.

The goal, Brian shared, is to make faith and finances personal, relevant, and fun.

Helping Students Understand Their Identity in Christ

The very first chapter lays the theological foundation. Students read passages like Genesis 1 and Psalm 139 to understand that they are created intentionally, lovingly, and wonderfully by God. Their worth does not rise or fall with their circumstances.

Once children grasp this truth, giving, saving, and spending stop being merely financial tasks. They become acts of worship—ways to honor the God who made them.

Turning Principles Into Habits: A Look at the “Life Hacks”

One of the most beloved activities is the simple “three jars” method. Students divide the money they earn or receive into:

Giving
Saving
Spending

This visual, tactile tool transforms abstract concepts into daily habits. Parents particularly love it because it creates space for conversations about generosity, gratitude, and wise choices.

How Families and Churches Can Use This Resource

Right From the Start is designed for flexibility. It works well:

At home
In youth groups
In Christian schools

A student book and a leader’s guide make it accessible for parents, teachers, and ministry leaders alike. And while it fits naturally around the holiday season—when spending pressure ramps up—it can be used any time of year.

Why Modeling Matters Most

Howard Dayton often said parents should seek to be “MVP parents”—Modeling, Verbalizing, and Practical Application. Brian agreed that “more is caught than taught.” Kids need to see generosity lived out, hear why we handle money the way we do, and have opportunities to practice it themselves.

Brian shared one practice from his own home: allowing kids to make real financial decisions with real consequences. If they choose to buy a treat today, they may not have money for something they want tomorrow. That gentle exposure to cause and effect builds wisdom, gratitude, and maturity.

The Greatest Financial Lesson You Can Teach

Helping your children understand who they are in Christ may be the most valuable financial lesson they will ever learn. A secure identity shapes how they give, save, spend, and steward their resources for the rest of their lives.

To learn more about Right From the Start and how to bring it into your home or ministry, visit CompassFinancialMinistry.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 64, planning to wait until 67 to take Social Security, and our only debt is the house. We’re torn about whether to pay off the mortgage. Our income is tight enough that we couldn’t easily replace a vehicle if one broke down. My wife has researched this through Sound Mind Investing, but still feels stuck, so I’m calling on her behalf.
I run a trucking company, and one of my customers didn’t send me a 1099. They said they don’t have to. My wife and I already paid taxes on that income last year. Do I still need to report the money I earned from that client?
I recently left full-time nursing and now work part-time to keep my license. I have two IRAs from past jobs, and now another 401(k) from the job I just left. They’re asking me to move it somewhere—should I roll it into an existing IRA or consider a different option?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Genius of Generosity with Chip Ingram

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 25 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Most of us think of generosity as a sacrifice—something that costs us. But what if giving is actually one of the wisest, most joy-producing ways to live? When we open our hands, God not only blesses others through us—He transforms us in the process.

That idea lies at the heart of Chip Ingram’s book The Genius of Generosity, and it’s why we were grateful to welcome him to the program. Chip is the founder, teaching pastor, and CEO of Living on the Edge, a discipleship ministry helping believers live like Christians every day.

A Story That Changes Everything

Chip’s understanding of generosity was forever shaped by a man named John—a seventy-year-old accountant who invited Chip, then a young pastor, to lunch one day. After the meal, John handed him a small white box. Inside was a checkbook labeled Pastor’s Discretionary Fund.

John said, “Chip, here’s what I’d like you to do. Carry this checkbook with you every day. Anytime you see a need that Jesus wants to meet—or that you think I’d want to help with—write a check.”

Chip was stunned. He barely knew how to manage his own finances, let alone someone else’s. But John invited him back three times each year to review every check. And so Chip began paying attention to needs around him—fueling a single mom's car, providing groceries for a struggling family, restoring electricity for another.

Over time, something unexpected happened:

Chip handled John’s money more carefully than his own.
He found himself eager to spot needs.
And a deep friendship formed between two men who had nothing in common except a commitment to generosity.

Years later, Chip realized the deeper lesson: What John did for him is what God does for all of us. We manage resources that are not ours. We steward what belongs to the King.

That realization became the seed for The Genius of Generosity.

Why Generosity Is More Than a Virtue

Chip told me that generosity didn’t just change his financial habits—it changed his life. He began seeing giving as an adventure. He describes generosity as a “gateway to intimacy with God,” a doorway into deeper trust and joy. The more he gave, the more he saw God show up.

And interestingly, secular research agrees. Chip noted that even if the Bible didn’t exist, studies consistently show:

Generous people are happier.
They enjoy stronger relationships.
They live longer and experience greater satisfaction.

Why? Because generosity is a creative, life-giving act. It aligns us with how God designed the world.

Generosity Connects Us—to God and to Others

Jesus taught that wherever our treasure goes, our hearts follow. So every act of giving is spiritual formation. It’s discipleship.

And generosity builds unexpected bonds with others. Chip shared the story of a homeless man he saw regularly at a bagel shop. For months, the man never responded to Chip’s greetings. One morning, Chip quietly bought him a coffee and a bagel. Minutes later, the man spoke—opening up about his life, his experiences, even pointing out the rare appearance of Venus in the sky.

A simple act of kindness became the doorway to relationship and transformation.

These moments, Chip says, are all around us if we have “our antenna up and our eyes off our phone.”

Chip also told a story of a moment when God prompted him to give a six-figure gift—an amount he didn’t feel he had. The Lord reminded him, “Do you think I can’t replenish what you give?” Over the years, Chip has seen God refill what he gives away again and again, sometimes miraculously.

That’s the adventure of generosity: you can’t out-give God.

What If You Feel Like You Have Little to Give?

Chip’s encouragement is simple: “Start small. It’s your view of God that needs to change, not your circumstances.”

You don’t wait until you’re wealthy or “more spiritual” to begin giving. You practice generosity today—right where you are—and watch God grow your heart.

The Genius of Generosity

In the end, generosity is not about losing. It’s about gaining—freedom from fear, deeper trust in God, richer relationships, and greater joy.

When we give, we reflect the heart of the ultimate Giver. We discover that everything we have belongs to God—and that He delights to pour His blessings through open hands.

To learn more about Chip Ingram and The Genius of Generosity, visit LivingOnTheEdge.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I already have a will, but a company that visited our church said I also need a trust—and they quoted me $3,000 to set everything up. Do I really need a trust? They said that without a trust, my kids could spend months or years in probate and might have to fight over things. That made me nervous—so now I’m wondering if I really do need one.
I’ve heard you explain capital gains when someone buys a home, but how does it work if you build your home and only have a small HELOC? So if my house is worth about $400,000 and I sold it… How would that be calculated? I inherited the land through my divorce and built the home after Hurricane Laura.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Generosity Through the Ages

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 24 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

One of the clearest signs that God has changed a person’s heart is generosity. Scripture makes it plain: giving isn’t merely an act—it’s a reflection of God’s own character. As believers, we give not because we have to, but because God has given richly to us.

Today, we explore what the Bible says about generosity and highlight timeless wisdom from Christian voices throughout history. Their words still inspire us today to give joyfully, sacrificially, and with hearts shaped by the gospel.

A Biblical Vision of Generosity

The Bible paints a sweeping picture of generosity—one that reaches far beyond financial giving.

Generosity Begins with Compassion

Jesus taught, “Whoever has two tunics is to share with him who has none, and whoever has food is to do likewise.” Generosity starts with seeing the needs right in front of us and responding with compassion, humility, and love.

Giving Flows from the Heart

The apostle Paul reminds us that our gifts should reflect the posture of our hearts: “Each one must give as he has decided in his heart, not reluctantly or under compulsion, for God loves a cheerful giver.”

Generosity isn’t measured by the amount of money given, but by the joy, gratitude, and trust behind it.

Generosity Reflects God’s Character

Psalm 112 connects generosity to righteousness itself. Giving is not just something Christians do—it becomes part of who we are when our lives are aligned with God’s heart.

Timeless Christian Wisdom on Giving

Throughout the centuries, believers have wrestled with what it means to give faithfully. These quotes reflect deep biblical conviction and continue to encourage us today.

C. S. Lewis

“I do not believe one can settle how much we ought to give. I am afraid the only safe rule is to give more than we can spare.”

Lewis reminds us that generosity stretches us—it costs something. Yet in that stretching, God grows us.

John Wesley

“Do all the good you can, by all the means you can…as long as ever you can.”

Wesley captures the spirit of a life poured out for God: comprehensive, intentional, and relentless generosity.

A. W. Tozer

“Any temporal possession can be turned into everlasting wealth. Whatever is given to Christ is immediately touched with immortality.”

Our giving invests in eternity, turning temporary resources into lasting treasure.

Billy Graham

“Tell me what you think about money, and I will tell you what you think about God… A man’s heart is closer to his wallet than anything else.”

Graham’s words challenge us to consider how closely our financial decisions reveal our spiritual values.

Evelyn Underhill

“The spirit of adoration is the spirit of generosity, for worship is giving.”

True generosity flows out of worship—a recognition that everything we have is a gift from God.

Randy Alcorn

“Giving affirms Christ’s lordship. It dethrones me and exalts Him.”

Giving reorders our priorities. It loosens our grip on earthly security and strengthens our trust in Christ.

St. Augustine

“Charity is a virtue which…unites us to God, for by it, we love Him.”

For Augustine, generosity wasn’t just an action—it was spiritual formation.

Amy Carmichael

“You can give without loving, but you cannot love without giving.”

Our giving is evidence of Christ’s love alive in us.

St. Paula of Rome

“The more we give to Christ, the more we possess Him.”

Generosity deepens our fellowship with Christ, reminding us that He is our true treasure.

Jesus Christ

When sending His disciples, Jesus said: “Give as freely as you have received.” (Matthew 10:8)

All Christian generosity begins here—in response to His grace.

Giving as a Reflection of the Gospel

When we give, we echo the heart of the ultimate Giver. Jesus held nothing back—not even His own life. Generosity isn’t defined by the size of the gift but by the surrender of the heart.

Every act of giving becomes a small reflection of the love of Christ in us.

At FaithFi, we’re committed to helping you integrate your faith and finances in a way that reflects God’s glory. That’s why each issue of our Faithful Steward magazine is designed to encourage you to:

Live wisely
Give generously
See God as your ultimate treasure

When you become a FaithFi Partner by December 31, you’ll receive all four issues of Faithful Steward—plus our brand-new devotional, Our Ultimate Treasure, releasing early next year. Learn more at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m in the process of redoing my will—this is actually the second attorney I’ve worked with—and I want to leave my house to my daughter, who’s on SSDI. The attorneys I’ve spoken with both mention trusts, but they offer different opinions, which is confusing. What would you recommend? Also, I still owe about seven years on the mortgage at a 3.75% interest rate. Should I pay it off now or keep making payments?
How should I advise my 19-year-old granddaughter on investing? Right now, she saves her cash in an envelope or in the bank, but I want to help her get started investing in a simple, conservative way. What’s a good company or platform for her to begin with—something that doesn’t require a lot of money to start?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Generosity That Grows Our Faith with Dr. Art Rainer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 21 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Money can so easily capture our hearts. It promises security, comfort, and control—but often leaves us anxious and striving for more. Yet when we give, something remarkable happens. We’re declaring our dependence on God, not our bank accounts.

Dr. Art Rainer—founder of the Institute for Christian Financial Health and author of Money in the Light of Eternity: What the Bible Says about Your Financial Purpose—joined us recently to explore how generosity becomes an act of trust that transforms our hearts and deepens our faith.

Money Reveals the Heart

Larry Burkett often said, “Every spending decision is a spiritual decision.” Dr. Rainer agrees.

“Jesus said, Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also,” Art explained. “The Bible makes it clear—money management reflects heart management.”

Scripture contains over 2,000 verses about money and possessions. Why? Because few things so clearly reveal what—or whom—we truly trust. For believers, the central question is this: Do we believe God’s promises about provision, and are we willing to surrender this area of life to Him?

Giving as an Act of Trust

Dr. Rainer describes giving as a tangible expression of faith. “God doesn’t tell us to give and then leave us hanging,” he said. “He ties promises to generosity.”

Those promises fall into three beautiful truths—God will provide, multiply, and enrich.

1. God Promises to Provide

In Malachi 3:10, the Lord declares:

“Bring all the tithes into the storehouse so there will be enough food in my Temple. If you do, I will open the windows of heaven for you and pour out a blessing so great you won’t have enough room to take it in. Try it! Put me to the test!”

“God invites us to trust Him,” Art said. “He promises to pour out an abundance of blessings—not necessarily material wealth, but blessings that can be spiritual, relational, or emotional. Maybe it’s the contentment you’ve been chasing for years, or the joy of being part of something far greater than yourself.”

2. God Promises to Multiply

In John 6, a young boy offers his five loaves and two fish to Jesus—hardly enough to feed five thousand hungry people. Yet Christ multiplies that small gift until everyone is satisfied, with twelve baskets left over.

“Many of us feel like that boy,” Art said. “We look at our meager resources and wonder, What difference can this make? But God is a God of multiplication. He can take whatever you give and expand it to accomplish His purposes. That’s His promise—but it requires trust.”

3. God Promises to Enrich

Who doesn’t love a good return on investment—or ROI? “God does too,” Art said.

In 2 Corinthians 9:11, Paul writes, “You will be enriched in every way so that you can always be generous.”

“God gives so that we can give,” Art continued. “He blesses so that we can bless others. He’s looking for conduits of generosity—people through whom His blessings can flow. When we live that way, generosity becomes not just a habit, but a way of life.”

Trusting God With Your Money

As Dr. Rainer summed it up:

“Generosity is an act of trust. It shifts our hearts from reliance on ourselves and money to reliance on God. If you’re a Christian, you’ve already trusted Him with your soul. It’s time to trust Him with your money.”

When we give generously, we’re not losing—we’re investing in eternity. We’re saying, “Lord, I believe You are my provider.” And that’s one of the clearest ways to live out genuine faith.

Learn more about Dr. Art Rainer’s work at ChristianMoneySolutions.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 69 with no debt and considering a whole life insurance policy—$100,000 with premiums for 10 years—to leave tax-free money to my children. I already have a term policy that ends at 75. I also have $28,000 in an underperforming annuity with no surrender charge, and was advised to do a 1035 exchange into a new annuity at 4.65% for seven years. I’ve also invested in CDs at 4% and am considering high-yield savings accounts. What’s the best strategy moving forward?
My in-laws are around 80 and have fully matured savings bonds. When they used some for home upgrades, they faced a large tax bill. Is there any way to move or reinvest those bonds to delay or avoid taxes—perhaps into an IRA or Roth IRA?
I manage finances for someone receiving annual settlement payments until 2036. He wants to create a trust now to support three families, but his lawyer recommends keeping the money in savings while he’s alive. The payer says a trust can be set up after his death. Should he establish the trust now or wait?
I’m debt-free and have my cash in a high-yield savings account, but rates are dropping. Should I invest some of it or find another way to protect and manage my money?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Cyclical vs. Secular: Making Sense of Market Trends with Mark Biller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 20 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Markets rise and fall—but not all cycles tell the same story. What do those ups and downs really mean for your investments?

Scripture reminds us in Ecclesiastes 3:1, “To everything there is a season, a time for every purpose under heaven.” Just as God designed natural cycles—the sun, the tides, the seasons—financial markets also move through cycles. While less predictable, these patterns help us understand where we are in the investing journey and how to prepare wisely for what’s ahead.

According to Mark Biller, Executive Editor at Sound Mind Investing (SMI), the two most common market cycles are known as bull markets (when prices rise) and bear markets (when prices fall). But within those categories lie two distinct types of trends: cyclical and secular.

Cyclical vs. Secular: What’s the Difference?

“The terms might sound fancy,” says Biller, “but they really describe short-term versus long-term cycles.”

Cyclical markets are the short-term ups and downs—periods that might last a few months to a few years.
Secular markets are the broader, long-term trends that can span decades—often between 10 and 40 years.

Think of it like waves on the ocean. Cyclical markets are the smaller waves that move in and out, while secular markets are the larger tides that shape the shoreline over time.

Learning from History: Market Examples

From 1968 to 1982, the S&P 500 was essentially flat—a 15-year stretch where inflation eroded nearly 60% of investors’ purchasing power. That’s what economists call a secular bear market—a long-term period of little to no progress.

Yet within that broader season, there were multiple shorter-term bull and bear cycles. Investors who recognized those patterns could navigate the market with more perspective and less panic.

The same was true from 2000 to 2009, another decade of overall stagnation in U.S. stocks. “But even then,” Biller notes, “we saw two cyclical bear markets with a five-year bull market sandwiched between them.”

The takeaway? Even in long-term downturns, some shorter-term opportunities and recoveries keep markets moving forward over time.

Why It Matters—Especially for Bond Investors

Understanding these cycles isn’t just an academic exercise. “It’s actually more helpful when it comes to bonds than stocks,” Biller explains.

That’s because bond markets move in much longer secular cycles. From 1982 to 2021, the U.S. enjoyed a 40-year secular bull market in bonds as interest rates steadily declined from 15% to near zero. But since 2020, that trend has reversed. “Interest rates have been rising again,” Biller says, “and that’s led to negative returns for many bond investors over the last five years.”

This shift could signal the beginning of a secular bear market for bonds—a long period in which rising interest rates make it harder for bonds to perform well.

Rethinking the Classic 60/40 Portfolio

For decades, the “60/40” portfolio—60% stocks and 40% bonds—was the gold standard for balanced investing. But in today’s environment, that mix may need to evolve.

“At Sound Mind Investing (SMI), we’ve reduced our bond allocation to around 30%,” Biller explains. “We haven’t abandoned bonds altogether, but we’re diversifying beyond them.”

That diversification includes strategies like:

Dynamic asset allocation—adjusting investments as market conditions shift
Gold and commodities—as hedges against inflation
Real estate and energy stocks—for long-term growth potential
Alternative assets like Bitcoin (in small doses), to add further variety

Building a Portfolio That Endures Every Season

Whether markets are bullish or bearish, cyclical or secular, the goal remains the same: build a portfolio that’s resilient and rooted in wisdom.

Biller’s encouragement for long-term investors is simple:

“We’re not advocating for dramatic changes, but rather thoughtful diversification. The goal is to build portfolios you can stick with through every kind of market season.”

That perspective echoes a deeper truth for believers: our ultimate security isn’t found in market trends but in God’s unchanging character. Markets may rise and fall, but His promises endure forever.

Faith, Patience, and Perspective

Understanding both short- and long-term market cycles helps us invest with patience, discipline, and faith—trusting that God is sovereign over every season, financial or otherwise.

As Proverbs 21:5 reminds us, “The plans of the diligent lead surely to abundance, but everyone who is hasty comes only to poverty.”

In every bull and bear market, we’re called to plan wisely, give generously, and trust deeply—knowing that the One who holds the future also holds us.

For more practical investing insights and biblical wisdom, visit SoundMindInvesting.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m nearing retirement with no debt and some investment savings, but I don’t have a pension. Would it make sense to use part of my investments to buy an annuity for guaranteed monthly income in addition to Social Security?
I’m in my 70s, retired, and divorced, and much of my income goes toward alimony. How can I balance saving for emergencies while still giving more to the Lord’s work, which I see as the greater reward?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Next Gen Generosity: Building a Legacy That Lasts with Christin Fejervary

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 19 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

It’s one of the largest transfers of wealth in human history—trillions of dollars moving from one generation to the next. But this moment isn’t just about inheritance. It’s about passing on faith, values, and a vision for generosity.

To explore how younger Christians are reimagining stewardship, we spoke with Christin Fejervary, Vice President for Brand and Experience at the National Christian Foundation (NCF)—a trusted partner helping believers give wisely and joyfully.

From Obligation to Joyful Generosity

Christin’s passion for generosity began early, though not in the way it’s shaped her life today.

“As a kid,” she shared, “giving was more of an obligation. I watched my parents tithe every week, and I learned discipline from that—but it wasn’t until my 20s and 30s, and especially through working at NCF, that I saw how generosity changes us. It frees us from being tied to the things of this world.”

That personal transformation has guided her work—helping others experience the joy that comes when giving is no longer a rule to follow but a relationship with God to live out.

What’s Driving the Next Generation to Give

When it comes to generosity, Millennials and Gen Z are rewriting the playbook.

According to NCF’s research, millennials—now roughly ages 29 to 44—view philanthropy as part of their identity. For Christian millennials, that identity is deeply spiritual: “My life is a way to give away.”

Christin explains:

“They believe all resources have equal value—not just money, but time, influence, and relationships. They don’t just want to write a check. They want to be part of the change.”

This shift from transactional to relational giving marks a profound change from previous generations.

Reimagining Traditional Tools

Younger Christians aren’t abandoning tools like donor-advised funds, estate plans, or investment portfolios—they’re personalizing them.

“They want to see impact,” Christin said. “They’re asking, ‘How is my giving being used?’ and ‘What difference is it making?’”

They’re also expanding how they define stewardship—using investment portfolios for charitable investing and seeking spiritual returns as much as financial ones.

At NCF, this has led to growing interest in community-based giving. Across the country, younger givers are joining together to give collectively, blending faith, friendship, and impact.

What Advisors Need to Know

Financial advisors also play a key role in this transition. But Christin says serving the next generation requires a shift in mindset.

“Younger Christians want to co-create their giving plans. They want a seat at the table and a voice in the process. It’s not just about managing money—it’s about helping them uncover all the ways God’s entrusted them to give.”

For advisors, that means focusing less on control and more on collaboration, connection, and calling.

How Families Can Have Faith-Filled Conversations

Generosity isn’t just a financial transaction—it’s a family story. Cristin encourages families to start there.

“The data shows that both generations—young and old—see faith as a guiding principle,” she said. “The key is to unpack what faithfulness looks like for each generation. When families share stories of how God has provided and guided them, something powerful happens.”

Listening to one another’s experiences helps bridge differences and creates a shared vision for stewardship across generations.

How NCF Is Helping the Next Generation Live Generously

At the National Christian Foundation (NCF), this generational shift is sparking new ideas and tools for families and advisors alike.

New Research & Resources: NCF has published a comprehensive Next Gen Generosity Report—designed to help both older and younger generations navigate these conversations.
Experiences & Events: Through community gatherings and local partnerships, NCF helps families explore generosity together—often in creative, organic ways led by next-gen participants.
Collaboration with Advisors and Churches: NCF connects givers to trusted partners who can guide them through every stage of stewardship—from first-time donors to business owners planning legacy gifts.

You can explore these resources at FaithFi.com/NCF or NCFgiving.com/nextgenresearch.

The Power of Agency

One key insight from NCF’s research is the role of agency in healthy stewardship.

“We define agency as the ability to act on the free will God gives us,” Cristin explained. “The more we step into that responsibility—making decisions, taking ownership—the more confident and joyful we become.”

That means even those who inherit wealth should be encouraged to find their “Gen 1” opportunities—ways to take initiative, make decisions, and live out their calling to give.

The Influence of Women in Generosity

Another striking finding: women—especially mothers—play a major role in shaping generosity.

“Seventy-two percent of millennials we surveyed said their mothers were the biggest influence on their giving,” Cristin shared.

Yet, the research also revealed that many women feel unheard in family wealth decisions. The next step, Cristin says, is ensuring their voices are part of the conversation.

“This is the time to incorporate women’s perspectives in giving and wealth transfer. Their influence is profound—and essential.”

Passing Faith Along With Finances

As this great wealth transfer unfolds, Cristin reminds us that what we pass on matters more than what we possess.

“It’s not just about money moving between generations,” she said. “It’s about passing along faith, values, and purpose.”

And that’s a legacy that truly lasts. Learn more about how you can make generosity part of your family’s story at FaithFi.com/NCF.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Our home is fully paid off, and we’re nearing retirement. I’ve heard you discuss reverse mortgages, but I have always been hesitant. What are the real benefits and drawbacks, especially regarding the accumulated interest? Also, what kind of closing costs or fees should we expect, and which company do you recommend?
I’m approaching my required minimum distribution and recently learned about qualified charitable distributions (QCDs). Can I withdraw the money first and then donate it, or must it go directly to the charity to qualify?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Raising Generous Kids Through the Power of Story with Dr. Shane Enete

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 18 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

It’s always a pleasure to welcome back Dr. Shane Enete—Associate Professor of Finance at Biola University, founder of Biola’s Financial Planning Program, and creator of The Money Storybook Bible Podcast. His creative work helps parents disciple their children in biblical stewardship by weaving financial lessons into retold Bible stories.

When asked what inspired the podcast, Dr. Enete explained that the idea grew from a common question he receives: “How can I teach my kids about money?” His realization was simple yet profound—the Bible already does this. “The Bible talks about money more than almost any other topic, and it’s filled with stories for all ages,” he said. “So I thought, what if I just told these stories to my kids in a way that helped them see themselves in the story and learn about money at the same time?”

Stewardship as an Expression of Love

For Dr. Enete, the goal goes far beyond teaching budgeting or saving. “Stewardship is one of the greatest opportunities we have to express our love for Jesus,” he said. “When we share, we’re loving Him and others.”

He hopes parents and children alike will see money not as a source of stress or status, but as an opportunity for love, wisdom, and worship. “I want kids to understand the dangers of debt and discontentment,” he added, “but even more, I want them to know that Jesus is everything—and that money can be used to love Him.”

Storytime with a Purpose

Each podcast episode features Dr. Enete reading to his own children, with interactive moments that bring the stories to life. “We start with fun icebreakers, like a ‘Would you rather’ question, then read a Bible story together,” he explained. “Afterward, I ask questions to help them reflect, and we finish with a hands-on activity that reinforces the lesson.”

One of Dr. Enete’s favorite family moments came from a story about Solomon. “I asked my kids which world they’d rather live in—one where they’re rich but don’t know Jesus, or one where they have Jesus but not the riches. They didn’t even hesitate—they chose Jesus. That’s when I knew these lessons were hitting home.”

The Story of Lydia: Business as Ministry

One memorable episode, Purple Snail Robes, retells the story of Lydia from Acts 16. In Dr. Enete’s version, Lydia initially wants to give away her wealth to follow Paul, but he helps her see that her business can be a ministry in itself.

“Sometimes God wants us to serve Him right where we are,” Paul tells her. “When you share what you have and do your work with skill and kindness, you’re showing people who Jesus is.”

Dr. Enete shared that Lydia’s story was inspired by the idea of Gospel Patrons—those who use their resources to fuel God’s work. “Lydia was one of the first gospel patrons,” he said. “I wanted kids to see that our work and business can glorify God. Plus,” he laughed, “the fact that purple dye came from smashed snails makes it extra fun for kids!”

The Story of Nicodemus: Costly Generosity

Another powerful episode, 75 Pounds of Spices, reimagines Joseph of Arimathea and Nicodemus as they prepare Jesus’ body for burial—with a young girl named Abigail watching nearby. The story illustrates generosity that is both courageous and costly, as Joseph donates his tomb and Nicodemus buys an extravagant amount of burial spices.

Even little Abigail joins in, offering her treasured blue necklace to honor Jesus. “That moment shows that no act of generosity is too small,” said Dr. Enete. “It’s a picture of giving that flows from love—something children can grasp in a tangible way.”

Free Resources for Families

To help parents extend the lessons at home, Dr. Enete created a free activity book that pairs with the podcast. It includes fun exercises, badges, and a certificate of completion—each tied to key money principles like giving, saving, and contentment.

You can find the podcast and resources at WholeHeartFinances.com.

At the heart of The Money Storybook Bible Podcast is a simple but transformative message: Jesus is the true treasure. Teaching kids about money isn’t just about dollars and cents—it’s about helping them see that every financial decision can be an act of love for God and others.

As Dr. Enete put it, “More than anything, I want kids to know that money isn’t the goal—knowing and loving Jesus is.”

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been diagnosed with a terminal illness and care for my four-year-old grandson. I have $100,000 in life insurance, $50,000 in retirement savings, and $20,000 in cash. How can I set up a trust and invest wisely to provide for him after I’m gone? Also, does the guardian I choose also control the trust, or must they be named separately as trustee or beneficiary?
I’ve seen ads claiming thieves can steal your home’s title unless you buy special insurance. Is that a real concern or just a scare tactic?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Is it Okay to Be Unequally Yoked in Business? with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 17 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

When Ron Blue joins us, it’s always a masterclass in biblical wisdom. He’s co-founder of Kingdom Advisors, a best-selling author, and a trusted mentor to many. Ron has spent decades helping believers apply God’s principles to every area of life and business.

Today, Ron unpacks what Scripture teaches about partnerships and how faith should shape the way we enter, manage, and exit them.

The Broader Meaning of “Partnership”

When the Apostle Paul warned believers about being “unequally yoked,” he wasn’t speaking only about marriage. As Ron explains, “Paul was talking about partnerships—and there are so many kinds.”

From professional firms and small businesses to investment ventures and partnerships, they can take many forms. And while they can be incredibly fruitful, they also carry spiritual and relational risks.

Ron pointed out that partnerships often last a long time—sometimes decades. “The CPA firm I founded has been operating as a partnership for 50 years,” he said. “But not all partnerships endure well. Like marriage, many end in conflict.”

Principle #1: Protect Your Testimony

Ron’s first principle is about spiritual integrity. “You have to ask what the partnership will do to your testimony,” he said. “If you’re unequally yoked with someone whose values fundamentally differ from yours, you could lose your witness in the process.”

He recalled being asked whether a Christian OB-GYN should enter a business partnership with a doctor who supports abortion. “Only you and God can answer that,” he said, “but it’s a big question. Your witness is always at stake.”

Principle #2: Plan Your Exit Before You Begin

“Have your exit strategy in place before you form the partnership,” Ron advises.

Just as couples prepare for challenges in marriage, business partners should anticipate potential separation. A clear exit plan protects both parties, ensures fairness, and helps maintain peace when the time comes to move on.

“When you have that in place,” Ron said, “you avoid a lot of conflict and preserve your testimony if you’re the believer who’s leaving.”

Principle #3: Preserve the Mission Beyond the Relationship

Perhaps the most powerful insight Ron shared was this: the mission must outlive the partnership.

Ron recalled his own experience leading a financial planning firm. “After 23 years, I left—but no one left with me,” he said. “They were committed to the mission. That’s what you want to see happen.”

A strong exit strategy and shared vision help ensure that the work—and the witness—continue long after any individual departs.

The Bottom Line

Shared faith isn’t just good for business—it’s essential for a lasting witness. Partnerships grounded in biblical principles reflect God’s wisdom and preserve peace amid challenges.

As Ron put it, “The most critical thing you want to preserve is your testimony. Everything else flows from that.”

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m concerned about vendors and service providers who want my bank account information for automatic withdrawals. I’ve been paying my lawn service with money orders, but now they require my account number. I told them we’d have to stop doing business because I’m not comfortable giving out that information. Isn’t this kind of intrusive? What do you think about vendors wanting access to our accounts?
My spouse and I are both 70 and ready to retire. I own 10 rental houses, but managing them has become too much. Once I sell the properties, what should I do with the proceeds? I understand the basics about capital gains and selling real estate, but I don’t want the responsibility of managing individual stock investments myself.
I’ve saved about $15,000 for a car, but have kept my current vehicle running as long as possible. It’s a 2007 with 235,000 miles and is starting to have more issues. I found a good used car for about $8,500 and am wondering if I should buy it now or keep driving my current one until it dies, even though repairs may be on the horizon.
My parents’ health is declining, and we’re moving them closer to family. Their current home is in an irrevocable trust, but we’ve found a condo they can buy before selling that house. Can the new condo be added to the same irrevocable trust? And when the old home sells, what happens to the proceeds?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What Is Your Time Really Worth?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 14 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

It’s one of the most valuable things we have—and one of the easiest to waste.

We’ve all heard the saying, “Time is money.” But if that’s true, why do we spend it so carelessly? The truth is, time is worth far more than dollars and cents—it’s the most limited resource God has given us. Learning to steward it well isn’t just good productivity advice—it’s an act of worship.

If you’ve ever said, “I just need a little more time,” you’re not alone. Many of us feel the pressure of time slipping through our fingers. Ironically, we often spend our days chasing money, status, or success—only to run out of the very thing we were trying to “buy back.”

We treat time like a renewable resource when it’s really more like a savings account that’s constantly being drawn down. Every hour that passes is one you’ll never get back. Yet our culture tempts us to equate our worth with how much we earn or produce.

A Biblical View of Time

Scripture offers a radically different view. In Psalm 90:12, Moses prays, “Teach us to number our days that we may get a heart of wisdom.” He’s not talking about counting hours on a clock but realizing that our time is limited—and therefore deeply valuable.

From a biblical perspective, time isn’t ours to manage however we wish. It’s a gift from God, entrusted to us for His purposes. Just as money and talents belong to Him, so does our time.

In Ephesians 5:15–16, Paul writes, “Look carefully then how you walk, not as unwise but as wise, making the best use of the time, because the days are evil.” The original Greek phrase for “making the best use” literally means “redeeming the time”—buying it back for God’s glory. It’s the same word Paul uses elsewhere to describe what Jesus did for us on the cross.

Christ redeemed us from sin and emptiness, giving our lives eternal meaning. In the same way, we’re called to redeem our time—to invest every moment, conversation, and decision in what will last forever.

Here’s the catch: if you don’t decide what your time is worth, someone else will. Your job, your phone, your inbox, even social media—all have plans for your time. Unless you set boundaries, your days will fill up with things that seem urgent but aren’t truly important.

Jesus modeled something completely different. Even with the most important mission in history, He took time to rest, pray, eat with friends, and be fully present with people. He had the margin to be interrupted—to stop for the sick, listen to the hurting, and teach those who were searching. He never rushed, yet He always fulfilled the Father’s will.

How to Steward Your Time Well

So how can we live as if our time truly belongs to God?

1. Reevaluate Your Priorities

Every decision is a trade. When you say yes to one thing, you say no to something else. Ask yourself, “What matters most in God’s eyes—and am I giving that my best time?”

2. Measure Time by Meaning, Not Money

Our culture values time by dollars per hour, but God’s economy works differently. A quiet afternoon encouraging a friend may not pay in cash—but it yields eternal dividends. As Jesus said, “Seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added to you.”

3. Build Margin into Your Life

Just as financial margin creates freedom to give, time margin allows you to live generously. When you’re not overscheduled, you can pause to listen, serve, or rest. Sabbath isn’t wasted time—it’s holy time that reminds us that God is in control.

4. Steward Small Moments

Eternal impact isn’t found only in big events. It’s in the five minutes you pray for someone, the ten minutes you spend in Scripture, or the conversation that points someone to Jesus. As Colossians 3:17 reminds us, “Whatever you do, in word or deed, do everything in the name of the Lord Jesus.”

Making Your Hours Count for Eternity

When you see your time through an eternal lens, every moment takes on new meaning. You stop chasing the clock and start cherishing what truly matters. Missionary C.T. Studd once wrote, “Only one life, ’twill soon be past; only what’s done for Christ will last.”

So what’s your time really worth? It’s worth exactly what you invest in eternity.

Don’t just count your hours—make your hours count. Live intentionally. Rest purposefully. Serve generously. And let every day remind you of the One who holds all time in His hands.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have two kids—a 14-year-old and a newborn—and just opened brokerage accounts for them. What are the best investment options, especially for my newborn with a longer time horizon? I’d like something more flexible than a college savings plan.
I retired at 59 and receive Social Security disability. My home is paid off, I have no debt, and I have savings in retirement and trading accounts. I’m thinking about buying a new car with cash to avoid debt, but would it be wiser to finance or lease instead?
I recently bought an RV with dealership financing at 7.9% for 20 years, though I don’t plan to keep it that long. Does simple interest work the same across all banks, and is there a good calculator for figuring out principal payments on early payoff? Also, where could I refinance to get a lower rate?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Christians Are Choosing CHM During Open Enrollment with Lauren Gajdek

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 13 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Many people say our healthcare system is broken—and maybe you’ve felt that yourself.

Rising costs, denied claims, and surprise bills have left millions of Americans buried in medical debt. But there’s a better, biblical way to approach healthcare—one that has been serving Christians for more than forty years. Lauren Gajdek joins us today to tell us all about it.

Lauren Gajdek is the Senior Director of External Affairs at Christian Healthcare Ministries (CHM), an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Why an “Open Enrollment” Campaign for a Year-Round Ministry?

While CHM accepts new members year-round, their Open Enrollment Campaign—running from November 1 through January 15—aligns with the period when most Americans review or change their health coverage through employers or government exchanges.

This is the time of year when people are thinking about healthcare decisions. So even though CHM is open year-round, it’s an excellent opportunity to shine a light on a biblical alternative.

Many Americans have grown frustrated with their healthcare experiences. CHM hears from countless people who’ve paid premiums for years, only to find that help is unavailable when they need it most.

It’s disheartening. You think your provider is in-network, but later find out they’re not. That leaves patients confused and financially burdened. It’s a system that often leaves believers wondering if there’s a better way.

That sense of frustration has become widespread—especially as over 100 million Americans now carry medical debt, a staggering sign of a broken system.

How CHM Differs from Insurance

CHM operates from a radically different model. Rather than paying into a profit-driven system, CHM members share each other’s medical expenses—a reflection of biblical community and mutual care.

They’ve been around since 1981 and have shared or satisfied over $13 billion in medical bills. They’re a nonprofit ministry that helps Christians live out their faith through practical care.

Unlike traditional insurance, CHM members can visit any doctor or hospital they choose—there are no in-network restrictions—as long as the treatment meets the ministry’s guidelines.

It’s simple, affordable, and rooted in biblical stewardship. Members have the freedom and peace of mind that come with knowing they’re part of a community that cares.

At its core, CHM is not an insurance company—it’s a Christ-centered community built on shared values. Members give monthly to help other believers in need. It’s an act of faith and stewardship. And for most people, it’s far more affordable than traditional plans.

This affordability and flexibility are especially appealing for Christians seeking to align their healthcare decisions with their faith and values.

Guidance for Those Exploring Their Options

For anyone comparing healthcare choices this season, approach the decision prayerfully and with an open mind.

You don’t have to be trapped in a broken insurance system. There’s a proven, Christ-centered way to handle your healthcare. Go to CHMinistries.org/FaithFi to find a cost comparison tool that shows how CHM can make care more affordable.

Many in the Faith & Finance audience are retirees or nearing retirement. So it’s important to note that CHM also complements Medicare, helping cover eligible expenses Medicare may not cover.

It’s what they call a ‘complementary’ approach, where CHM can help cover costs Medicare doesn’t pay, as long as they fall within its guidelines.

FaithFi is grateful for CHM’s partnership and their ongoing commitment to helping believers steward their healthcare costs wisely. You don’t have to settle for a system that’s broken. There’s a biblical, community-based way to manage your healthcare needs. Learn more at CHMinistries.org/FaithFi.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

A pastor friend of mine was told he owes $13,000 in taxes because his preparer made a mistake. He doesn’t have the money to pay for it. Where can he turn for help?
I own a small business structured as an LLC, and I’m confused about how to tithe. Should I tithe personally from what I pay myself, from the business profits at year-end, or both?
I’m a pastor, and one of my church members is struggling. After his father’s death, the estate was liquidated, leaving him without a home. He hasn’t filed taxes and now has tax debt. What’s the best way for him to address this?
I’m looking into a debt management plan and wondering—will it hurt my credit score? And would I still be able to keep one credit card open for emergencies?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Investing That Changes Culture with Brian Mumbert

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 12 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

What if your investments did more than earn returns—what if they helped shape the culture for good?

Today, we’ll explore how your money can not only grow but also advance God’s purposes in the world. Brian Mumbert joins us from Timothy Plan to share how faith-based investing allows believers to engage the culture with an eternal impact.

Brian Mumbert is the President of Timothy Plan, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Giving That Flows from Faith

At the heart of Timothy Plan’s mission is a conviction that money is not merely a financial tool but a spiritual one. Timothy Partners, Ltd.—the advisor to Timothy Plan—tithes its profits to support ministries aligned with biblical values.

Those partnerships reflect a desire to be active on the other side of Timothy Plan’s investment screens. In other words, it’s not enough to avoid investing in companies that exploit, harm, or oppose biblical principles. True stewardship involves using financial influence to protect life, defend freedom, equip biblical entrepreneurs, and strengthen families.

This commitment is not theoretical—it’s deeply practical.

In Central Florida, Timothy Plan partners with organizations such as Choices Women’s Clinic, the area’s largest pro-life pregnancy center, as well as House of Hope Orlando and the Orange County Jail Ministry. Nationally, their reach extends through partnerships with organizations like Movieguide and Florida Family Voice.

Through the Kairos Prize, Timothy Plan helps fund aspiring Christian filmmakers with seed capital to develop their projects. Another powerful partnership is with the Nehemiah Project, which equips entrepreneurs worldwide to start and grow businesses based on biblical principles.

A Legacy of Business as Ministry

Timothy Plan’s founder, Art Ally, was inspired by the legendary Christian industrialist R.G. LeTourneau, who dedicated 90% of his income to God’s work. LeTourneau often said, “I shovel out the money, and God shovels it back—but God’s got a bigger shovel.”

That philosophy continues to shape Timothy Plan’s culture. They see business as ministry, and since we are all stewards of God’s money, we want to ensure it has an eternal impact.

For many investors, the idea that their portfolio could be shaping the culture might feel new. But as an investor, we really need to understand where our dollars are going. When we invest with a biblical worldview, we’re not just seeking a return—we’re influencing what gets built, produced, and promoted in our world.

This approach aligns with the broader mission of Timothy Plan: to provide investment options that reflect the values of faith-driven investors and to mobilize generosity that brings light into dark places. The impact of this approach is tangible. You can see the joy on their faces and the difference these ministries are making—locally in Central Florida and across the nation.

At FaithFi, we share that conviction: when you invest with purpose, your portfolio can do more than generate returns—it can help bring redemption and renewal to our culture.

To learn more about biblically responsible investing and how your financial stewardship can make an eternal impact, visit TimothyPlan.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m planning to retire in 2027 and want to move my deferred compensation. How do I go about that? And should I also get life insurance when I retire?
My wife and I just bought a home with a 6.188% adjustable-rate mortgage for three years. Should we refinance now into a 30-year fixed, or wait to see if rates come down?
I’ll start receiving my full Social Security benefits in December. How much can I earn without being taxed on it?
Can you explain how your financial approach differs from Dave Ramsey’s? And since Social Security had me apply for widow’s benefits, will I owe taxes on that income?
Should I invest in gold—or a mix of gold and silver—and how would I do that? And what about Bitcoin or other digital currencies? Are they wise investments, and how would I start?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Our Ultimate Treasure: Discovering God’s Heart for Your Finances with Afton Phillips

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 11 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Ever wonder why money so often reveals what we truly value? Today, we’ll find out.

You probably know that on Faith and Finance, Rob West is usually the one asking the questions. But today, we’re turning the tables. Afton Phillips (Head of Content at FaithFi: Faith and Finance) is here to interview Rob West about a devotional project that he has been working on—one that goes straight to the heart of our financial lives.

Afton Phillips is the Head of Content at FaithFi: Faith & Finance.

The Heart Behind Our Ultimate Treasure

When Rob first started writing Our Ultimate Treasure: A 21-Day Devotional to Faithful Stewardship, he didn’t set out to create another resource about money management. He wanted to create a journey of the heart—a way for believers to rediscover what Scripture truly says about money and how it reflects our relationship with God.

Over the years, Rob has had thousands of conversations with people who genuinely want to honor God with their finances but feel stuck or uncertain about how to begin. That longing—to be faithful, yet unsure how—has shaped everything about this devotional.

Rob has spent his entire career at the intersection of faith and finance. Early on, he noticed something that changed how he viewed everything: it didn’t matter whether someone had $60,000 in credit card debt or $60 million in investments—the struggles were the same. Money issues are heart issues.

That’s why Jesus spoke about money more than almost any other topic. Not because He needed our resources, but because He knew how easily our hearts become tangled up in them. The goal of this devotional is to help readers slow down and realign their hearts with God’s purposes—to see money not as a source of stress or identity, but as a tool for worship.

Jesus said, “Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” That simple truth sits at the foundation of everything we teach at FaithFi. How we spend, save, and give reveals what we treasure most.

If we focus only on the surface—budgeting better, saving more, paying down debt—we might improve our circumstances but still remain captive to worry or pride. The real transformation happens when God changes our hearts. When our relationship with money is shaped by trust in Him, freedom begins to flow naturally.

Moving from Ownership to Stewardship

One of the most freeing shifts in a believer’s financial life is learning to see ourselves not as owners, but as stewards. When we live as if we own it all, we carry the crushing weight of control—every financial decision feels like it rests on our shoulders. But when we recognize that God owns it all and we’re simply managers of His resources, everything changes.

Stewardship invites us to ask a new question: “Lord, what do You want me to do with Your money?” That posture leads to peace, not pressure. It transforms spending into gratitude, saving into preparation, and giving into worship. When we release ownership, we stop building our own kingdoms and start participating in God’s.

Biblical wisdom provides a framework for every financial decision we make. The world tells us to chase comfort and security; Scripture calls us to pursue faithfulness. God’s financial principles aren’t restrictive—they’re protective.

When we live within our means, avoid debt, plan diligently, and give generously, we’re reflecting the nature of an orderly, generous, trustworthy God. Over time, those choices form habits—habits that produce margin, contentment, and generosity. Wisdom doesn’t just shape our money; it shapes our hearts, making us look more like Christ.

The Gift of Margin, Generosity, and Legacy

One of the devotionals in Our Ultimate Treasure focuses on the concept of margin. In our culture, we tend to fill every dollar, every minute, and every ounce of energy. But when our lives are maxed out, there’s no space left for God to move.

Creating margin is an act of faith. It’s how we say, “Lord, I trust You enough not to live at the edge.” When we budget below our income or leave breathing room in our schedules, we acknowledge that God—not us—is the provider. In that space, we often experience His peace, His provision, and His direction in powerful ways.

At FaithFi, we often say that generosity isn’t just about giving—it’s about joining God in His redemptive work. When we give, we participate in something far greater than ourselves.

Generosity becomes a reflection of God’s heart and a visible expression of His love in the world. The fruit of generosity isn’t measured in numbers but in lives changed, needs met, and faith strengthened. 2 Corinthians 9:11 reminds us that God enriches us “in every way to be generous in every way.” Our giving is a response to grace—a way to align our hearts with His purposes and trust that every act of faithfulness has eternal impact.

Ron Blue has often said, “Is the next steward chosen and prepared?” That question has also shaped how we should think about legacy.

Legacy isn’t about wealth—it’s about faithfulness. Preparing the next steward means intentionally helping the next generation understand that everything belongs to God. If we pass on money without passing on wisdom, we’ve missed the point. Our responsibility is to model open-handed living, teaching those who follow us to hold God’s gifts lightly and use them for His glory.

A Hope for Every Reader

Our prayer for Our Ultimate Treasure is simple: that it would help readers see money through God’s eyes and experience a renewed relationship with Him.

When we understand that everything we have belongs to a generous Father, our posture shifts from fear to trust. We move from striving to surrender. Financial stewardship becomes less about mastering money and more about walking in freedom with God.

If these 21 days lead someone to treasure Christ above all else—to trust Him more deeply and handle money in a way that honors Him—then this devotional has done its work.

Our Ultimate Treasure is available to all who become a FaithFi Partner by December 31. Partners will also receive the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine as well as an early release copy of Rob’s new devotional whenever it is released in January 2026. Join us at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m planning to remodel two bathrooms for about $35,000–$36,000. I have $10,000 saved for repairs, $25,000 in emergency savings, and $45,000 in dividend-producing stocks. Should I use some of the dividend money or take out a low-interest loan to cover the rest?
I’ve enrolled in Medicare Part A but not Part B. My company has fewer than 20 employees and will soon only have one. I’ve heard conflicting advice about penalties for delaying Part B, even with proof of insurance. Should I enroll now or wait?
If someone saves $10 a week for 30 years, how much would that grow to over time?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Creating a Shared Vision for Blended Family Finances with Ron Deal

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 10 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Blending a family takes grace—and so does blending your finances.

When couples merge families, they’re also merging priorities, habits, and sometimes, financial baggage. Ron Deal joins us today to show us that with honesty and a shared vision, what begins as a challenge can become a source of strength for blended families navigating both money and marriage.

Ron Deal is a bestselling author, licensed marriage & family therapist, podcaster, and popular conference speaker who specializes in marriage enrichment and stepfamily education and is the co-author of The Smart Stepfamily Guide to Financial Planning: Money Management Before and After You Blend a Family.

Why Honest Money Conversations Matter

There once was a man who, when his girlfriend thought he was about to propose, surprised her by asking for her credit report instead. It’s a funny story—but one that reveals a serious truth. Beneath money conversations are usually heart conversations.

For couples forming blended families, this truth runs even deeper. Life has already taught them that marriage isn’t guaranteed, whether because of death or a divorce. That experience creates an understandable sense of caution: How deeply do I invest again? Can I trust this new relationship?

Money becomes the testing ground for those questions. That’s why avoiding financial conversations doesn’t protect your relationship—it weakens it. Only about one in four dating or engaged couples forming a blended family ever have a serious talk about finances before they marry. The rest often underestimate what needs to be uncovered.

Finances are never just about dollars and cents. They’re about values, power, and security. Beneath a discussion about budgets might be an unspoken fear: Will your children be treated equally with mine? Beneath a talk about wills might be a hidden worry: Will you care for my kids if I’m gone?

There was once a woman who had been remarried for 25 years—two and a half decades of life together—and she still wondered whether her husband would provide equally for her children after she passed away. The question had never been resolved. It lingered from the past, quietly shaping their relationship.

When those unspoken fears remain unaddressed, they create invisible walls. Healthy couples have the courage to name them and work through them together.

The Challenge of Inheritance and Trust

Consider the story of Sandra and Dave, a couple who married later in life. Sandra, a divorced mother of two adult children, was asked by her new husband, Dave, to change her will and make him her sole beneficiary. To Dave, who had no children of his own, the request seemed simple and loving: We’re one now—just leave everything to me, and I’ll take care of your family.

But Sandra hesitated. Her adult children hadn’t had time to form a close bond with Dave. For her, the request stirred deep questions: How do I know that what she's set aside for her children will be honored after she's gone?

This is where trust, loyalty, and belonging intersect. Financial peace in a blended family isn’t achieved through documents—it’s achieved through relational clarity. You can’t solve financial questions until you’ve addressed the relational ones.

Moving from Prenuptial to Togetherness

So what’s the alternative? In the book, The Smart Stepfamily Guide to Financial Planning: Money Management Before and After You Blend a Family, Ron Deal, Greg Pettis, and David Edwards, introduce what they call a “Togetherness Agreement.”

Think of it as a redeemed version of a prenuptial agreement. A traditional prenup is something you do to your spouse—it outlines what they won’t receive if the marriage fails. But a Togetherness Agreement is something you do for your spouse. It outlines how you will lovingly and intentionally provide for one another and your families.

In a Togetherness Agreement, couples prayerfully decide together:

How do they care for children from prior relationships
How inherited or premarital assets will be handled
How responsibilities to other households or parents will be honored
And how they’ll support one another financially in love and unity

It’s not about dividing assets—it’s about uniting hearts. This process builds emotional safety, which in turn builds trust. When couples feel safe, they can finally exhale, knowing they are truly invested in each other.

Taking Inventory—Emotionally and Financially

Before crafting any agreement, couples need to take inventory. That means both emotional and financial reflection.

Ask questions like:

What financial baggage or debts are we bringing in?
What past wounds or fears still shape the way we view money?
What are our goals—for our family, our faith, and our future?

Blended families are always born out of loss—whether death, divorce, or something else. That history doesn’t have to define the new relationship, but it does need to be acknowledged. Honest reflection helps couples avoid repeating old patterns and build a healthier foundation together.

Every couple’s situation is different, but here are key topics that should be covered in a Togetherness Agreement:

Joint and separate accounts
Debt and financial obligations from prior marriages
Child or spousal support payments to other households
Retirement, insurance, and investments
College, cars, and other child-related expenses

Covering these topics doesn’t weaken love—it strengthens it. It replaces assumptions with clarity and fear with peace.

If all of this feels overwhelming, take heart. You don’t have to figure it out alone. Seek wise counsel—a trusted financial planner, pastor, or Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA) can help you find creative and God-honoring ways to care for your family.

And above all, remember this: God’s grace is sufficient for your blended family. Submit your plans to Him. Let Him guide the process. As you do, He will grow you—not only in financial wisdom, but in love, unity, and faith.

When couples move from mine and yours to ours, they begin to reflect the very heart of God, who makes two one, and who calls us to love generously, even in the way we handle money.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been struggling with $26,000 in credit card debt that I recently disclosed to my husband. A credit consolidation company says they can negotiate it down, so I’d pay $400 every two weeks and be debt-free in four years. It sounds good, but is this a trustworthy option—or are there drawbacks I should watch out for?
I have UTMA accounts for my two sons, but I am considering switching to 529 plans. I’m mainly concerned that with the UTMA, they’ll gain full control of the money once they come of age. Would a 529 plan be a wiser choice?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Can Money Buy Happiness?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 7 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

“If we command our wealth, we shall be rich and free. If our wealth commands us, we are poor indeed.” - Edmund Burke

It’s a familiar thought: If I just had a little more money, life would be better. We’ve all been there—believing that one more raise, one more purchase, one more upgrade will finally bring contentment. But as many have discovered, that thought rarely delivers what it promises.

The question “Can money buy happiness?” isn’t new, and neither is the answer. From philosophers to billionaires to biblical writers, the conclusion is the same: wealth can make life comfortable, but it cannot make life complete.

Why Money Can’t Deliver What It Promises

We don’t know how much Edmund Burke studied Scripture, but his words echo a timeless truth. Paul warned Timothy, “For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evils” (1 Timothy 6:10). When we expect money to solve our problems or satisfy our hearts, disappointment always follows.

Financial author Ron Blue explores this in his book, Generous Living: Finding Contentment Through Giving, pointing out a deep disconnect between what we believe and how we behave. Most of us would agree that “money can’t buy happiness,” yet nearly every message in our culture insists that it can. The world doesn’t just tempt us to spend more—it trains us to depend on more.

Advertising drives this message home. Every commercial suggests that joy is only one purchase away. The right car, the latest phone, the perfect vacation—each one whispers that happiness is for sale. But when our hearts attach to things that fade, anxiety soon takes root. Instead of owning our possessions, our possessions begin to own us.

John D. Rockefeller, worth billions in today’s dollars, once admitted, “I have made many millions, but they have brought me no happiness.” Henry Ford echoed the same sentiment: “I was happier when I was doing a mechanic’s job.” And long before them, King Solomon—the wealthiest man of his day—wrote, “He who loves money will not be satisfied with money; this also is vanity” (Ecclesiastes 5:10).

Three men, three eras, one truth: money can’t satisfy the soul.

Two Myths About Wealth

Ron Blue identifies two common lies about money:

More money brings more freedom and satisfaction. In reality, more money brings more complexity. As Ron Blue also notes in his book, “Since there are always unlimited ways to spend limited dollars, it doesn’t matter whether you make $20,000 or $200,000—you will always have choices to make.” With greater wealth comes greater responsibility and potential stress.
More money removes fear and worry. The opposite is often true. The more we have, the more we have to lose. Market downturns and unexpected crises reveal that our sense of security is fragile when it’s built on wealth.

In those moments, God invites us to a deeper trust—not in our accounts or assets, but in His character. His provision is measured not by our portfolios but by His promises.

So how do we break free from financial fear? It begins with a shift in perspective: realizing it’s not your money. You’re a steward, not an owner. Everything you have belongs to God.

Philippians 4:19 assures us, “And my God will supply every need of yours according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.” God promises provision, not luxury. He gives enough for His purpose in your life, not necessarily for every preference.

Our role is faithfulness—to manage His resources wisely, give generously, and hold loosely what He entrusts to us. Enjoy His gifts, but never expect them to give you peace or identity. Those belong to God alone.

Finding Joy That Lasts

Psalm 37:3–5 gives us the pathway to contentment: “Trust in the Lord, and do good… Delight yourself in the Lord, and he will give you the desires of your heart.”

When we delight in God, He reshapes our desires. We stop chasing what fades and start finding joy in what lasts. True wealth isn’t measured by net worth but by contentment.

So, can money buy happiness? Not the kind that endures. It can buy comfort and convenience—but not peace, purpose, or joy. Those come only from trusting the One who provides.

When your hope rests in Christ and not your paycheck, you’ll experience what Edmund Burke described centuries ago: true freedom that never fades.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 30 and trying to be proactive about my financial future. Should I consider getting long-term care insurance this early, or wait until later in life? And would adding annuities make sense at my age?
I’m a veteran with a VA loan at 6.75%, and I keep getting offers to refinance through a VA IRRRL. I’ve only been in my home for about a year, but as a single mom, lowering my payment would really help. Should I go ahead and refinance now, or wait?
My employer offers both a traditional 401(k) and a Roth option. If I switch to contributing to the Roth, will my employer match still go there, and would it also be tax-free when I withdraw it?
I recently replaced my old truck with a 2023 model, and the seller is offering an extended warranty for $4,000. It sounds comprehensive, but I’ve read many negative reviews about these plans. Are extended warranties on vehicles generally worth it?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Enjoy the Holidays Without Going Into Debt

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 6 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

The best gift you can give yourself this season might not come wrapped in paper or tied with a bow.

The holiday season—from Thanksgiving through Christmas—can be one of the most joyful times of the year, but also one of the most stressful, especially when money’s tight. What if you could celebrate the whole season without the financial regret that debt brings? The good news is—you can. With a few simple steps, you can enjoy the season, bless others, and keep peace in your heart and home.

Start With a Spending Plan

From the turkey to the tinsel, the holidays bring both delight and pressure. We want to give, to gather, and to make memories. But if we’re not careful, the bills that follow can overshadow the joy.

Begin by setting a total spending limit. Start with what you can afford, not what you wish you could. That number becomes your guardrail for the season. You’re not being stingy—you’re being wise. Every dollar you keep out of debt stays available for future generosity.

Next, divide that total into categories—food, travel, gifts, decorations, charitable giving—whatever matters most to your family. Writing it down makes the plan tangible and easier to follow.

If you’re hosting Thanksgiving dinner, include the cost of groceries. If you’re traveling, plan for gas or airfare now so you’re not caught off guard later.

Pay With Cash or Debit

Studies show we spend about 30% more when paying with credit. Whenever possible, pay with cash or a debit card. If you must use a credit card, set a firm limit and stick to it.

Some families even open a separate account just for holiday spending. It creates a natural boundary and helps avoid impulse purchases. There’s real freedom in knowing you’ve already decided what’s enough.

Get Creative With Giving

Whether it’s hosting Thanksgiving dinner or wrapping Christmas gifts, remember—it’s not about the price tag. A handwritten note, a framed photo, or a homemade pie can carry far more meaning than something store-bought.

Acts 20:35 reminds us, “It is more blessed to give than to receive.” That blessing isn’t about the cost—it’s about the heart.

If your children are old enough, invite them to help bake cookies for neighbors or make handmade gifts for grandparents. These shared experiences create memories that last far longer than the presents themselves.

You can also use what you already have—redeem unused reward points or gift cards. It’s one more way to keep spending within your means.

Plan Ahead for Next Year

When January rolls around, start setting aside a little each month for the next holiday season. Even $50 a paycheck can make a big difference. By next November, you’ll be ready to give and celebrate without anxiety.

If you prefer automation, set up a small transfer to a dedicated savings account. You’ll hardly notice it leaving your budget—but you’ll be grateful when the holidays return.

Partner With a Faith-Based Financial Institution

If you’re looking for a trusted place to save, consider our friends at Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU)—a financial institution that’s been serving believers and ministries for over 68 years.

They share your faith and are committed to helping you manage money in a way that honors God. Their savings accounts, digital tools, and personalized service can help you stay on track during the busiest time of the year.

Right now, as a special offer to FaithFi listeners, you can receive up to a $400 bonus when you open a high-yield checking, savings, or Visa cash-back card. Visit FaithFi.com/Banking and enter the code “FaithFi” when you apply.

Keep Your Focus on What Matters Most

As you prepare for Thanksgiving, take a moment to thank God for His provision. Gratitude is where wise stewardship begins. And as Christmas draws near, let your giving reflect the joy of God’s greatest gift—His Son, Jesus Christ.

When we give with grateful hearts and live with margin, we reflect His generosity to the world around us. Ultimately, this creates space for what matters most: faith, family, gratitude, and the celebration of Christ’s birth.

Even when finances feel tight, remember—lasting peace isn’t found in numbers or careful planning, but in resting on God’s faithful provision. That is the heart of faithful stewardship: learning to live not from scarcity, but from trust in the One who provides abundantly.

And when you do, you’ll find a joy that lasts long after the holidays are over.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been on and off Social Security disability after a head injury, but was later able to return to work. They kept sending me payments even after I notified them I was earning more than allowed. Now that my cancer has returned and I may need to stop working again, how should I handle this with Social Security? Should I visit their office in person to get it sorted out?
My wife and I own our home outright, but have built up significant credit card debt over the past few years. We’re debating whether to take out a home equity loan or a reverse mortgage to get back on track. Which option would you recommend?
We’re selling our home and deciding whether to use all the proceeds to buy our next house or invest some of them in our retirement accounts to increase our monthly income. Which choice makes the most financial sense?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

5 Reasons We Don't Give More with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 5 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Why do so many Christians want to give more—but feel like they can’t?

Most of us want to be generous, but there are often barriers—spiritual, financial, or even emotional—that hold us back. Today, Ron Blue joins us to unpack five key reasons why Christians don’t give more, and how we can begin climbing toward greater generosity.

Ron Blue is a financial teacher, author, and co-founder of Kingdom Advisors. He has helped countless Christians apply biblical wisdom to their finances and is best known for his bestselling book, Master Your Money: A Step-by-Step Plan for Financial Contentment.

Five Barriers to Generosity—and How to Overcome Them

Generosity is one of the greatest marks of spiritual maturity, yet many Christians find themselves wanting to give more but feeling unable to do so. Over the years, most believers face five primary barriers to generosity.

These form a kind of “pyramid,” with each level building on the one below it. The journey toward greater giving begins with the heart and ends with intentional planning.

1. Spiritual Condition: The Foundation of Generosity

Before generosity ever shows up in our bank accounts, it begins in our hearts. When we grasp who God is, who we are, and the grace that has been extended to us, generosity naturally flows from that understanding.

The more we understand God’s ownership and our role as stewards, the more we want to give. Spiritual maturity is the foundation—without it, our giving will always feel like an obligation instead of an act of worship.

2. Financial Health: Creating Margin to Give

Even when our hearts are in the right place, poor financial habits can make generosity difficult. Many believers simply can’t give more because they’re weighed down by debt, overspending, or disorganization.

It often takes time—sometimes even years—to align our finances with our convictions. That might mean getting out of credit card debt, restructuring a business, or learning to live within our means. When we get our financial house in order, we create margin for generosity to flourish.

3. Vision: Seeing Where God Is Working

People don’t give to spreadsheets or buildings—they give to vision. When we can picture the impact of our giving, we’re motivated to invest more deeply.

A clear vision fuels generosity. Ask yourself: Where has God stirred my heart? What Kingdom work do I feel most passionate about? When we see how our resources can change lives—whether feeding children, funding missions, or supporting local ministries—we begin to give with joy and purpose.

4. Community: Encouragement from Others

Generosity rarely happens in isolation. We need relationships that encourage us to live open-handedly. When we surround ourselves with generous people—friends who talk about giving, pray about giving, and celebrate giving—we’re inspired to do the same.

Scripture reminds us that we are to “spur one another on toward love and good deeds” (Hebrews 10:24). Community reminds us that generosity isn’t just an individual act—it’s part of how the body of Christ functions together.

5. Planning: Giving with Intention

Finally, generosity grows through intentional planning. I’ve seen it over and over in my work as a financial planner: when people create a plan for their giving, their generosity increases dramatically—sometimes fivefold.

A plan brings clarity and purpose. It helps you set a “finish line” for lifestyle and accumulation so you can redirect more toward eternal purposes. Without a plan, even well-intentioned believers often give sporadically or reactively. With one, generosity becomes a consistent and joyful part of life.

Moving Toward Greater Generosity

These five layers—spiritual condition, financial health, vision, community, and planning—build upon each other. Each represents a step toward living and giving as God intended.

So, which one are you ready to work on today?

The journey toward generosity isn’t about guilt—it’s about grace. As we align our hearts, habits, and plans with God’s purposes, we discover the joy of giving that truly reflects His character.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m considering a reverse mortgage and wondering—if I were to get one—whether my creditors could come after the proceeds.
How can younger people today start building wealth? What are some practical strategies to grow financially—and how can we stay positive and motivated when so many in our generation don’t seem to think that way?
I run a small architecture business, but my income has been inconsistent over the past few years. My financial advisor suggested I take a salaried job to help pay down debt and stabilize our family’s finances. If I do that, how should I communicate with a potential employer that I’d like to keep my business on the side—and is that even wise to do?
I’ve been researching digital currencies and the broader move toward electronic money. With more people, including political figures, showing support for it—and with lower fees and more direct transactions—what’s your take on where this is heading?
My husband is 65 and retired, and I’m 56 and still working. I’ve heard that a spouse can collect half of the other’s Social Security benefit once they reach a certain age. Is that true, and how does it work?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Budgeting on a Variable Income

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 4 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Do you ever feel like budgeting is impossible because your income changes from month to month? If you’re self-employed, work on commission, or depend on tips, you’re not alone. Living on a variable income can feel like riding a financial roller coaster—one month you’re doing fine, and the next, you’re wondering how to make ends meet.

But the good news is that God’s Word offers wisdom that applies even in seasons of financial uncertainty. Proverbs 21:5 reminds us:

“The plans of the diligent lead surely to abundance, but everyone who is hasty comes only to poverty.”

No matter how steady—or unpredictable—your income is, a plan is essential.

Build Your Budget on What You Know, Not What You Hope

Many people make the mistake of budgeting around their best month. Wise stewardship means basing your plan on your lowest or average month, rather than your highest month.

Start by reviewing your income over the past 6 to 12 months. Identify your lowest earning month, and use that as your “bare minimum” budget—what it takes to cover essentials like housing, utilities, groceries, transportation, and basic giving.

For example, if your income ranges from $3,000 to $6,000, plan your budget around $3,000. When you earn more, that extra income becomes your margin—money you can use to pay down debt, save, or plan ahead for slower seasons.

This approach protects you from overcommitting when income drops and helps you live within your means.

Create an Income-Holding Account

When your income arrives irregularly, timing can be just as stressful as the amount. One simple solution is to use an income-holding account.

Here’s how it works:

Deposit all income into one central account—your “holding tank.”
Once a month, transfer your budgeted amount into your regular spending account.

This method smooths out your cash flow, allowing you to “pay yourself” a steady income each month. Proverbs 27:23 gives this timeless reminder:

“Know well the condition of your flocks, and give attention to your herds.”

In today’s world, that means knowing where your money is, where it’s going, and when it’s available.

Also, if your income fluctuates, an emergency fund isn’t optional—it’s essential.

Start by saving enough to cover one month’s expenses, then aim for three to six months over time. Use “boom” months to grow your buffer before adding new spending. When slower seasons come, you’ll be able to keep paying yourself consistently.

Differentiate Between Fixed and Flexible Expenses

Another key to managing a variable income is learning to distinguish between fixed and flexible expenses.

Fixed expenses—like rent, insurance, and loan payments—stay the same.
Flexible expenses—like dining out, entertainment, or travel—can adjust with your income.

During lean months, trim flexible spending. When income increases, you can replenish your savings or increase your giving. Remember, self-control is one of the fruits of the Spirit (Galatians 5:22–23), and that includes how we handle our finances.

One of the easiest ways to get off track is through “surprise” expenses that shouldn’t be surprises—car repairs, insurance premiums, or property taxes.

List all your irregular expenses for the year and divide each by twelve. Set that amount aside monthly in a sinking fund, so when those bills come, you’re ready. No scrambling. No stress. Just peace that comes from faithful planning.

Trust the Provider, Not the Paycheck

Even when your income is unpredictable, God is not. Matthew 6 reminds us that our Heavenly Father knows what we need before we ask. He feeds the birds and clothes the flowers—and He will provide for His children.

So whether your income changes weekly or seasonally, rest in this truth: stability isn’t found in your paycheck—it’s found in God’s faithful provision.

If you’re ready to build a flexible, faith-filled budget, the FaithFi app can help. It offers tools to manage cash flow, track spending, and grow as a faithful steward of God’s resources.

Learn more at FaithFi.com by clicking “App” or searching for FaithFi in your app store.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been able to save about $170,000 and add around $10,000 each month. Once I reach $200,000, I’d like to start investing $10,000 a month in something with greater growth potential, even if it carries a bit more risk. Right now, I’m earning about 4% at the bank. What would be a wise next step for that money?
I’ve just moved into an independent living facility and am in the process of selling my condo, which should close soon. I’ll need the proceeds to help cover my living expenses, but I’m wondering—how should I handle tithing on that money?
I just wanted to express my gratitude for the way you and your team share wisdom so respectfully and thoughtfully. Listening to your program has really deepened my understanding and helped me grow.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Financial Next Steps After Losing a Spouse with Valerie Hogan

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 3 Nov 2025 08:00:00 +0000

Losing a spouse can shake every part of life—but God promises to walk with you through each next step.

When loss turns life upside down, even simple financial decisions can feel overwhelming. But with God’s help—and a few practical steps forward—there is hope and healing ahead. Today, Valerie Hogan joins us to share guidance for navigating the financial journey after losing a spouse.

Valerie Hogan is an attorney, a Certified Financial Planner (CFP®), a member of Kingdom Advisors, and the co-author of Wise Women Managing Money: Expert Advice on Debt, Wealth, Budgeting, and More with Miriam Neff.

Grief and Finances Are Deeply Connected

When grief hits, clarity often disappears. You may feel pressure to “get everything settled” or, on the other hand, find it impossible to make even small decisions. Both reactions are normal.

Grief colors everything. It’s difficult to separate financial choices from emotional pain. And that’s okay. The key is to give yourself permission not to have all the answers right away.

Statistics show that about 80% of women will outlive their husbands. That means most of us will one day find ourselves managing finances alone. And many women, especially from earlier generations, weren’t as involved in financial decisions during marriage.

After loss, that reality can be intimidating. Suddenly, you’re faced with choices about investments, taxes, home maintenance, and budgets—often with less income and more years of life ahead. Those early months matter, but they shouldn’t be rushed.

Start with This Truth: God Owns It All

Before any practical steps, I want to anchor you in a truth that has carried me and countless others through difficult seasons: God owns it all.

Everything we have belongs to Him, and He is with us as we steward it. Remembering that doesn’t erase the pain, but it reminds us we’re not alone. It shifts the weight of control off our shoulders and invites God’s wisdom into our decisions.

That truth gives us permission to move slowly and prayerfully. Stewardship is not about perfection—it’s about trust.

Steps for Navigating the Early Days

Here are some guiding steps I often share with widows who ask, “Where do I even begin?”

1. Take One Step at a Time

You don’t need to fix everything today. Unless a change is absolutely urgent, give yourself space to rest and recover. Grief has a way of making even simple tasks feel monumental. Be patient with yourself.

2. Avoid Major Financial Moves Too Soon

Try not to make significant financial decisions while emotions are raw. Some women have sold homes, moved away, or invested large sums during intense grief—only to regret it later. Wait until your heart is steadier before making big changes.

3. Get Organized, Little by Little

Loss often leaves behind a mountain of paperwork. Start small—maybe one pile, one folder, one hour. Ask a trusted friend or advisor to help if it feels overwhelming. Progress comes one decision at a time.

4. Track What’s Coming In and Going Out

Awareness brings peace. You don’t have to overhaul your budget immediately—just begin noticing where money is going. Clarity grows with consistency.

5. Lean on Trusted Advisors

Choose people who will look out for your best interest—those with integrity and experience, not pressure or sales motives. A trusted financial planner, attorney, or advisor can help you think clearly when emotions run high.

6. Anchor Everything in Prayer

This is the most important step. God cares deeply when His people are hurting. Invite Him into every conversation, every decision, every bill you open. He is your provider and your comforter.

Build a “Personal Board of Directors”

Form a personal board of directors—a small circle of wise people you can lean on for different kinds of counsel.

You might include:

A spiritually mature friend who prays with you
A financial professional with integrity
An encourager who helps you stay hopeful
A practical helper who can sit with you through paperwork

Each one brings something valuable. Just remember: not every encourager is a financial guide, and not every advisor is a prayer partner. Surround yourself with a balanced mix of wisdom and compassion.

Know It. Own It. Like It. Change It.

In their book Wise Women Managing Money, Miriam Neff and Valerie Neff Hogan use a simple four-part framework that applies beautifully here:

Know it—Gather the facts. What do you own? What do you owe?
Own it—Accept responsibility for your new role as steward.
Like it—Evaluate your current situation honestly.
Change it—Begin making small, steady adjustments that align with your goals and faith.

You don’t need to have it all figured out. Start by knowing where you are—and trust that God will guide each next step.

If you’ve recently lost your spouse, please hear this: there are brighter days ahead. It may not feel that way now, but God will give you strength and wisdom in time. I’ve seen hundreds of widows rebuild, heal, and even thrive again.

Take one step at a time. Pray often. Surround yourself with wise, loving people. And remember—you’re not alone.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

A friend once told me they only tip 10% at restaurants, so they don’t end up giving a server more than they give to God. Now that’s stuck with me—every time I eat out, I think about it. Am I looking at this the wrong way? What’s the right, biblical way to think about tipping and giving?
I recently set up a trust, and I own two homes—one’s paid off and the other still has a mortgage. Both properties are titled in my name. Do I need to transfer or re-deed those homes into the trust, or can I leave them as they are since they’re already in my name?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What's a Donor-Advised Fund? (And Should You Use One?)

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 31 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

If you’ve ever wished your giving could be both simpler and more strategic, there’s a powerful tool worth knowing about: the donor-advised fund, or DAF for short.

Generosity isn’t just about how much you give—it’s about the heart behind it. As Paul reminds us in 2 Corinthians 9:7, “Each one must give as he has decided in his heart, not reluctantly or under compulsion, for God loves a cheerful giver.”

Wise stewardship allows us to align our giving with God’s purposes, using tools that help us maximize our Kingdom impact. A donor-advised fund—when used rightly—can help you do both: give joyfully and steward resources efficiently.

What Is a Donor-Advised Fund?

Think of a DAF as a charitable checking account designed to support the causes you care about. You contribute cash, stock, or other assets, receive an immediate tax deduction, and then recommend grants to ministries or charities on your timetable.

In other words, it separates the act of giving from the act of distributing. You might contribute during a high-income year or before selling an asset to take advantage of tax benefits, while taking time to decide where those dollars should go prayerfully.

Behind the scenes, your DAF is managed by a sponsoring organization. At FaithFi, we recommend the National Christian Foundation (NCF)—one of the largest and most trusted Christian providers, founded by Larry Burkett and Ron Blue. NCF handles the record-keeping, issues the grants, and provides online tools to manage your giving.

Suppose you plan to sell a business or a piece of real estate that would normally result in a significant capital gain. By donating it to your donor-advised fund before the sale, you can avoid paying capital gains tax, allowing more of the donation to go directly to Kingdom purposes.

You receive an immediate tax deduction for the full value of your gift since it’s considered an irrevocable charitable contribution. The funds can be invested for potential growth while you prayerfully decide which ministries to support—or you can give immediately.

When you’re ready, you simply recommend a grant, such as $10,000, to your church or a mission organization. The DAF sponsor verifies the charity and then sends the gift—either in your name or anonymously.

The Benefits of a Donor-Advised Fund

Donor-advised funds have become the fastest-growing vehicle for charitable giving in America, and for good reason. They combine flexibility, simplicity, and intentionality—all with a focus on Kingdom impact.

Here are some of the key advantages:

Simplicity – One contribution can fund all your charitable giving, with a single tax receipt and one dashboard to track every grant.
Tax Efficiency – Receive your deduction when you contribute, not when you give. Donating appreciated assets can help avoid capital gains taxes, increasing the amount that goes to ministry.
Flexibility – Give now and decide later where the funds should go, allowing generosity even as you discern where God is leading.
Legacy Planning – Name successors—such as children or grandchildren—to carry on your legacy of generosity.
Focus on Mission – Since the administration is handled for you, you can focus your energy on prayerfully deciding where to give.

Important Limitations to Consider

No giving tool is perfect. Here are a few things to keep in mind:

Irrevocability – Once you contribute to a DAF, it’s a completed gift—you can’t take the funds back.
Qualified Recipients – Grants can only be made to IRS-approved charities, not individuals or political causes.
Timing of Impact – Funds can remain in the account for years, which may delay charitable impact.

At FaithFi, we encourage believers to use DAFs for timely generosity rather than indefinite storage. A DAF is meant to organize your giving, not to hold back what God has already called you to release.

Why FaithFi Recommends NCF

There are many donor-advised fund providers—but not all share your faith commitments. That’s why we recommend the National Christian Foundation (NCF).

NCF doesn’t just process gifts; they walk with donors in prayer and biblical wisdom. Their Giving Funds simplify generosity, reduce tax burdens, and amplify Kingdom impact. They can even accept complex, non-cash gifts, such as real estate, business interests, or agricultural assets.

More importantly, NCF’s team seeks to help every believer become a joyful, generous steward who advances the Gospel through wise giving.

To learn more or to open your own Giving Fund, visit FaithFi.com/NCF. You can set up your fund in just minutes. And if you’d like a trusted financial advisor to guide you in the process, visit FindaCKA.com.

At the end of the day, a donor-advised fund is just a tool—but in the hands of a faithful steward, it becomes a powerful way to partner with God in His work.

When our giving flows from gratitude and trust, every dollar becomes a declaration: God owns it all, and we are His stewards.

That’s what it means to give with joy, wisdom, and eternal purpose.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband was recently diagnosed with a serious health condition, and we’re trying to decide whether it’s wise to downsize our home. We currently owe about $198,000, but we’re also looking at another house for $137,500. With today’s interest rates, we could do a 15-, 20-, or 30-year loan. If my husband’s income were to go away, would it be smarter to stay where we are or move to the smaller home with a lower payment?
I’m 61 and wondering whether I should withdraw money from my 401(k) to pay off my car loan instead of taking out a new one. I’ve been looking at my budget and income, and I’m not sure if that’s the best move. What do you think?
My husband recently passed away. He had an IRA worth a little under $70,000, and I have one too. My financial advisor suggested that I roll his IRA into mine—can I do that, and would that be the best approach? Also, our home is in an irrevocable living trust. Am I allowed to sell it, or does it have to stay in the trust?
Our term life insurance policy is set to expire soon. We could cash it out or roll it into a whole life policy, but we already have enough life insurance. With a child heading to college in about a year and a half, we’re wondering if there’s a smart way to put that money into savings for college without taking a big tax hit.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Invest Like an Owner with Robin John

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 30 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What if we stopped investing like bystanders and started investing like owners and “neighbors” in the story of our finances?

When you invest like an owner, our portfolios can reflect faithful stewardship and create real-world impact. Robin John joins us today to share practical ways to move from passive investing to purposeful ownership.

Robin John is co-founder and Chief Executive Officer at Eventide Asset Management, an underwriter of Faith & Finance. He’s also the author of the book, The Good Investor: How Your Work Can Confront Injustice, Love Your Neighbor, and Bring Healing to the World.

Investing vs. Speculating

Many people confuse investing with speculating. Speculating—like day trading—is often no different than gambling. It’s focused on short-term gains, trying to predict what the market will do tomorrow. But investing is about ownership. When you buy a stock, you’re buying a piece of a company. You become a co-owner.

That means your money is participating in real work—serving customers, employing people, and creating products that impact lives. As Christians, we should invest in companies we believe are doing good for the world, not just generating profits.

Speculation is reactive and anxious. Investing, when done faithfully, allows us to rest in the knowledge that our capital is working toward purposes aligned with God’s design for flourishing.

The Responsibility of Ownership

Ownership changes everything. It confers ethical responsibility.

If you owned a neighborhood store, you’d care deeply about how it serves your community, treats employees, and impacts the environment. In the same way, being a shareholder means you share in both the profits and the moral implications of what that company does.

That’s why Eventide Asset Management believes that Christians must think like owners, not traders. Ownership means engaging thoughtfully with the companies we invest in—voting proxies, engaging in dialogue with management, and ensuring that our capital is stewarded with integrity. Our investing isn’t just about earning; it’s about embodying our faith in the marketplace.

Why Passive Investing Deserves a Closer Look

In recent years, many investors have turned to index funds or “passive” strategies. While these offer simplicity and diversification, I believe we should pause and ask: What are we actually owning?

As Christians, we can’t do anything passively—not even investing. Romans 12:2 calls us to avoid conforming to the patterns of this world, to renew our minds, and to discern what is good. That means we can’t blindly invest in every company just because it’s part of a market index.

Do we really want to profit from industries like pornography, abortion, gambling, or tobacco? Our calling is to pursue good profits—profits that come from serving others and honoring God.

To meet that need, Eventide has created systematic ETFs—investment funds that provide broad market exposure while intentionally excluding harmful industries. They’re designed for believers who want to participate in the market without compromising biblical conviction.

The Neighbor Map: Loving People Through Investing

In his book, The Good Investor, Robin shares something he calls the Neighbor Map—a framework that helps us see all the “neighbors” affected by a business.

God’s command to “love your neighbor as yourself” (Leviticus 19) isn’t abstract. It applies to the business world. At Eventide, they have identified six key neighbors every company should serve:

Customers – Are the company’s products truly good for those who use them?
Employees – Are they treated with dignity, fairness, and care?
Suppliers – Are business relationships ethical and respectful?
Communities – Does the company create meaningful jobs and contribute positively to local life?
The Environment – Is creation being stewarded well? Caring for creation is one of the most direct ways to love the poor, because it’s the poor who suffer most from pollution and neglect.
Society – Is the company contributing to the flourishing of the broader culture?

Faithful investing isn’t only about avoiding harm—it’s also about embracing good. When we invest in companies that love their neighbors well, we participate in God’s ongoing work of restoration.

As investors, we’re not distant spectators. We’re partners. At Eventide, they engage directly with the companies we invest in—raising concerns, asking hard questions, and encouraging leadership to act with wisdom and compassion.

Their goal isn’t confrontation—it’s collaboration. Whether it’s addressing supply chain ethics, employee safety, or corporate philanthropy, we approach these conversations as co-owners who want to see good companies become even better.

Clarity for Every Christian Investor

Many believers are unaware of what their money supports. That’s why the team at Eventide created GoodInvestor.com—a free tool that allows you to screen your portfolio and see exactly what you’re investing in. You can also connect with advisors who understand faith-based investing and can help you align your portfolio with your convictions.

We hope that Christians everywhere would invest with joy, clarity, and confidence—knowing that their capital is serving God’s purposes in the world. When we invest, we’re not just moving money—we’re shaping the world. Every dollar we deploy carries moral and spiritual weight.

Our prayer is that more believers would see investing as a form of worship—a way to love God and neighbor through the stewardship of capital. Together, we can build a world that rejoices, where profits are good, people are valued, and creation is honored.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Back in 2010, my parents set up a life estate warranty deed for their home, adding my siblings and me to the deed. My mom passed away eight years ago, and my dad passed in December 2024. We’re preparing to sell the house now, but I keep hearing that we need to use a “life expectancy table” to calculate the home’s value for capital gains or losses. Can you explain how that works and what steps we’ll need to take for the taxes?
I’ve saved up three months’ worth of income—about $2,300 in total—and I still owe around $500 on a HELOC and another $500 on a credit card with interest rates of about 7% and 8.9%. My question is: Should I treat my savings separately from my three-month emergency fund? For example, if something unexpected happens—like a car repair—I don’t want to touch my emergency fund. Is there a certain percentage or guideline for how much should be in an emergency fund versus regular savings?

Resources Mentioned:

Robin John is the Chief Executive Officer, Founding Member at Eventide Asset Management, LLC. Views expressed in this podcast are intended for information purposes and do not constitute investment advice. Eventide does not provide tax, accounting, or legal advice. Eventide's values-based approach to investing may not produce desired results and could result in under performance compared with other investments. There is no guarantee that any investment will achieve its objectives, generate positive returns, or avoid losses.

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Long-Term Impact of Generous Lives with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 29 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

The most generous people give something money can’t buy—their time, their presence, and their love.

Generosity reaches far beyond finances. It shapes hearts, strengthens families, and builds communities of grace. Today, Sharon Epps joins us to talk about the long-term impact of generous living.

Sharon Epps is the President of Kingdom Advisors, FaithFi’s parent organization. Kingdom Advisors serves the broad Christian financial industry by educating and equipping professionals to integrate biblical wisdom and financial expertise.

A Simple Question That Changes Everything

If you’ve ever wondered what true generosity looks like, it’s often simpler—and closer to home—than we think. Generosity isn’t measured by dollar amounts or estate plans; it’s written on the faces and in the actions of people who live with open hearts.

In fact, if you ask someone a simple question like this, you will move their hearts more than you know:

“Think about the most generous person you know. What do they look like? What’s their countenance? Their posture?”

Take a moment to picture them. Chances are, their face lights up your mind’s eye. They’re probably joyful, peaceful, genuine—and not necessarily wealthy. That’s because generosity is about heart, not income. It’s about presence, not possessions.

When we make generosity personal, it changes us. We stop thinking in abstract ideas and start remembering real people who gave freely of themselves—and in doing so, reflected the heart of Christ.

When this question is asked, the answers are often the same: a grandparent, an aunt, an uncle—someone who gave of themselves through love, laughter, and listening. These aren’t people who built foundations or donated millions. They modeled generosity through steady love and consistency.

That’s what long-term generosity looks like. It starts at home and grows outward.

Redefining Long-Term Impact

When we hear “long-term impact,” our minds often jump to wills, trusts, or endowments. Those are important tools, but they’re not the whole story. True long-term impact happens when we invest our lives, not just our assets.

Every day, we have the chance to sow generosity through acts of service, hospitality, and encouragement. These simple seeds—when planted faithfully—bear fruit that outlasts any financial gift because they grow in people’s hearts.

If you long to leave a legacy of generosity, start small.

Serve one person this week. Ask God to show you where you can listen, encourage, or help.
Be steady and intentional. Generosity grows through daily habits, not grand gestures.
Practice generosity with time and words. The way you invest relationally today can change someone’s tomorrow.

Over time, those small acts of faithfulness will shape the kind of life others remember as generous.

Generosity is most powerful when it’s shared. Families that give together cultivate hearts that reflect God’s heart. Take your children with you when you serve at a food pantry. Let them see generosity in action. Talk about giving not as an obligation but as a joyful response to God’s grace.

A Practical Tool for Giving

One practical way to make giving intentional is through a donor-advised fund—or what our friends at the National Christian Foundation call a Giving Fund. It’s like a charitable checking account where you can deposit money now and prayerfully decide later how to distribute it.

Opening one is quick and easy, and it’s a great way to involve your children or grandchildren in deciding where to give. You can learn more or start one in under five minutes at FaithFi.com/NCF.

Generosity Flows Toward People

In the end, generosity isn’t about how much we give—it’s about who we’re becoming. It’s not just an act; it’s a lifestyle. When our generosity flows toward people instead of possessions, we participate in God’s ongoing story of redemption.

That’s the kind of impact that lasts far beyond our lifetime.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I really want to honor God with my giving. I’ve been thinking about donating to St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital and to my local church. Should I split my giving between the two, or focus everything on my church?
I called about Qualified Charitable Distributions before, and your explanation helped—but I’m still not sure I understand them. At age 70, it seems like you lose out on any interest or growth from that money, and you can’t take a tax deduction. So why would anyone do a QCD at that age? Would it ever make sense to take money from a Roth IRA instead? And are there income levels where a QCD just doesn’t make sense?
How can I strike the right balance between managing my money wisely and living with radical generosity?
I have about $100,000 invested across the S&P 500, NASDAQ, and Dow, but I’m wondering if that’s too risky. Would it be safer to put everything into the S&P 500, or is there a better approach? At 76, should I shift more into bonds—and if so, what kind would you recommend?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Live Simply, Give Generously with Randy Alcorn

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 28 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Living simply isn’t about deprivation—it’s about freedom. And that freedom can unleash extraordinary generosity.

God calls us to live with eternity in mind—not clinging to possessions but using what we have for His Kingdom. Randy Alcorn joins us today to talk about how we can loosen our grip on earthly things to open our hands to eternal impact.

Randy Alcorn is the founder and director of Eternal Perspective Ministries (EPM) and the New York Times Bestselling author of more than 60 books, including Heaven, Money, Possessions, and Eternity, The Treasure Principle, and Giving Is the Good Life. His books have been translated into over 70 languages and have sold more than 10 million copies.

Simplicity That Leads to Generosity

You’ve likely heard the phrase, “Live simply, that others may simply live.” It’s a short sentence with a world of meaning behind it—and one that feels increasingly relevant today.

Everywhere we look, we see need. It’s been that way ever since sin entered the world, but now the sheer scale is staggering—billions of people living in poverty, lacking food, clean water, or access to opportunity. When we consider this, it should be shocking to see how much of a difference it would make if those of us who follow Jesus simply chose to live on less—so that we could give more.

This isn’t about rejecting good gifts or living in asceticism. It’s about reordering our priorities so that what God provides doesn’t end with us. Living simply creates margin. And that margin can fuel generosity that transforms lives, both now and for eternity.

Some people hear “simplicity” and think of minimalism for its own sake—going off the grid, cutting out every comfort, or proudly living with as little as possible. But simplicity by itself accomplishes very little.

You could live the simplest life imaginable, and still not help anyone. The goal isn’t simplicity—it’s purposeful simplicity that opens the door to generous living.

If God blesses you with wealth, there’s no shame in that. In fact, that’s a great opportunity. The question isn’t how much do you have?—but what are you doing with what you have? Go ahead and earn well, but then invest it in God’s Kingdom. Use what He’s entrusted to you to love Him and to love others.

That’s where simplicity finds its true purpose—in freeing you to give more boldly, more joyfully, and more eternally.

Seeing Life Through the Lens of Eternity

When Jesus said, “Store up for yourselves treasures in heaven,” He wasn’t speaking in riddles. He was revealing a reality that reshapes everything we own. But if we have no concept of Heaven—if we’re not eager for the life to come—then treasures in Heaven won’t mean much to us.

Scripture promises that God will one day bring Heaven down to Earth—the new Earth, a renewed creation where righteousness dwells. That’s our forever home. That’s the world we were made for.

When we live in light of that eternal perspective, it changes how we view possessions today. Why cling to what’s temporary when you can invest in what lasts forever? The things of this world fade—but what’s given to God’s purposes endures.

For many of us, money and possessions have enormous mass. But when we give generously, we shift our center of gravity from earth to eternity. We begin to orbit around God’s Kingdom rather than our own comfort. That’s freedom.

Becoming God’s Delivery System

Everything we have comes from God—and it’s meant to flow through us, not stop with us. I like to say we’re not buckets, we’re pipelines. God’s resources are meant to move through our lives to accomplish His purposes.

If the FedEx driver delivered a package to himself instead of the intended recipient, we’d say he misunderstood his job. And yet, that’s what many of us do with God’s provision. We assume it’s all for us when in reality, we’re the delivery system for His grace.

The Bible says, “Now it is required that those who have been given a trust must prove faithful.” (1 Corinthians 4:2) Faithful stewards don’t hoard. They pass along what belongs to the true Owner.

We’ve all heard the phrase, “God owns it all.” But do we live like it’s true? If we really believe that everything we have belongs to Him, then generosity isn’t a burden—it’s obedience.

That changes how we think about earning, saving, and spending. It means asking, “Lord, what do You want us to do with Your money?” That’s stewardship in its purest form—managing God’s resources for God’s glory.

Living for the Kingdom, Not the Dream

The Bible doesn’t pit generosity against joy. In fact, they belong together. Paul writes in 1 Timothy 6 that God gives us all things richly to enjoy, even as he warns us about materialism.

God delights in our joy. He gives good gifts. But He also invites us to hold them loosely. Take that vacation. Enjoy a good meal. But let gratitude and generosity flow together.

Living simply doesn’t mean rejecting enjoyment. It means finding joy in what pleases God most—seeing our resources advance His Kingdom and bless others in His name.

It’s easy to justify excess when someone else always seems to have more. But if we’re not careful, we can baptize greed in the name of the American dream.

God calls us to something far richer—a life rooted in gratitude, freedom, and Kingdom purpose. Living simply and giving generously keeps our hearts anchored in eternity and our hands open to bless others.

That’s not loss. That’s joy. That’s freedom. That’s treasure that lasts forever.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 72 years old, still teaching at a state school, and I’d like to resume making payments on my student loans. They’ve been in deferment, so I haven’t been able to make my regular $100-a-month payments. Is there any way I can make those payments? I’ve been told my loans won’t qualify for forgiveness until I start paying on them.
My husband and I are 55 and 56, and we own a business along with several rental properties. We have about $500,000 we’d like to invest, and we’re considering a hybrid life insurance policy with a benefit access rider for long-term care. We’d put in about $155,000 for a guaranteed $250,000 death benefit each, for a total of $500,000, plus any growth. What do you think about that kind of approach?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Your Rest Matters to God with Dr. Tom Nelson

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 27 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

We live in a world that never seems to slow down. Deadlines, family demands, and constant notifications all compete for our attention.

But what if God designed rest—not just work—as being essential to our flourishing? Today, we’re talking with Tom Nelson about the Sabbath, why it matters, and how it can transform the way we live and trust God.

Dr. Tom Nelson is the President of Made to Flourish and has served as the Senior Pastor of Christ Community Church, a multi-site congregation across Kansas City, for over 30 years. He is also the author of Why Your Work Matters: How God Uses Our Everyday Vocations to Transform Us, Our Neighbors, and the World.

God’s Design for Both Work and Rest

From the very first pages of Scripture, we see that God’s creation design includes both work and rest. These are not competing ideas but complementary rhythms woven into what it means to bear God’s image. Yet in our culture, it’s easy to emphasize one and neglect the other. We celebrate hard work—and rightly so—but often ignore the equally important gift of rest.

Genesis 2 begins not with human work, but with divine rest. “By the seventh day God had finished the work he had been doing; so on the seventh day he rested” (Genesis 2:2). God didn’t rest because He was weary. He rested to delight in His creation and to model for us a rhythm of life that mirrors His own.

Sabbath is a gift. It’s not an obstacle to productivity but an invitation to communion with our Creator. From the Garden of Eden to the Ten Commandments, from Jesus' ministry to the promise of the new creation, the thread of Sabbath runs through the entire story of Scripture.

When we honor that rhythm—six days of labor and one day of holy rest—we experience an echo of Eden and a foretaste of eternity, when we will work and rest in perfect harmony with God.

Rediscovering Sabbath as a Gift

God designed us for a relationship with Himself and with one another. Sabbath helps us recalibrate those relationships. It reorders our hearts around love, not accomplishment. The Triune God invites us to rest so that our hearts might be re-centered on intimacy with Him rather than on our own achievements.

That’s what Sabbath is really about: not simply stopping our work, but remembering who sustains it. It reminds us that the primary calling of our lives is not to do for God, but to be with God.

For many of us, we may see Sabbath as optional—something good in theory but impossible in practice. However, neglecting rest affects our spiritual formation, our relationships, and even our physical and emotional health.

Sabbath is not a duty; it’s a grace. It’s not legalism; it’s life. Sabbath is God’s way of teaching us to steward not just our resources, but our time. We often speak of stewarding our time, talent, and treasure, yet forget that time itself is one of God’s greatest gifts.

We may think of Sabbath as “rest from work,” but we should really view it as “work from rest.” Our week should flow out of the rest we receive—not the other way around.

Guarding Against the Idolatry of Work

Our work matters deeply to God. But like all good things, it can become disordered. When we place our identity, meaning, or security in what we accomplish, work becomes an idol. Sabbath protects us from that idolatry.

By resting, we declare that God—not our productivity—sustains the world. Sabbath breaks the cycle of self-reliance and teaches us to trust the One who never sleeps. It frees us to delight in beauty, to nurture relationships, and to experience renewal in body and soul.

Many people say, “That sounds wonderful, but you don’t know my schedule.” Between raising children, leading organizations, and building businesses, the idea of a day of rest can feel unrealistic.

But Sabbath is not a test of devotion—it’s an act of grace. Jesus said, “The Sabbath was made for man, not man for the Sabbath” (Mark 2:27). God gives us this rhythm for our good. So start small. Begin with an afternoon. Disconnect from technology. Step away from the endless noise and hurry. Give your soul permission to breathe.

As you do, you’ll find that rest becomes not a luxury, but a necessity. You’ll also discover that Sabbath rhythms bear witness to a watching world—an act of quiet evangelism declaring that our trust is in God’s provision, not our own effort.

A Practical Picture of Sabbath

For many, Sunday naturally serves as a Sabbath—a day centered on corporate worship and community. Begin the day in God’s Word. Gather with your church family to worship and remember the gospel. Then build the rest of the day around delight: time with loved ones, enjoying nature, sharing meals, or simply slowing down.

Sabbath isn’t about inactivity; it’s about being present—to God, to others, and to the world He made. It’s a day of delight, not productivity—a time to remember that we are human beings, not human doings.

Without Sabbath, those we love often receive only our leftovers—whatever energy remains after six days of striving. But when rest becomes part of our rhythm, our relationships deepen. We offer the people closest to us not exhaustion, but joy.

Sadly, when people face burnout or relational breakdown, Sabbath is almost always missing. Rest is essential to wholeness.

Ultimately, Sabbath points us to Jesus Himself—the Lord of the Sabbath. He invites us, “Come to me, all who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest” (Matthew 11:28). That invitation is not just for a day each week—it’s for every day of our lives.

When we rest, we remember that the world is not upheld by our effort but by His grace. True rest is not found in the absence of work but in the presence of Christ.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Our new community ministry is only about 25% funded right now, but we’d really like to launch it in a biblically sound way. As a leadership team, how should we move forward with that?
A debt settlement counselor is offering to settle $36,000 of debt for $29,000, with monthly payments of $575 over 52 months. That adds up to just $29,000 total. Is this legitimate—or does it sound like a scam?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What We Receive When We Give

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 24 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When you buy something, it’s a simple transaction—money goes out, and something tangible comes back in. But giving is different. Scripture tells us that when we give, we also receive—but not always in the way we expect. The return God promises isn’t measured in bank balances or possessions. It’s measured in freedom, joy, and purpose.

Many people hear the phrase “give to receive” and imagine a divine transaction: give to God or others, and blessings—perhaps even financial—will return. But biblically, generosity is never a get-rich scheme. It’s an invitation to live the kind of life God designed for us—a life marked by open hands and open hearts.

God’s Kingdom Is Not a Vending Machine

Some interpret verses like Luke 6:38 (“Give, and it will be given to you”) as a spiritual formula: “If I give, God owes me something.” But this is a distortion of Jesus’ teaching. God isn’t running a cosmic vending machine where our dollars purchase His favor.

Instead, He invites us to live differently—to find life not in what we keep but in what we release. If money itself were the ultimate reward, God would be reinforcing the very idol He seeks to break in our hearts. Jesus reminds us in Luke 12:15, “One’s life does not consist in the abundance of possessions.” That truth echoes through every page of Scripture: generosity is not about loss—it’s about liberation.

What We Actually Receive When We Give

So, if giving isn’t transactional, what does Scripture say we receive in return? The Bible highlights three beautiful gifts that generosity brings.

1. We Receive Freedom

Money has a unique power to capture our hearts. Jesus warned, “You cannot serve God and money” (Matthew 6:24). Every act of generosity is a declaration of allegiance: we are not owned by our wealth. Giving loosens money’s grip and frees us to serve a greater Master.

2. We Receive Joy

In Acts 20:35, Paul quotes Jesus saying, “It is more blessed to give than to receive.” True joy doesn’t come from what we accumulate—it comes from participating in God’s generosity. John Bunyan put it this way: “You have not lived today until you have done something for someone who can never repay you.”

3. We Receive Purpose

When we give, we join God’s mission in the world. Paul writes in 2 Corinthians 9:11, “You will be enriched in every way to be generous in every way.” The goal isn’t self-enrichment—it’s being a conduit of blessing. Generosity connects our story to God’s story, reminding us that every resource we have is meant to reflect His generous heart.

Giving Flows from Grace

If we’re honest, our motives for giving can become mixed. We might give to feel good, earn approval, or to gain favor with God. But the gospel frees us from all of that. Ephesians 2:8–10 makes it clear: we’re saved by grace, not by works. Our generosity is not a means of earning God’s love—it’s a response to already having it.

Once we understand that truth, giving transforms from obligation into worship. We don’t give to get something back. We give because we’ve already received everything in Christ.

At the center of our faith stands Jesus—the One who gave everything. Paul captures it beautifully in 2 Corinthians 8:9:

“For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that though He was rich, yet for your sake He became poor, so that you by His poverty might become rich.”

Jesus didn’t give to gain something for Himself. He gave because of love. Through His sacrifice, we received reconciliation with God and eternal life in His Kingdom—riches far beyond material wealth.

When our giving mirrors His, our motivation becomes love, not return. And in that kind of giving, we experience the true riches of life in Christ.

Living With Open Hands

Even when generosity brings blessing, the return is never shallow or predictable. We don’t give to multiply our possessions—we give to multiply love, freedom, and trust.

Every act of giving draws us deeper into God’s life—freeing us from greed, filling us with joy, anchoring us in purpose, and reminding us that He is our ultimate treasure.

The world says, “Give so you can get.” The gospel says, “Give because you’ve already been given everything.”

When we live with open hands, we discover that the richest life is the one fully surrendered to God.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife had student loans before we got married, and the balance has now grown to about $65,000. I didn’t realize how much debt she had until recently, and it’s been hard to manage on our income—especially since her payments are currently set to $0 through an income-based repayment plan. How should we approach this situation, and what can we do to manage or reduce this debt given our financial limitations?
I’ve been giving to my church using funds from my Required Minimum Distribution, even though I’m still working. Someone recently asked why I’m taking RMDs if I’m not yet required to. Do I have to take RMDs from my retirement plan while I’m still employed, or do the rules only apply to my IRA?
I have both a Roth IRA and a brokerage account that I’d like to transfer to a new investment firm. The accounts have been open for more than five years. If I move my Roth IRA, does that five-year clock restart, or does the time I’ve already had it stay intact?
I recently received an inheritance of about $200,000 after my father’s passing. My mortgage balance is around $175,000. I don’t have any other debt, but I do have five kids at different stages of life, including some in college, and I haven't saved much for retirement. Should I use the inheritance to pay off the mortgage and invest the remaining amount, or keep the mortgage and invest the entire amount for the future? What’s the best move for my family right now?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Faith Shapes a Legacy of Giving with Boyd Bailey

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 23 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Did you know that over the next two decades, trillions of dollars will pass from one generation to the next?

The question is—what kind of legacy will that transfer leave behind? Today, Boyd Bailey joins us to talk about how generosity is about more than dollars—it’s about discipleship, financial literacy, and passing on wisdom along with wealth.

Boyd Bailey is the President of the National Christian Foundation (NCF) in Georgia, an underwriter of Faith and Finance. He is also the author of several books, including his latest, The Power of Generosity: Experiencing God's Amazing Abundance – How to Change the World Through Acts of Kindness.

What Makes NCF Unique

Founded in 1982 by Larry Burkett, Ron Blue, and Terry Parker, the National Christian Foundation (NCF) has helped mobilize over $21 billion for more than 90,000 charities and ministries worldwide.

From the beginning, NCF has understood that when you carry Christian in your name, you also carry a sacred responsibility. Their mission is to walk alongside believers—to help them make the most of what God has entrusted to them—and they always start with the heart.

Before discussing strategy, NCF encourages donors to discern God’s call on their generosity through prayerful consideration. Only after that heart work do they explore practical tools—how to give wisely, save on taxes, and maximize Kingdom impact.

One of NCF’s most effective tools is the Giving Fund, a type of donor-advised fund that functions like a “charitable checking account.” Even with limited tech experience, you can open a Giving Fund online in less than a minute. It makes giving spontaneous and simple—whether you’re inspired at a church service or a fundraising dinner.

But convenience isn’t the goal—discipleship is. Many families establish Giving Funds for their children, helping them embark on their own journey of generosity. And NCF encourages creative giving, too—through appreciated stock, real estate, or even a business interest—allowing donors to give more while paying less in taxes.

Generosity and Wise Stewardship

Stewardship and generosity aren’t opposites—they’re two sides of the same coin. Stewardship manages what God provides; generosity releases it for His purposes. Without generosity, stewardship is incomplete.

As Paul writes in 1 Timothy 6:17–18, believers are to “put their hope in God, who richly provides,” and to “be rich in good deeds.” Generosity, then, isn’t just about giving—it’s about protecting our hearts from the idols of wealth and security that compete for our devotion.

For those struggling to give during uncertain times, it helps to broaden the definition of generosity. It’s not limited to money—it also includes time, attention, and hospitality.

Still, fear and busyness often prevent families from discussing giving or wealth transfer. The best approach? Plan early. Invite everyone. Don’t go it alone. Bring in a trusted advisor or friend to help facilitate the conversation. Why wait until after you’re gone for your kids to experience the joy of giving? Use your influence now to model Kingdom-minded generosity.

A Simple Way to Start

As year-end approaches, consider whether an NCF Giving Fund could help you take your next faithful step in generosity. It’s simple to set up, easy to use, and profoundly impactful for both you and those you bless.

To learn more—or to open your own Giving Fund—visit FaithFi.com/NCF.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are helping our young adult son build credit. I’ve heard you discuss secured credit cards, but I’m also curious about whether utility bills can serve a similar purpose. You mentioned something about reporting—where does that information actually go when utilities are reported? Also, my husband and I have been debt-free for years—not even a mortgage. We share one credit card, and he was listed on it with me. We thought that would help both of our credit scores, but recently discovered that his credit disappeared. Do we need to specifically list him as an “authorized user” for it to be counted toward his credit history? I’m not sure what went wrong.
I’m considering changing financial advisors and would like to understand the key concerns to keep in mind—whether it’s switching to a new advisor within the same company or transferring my investments to a different institution. How does that process work?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Talking to Your Advisor About Faith-Based Investing with Josh Bean

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 22 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Did you know your financial advisor can actually help you invest in ways that reflect your faith?

Advisors do more than just help you hit financial targets—they can also guide you in making a lasting impact with your investments. Today, Josh Bean joins us to share how to start the conversation about faith-based investing.

Josh Bean is the National Sales Manager for Praxis Investment Management, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

25 Years of Change in Faith-Based Investing

About 25 years ago, Praxis conducted its first major study on faith-based investing. This year, they decided to revisit that research and see how investor attitudes have evolved.

Partnering with Bellomy Market Research, the Praxis team surveyed over 1,000 individual investors and 400 financial advisors to explore the motivations, opportunities, and concerns surrounding faith-aligned portfolios.

The exciting part is that the results confirmed what they’ve believed all along: people genuinely want to align their investments with what matters most to them. You can explore the full report at PraxisInvests.com/FaithBasedInvesting.

According to the study, nearly half of all investors—48%—have already aligned their portfolios with their faith or are interested in doing so. What’s striking is that this number encompasses all investors, not just those with a religious background.

People see investing as more than performance—it’s about purpose. They want their portfolios to reflect their convictions.

The Advisor Gap: 78% Want Guidance, But Only 9% Are Asked

Perhaps the most surprising finding is the communication gap between clients and advisors.

78% of investors said it’s important for their advisor to discuss faith-aligned options, but only 9% of advisors say they actually bring it up.

That gap is one of the biggest barriers to growth. Investors are eager. Advisors often just don’t know how to start the conversation. That’s where firms like Praxis can help bridge the gap.

One reason some advisors hesitate? The lingering myth that values-driven investing means sacrificing returns.

That’s just not the case anymore. At Praxis, they aim for benchmark-like returns through diversified, optimized portfolios. They screen out approximately 15% of companies that don’t align with their values and incorporate positive impact strategies—all while closely tracking performance.

This approach isn’t just about numbers—it’s about stewardship. In the Parable of the Talents, Jesus commends the faithful servants who wisely managed what they were given. That’s our model—faithful stewardship with Kingdom impact.

An Expanding Landscape of Faith-Based Options

Faith-based investing has come a long way. What once seemed niche now includes mutual funds, ETFs, and multi-fund portfolios that reflect a range of Christian values and causes.

Investors today can build diversified, competitive portfolios entirely within the faith-based space. There are more options—and better tools—than ever before.

Among those tools are screening systems that allow investors to exclude companies that conflict with biblical values or to include those that make a positive social or environmental impact.

Taking the First Step: Talk With Your Advisor

For those new to this space, start the conversation. Ask your advisor, Can my faith be reflected in my investment strategy? That one question could open the door to an entirely new way of stewarding your money.

To help, Praxis has created a free Faith-Based Investing brochure, available at PraxisInvests.com/FaithBasedInvesting. It provides practical guidance on initiating faith-aligned conversations with your financial advisor.

And if you’d like to find a Certified Kingdom Advisor who specializes in Faith-Based Investing, you can visit FindACKA.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 82 years old and recently got a cold call from someone asking if I’d like to sell my house for cash. I don’t owe anything on it—just pay for homeowners' insurance and utilities. Since God has blessed me to live mortgage-free, should I even consider their offer?
I’m considering taking out a $20,000 loan, but I'd rather not use a home equity loan, even though my credit is good. I was thinking of a personal loan through Bank of America instead. My husband is retired, and I’m the only one working—so which option would be more cost-effective for us?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Find Contentment in Christ, Not Money

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 21 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

For many people, contentment feels just out of reach—always tied to the next raise, the next purchase, or the next season of life. Yet Scripture calls us to something deeper and more lasting: a contentment that doesn’t depend on circumstances but rests in Christ Himself.

Psalm 23 begins with a stunning declaration:

“The Lord is my shepherd; I have all that I need.” — Psalm 23:1 (NLT)

David’s words remind us that contentment doesn’t come from acquiring more but from trusting the One who provides. Just as sheep rest securely under the care of their shepherd, we can rest in God’s faithful provision.

True contentment isn’t about suppressing desire—it’s about redirecting it. When we find sufficiency in Christ rather than in money, possessions, or achievements, we’re freed from the trap of covetousness and anchored in the truth that in Him, we already have all we truly need.

The Ancient Lie of Discontentment

Discontentment has plagued humanity from the beginning. In Eden, Adam and Eve had everything they needed, yet the serpent’s lie convinced them they lacked something essential. Discontentment still whispers, “God is holding out on you—you’d be better off if you had more.”

Today, that same voice is amplified through advertising, social media, and cultural comparison. We scroll through highlight reels and feel our lives don’t measure up. But Hebrews 13:5 offers the antidote:

“Keep your life free from love of money, and be content with what you have, for he has said, ‘I will never leave you nor forsake you.’”

The cure for discontentment isn’t having more—it’s remembering that God is always with us.

The Freedom of “Enough”

Contentment is not resignation—it’s liberation. It frees us from envy, overspending, and the crushing weight of comparison. Instead of striving endlessly for more, we learn to steward wisely what God has entrusted to us.

Proverbs 30:8–9 captures this balanced perspective beautifully:

“Give me neither poverty nor riches; feed me with the food that is needful for me…”

The wise steward seeks enough—not excess. When we live this way, our financial decisions change. We spend with purpose. We give with joy. We save with peace. Contentment reorients money from being our master to being a tool for God’s Kingdom.

Think of the widow of Zarephath in 1 Kings 17. With only a handful of flour and a little oil left, she faced famine. Yet when Elijah asked her to make him a cake first, she trusted God’s word—and He provided, not with overflowing barns, but with daily sufficiency.

Or consider the Macedonian believers in 2 Corinthians 8. Paul wrote,

“In a severe test of affliction, their abundance of joy and their extreme poverty have overflowed in a wealth of generosity.”

Despite having little, they gave with glad hearts because their contentment was in Christ, not in their circumstances.

These examples remind us that contentment and generosity often go hand in hand. When we are satisfied in Christ, we’re free to bless others.

Trusting the God Who Provides

At the heart of contentment is trust. Jesus said in Matthew 6:25–26,

“Do not be anxious about your life… Look at the birds of the air: they neither sow nor reap nor gather into barns, and yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not of more value than they?”

Contentment flows from believing that God knows what we need and delights to provide for His children. As Elisabeth Elliot once wrote, “The secret is Christ in me, not me in a different set of circumstances.”

When Christ becomes our treasure, everything else finds its proper place.

That’s why Paul could say in 1 Timothy 6:6:

“Godliness with contentment is great gain.”

Contentment isn’t a loss—it’s true gain. It’s the kind of wealth no market downturn can erase and no thief can steal. Choosing contentment doesn’t mean settling for less; it means resting in the sufficiency of Christ.

When we stop chasing “more” and start trusting God’s daily provision, we discover freedom, peace, and joy. That’s the essence of faithful stewardship—not just managing money, but aligning our hearts with the One who promises, “I will never leave you nor forsake you.”

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I own several rental properties and would like to leave one to each of my children. I still want to collect the rental income, but I’d like to avoid probate and ensure a smooth transition when I pass away. How can I set up a trust to do that, and what’s the best way to move forward?
I got divorced in my mid-50s and had to start over from scratch. I’m now 66 with a little over $37,000 in my 401(k), which I’m eligible to roll over into an IRA. I’d really like to invest that money through a biblically based firm, but most of the ones I’ve contacted require a minimum investment of $50,000. Do you have any suggestions? And how can I build my savings over the next four years? $37,000 won’t last long.
I’m retired, and my husband will be retiring soon. We don’t have a lot saved, but he does have a 401(k) through work. We’re unsure what to do with it or how to ensure we’ll have enough to live on in retirement. Can you help us think through the next steps?
I work with students, and I’ve offered to invest $4,000, allowing them to choose some stocks to learn how investing works. Since I’ll keep the money but let them make the decisions, what’s the best way to buy individual stocks for this kind of project?
My daughter’s credit score is around 625, and she’s committed to improving it. My score is over 800, and I’ve heard that adding her as an authorized user on my credit card could help her. Can you explain how that works and whether it could affect either of our credit scores?
I feel completely lost when it comes to finances, but I want to set my family up for success. Can you recommend a reliable resource or starting point for learning the basics of managing money wisely?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

6 Money Dates for Married Couples with Dr. Shane Enete

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 20 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Money and marriage—two things God designed to bless us, but they can also be two of the greatest sources of stress. What if we turned financial conflict into connection?

Dr. Shane Enete joins us today to share six creative ways couples can build stronger relationships by having intentional financial conversations—what he calls “money dates.”

Why You Need to Talk About Money—Intentionally

That’s the heart behind the idea of money dates. You might have to rip off the bandage at first, but we want to help couples make these conversations not just necessary—but enjoyable.

Turning Financial Talks Into Dates

These aren’t meant for finger-pointing but for course correction—a time to realign your financial goals with your values.

The key is consistency. Whether it’s over dinner, coffee, or a quiet walk, having a regular rhythm of financial connection helps you stay on the same page as a couple—and deepens your trust.

Money Date #1: Share Your Money Story

Every person brings a financial backstory into marriage—habits, fears, and attitudes shaped by family and early experiences.

Think of it as your money autobiography. Reflect on what you learned about money growing up, what messages you received from your parents, and how those experiences influence your decisions today.

Try this: Ask each other, “What’s your earliest memory of money?” The answers may surprise you—and bring you closer.

Money Date #2: Give Together

Generosity is one of the most unifying acts a couple can experience. Here are a few ways to make generosity a shared journey:

Set a giving goal. Track your progress as a family and celebrate milestones together.
Join a giving circle. Partner with friends or your small group to pool resources for a cause you all care about.
Create a stretch goal. As your income grows, commit to increasing your giving percentage over time.

These conversations shift the focus from money as a source of stress to money as a means of Kingdom impact.

Money Date #3: Cook the Books

This one’s both literal and figurative! Instead of going out, stay home and cook a meal together—or grab takeout for a picnic. Use the relaxed environment to talk about your budget rhythm:

Who tracks expenses?
What budgeting tools or apps will you use?
How often will you review spending?

The FaithFi app can help simplify this process. It lets couples track giving, spending, and saving all in one place—while keeping biblical wisdom at the center.

Money Date #4: Check Your Credit (at the Spa!)

Debt can carry emotional weight, so create a peaceful setting for this conversation. A spa day is perfect. It’s relaxing—and you can often find affordable day passes.

While you unwind, discuss:

How much debt do you currently carry?
How did your family handle debt growing up?
What boundaries would you like to establish regarding credit use?

This isn’t about blame. It’s about caring for each other and agreeing on a plan that both of you believe in.

Money Date #5: Number Your Days

This one takes its inspiration from Psalm 90:12: “Teach us to number our days, that we may gain a heart of wisdom.”

Couples should view estate planning as an act of love. When you prepare a will, name a guardian, or establish a power of attorney, you’re doing something deeply selfless—caring for others even after you’re gone.

Spend a date identifying:

Who will serve as executor or guardian for your children?
How do you want your assets used to bless others?
What legacy of faith and generosity do you want to leave behind?

Growing Together Through Financial Stewardship

When you come together around money with openness and grace, you draw closer not just to each other, but to the heart of God.

———————————————————————————————————————

Dr. Enete’s full article, “Six Great Money Dates,” appears in the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine—available to all FaithFi Partners.

When you become a FaithFi Partner with a monthly gift of $35 (or $400 annually), you’ll receive Faithful Steward magazine and other exclusive resources to help you grow as a faithful steward. Visit FaithFi.com/Partner to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m a single mom, 31 years old, raising my 5-year-old son without any child support. I’ve managed to save about $42,000 in a separate account, but now I’d like to start investing that money for his future. I want something safe and low-risk—something that will be there for him when he needs it. What would you recommend?
My 27-year-old daughter has a traditional 401(k) from her previous job here in the U.S., but she’s now working overseas. She’s planning to roll her 401(k) into an IRA with Fidelity. Since she’s still young and making this move, would this be a good time to consider one of those backdoor Roth conversions you’ve discussed before?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Money Transformation with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 17 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Money is never just about dollars and cents. It’s a window into our hearts, a test of our faith, and even a testimony to the world.

Few people have taught that truth more faithfully than Ron Blue. Today, he’ll share lessons from his own journey—from Wall Street to biblical stewardship—and explain how our approach to finances transforms us and our relationships with others.

From Wall Street to Biblical Wisdom

Ron began his career on Wall Street, later founding his own accounting firm and advising countless entrepreneurs and professionals. But everything changed when he became a Christian and encountered the teachings of Larry Burkett and Howard Dayton. He came to realize that everything that worked in the financial world had its roots in biblical wisdom.

For more than forty years, he’s witnessed God’s redemptive work through money—seeing firsthand how financial decisions reveal the heart and become a powerful entry point for spiritual growth.

As the late Billy Graham once said, “When you get your attitude about money right, the rest of life tends to fall into place.”

Money Reveals the Heart

Ron often quotes Larry Burkett’s insight that how we handle money is one of the clearest indicators of our spiritual life.

Every purchase, every act of giving, every financial habit reflects what—and whom—we trust most.

The first and most foundational lesson Ron has seen believers embrace is this: God owns everything.

Once that truth takes root, everything changes. We move from ownership to stewardship, from anxiety to contentment, from control to trust. Those who live as stewards tend to develop an eternal perspective—knowing where their true security lies.

When couples discuss money openly within that framework, communication strengthens and unity deepens. Money becomes not a barrier but a bridge to a deeper connection.

Learning How Much Is “Enough”

One of Ron’s signature teachings centers on answering the question: How much is enough?

Defining financial “finish lines” for lifestyle and accumulation frees believers from endless striving. It helps them determine when to give more, save less, and live joyfully within God’s provision. From a worldly view, enough is never enough—but from God’s view, it is both possible and freeing.

When we truly believe that God owns everything, our financial goals shift. We seek margin—the space to give, serve, and respond to God’s call.

Money itself isn’t the goal—it’s a tool to accomplish God’s purposes. Whether it’s how we educate our children, give to ministry, or plan for the future, the question becomes: How can these resources advance God’s Kingdom?

When people look at us, they shouldn’t see someone better, but someone different—different priorities, values, and goals.

When Couples Don’t See Eye to Eye

Not every couple starts on the same page financially. Ron has seen how honoring the marriage covenant sometimes means yielding financial preferences for the sake of peace and witness. In one case, advising a believing wife to honor her unbelieving husband’s wishes about tithing led to that husband’s eventual openness to Christ.

Even in his own marriage, Ron and his wife, Judy, have relied on third-party counsel to strengthen their communication—reminding couples that it’s not their money, but God’s money.

Money as a Test and a Testimony

For Ron, money serves three purposes: it’s a tool, a test, and a testimony. God often uses money to build our faith because it serves as a test of our trust. But it’s also a testimony. Contentment, generosity, and peace in financial life point the world to the sufficiency of Christ. In a culture driven by comparison and consumption, a believer who lives joyfully and contentedly becomes a living witness of God’s faithfulness.

If we can demonstrate contentment, confidence, peace, and joy, the world will notice—and wonder why. Money even becomes a testimony to the next generation as children watch their parents live open-handedly and find joy in biblical stewardship.

When you view money as God’s tool, test, and testimony, it reshapes not just your finances—but your faith, marriage, and legacy.

Money is a great servant but a terrible master. When we surrender ownership to God, we discover the true freedom of stewardship—peace, purpose, and joy that outlast every market cycle.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 59 and planning to retire next year. My wife is already retired, and thankfully, our home and vehicles are paid off. We also have a few rental properties that are nearly paid for. My question is—when should I start taking Social Security? And regarding our pensions and investments, should I consider rolling them out of our company plans into something else?
My son is thinking about filing for bankruptcy. He has quite a bit of debt—not just credit cards—and I’m worried about what bankruptcy would do to his credit and how long it would take him to rebuild. He hopes to buy a home in the near future. What are his options to avoid bankruptcy, and if he does file, how can he begin to recover his credit?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Investing in Precious Metals with Mark Biller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 16 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Gold has been surging this year—but what’s behind the rise, and what should investors keep in mind before buying in?

Precious metals, such as gold and silver, have long fascinated investors, particularly in times of economic uncertainty. But are they wise investments for today? If so, how should we approach them? Mark Biller joins us today to talk about investing in precious metals.

Mark Biller is Executive Editor and Senior Portfolio Manager at Sound Mind Investing, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

The Surge in Gold and Silver

Gold’s remarkable rise has captured headlines again, now up over $4,000 an ounce—up from about $2,600 at the start of 2025. That’s a 50% gain this year on top of last year’s 26% surge. Silver has jumped even higher, up roughly 60%, while gold mining stocks have more than doubled.

What’s behind this stunning rally? Several key forces are at play. Global central banks have been buying gold aggressively, a trend that accelerated after the U.S. froze Russia’s dollar reserves in 2022. This event shook confidence in the U.S. dollar as a neutral reserve currency. Add in fears of currency debasement stemming from massive government spending since the COVID pandemic, and gold suddenly looks like a safer store of value.

As investors around the world look for stability, gold—the “4,000-year-old alternative currency”—is once again shining.

To understand today’s prices, it helps to look at history. Adjusted for inflation, gold recently surpassed its all-time high from January 1980. Silver, meanwhile, is nearing $50 an ounce—the peak it hit in both 1980 and 2011—but still lags behind those highs when adjusted for inflation.

These cycles remind investors that precious metals often move in waves—soaring during manias, then enduring long pullbacks. After its 1980 peak, silver prices dropped nearly 90%; after 2011, they fell by about 70%. Understanding those cycles helps set realistic expectations and temper “gold rush” enthusiasm.

Gold as a Store of Value

Unlike stocks or bonds, gold doesn’t produce income or dividends. That makes it tricky to value—but also unique. It’s not a productive asset; it’s a preservative one.

For centuries, an ounce of gold could buy a fine men’s suit. The same holds true today, illustrating its enduring purchasing power. Gold’s real role isn’t to generate profit—it’s to store value when currencies lose theirs.

Viewed this way, gold functions as an alternative currency to the world’s paper money systems. As inflation rises and confidence in traditional currencies wavers, gold’s relative stability stands out.

Gold’s appeal intensifies during uncertainty. Whether it’s inflation, war, or financial instability, investors turn to gold as a hedge. While Americans rarely consider regime changes, history is filled with nations where financial systems collapsed, and gold helped preserve wealth across transitions.

Even in less dramatic times, when governments respond to crises by printing more money, gold tends to perform well. As fear increases, so does the appetite for precious metals.

Gold, Silver, and Mining Stocks: Knowing the Difference

Each part of the precious metals market serves a different role:

Gold is the foundation—a global monetary metal and store of value. It’s what central banks buy, and it tends to be more stable.
Silver is both a monetary and an industrial metal. Its demand fluctuates more with the economy, primarily due to uses in electronics and solar panels. That makes it more volatile—but also more accessible to smaller investors.
Mining Stocks are speculative. While they can surge when gold prices rise, they’re also risky. Over the long term, mining stocks have underperformed, so investors should approach them with caution.

How to Invest Wisely in Precious Metals

We recommend a balanced approach:

Physical gold and silver provide direct ownership and long-term stability. However, storage and security are concerns, so it’s best to keep this allocation small—around 5% of your portfolio.
ETFs (Exchange-Traded Funds) offer convenience and liquidity. They’re ideal for active management and diversification.

Combining both approaches provides flexibility and peace of mind—anchoring part of your wealth in tangible assets while keeping another portion readily accessible for use.

As with any investment, precious metals should be approached with discipline and perspective. They’re best viewed as part of a long-term diversification strategy—not a get-rich-quick play.

To learn more about investing wisely in gold and silver, Sound Mind Investing has released a free special report for Faith & Finance listeners. Download your copy at SoundMindInvesting.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I own a 100-year-old building where I live and also rent out a couple of units. It’s well built but always needs work. Thankfully, I can handle many of the repairs myself, as I come from a family of electricians and real estate professionals. The issue is, I can’t seem to deduct much of what I do on my taxes, even though I spend a lot of time maintaining the property. I also sometimes barter with family and friends, helping them with projects in exchange for their help. Is there a legal way for me to charge for some of my time or count this work toward deductions?
I’ve got about $7,000 to $8,000 in credit card debt, and I’ll be leaving my job soon. I have a 401(k) with a balance similar to mine, and I know that taking it out early means incurring taxes and penalties. Would it make sense to cash out my 401(k) to pay off my credit cards, or would you recommend an alternative approach?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Reverse Mortgage: A Widow’s Best Friend? with Harlan Accola

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 15 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Could a reverse mortgage be a widow’s best friend?

Since women typically outlive men, many will one day carry the financial load alone. Today, Harlan Accola joins us to explain how reverse mortgages have changed and why they can offer widows stability, dignity, and confidence for the years ahead.

Harlan Accola is the National Reverse Mortgage Director at Movement Mortgage, an underwriter of Faith and Finance. He is also the author of Home Equity and Reverse Mortgages: The Cinderella of the Baby Boomer Retirement.

The Longevity Challenge

Many people still carry outdated assumptions about reverse mortgages. Some believe they’re risky or predatory—especially for widows. However, over the years, these products have undergone significant evolution, incorporating new safeguards that make them a secure and compassionate option for many older adults, particularly surviving spouses.

Women tend to outlive their husbands, often by several years. That creates what financial professionals call longevity risk—the challenge of stretching resources over a longer life. Couples frequently plan their finances assuming they’ll live out retirement together, but the reality is that many widows face 2–10 years of life on their own, often with reduced income.

For many, a reverse mortgage can bridge that gap. By allowing homeowners age 62 and older to access the equity in their homes without monthly payments, it provides a steady income—especially for those who want to remain in their homes.

The reputation of reverse mortgages has improved dramatically since the early days. When the FHA introduced the program in 1988, some borrowers made unwise choices—like removing their spouse from the home title—which left surviving spouses vulnerable.

Thankfully, that changed in 2013. Federal law now requires that both spouses be listed on the loan and protected by it. This safeguard ensures that a widow can remain in her home for as long as she wishes, without fear of foreclosure or forced sale.

Dignity and Security for the Years Ahead

When a husband passes, household income often drops by around 40%. If a traditional mortgage payment remains, that financial burden can force a widow to sell her home. A reverse mortgage eliminates that risk by converting home equity into income—allowing her to stay in the place she loves, surrounded by memories, with dignity and financial stability.

For widows, that security is invaluable. It turns a house into a lasting home, ensuring that the twilight years can be lived not in fear, but in peace.

To learn more about whether a reverse mortgage could benefit your situation, visit Movement.com/Faith.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m trying to find information about a Christian savings and loan, but I haven’t been able to get the contact details. Can you point me in the right direction?
I don’t feel like I have enough savings to handle a real emergency. I’m working both full-time and part-time jobs just to keep up with bills, plus I’m trying to pay off student loans and credit cards. I feel stretched thin and don’t know what to do next.
I called before about my advisor and wanted to give you an update. Now I have a question: I have a 401(k), a traditional IRA, and a Roth IRA—each with about $100,000. When I retire, do I need to withdraw from one before the others, or is there a better strategy for taking distributions?
I recently changed jobs and left my 401(k) with my former employer, which is now closing its doors. Should I roll that money into my new job’s plan or transfer it elsewhere? I’m not very familiar with managing investments myself.
I currently have a moderate growth account with a steady income, but I’m considering withdrawing the funds. Would CDs be a safe place to move that money, or do you have other suggestions?
I need help finding affordable health insurance on a limited income. I have some past health issues, and I’m worried about being penalized. Where should I start looking?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Theology of Investing with Tim Macready

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 14 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Investing isn’t just about returns—it’s about reflecting what we truly value.

Our faith is meant to guide every area of life, including how we invest. When our hearts are set on God, our investing reflects His priorities—caring for creation, serving our neighbor, and letting what we treasure shape how we steward His resources. Tim Macready joins us today to talk about a “theology of investing.”

Tim Macready is Head of Global Advisory at BrightLight, a division of EverSource Wealth Advisors.

A Theology of Investing: Bringing Faith to Financial Decisions

Most people view investing as a financial act—an attempt to grow wealth, manage risk, or secure a comfortable future. Yet Scripture invites us to see investing as something much deeper: a spiritual act rooted in stewardship, love, and worship.

A theology of investing reimagines financial activity not as separate from faith but as an expression of it. It calls believers to bring their heart, head, and hands together, transforming investing from a pursuit of profit into a practice of discipleship.

Theology simply means the study of God and how what we learn about Him shapes the way we live. Applied to investing, it means aligning financial decisions with biblical truths about creation, stewardship, and love for neighbor.

Faith is not only a matter of belief—it’s a matter of lived action. When we view investing through this lens, we begin to see it as part of our calling to manage God’s resources wisely and to use them in ways that bring about human flourishing and reflect His goodness.

The Creation Mandate and the Purpose of Investing

The story begins in Genesis 1–2. Out of His divine goodness, God creates a world filled with potential and beauty, then entrusts humanity with the task of cultivating and developing what He made.

Investing participates in that same creation mandate. It takes the resources God has provided and reallocates them so that they become productive—fueling innovation, creating jobs, and contributing to the flourishing of communities. Financial returns become a byproduct of faithful stewardship rather than the sole objective.

Through investing, believers join God in bringing order, beauty, and abundance to His creation.

Some assume investing is little more than glorified gambling, but the two could not be more different. Gambling is speculation—a zero-sum pursuit driven by chance. Investing, on the other hand, is a form of stewardship. It seeks to grow what God has entrusted by putting resources to work productively in the service of others.

Faithful investing recognizes that capital is not an end in itself but a tool for participating in God’s creative and redemptive work in the world.

Loving God and Neighbor Through Investment

When Jesus summarized the law, He tied together two inseparable commands: love God and love your neighbor (Matthew 22:37–39). Investing offers a tangible way to live out both.

By directing capital toward enterprises that meet real needs, create employment, and improve lives, investors can participate in the biblical call to love their neighbor. Investing becomes a form of generosity—an intentional choice to place capital at risk so that others may benefit and communities may thrive.

When guided by love, investing ceases to be a self-focused pursuit and becomes a practice of service and shared flourishing.

In Matthew 6, Jesus teaches that “where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” That truth reveals not only that our spending reflects what we love, but also that our hearts are shaped by where we invest.

Our financial choices form us. Every investment helps build something—industries, technologies, and cultures. Those choices shape what we value and the kind of world we participate in creating.

If the heart is anchored in Christ, investing becomes a means to align one's desires with discipleship, ensuring that financial growth serves God’s purposes and the good of others.

In modern markets, investing often feels impersonal. Index funds and digital platforms can make financial activity seem detached from real lives. Yet every investment still represents a relationship—people on both sides working, creating, and depending on one another.

Recovering this relational awareness reminds believers that investing is not merely an economic transaction. It’s a moral and spiritual act that affects individuals and communities made in God’s image.

From Portfolio to Worship

Scripture consistently warns of wealth’s dangers—not because money itself is evil, but because it so easily tempts us to trust it instead of God. As C.S. Lewis observed, the comforts wealth provides can dull our sense of dependence on the Lord.

Greed, the Bible says, is a form of idolatry (Colossians 3:5). When money becomes our source of security, it quietly replaces the Provider Himself. Biblical investing begins with the opposite conviction: everything belongs to God, and we remain utterly dependent on Him for every good gift.

A single strategy or product does not define faithful investing. It is marked by intent—by the desire to align financial decisions with God’s purposes.

That may mean avoiding investments that exploit others or harm creation, or seeking out opportunities that promote dignity, justice, and flourishing. Sometimes it might even mean accepting lower returns for the sake of love.

Ultimately, profit is more than numbers on a page—it represents the fruit of faithful stewardship in a mutually beneficial exchange that honors God and blesses others.

When believers see investing as part of their discipleship, it transforms the act itself. No longer about accumulation, it becomes about participation—joining God’s ongoing work of renewal in the world.

Faithful investing asks deeper questions:

How does this investment serve my neighbor?
How does it reflect the beauty and justice of God’s Kingdom?
How does it shape my heart toward or away from Christ?

When those questions guide our portfolios, investing becomes more than a financial decision—it becomes an act of worship.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m looking to tap into my home’s equity to cover some needed repairs. My roof is nearly 20 years old, and the house also needs painting. I owe approximately $167,000, and the home is valued at around $375,000. I found a company that offers a credit card tied to home equity—no upfront cost —and they claim approval takes only 15 minutes. What do you think about this option?
I have two kids in their early and mid-20s, and I’m encouraging them to start investing in a Roth IRA, even if it’s just a small amount. Where can they open one without high fees eating into their contributions? We’re not very experienced investors, and I’ve heard you mention Sound Mind Investing—would that be a good place to begin?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Tithing in the Bible: A Fresh Look at Christian Giving with John Cortines

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 13 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What does Scripture really say about tithing—and does it still apply to Christians today?

For some, the tithe feels like a doorway to trusting God’s provision. For others, it’s a source of guilt, confusion, or even division in the church. John Cortines joins us today to help us take a fresh, biblical look at this ancient practice.

John Cortines is the Director of Grantmaking at The Maclellan Foundation. He is the author of our new study on the book of Ecclesiastes, Wisdom Over Wealth: 12 Lessons from Ecclesiastes on Money, as well as the co-author of God and Money: How We Discovered True Riches at Harvard Business School and True Riches: What Jesus Really Said About Money and Your Heart.

When Giving Becomes a Math Problem

What starts as a simple question—“How much should I give?”—can easily become a spiritual trap. When our focus shifts to calculating the exact percentage, we risk turning generosity into a math problem instead of an act of worship. The joy of giving fades when we treat it like a transaction rather than a response of gratitude.

For some believers, tithing has been a beautiful first step toward trusting God with their finances. But for others, it’s become a burden—tied to fear, guilt, or even manipulative teaching. Some have been told that unless they give precisely ten percent, they’ll miss out on God’s blessing or fall under His curse. That kind of legalism replaces grace with anxiety.

True biblical giving isn’t about hitting the right number—it’s about having the right heart. When we give freely and joyfully, we reflect the generosity of the God who first gave everything to us.

Tithing in the Old Testament

Even before the law, Abraham gave a tenth to Melchizedek as an act of honor to God’s priesthood. Jacob vowed to give a tenth as well, though his promise was conditional—“If You do this, God, then I’ll do that.”

Under the Mosaic law, the tithe became more formalized. In fact, there were three tithes in ancient Israel:

The Levitical Tithe – to support priests and temple service.
The Festival Tithe – to fund feasts and communal worship.
The Charity Tithe – to support the poor and vulnerable.

When combined, these amounted to roughly 23% annually, far more than the simple 10% most people imagine. A clear-cut 10% tithe wasn’t exactly what it looked like in Scripture.

What About the New Testament?

Here’s where things get interesting. The tithe is central in modern Christian stewardship, but in the New Testament, Jesus and the apostles never use it as a framework for giving.

The word tithe does appear four times—but only incidentally. Jesus even rebukes those who tithe meticulously while neglecting “justice and mercy and faithfulness” (Matthew 23:23).

Instead, the New Testament presents a new model: gospel generosity. Giving becomes voluntary, sacrificial, joyful, and regularly practiced—not a legalistic percentage, but a reflection of the heart transformed by grace.

Five Timeless Principles From the Tithe

Although Old Testament tithing laws don’t bind Christians today, there are five beautiful principles we can carry forward:

Give to Christ as Priest and King. Just as Abraham honored Melchizedek, we honor Christ by offering our first and best to Him.
Give faithfully to the local church. Supporting the ministry and those who shepherd us reflects the heart behind the Levitical tithe.
Celebrate God’s goodness. The festival tithe reminds us to set aside resources for joyful remembrance—not funded by debt, but by gratitude.
Care for the poor. The charity tithe points us toward compassion and generosity for those in need.
Use 10% as an ancient benchmark—not a rigid rule. Ten percent may not be a legal requirement, but it remains a helpful starting point for generosity. It’s simple math, and maybe that’s why God made it easy to remember.

The Heart of True Generosity

Here is a striking contrast between two real-life givers.

Jack tithes confidently, convinced that God guarantees material blessing in return. “My income will never go down,” he insists.
Cindy, meanwhile, gives 9% and feels guilty for “falling short.” Yet her home is open to foster children, and she serves faithfully at church.

If Jesus were in the conversation, it’s clear who He’d affirm. The heart of giving isn’t about a perfectly calculated percentage—it’s about love, humility, and faithfulness.

Ultimately, tithing isn’t about meeting a quota but recognizing that everything belongs to God. The Old Testament giving system was complex, and if anyone claims you’ll be ‘blessed or cursed’ based on a fixed percentage, be cautious—that leans toward prosperity teaching.

Instead, New Testament passages such as 2 Corinthians 8–9 and 1 Timothy 6, as well as Jesus’ own words in Matthew 23 and Luke 11, emphasize grace, humility, and joy in giving.

The truth is that every dollar belongs to God. We don’t give to get a blessing—we give because we’ve already received the greatest one: salvation and adoption into God’s family. That’s the essence of biblical stewardship. It’s not about meeting a percentage—it’s about meeting the Person who gave everything for us.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 56 and hoping to retire in about four years. I have a 401(k) worth approximately $150,000, around $50,000–$60,000 in savings, and one rental property that generates a small monthly income. My home and vehicles are paid off, and most of my income now goes into savings. I want to make smart financial decisions for the next few years—especially when it comes to investing for retirement. I don’t want to work forever and miss out on enjoying life. What steps should I take to prepare for this?
I would like to follow up on the question the last caller had. My relatives typically live into their mid-70s or 80s. Given that, do I really need to build up a large IRA to have a comfortable retirement?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

CCCU and AdelFi’s Merger for Kingdom Impact with Aaron Caid

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 10 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When two faith-based credit unions unite, it’s not just about growing bigger—it’s about multiplying Kingdom impact.

We’re talking about something that’s a lot more than just a merger— it’s about expanding services and supporting ministries worldwide. Aaron Caid joins us today to talk about the exciting merger of Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU) and AdelFi Credit Union.

Aaron Caid is the Chief Marketing Officer at Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU), an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

A New Season for Christian Community Credit Union

When it comes to money, the conversation always goes deeper than numbers. For Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU), finances are a matter of faith, stewardship, and Kingdom impact. That’s why the announcement of a merger between CCCU and AdelFi marks such a significant and exciting new chapter.

This merger wasn’t a quick decision. It was the culmination of nearly two years of prayer, discernment, and thoughtful consideration by both boards. Both organizations share a Christ-centered mission, with AdelFi carrying a 60-year history of faith-aligned banking and a strong commitment to supporting Christian ministries. The merger is designed to create a stronger credit union, expand reach, and multiply Kingdom impact.

What Members Can Expect

For CCCU and AdelFi members, the transition will be seamless. Accounts and services will remain uninterrupted. At the same time, members can look forward to enhanced digital tools, stronger security, expanded member support, and greater lending capacity. That means more opportunities to serve individuals, churches, ministries, and faith-based businesses with tailored financial solutions.

The heart of this merger is ministry. By combining resources, CCCU will be able to give more generously to global partners such as Samaritan’s Purse, the Tim Tebow Foundation, and Mission Aviation Fellowship. Together, the new institution will support churches, mission-sending agencies, and faith-based organizations with greater financial strength. At the end of the day, it’s not just banking, it’s stewarding resources for eternal impact.

With the merger complete, CCCU will become the largest Christian banking institution in the United States—holding more than $1.5 billion in assets. Beyond size, the partnership brings specialized expertise. AdelFi’s strength in serving Christian-owned businesses complements CCCU’s established ministry partnerships, while AdelFi’s connection to over 4,000 missionaries deepens the reach to those serving around the world.

The Path Ahead

The merger is officially effective December 1, and members don’t need to take any action. Services will continue seamlessly, with every account insured up to $250,000. CCCU is committed to keeping members updated through email and the merger hubs on their websites.

This partnership represents more than financial growth—it’s about multiplying impact for the Kingdom. Together, CCCU and AdelFi are equipping God’s people and ministries with financial tools that advance the Gospel and care for others in Jesus’ name.

To learn more about this new chapter in Christian banking, visit FaithFi.com/Banking.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have approximately $630,000 in savings and would like guidance on how to invest it, pay off around $20,000 in debt, and purchase a home within the next year. I’m 35, and my wife and I expect to work another 15–20 years. How should we best allocate our money?
The parable of the talents has inspired me to start investing. I have less than $10,000 and have been watching YouTube videos to learn. Can you recommend trustworthy resources—such as websites or books—that can help me develop financial wisdom?
I’m getting ready to apply for Social Security. Is it better to apply online, over the phone, or in person at the office?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Identity in Christ Changes Everything About Money with Dr. Derwin Gray

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 9 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When it comes to money, the issue isn’t just budgets or bank accounts—it’s identity and ownership.

In Christ, we’re a new creation and God’s dwelling place, which means money is something we manage for the Owner. Today, we’ll explore what it looks like to live as God’s stewards with Dr. Derwin Gray.

Dr. Derwin L. Gray is a former NFL player turned pastor, author, and speaker. He co-founded Transformation Church in South Carolina and is the author of multiple books on faith, discipleship, race, and gospel-centered unity.

From Ownership to Stewardship

One of the most significant shifts we can make as followers of Christ is to stop thinking like owners and start thinking like stewards. Scripture makes the point that: “You are not your own, for you were bought with a price” (1 Corinthians 6:19–20).

God doesn’t want something from us—He wants something for us. He longs for us to share His generous heart, free from the grip of idolatry. When Jesus said in Matthew 6:24, “You cannot serve both God and money,” He drew a line we cannot straddle. Money is a tool to serve God’s purposes, not a master to rule our lives.

A powerful illustration of this danger can be found in The Lord of the Rings. Smeagol, once a hobbit, discovered a ring of dark power and quickly became consumed by it. Calling it “my precious,” he was slowly deformed—body and soul—by his obsession.

Money can do the same thing when it takes God’s place in our lives. Instead of being a tool to serve God, it becomes a master that warps our hearts and dehumanizes us. But when grace reshapes our perspective, we see money for what it truly is: not a god to worship, but a resource to manage for God’s glory.

Generosity Flows from the Gospel

The Apostle Paul wrote in 2 Corinthians 8:9, “You know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that though He was rich, yet for your sake He became poor, so that you by His poverty might become rich.”

Generosity is not our idea—it is God’s nature. Giving is worship, an overflow of gratitude to the One who gave Himself for us. When we give our first and best to God, we not only honor Him but also discover peace, freedom, and deeper trust.

This isn’t only about giving. Stewardship encompasses saving, investing, and living debt-free. But generosity is foundational. When we trust God with our finances, we learn to trust Him with every other area of our lives.

Our High Calling

We are not owners. We are managers of what the King of kings has placed in our hands. Every dollar entrusted to us is an opportunity to worship Him, serve others, and reflect His generous heart.

When we embrace this calling, stewardship stops being a burden and becomes a beautiful privilege. How might God be inviting you to live more fully as His steward today?

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I had to retire early because of health issues for both me and my wife. As a custodian, I wasn’t able to save much, and now we’re living on about $2,400 a month from Social Security. What’s the best way to wisely manage these limited resources?
I’m 80 years old and have been taking required minimum distributions from my IRA for about ten years, giving some of those funds to charity each year. When I pass away, my children will inherit the IRA. Will they need to continue taking required minimum distributions?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Breaking Free from Covetousness

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 8 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When we think about financial threats, inflation, taxes, and debt are often the first that come to mind. But Scripture tells us there’s a deeper, more dangerous threat—covetousness. Left unchecked, it poisons our joy, drives us to make poor financial choices, and blinds us to God’s generosity.

Covetousness is more than wanting what we don’t have. It’s a disordered desire that whispers: “I must have that to be happy, safe, or fulfilled.” Paul warns in Colossians 3:5, calling covetousness “idolatry.” Why? Because it dethrones God and places possessions on the throne of our hearts.

In our finances, covetousness often manifests subtly—comparing our homes to those of our neighbors, upgrading cars that are still running well, or chasing investments out of envy. These patterns reveal misplaced worship.

The Antidote: Contentment in Christ

The opposite of covetousness isn’t deprivation—it’s contentment. In Philippians 4:11–13, Paul testifies that he has learned contentment in every circumstance through Christ’s strength.

Contentment doesn’t come naturally—it’s cultivated. And when we trust in God’s abundance, we no longer grasp at what others have. Instead, we rest in His provision. Think of Jesus feeding the 5,000: what looked like scarcity became abundance in His hands.

Social media magnifies our envy, turning vacations, houses, and life stages into comparison traps. The tenth commandment—“You shall not covet”—goes straight to the heart, reminding us that God cares not just about our actions but about our desires.

If you feel this struggle, take heart—you’re not alone. The Spirit empowers us to shift from envy to gratitude, from restless striving to restful trust.

Practical Steps to Combat Covetousness

Fighting covetousness is not about self-shame—it’s about redirecting our worship. Here are three practices rooted in Scripture:

Practice Gratitude—1 Thessalonians 5:18 calls us to give thanks in all circumstances. Keeping a daily gratitude list shifts focus from what’s missing to what God has given.
Budget as Worship—A budget isn’t just restrictive—it’s a discipleship tool. By directing money toward giving, saving, and wise spending, we declare, “Lord, I want You to guide my resources.”
Give Generously—Paul urges believers to “be rich in good works, generous and ready to share” (1 Tim. 6:18). Every gift declares that our identity is not in what we own but in who owns us.

Redirecting Desire Toward Christ

Jesus warns in Luke 12:15: “Take care, and be on your guard against all covetousness, for one’s life does not consist in the abundance of possessions.” The rich fool who built bigger barns illustrates the danger of letting wealth replace intimacy with God.

Covetousness dies when Christ becomes enough. Hebrews 13:5 reminds us: “Keep your life free from love of money, and be content with what you have, for He has said, ‘I will never leave you nor forsake you.’”

At its root, covetousness is a worship issue. We long for what others have because our hearts are restless for the only One who satisfies. St. Augustine put it well: “You have made us for Yourself, O Lord, and our heart is restless until it rests in You.”

The cure isn’t less desire but rightly directed desire—desire fulfilled in Christ. When we practice gratitude, budget as worship, and live generously, we shift our gaze from possessions that perish to a Savior who is more than enough.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

We sold our house after some delays, but in the meantime, I withdrew funds from my IRA, intending to pay them back within 60 days. Since the sale took longer, are there any IRS rules or options to reduce the taxes on that withdrawal?
I’m turning 59½ and retiring early. I have a TSP and the option to roll it into a fixed index annuity with a bonus from Allianz. What’s your perspective on this type of annuity?
We sold a property through owner financing after owning it for 15 years, though it wasn’t our primary residence. When should I report the taxes, and is it treated as a long-term capital gain? Is there any tax benefit to having held it long-term?
My sister has money sitting in a savings account that earns very little interest, and my name is also on it. Since she doesn’t use email, could I open a joint high-yield online savings account with my email, transfer the funds there, and earn more interest?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

4 Ways Emotions Ruin Smart Investing With Dr. Art Rainer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 7 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“For God gave us a spirit not of fear but of power and love and self-control.” - 2 Timothy 1:7

When it comes to investing, wisdom means keeping emotions in check. Fear, greed, overconfidence, and regret can all derail sound decisions. Dr. Art Rainer joins us today to share four ways emotions ruin smart investing—and how you can avoid those traps.

Dr. Art Rainer is the founder of the Institute for Christian Financial Health and Christian Money Solutions. He is a regular contributor here at Faith & Finance and the author of Money in the Light of Eternity: What the Bible Says about Your Financial Purpose.

Don’t Let Emotions Derail Your Investments

When it comes to investing, emotions can be your worst enemy. Allowing emotions to guide your investment decisions will most likely lead you to buy high and sell low. That’s the opposite of building a solid retirement fund.

So how can investors avoid the emotional traps that derail wise investing? Here are four common ways emotions can ruin sound investment strategies.

1. Focusing on the Present Instead of the Future

The stock market fluctuates daily, sometimes even hourly. Many investors get caught in the drama of short-term swings. But we must remind ourselves that we’re not investing for today, we’re investing for the future.

Keeping your eyes fixed on long-term goals helps put temporary volatility in perspective. The market may dip, but over time, patience and consistency are what build wealth.

2. Letting Fear Take Control

Fear often shows up during a market downturn. In 2008, as markets plummeted, many investors panicked and withdrew their money. Later, most admitted that the decision was a mistake.

In fact, steady contributions during down markets actually allow for the purchase of more shares at lower prices—a benefit to long-term investors. This is a process called “dollar-cost averaging”.

Dollar-cost averaging is an investing strategy where you contribute a fixed amount of money at regular intervals, regardless of market conditions. Over time, this helps reduce the impact of market volatility by buying more shares when prices are low and fewer when prices are high.

Fear may feel protective, but it usually leads to missed opportunities.

3. Becoming Overconfident in a Rising Market

Just as fear hurts during downturns, overconfidence can be just as dangerous when markets rise. We saw this during the dot-com bubble in 2000 and again in 2020.

As stock prices climb, inexperienced investors often rush in, assuming the market is “easy money.” They may chase riskier investments without understanding the dangers, setting themselves up for painful losses when the bubble bursts.

4. Dwelling on Regret

Regret over past decisions is natural, but it can tempt us to overcorrect. For example, selling too soon because of a bad memory from the last downturn—or holding too long trying to “make up” for past mistakes.

Instead of being trapped by regret, let past experiences guide wiser choices without driving reactionary ones.

The Bible tells us that saving is wise, but it also cautions against letting fear or greed rule our hearts. Wise investing requires patience, discipline, and trust in God’s provision—not reactionary emotions.

Get Help From a Certified Christian Financial Counselor

For those struggling with debt, budgeting, or saving for the future, Dr. Rainer recommends connecting with a Certified Christian Financial Counselor (CertCFC). These professionals are trained to help individuals and couples align their finances with biblical principles.

You can search for a counselor in your area at ChristianFinancialHealth.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m trying to help someone who has three credit card debts that have gone to collections. What type of documentation should we request to confirm that the debt collector is legally entitled to collect the debt, especially since different agencies continue to contact us?
I’m retired and have recently purchased a property with mold in the crawl space, which is impacting my health. Given my financial situation, would it be wise to borrow money to resolve the mold problem?
My husband is about to turn 73, and we’ve placed all of our IRA funds into an annuity. How do we calculate the required minimum distribution once he reaches 73, and does that amount change each year? We’d like to withdraw only the minimum necessary.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Health Insurance or Medical Cost Sharing: Which Is Right for You? with Lauren Gajdek

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 6 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Health insurance or health cost-sharing—which is the better fit for your family?

With open enrollment upon us, it’s the perfect moment to explore your choices. Joining me today is Lauren Gajdek to highlight the key differences between health insurance and health cost-sharing.

Lauren Gajdek is the Senior Director of External Affairs at Christian Healthcare Ministries (CHM), an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

The Landscape of Traditional Health Insurance

Open enrollment season is right around the corner—running from November 1 through January 15, 2026. For most people, that means navigating the world of traditional health insurance. These plans typically require you to select doctors and specialists within a designated provider network, often necessitating referrals or pre-authorization before receiving care.

While insurance companies provide coverage, their structure can come at a high cost. Premiums and deductibles are often steep, and because insurers operate for profit, patient care and affordability don’t always align. For many families, this creates a significant financial burden.

How Health Cost Sharing Is Different

Health cost-sharing ministries, such as CHM, offer a unique alternative. The end result is the same—your medical bills are taken care of—but the process looks very different.

No provider networks: Members are free to choose their own doctors and hospitals.
Nonprofit model: Unlike insurance companies, CHM is a ministry. Members send in a set monthly contribution, which is pooled together to reimburse medical costs.
Community approach: Instead of being absorbed into a bureaucratic system, members know that their contributions directly help fellow believers in need.

Since its founding, CHM has facilitated over $10 billion in shared medical bills.

How Does Health Cost-Sharing Work?

Here’s how it works for a typical family:

Choose your provider. Members can see any doctor or hospital as long as the treatment fits CHM’s guidelines.
Identify as self-pay. This allows members to receive significant discounts often, sometimes as high as 40%.
Submit bills to CHM. The ministry coordinates with providers as needed. In the meantime, members may set up a temporary payment plan until reimbursement arrives.

The process is straightforward, designed to give families peace of mind while also offering flexibility and savings.

What to Keep in Mind During Open Enrollment

When weighing your options, consider more than just the monthly premium. Ask:

How much am I actually paying out-of-pocket after deductibles, co-pays, and coinsurance?
Will my coverage travel with me if I go out of state—or out of the country?

With CHM, members don’t face co-pays or coinsurance, and qualifying medical bills are shared 100% according to ministry guidelines. Additionally, portability makes it an appealing option for families who want flexibility, regardless of where life takes them.

A Biblical Approach to Healthcare

At its core, CHM is more than a healthcare solution—it’s a ministry. Members not only share medical expenses but also pray for one another and receive prayer support in return. Every monthly contribution is a gift that directly helps another member in need.

CHM reflects biblical principles of bearing one another’s burdens while providing a practical, affordable path to healthcare.

To explore whether health cost sharing is right for your family this open enrollment season, visit CHMinistries.org/Faith.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m refinancing my home and am unsure whether I should roll the closing costs into the new loan or pay them from my investments or retirement accounts. Rolling them into the loan would lower my monthly payment, but is that the wisest choice financially—and biblically?
Could you explain where the funds actually come from with a reverse mortgage, who technically owns the home in this arrangement, and whether the FHA backs the loan?
My wife and I recently took a required minimum distribution from her IRA and made a qualified charitable distribution to our church. They told us it wasn’t tax-deductible and wouldn’t issue a receipt. What does the IRS actually require in this situation?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

10 Financial Mistakes To Avoid

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 3 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Financial blunders aren’t new. Consider this: the web portal Excite once passed on buying Google for just $750,000. Today, Google’s parent company is worth over $2 trillion. That, my friends, is a legendary missed opportunity.

Most of us won’t miss out on trillions, but we’ve all made financial mistakes. The good news is that God’s Word offers wisdom for recovery and direction when we stumble.

Learning from Failure

Scripture reminds us that falling isn’t the end for those who walk with God:

“For the righteous falls seven times and rises again” (Proverbs 24:16).
“For you, O Lord, are good and forgiving, abounding in steadfast love to all who call upon you” (Psalm 86:5).
“If any of you lacks wisdom, let him ask of God … and it will be given him” (James 1:5).

Failure can be a stepping stone when we let God guide us forward. With that encouragement, here are 10 financial mistakes to avoid—and biblical wisdom to help you course-correct.

1. Borrowing from Your 401(k)

It feels like “borrowing from yourself,” but it often masks overspending or debt. While repaying, you may miss out on employer matches and the compounding growth that comes with them. Worse, leaving your job could trigger taxes and penalties.

2. Claiming Social Security Too Early

Starting at 62, benefits are reduced by up to 30%—for life. If possible, wait until full retirement age (or beyond) for a larger monthly check that lasts as long as you do.

3. Only Paying the Minimum on Credit Cards

A $5,000 balance at 20% interest can take nearly a decade to pay off with minimum payments, costing more than $8,000 in interest. Pay extra and utilize debt payoff strategies, such as the snowball or avalanche method.

4. Delaying Retirement Savings

Compound interest rewards the early saver. Even small contributions in your 20s can grow into a significant nest egg. Don’t panic if you’re starting late—just start now.

5. Overextending Yourself for Your Kids

Helping with college, weddings, or down payments shouldn’t jeopardize your own financial stability. Generosity is good, but if you sacrifice retirement now, you may depend on your kids later.

6. Going It Alone Without Wise Counsel

Many sell low during downturns because they lack guidance. Proverbs 15:22 says, “Without counsel plans fail, but with many advisers they succeed.” Seek out wise, faith-based financial advice.

7. Co-Signing a Loan

Scripture warns: “One who lacks sense gives a pledge and puts up security in the presence of his neighbor” (Proverbs 17:18). About 40% of co-signers end up paying the loan themselves. Be wise in your generosity.

8. Quitting School Too Soon

Education—whether a four-year degree, trade school, or certification—equips you with marketable skills. Think of it as an investment in your future, not just a cost.

9. Buying a Timeshare

Timeshares are marketed as affordable luxury, but often come with steep fees, little flexibility, and low resale value. They’re rarely the “investment” they claim to be.

10. Falling for Scams

Scammers prey on fear, urgency, and greed. Whether through fake calls, emails, or investment pitches, their goal is always the same—to separate you from your money. Be vigilant and discerning.

Walking Forward in Freedom

Jesus warned His disciples: “I am sending you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be wise as serpents and innocent as doves” (Matthew 10:16).

Wise stewardship isn’t about never failing—it’s about learning, leaning on God’s wisdom, and moving forward faithfully. With His help, you can recover from mistakes and grow into a more faithful steward of His resources.

———————————————————————————————————————

At FaithFi, we believe money is a tool to advance God’s Kingdom. When you partner with us, you help more people discover the freedom of biblical stewardship and the joy of seeing God as their ultimate treasure.

Become a FaithFi Partner today with your gift of $35/month or $400/year, and you’ll receive:

Early access to devotionals and studies
Our quarterly Faithful Steward magazine
The Pro version of the FaithFi app

Together, we can live as wise stewards and help others do the same.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a 401(k) from a former employer, and I’m thinking of rolling it into a traditional IRA. Is that wise? And can I withdraw some cash during the transfer without incurring a penalty?
I purchased a house in 2019 and now require a loan of $20,000–$30,000 to address basement flooding. What’s the best loan option?
I’m almost 80 and want to close several credit card accounts. How much would that hurt my credit score?
I hold CDs jointly with my sister, but we’re worried she could be liable if I get sued. Should I change the ownership before they mature?
I’m considering joining Christian Community Credit Union, but I noticed that it isn’t FDIC insured. Should that be a concern?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What the Widow’s Mite Teaches About True Generosity

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 2 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What does true generosity look like? Is it measured by the size of the gift, or is it something deeper?

In Luke 21:1–4, Jesus praises a widow who gave only two small coins. At first glance, her offering seems insignificant compared to the wealthy donors around her. Yet, in Jesus’ eyes, her gift was greater than them all. Why? Because God doesn’t measure generosity by the amount—it’s the heart behind it that matters.

The Scene at the Temple

Picture the temple courts: the wealthy making large, noticeable contributions, drawing admiration for their gifts. Then comes a poor widow. No fanfare. No applause. Just two copper coins—economically worthless. Yet Jesus declares that she has given more than anyone else.

The difference? The wealthy gave from their abundance, gifts that cost them little. The widow gave out of her poverty—all she had to live on. Her gift was not just generous; it was sacrificial, risky, and rooted in trust.

This theme echoes throughout Scripture. In 1 Samuel 16:7, the Lord tells Samuel, “Man looks at the outward appearance, but the Lord looks at the heart.” Paul also affirms this in 2 Corinthians 8:12: “If the willingness is there, the gift is acceptable according to what one has, not according to what one does not have.”

God doesn’t call us to give what we don’t have. He calls us to give cheerfully, faithfully, and with hearts surrendered to Him.

God Wants Your Heart

The widow’s gift also points us to the gospel itself. In 2 Corinthians 8:9 we read, “Though He was rich, yet for your sake He became poor, so that you through His poverty might become rich.” Jesus gave everything for us—holding nothing back. When we give sacrificially, we reflect His love and generosity.

Maybe you’ve felt your giving is too small to matter. But Scripture shows otherwise. In John 6, a boy offered five loaves and two fish—and Jesus fed thousands. The issue isn’t what you have, but what God can do with it.

Generosity in God’s Kingdom isn’t about status or size. It’s about surrender. A gift given in faith is never small. Whether two coins or two million dollars, the real question is: Am I giving out of abundance or out of trust?

The story of the widow’s mite isn’t meant to pressure us into giving more. Instead, it frees us to see generosity the way God does—not as an economic equation but as an act of worship. He doesn’t need your money; He wants your heart.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I lost money in my 401(k) when I became disabled, and now it’s sitting in an IRA that isn’t earning anything. Should I transfer it to a savings account, and what taxes would I be liable for? Also, since my house is paid off, I’d like to understand how reverse mortgages work.
I have just sold my house and would like to know the most prudent way to invest the proceeds. I’m trying to be a good steward, but I’m not sure if a savings account, an IUL, or something else would be best.
I’m on permanent federal workers’ comp and wondering if I’ll still be eligible to draw Social Security when the time comes.
My friend hasn’t filed taxes for five years. How could that affect her children if she passes away, and what steps can she take to resolve it?
I was told that if I move my mortgage into a home equity line of credit and deposit my paychecks there, I could pay it off in seven years. Is that really true?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

5 Things Women Should Expect from Their Financial Advisor with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 1 Oct 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Women control more wealth than ever—so how do you find an advisor who listens, explains clearly, and shares your values?

According to McKinsey & Company, by 2030, women are expected to control nearly two-thirds of U.S. assets—around $30 trillion. With that kind of stewardship comes both opportunity and responsibility. Today, Sharon Epps joins us to share five simple practices that women should expect from their financial advisors.

Key Practices Every Client Should Look For

When it comes to choosing a financial advisor, women don’t need a different standard—they simply need the right standard done well. At Kingdom Advisors, we train Certified Kingdom Advisors (CKAs®) to integrate biblical wisdom into their practices while also serving clients with excellence and care.

If you’re interviewing an advisor, here are five practices to watch for. These principles will help you find someone who not only understands finances but also values clarity, empathy, and shared purpose.

1. Clear Terminology

Financial jargon can be overwhelming. Terms like RIA or CFP® often make sense only to industry insiders. A good advisor should be able to pause, explain concepts in everyday language, and use analogies that make complex ideas easier to understand. Look for someone who welcomes your questions and ensures you truly understand the path forward.

2. A Warm and Welcoming Environment

We often say to “light a candle”—not literally, but figuratively. The goal is to create a space that feels safe and welcoming, rather than intimidating. Just like hotels offer warm cookies to make guests feel at home, a thoughtful advisor will create an environment where you feel respected and comfortable.

3. Transparency in All Things

An advisor has a fiduciary responsibility to be transparent—but the best ones go beyond compliance. They openly share how they are compensated, outline every fee on paper, and invite accountability. As a client, don’t hesitate to ask where you can see these details clearly documented.

4. Interest in More Than Money

We teach advisors to “use a magnifying glass”—to look beyond the numbers. Money is simply a tool to help you fulfill God’s calling on your life. A trusted advisor should ask about your values, dreams, and purposes—not just your portfolio. That’s why the CKA® designation is so important: it connects you with advisors who share your values and can integrate them into financial decisions.

5. Developing God’s Heart for the Whole Person

The most important practice is what we call whole-person care. Advisors aren’t just money managers—they’re disciple-makers. They should walk alongside you and your family in prayer, through significant life transitions, and in building unity between spouses. Women’s voices should be heard and respected just as much as men’s in every financial conversation.

Our prayer is that these five practices give you confidence as you search for the right advisor. You deserve clarity, empathy, and values that align with your faith.

If you’d like to find a Certified Kingdom Advisor in your area, visit FindaCKA.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Back in 2018, my home insurance company agreed to replace my roof. In 2020, contractors found I also needed new decking, and an insurance employee told me they’d cover it once the work was finished. Now the company is threatening not to renew my policy unless I replace the roof at my own expense. How can I get them to honor their commitment?
My dad passed away over a year ago, and my mom is trying to qualify for Social Security benefits. The issue is that my dad didn’t have 40 credits, and neither does she. Is there any way their credits can be combined so she can meet the requirement?
I heard about a provision in a new bill that allows accounts to be set up for children. Is it true that the government will put money into accounts for kids born in the next few years? If so, how would I participate?
I’d like to encourage my two adult children to start investing in Roth IRAs. Where can they open accounts with low fees, especially since they’ll only be making small contributions at first?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Shining Christ’s Light Through Proxy Voting with Will Lofland

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 30 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

If you have a 401(k) or an IRA, you may not realize that proxy voting gives you a voice in the companies you own—and it can be a way to live out your faith.

As stewards, we’re called to reflect our Christian values, even in how our investments influence the marketplace. But what does that look like in practice? Will Lofland joins us today to explain.

Will Loftland is the Managing Director of Investments Distribution at GuideStone Funds, an underwriter of Faith & Finance. He also oversees GuideStone’s shareholder advocacy strategy and represents the firm as a participant in the Interfaith Center on Corporate Responsibility.

What Is Proxy Voting?

Proxy voting is the right shareholders have to vote on important issues within the companies they partially own. This could include leadership changes, corporate policies, or shareholder proposals. While many individual investors never think about it, proxy voting represents a significant opportunity to shape corporate behavior.

However, if your money is invested in mutual funds or retirement accounts—as is the case for most Americans—you don’t vote directly. Instead, the fund company you invest with casts those votes on your behalf. That makes it critical to understand how your fund manager approaches these issues.

GuideStone’s Approach: A Biblical Worldview

In 2023, GuideStone made the decision to bring proxy voting in-house. By managing votes internally, GuideStone applies a biblical worldview when exercising shareholder influence. This means promoting policies that align with Scripture while resisting agendas that undermine a Christian ethic.

As a shareholder, GuideStone joined a coalition of investors to pressure these banks to change their policies. The result? Both institutions strengthened protections, ensuring that Christian organizations would not be denied access to essential financial services because of their convictions.

Why Your Vote Matters

Does proxy voting really make a difference? Absolutely. The world can be transformed through Christian investing, and one way to achieve this is by utilizing all available tools as an investor to promote your Christian worldview.

By engaging with faith-based investment firms like GuideStone, believers can ensure their investments not only grow financially but also advance Kingdom values in the marketplace.

As Christians, we’re called to shine God’s light in every area of life—including the boardroom. Proxy voting is one of the practical ways we can do that.

To learn more about how GuideStone integrates faith into investment practices, visit GuideStoneFunds.com/Faith.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Could you explain what an irrevocable trust is and how it works?
I’m 64, still working full-time, and I’m wondering: Do my HSA contributions affect my future Social Security benefits? I’m also concerned about how my earnings are being reported.
I’d like to know if a Roth IRA is the best investment tool to set my children up for the future.
After my mom passed away, my sister and I inherited her house. I’m living in it now, but recently lost my job, and I’m trying to decide if I should buy out my sister’s share or sell the property altogether.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Rewriting Your Money Soundtracks with Jon Acuff

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 29 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Your money soundtrack—what plays on repeat in your head—will either help or hinder your financial decisions.

We all know the power of overthinking—but the good news is, you can change the tune of those money soundtracks playing in your mind. Jon Acuff joins us today to show you how.

Jon Acuff is a New York Times bestselling author, speaker, and podcaster who helps people overcome overthinking, change their mindsets, and achieve goals. He’s written 10 books, including Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking.

What Are “Soundtracks”?

Soundtracks are the repeated thoughts that play in our minds—like music on loop. They can be helpful or harmful, but either way, they shape our lives.

If you’d like to change the soundtracks that you have been listening to, this framework is simple yet profound:

Retire the broken soundtracks that hold you back.
Replace them with healthier, truthful ones.
Repeat them until they become second nature.

It’s not enough to get rid of the old. You have to replace it with the new.

Retiring Broken Soundtracks

The first step is to identify what’s holding you back. Write down a financial goal—such as paying off debt, buying a home, or supporting missionaries—and then pay attention to your immediate thoughts.

Are they encouraging or discouraging? Many people quickly hear internal voices saying things like:

“Who are you to think you could do that?”
“You’ll never make more than your parents.”
“Money isn’t for people like you.”

These are broken soundtracks—thoughts that undermine God’s best for your life. Sometimes, they’re inherited.

Here are several unhealthy financial soundtracks that many people believe:

“Mo Money, Mo Problems.” Popularized by a hip-hop song, this belief ties success to stress. But lacking money doesn’t eliminate problems either—it often magnifies them.
“I’ll give when I’m successful.” Many delay generosity until they feel financially “ready.” But giving is a practice best learned in small amounts now, so it grows with you over time.
“I’m not a money person.” Labeling yourself this way shuts the door on growth. Money management is a skill, not a fixed identity.

These soundtracks don’t just affect finances; they limit your potential. In one survey that Jon conducted with 3,000 people, a staggering 96% reported not living up to their full potential—often due to limiting beliefs.

Replacing Soundtracks with Truth

Once you identify the lies, it’s time to replace them. That can mean flipping the negative thought on its head, seeking wisdom in Scripture, or learning from mentors.

Some examples of healthier money soundtracks include:

“I can do amazing things with money.”
“I can make more than my parents, and that’s okay.”
“I am my own biggest venture capitalist—my day job is funding my dream.”

But what if you feel stuck? We encourage you to start small. Too often, people believe they must overhaul their entire lives overnight. Instead, try carving out 15 minutes a day to take one positive step forward. Over time, those mustard-seed-sized efforts compound into meaningful change.

The truth is that the thoughts you repeat about money directly influence how you use it. Broken soundtracks can sabotage generosity, stunt growth, and even cause you to reject God’s gifts. However, by retiring lies and replacing them with truth, and repeating them faithfully, you can align your mindset with God’s wisdom.

If you change the thought, you’ll change the actions, and then the results will follow.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m looking at Medicare Advantage plans. They seem cheaper upfront, but I’m concerned about high out-of-pocket costs if something serious were to happen. My wife is just starting Medicare, and we want to know the best option.
I’m nearly two years into my job and haven’t yet started contributing to the company’s 401(k). My concern is making sure my investments align with my Christian values.
What’s the difference between a living trust and a will, and which one is better for estate planning?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Sinking Funds: How to Prepare for Life’s ‘Unexpected’ Expenses

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 26 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Have you ever noticed how so-called “unexpected expenses” always seem to show up at the worst time? The truth is, most of these costs aren’t surprises at all—we know cars will break down, homes will need repairs, and Christmas comes every year. The key is not to panic when they arrive but to prepare ahead of time. One simple tool for this is the sinking fund.

Scripture has much to say about preparation. Proverbs 21:20 tells us, “Precious treasure and oil are in a wise man’s dwelling, but a foolish man devours it.” In other words, wisdom means setting aside resources now instead of consuming everything immediately.

We also see this principle in Genesis 41, where Joseph, warned of famine, stored one-fifth of Egypt’s grain during the years of plenty. His preparation wasn’t random—it was steady and systematic. That’s exactly how sinking funds work: consistent contributions toward expenses we know will eventually arise.

What Is a Sinking Fund?

A sinking fund is money you intentionally set aside for a specific future expense. Instead of panicking at a $1,200 Christmas bill, you save $100 per month all year. Instead of reaching for a credit card when your car needs new tires, you draw from the fund you’ve been building.

This steady, disciplined approach provides freedom from debt and peace of mind when expenses come due. It’s not glamorous, but it works.

Proverbs 6:6–8 points us to the ant as an example of diligence: “Without having any chief, officer, or ruler, she prepares her bread in summer and gathers her food in harvest.” The ant doesn’t wait until the snow falls to collect food—she steadily prepares in advance.

Trusting God doesn’t mean ignoring preparation. Noah trusted God, yet he still built the ark. Farmers trusted God, yet they sowed seed. Joseph trusted God, yet he stored grain. Faith and stewardship go hand in hand.

Where to Start

If you’re new to sinking funds, begin with one category. Break down the expense into monthly contributions:

Car repairs & replacement—Tires, brakes, or even a future vehicle.
Home maintenance—Roofs, furnaces, and appliances all wear out.
Medical costs—Co-pays, deductibles, or out-of-pocket expenses.
Gifts & holidays—Birthdays and Christmas come every year.
Insurance premiums & taxes—Annual or quarterly payments made manageable.

Even small amounts—like $25 per month—add up to create margin. Over time, your “storehouses” will be ready when needs arise.

In 1 Corinthians 16:2, Paul urged believers to set aside money regularly in proportion to their income to meet the church’s needs. This is essentially a spiritual sinking fund—planned, systematic stewardship for Kingdom purposes.

The goal isn’t to hoard resources. Jesus warns in Luke 12:16–21 against stockpiling for ourselves. Instead, sinking funds free us to live responsibly and bless others without fear.

Faith Expressed Through Stewardship

Choose one sinking fund today. Maybe start with Christmas: divide your expected costs into monthly pieces and begin saving now. Once you’ve built the habit, add another fund. Before long, you’ll have a system that turns stress into confidence and panic into peace.

Creating sinking funds is more than a budgeting trick—it’s a spiritual discipline. Each small deposit is an act of faith, demonstrating that you trust God by stewarding His provision wisely. Preparation doesn’t replace faith—it reflects it.

So start planning today. Build sinking funds for tomorrow. Trust God with the outcome. And remember: faith isn’t just believing God will provide when the bill arrives—it’s also honoring Him by preparing with the resources He has already placed in your hands.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m retired but still working a few days a week. Social Security is still being deducted from my paycheck—what happens to that money? Will I ever get it back?
I’m 66 and planning to retire in 10 months. My wife is also retiring soon. Together we earn about $180,000 a year. How can we best manage our retirement resources to maintain our current lifestyle?
I didn’t have financial training growing up, and now I see my kids struggling with unexpected expenses and poor money habits. Are there any books that can help shift our family’s attitude toward money?
I’ve looked into faith-based investment options, but they seem to have higher fees and less diversification compared to Vanguard or Schwab. What’s your perspective on that?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Every Step Matters: The Global Impact of Buckner Shoes with Shawn Spurrier

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 25 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

For many children, going barefoot isn’t a choice—it’s a daily struggle that puts their health, safety, and future at risk. But one pair of shoes can change that story.

Today, we’ll hear how Buckner Shoes for Orphan Souls is bringing hope and dignity to vulnerable children around the world. Shawn Spurrier joins us to share how God is changing lives through something as ordinary—and extraordinary—as shoes.

Shawn Spurrier is the Director of Buckner Shoes for Orphan Souls at Buckner International, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

A Mission That Began in Dallas

Buckner Shoes for Orphan Souls started in 1999 as a local effort in Dallas, Texas, to serve children in Russian orphanages. Over 25 years later, God has expanded this work into a global ministry. Today, more than 5 million children in 86 countries have received shoes through the generosity of churches, businesses, and believers across the U.S.

What began as a small act of compassion has grown into a worldwide movement of hope.

More Than Shoes: Health, Safety, and Education

Around 300 million children worldwide lack access to shoes. This barrier affects nearly every aspect of life:

Health—Shoes prevent footborne diseases, many of which carry social stigma and long-term consequences.
Education—In many countries, shoes are required for school attendance. Without them, children are forced to stay home, trapped in cycles of poverty.
Hope—Receiving shoes as a gift in Jesus’ name opens hearts to the Gospel and connects families with life-changing ministries.

Shoes are more than fabric and rubber—they are a bridge to dignity, opportunity, and transformation.

Restoring Dignity for Families

For many of us, buying new shoes for back-to-school is routine. But in parts of the world where Buckner serves, parents may spend months saving to afford just one pair—or go without entirely. Some families must rotate a single pair of shoes between siblings, deciding who can attend school on a given day.

The gift of shoes restores dignity to parents, enabling them to provide for their children and giving kids the confidence to learn, grow, and thrive.

Global Reach and Local Impact

Buckner’s ministry extends both globally and locally:

United States—Shoe distributions in Texas, including for families affected by flooding.
Latin America—Serving children in Guatemala, the Dominican Republic, Mexico, Honduras, and Peru.
Africa—Programs in Ethiopia and Kenya.
Beyond—Partnerships have extended Buckner’s reach into 75+ additional countries.

Every pair of shoes opens the door to broader ministry. Family Hope Centers offer resources, education, and Christ-centered training, bringing lasting transformation to entire communities.

How You Can Join

Together, we’re striving to provide 1,000 children with shoes, socks, and the message of God’s love.

$15 provides one child with shoes and socks.
$150 equips ten children.

Visit GiveShoesToday.org to make your gift and bring hope to a child in need.

Shoes may seem ordinary, but in the life of a child, they are extraordinary. They represent safety, opportunity, dignity, and above all, the love of Christ.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 40 and have several old 401(k) accounts from past employers. One advisor suggests consolidating them for an expected return of 8–10%, while another recommends a hedge fund offering 15–17% returns. What’s the best course of action?
I’m 64 and want to get my end-of-life documents in order to protect my wife from probate. Her credit was poor, so she’s not on the deed to our house. How can I take care of this without spending $3,000–$5,000 on a lawyer?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Israel Common Values Fund with Brian Mumbert

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 24 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Israel is often in the headlines for conflict—but there’s another story you need to hear.

Beyond the headlines, Israel has emerged as a global innovation hub and a rising player in international markets. Today, Brian Mumbert joins us to share why investing in Israel could be a strategic opportunity worth considering.

Brian Mumbert is Vice President and Regional Sales Executive at Timothy Plan, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Why Invest in Israel?

At first glance, investing in a nation experiencing conflict may seem counterintuitive. But economies often demonstrate resilience in times of war. Israel is no exception. With robust defense spending, a thriving entrepreneurial spirit, and a deeply ingrained culture of saving and financial discipline, the nation continues to grow.

In fact, one of Israel’s largest banks gave out piggy banks to families nationwide to encourage saving—a small example of the country’s ingrained culture of stewardship and fiscal responsibility.

For those wondering about safety, Israel offers a surprisingly secure environment for investment. The Tel Aviv 125 Index, which tracks the nation’s 125 largest companies, operates much like the U.S. stock exchanges.

Israel has transitioned from an emerging to a developed economy, putting it in the same global category as many European nations. Its GDP is forecasted to grow by 3.3% in 2025 and 4.6% in 2026, with inflation targeted at a steady 2%—numbers comparable to the U.S. outlook.

The “Startup Nation” Advantage

Israel’s reputation as a hub of innovation is well-earned. In 2024 alone, U.S. giants invested billions in Israeli startups. Google acquired cloud security firm Wiz for $32 billion, while Palo Alto Networks purchased CyberArk, an identity management leader, for $25 billion. Everyday technologies like Apple’s Face ID and SodaStream also trace their roots back to Israel.

Large U.S. companies buying small Israeli firms is common since it’s part of the fabric of their economy.

While technology dominates headlines, Israel’s economy is diverse. Financials, industrials, and defense sectors have also posted strong returns. In fact, nearly every sector reported double-digit growth in 2025. The Israeli shekel has also appreciated, further boosting investor confidence.

International ties enhance Israel’s economic opportunities. The Abraham Accords have opened new trade relationships across the Middle East, while defense partnerships with Europe have surged amid global conflicts. Recent agreements, such as a $35 billion natural gas export deal with Egypt, demonstrate the nation’s expanding role in global energy markets.

The Timothy Plan Israel Common Values Fund

For investors who want exposure to Israel’s growth while remaining true to their faith, Timothy Plan offers the Israel Common Values Fund. This actively managed fund holds 58 companies, giving broad diversification within the Israeli market.

True to Timothy Plan’s mission, the fund excludes companies that profit from abortion, pornography, or other activities inconsistent with biblical values. Even in Israel, they carefully screen companies to ensure they align with Christian principles.

Faith-based investors increasingly want their portfolios to reflect their values. Advances in technology have made it easier to screen companies for alignment, though Timothy Plan has been doing it faithfully since 1994. They’re not just avoiding harmful investments, they’re enabling believers to steward their resources in ways that honor God.”

Practical Advice for Investors

If you’ve never seen faith-based options in your portfolio, start by talking to your advisor. Share what you’re passionate about—your church involvement, your giving priorities, your desire for biblical stewardship. When advisors know your values, they can help you align your investments with them.

The Timothy Plan Israel Common Values Fund provides a practical way to support Israel and benefit from its dynamic economy—all while investing according to biblical principles. To explore this opportunity, visit TimothyPlan.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’d like some biblical insight on the power of tithing. I’ve even heard of people practicing ‘reverse tithing,’ living on 10% and giving away 90%. What benefits might there be if we increased our giving to 15% or even 20%?
My grandfather has invested in a commemorative coin collection for years. He’s asked me and my aunt to handle it before he passes—determine the value and then sell it. Where can I turn to find out what it’s worth and get the best price for his investment?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Find a Christian Financial Advisor You Can Trust

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 23 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When you board a plane, you trust the pilot to get you safely to your destination. Shouldn’t you be just as careful about who advises you on your financial future? Financial guidance isn’t just about numbers—it’s about trust, worldview, and values. The right advisor can help you make decisions that align with your faith and priorities.

Every advisor brings a worldview to the table. Too often, cultural definitions of success revolve around accumulation alone. But biblical stewardship points higher—toward faithfulness, contentment, and generosity. That’s why this choice is not only financial—it’s spiritual. You’re entrusting someone with influence over how you manage God’s money, and that requires discernment.

Clarify What You Need

Before beginning your search, determine what type of help you’re looking for. Do you need comprehensive planning—covering retirement, insurance, taxes, estate planning, and generosity—or just investment management? Do you want a one-time plan or an ongoing relationship? The clearer your goals, the easier it will be to evaluate fit.

One of the most important questions to ask is whether your advisor is a fiduciary, legally obligated to put your interests first. Compensation models vary:

Commission-based advisors earn by selling products, which may create conflicts of interest.
Fee-based advisors charge fees but may also receive commissions.
Fee-only advisors are paid solely by clients, helping ensure objectivity.

No matter the model, insist on full transparency about fees and expenses.

Credentials and Character

Credentials demonstrate an advisor’s training and licensing, but character matters just as much. Evaluate potential advisors in three areas:

Values – Do they share your biblical worldview?
Competence – Do they have the training and experience to serve families like yours?
Process – Can they explain how they build a financial plan and how they are compensated?

A Practical Process for Finding the Right Advisor

Build a shortlist – Ask trusted friends, family, or church leaders for recommendations. Explore advisors who share biblical values, like Certified Kingdom Advisors® at FindaCKA.com.
Do a background check – Verify licenses, review disclosure documents, and check for disciplinary history.
Interview at least three advisors – Treat this like a job interview. You’re hiring for a critical role.
Request a written scope and fee schedule – Get clarity in writing.
Pray and take your time – Don’t let anyone pressure you into quick decisions.

When meeting with potential advisors, ask:

“How are you compensated? Please outline every fee and expense.”
“What role does faith play in your financial advice, and how do you define success?”
“What’s your process for creating a financial plan or investment strategy?”

Proverbs 11:14 reminds us: “Where there is no guidance, a people falls, but in an abundance of counselors there is safety.”

Red Flags and Green Lights

Be alert for warning signs such as:

Promises of unrealistic performance
Vague answers about fees
Pressure to move assets quickly

Look instead for encouraging signs:

Transparent communication
A listening-first approach
Advice that integrates faith and family priorities

The right advisor depends on your season of life. Young families may need guidance on budgeting, insurance, and college savings, while retirees often seek tax-efficient withdrawals, income strategies, and estate planning. Ask potential advisors about their typical clients to see if their expertise aligns with your needs.

Keeping Faith at the Center

A trusted advisor can help you avoid mistakes, manage taxes, stay disciplined during market swings, and design a generosity plan that reflects your calling. Most importantly, the right advisor will keep your focus on faithfulness, not just finances—helping you honor God with every decision.

If you’re ready to seek biblically wise financial advice, consider working with a Certified Kingdom Advisor®. CKAs meet rigorous standards of character, competence, and biblical training. You can start your search today at FindaCKA.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m considering a reverse mortgage. I have some credit card debt, a second mortgage, and I’d like to make home modifications for my husband, who is in a wheelchair. How exactly does a reverse mortgage work, and will it affect my credit?
I’m a single mom with a limited income. What steps can I take to improve my credit score?
We received a disaster loan from the Small Business Administration at 1.5% interest. My wife thinks we should invest the money instead of paying off the loan. What’s your advice?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Should Married Couples Have Separate Accounts?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 22 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Marriage is about becoming one—but what does that mean for your money? For many couples, the question of whether to combine bank accounts or keep them separate is one of the first major financial decisions they face. While the Bible doesn’t speak directly to checking accounts, it does give us a clear picture of what unity, trust, and stewardship look like in marriage.

What Scripture Says About Oneness

In Mark 10:7–8, Jesus says, “Therefore a man shall leave his father and mother and hold fast to his wife, and the two shall become one flesh.”

That phrase, “one flesh,” is more than physical—it describes an emotional, spiritual, and practical union. Marriage is about sharing a life together, and that includes finances. The Bible doesn’t command couples to have joint accounts, but it does call us to transparency, mutual submission, and faithful stewardship.

Joint accounts are one practical way to live this out, offering a structure of accountability and openness. Separate accounts, while not inherently sinful, can sometimes become symbolic of separate lives if not handled with care.

A story from a banker friend drives this home. One day, a woman came into the bank distraught after discovering her husband had a secret credit card with thousands of dollars in gambling debt. The shock wasn’t just about money—it was about broken trust.

Financial infidelity is devastating because it goes deeper than dollars and cents. It damages the foundation of unity. Ephesians 5:21 reminds us: “Submit to one another out of reverence for Christ.” That submission extends to our financial decisions.

Practical Ways to Build Financial Unity

So, what does financial oneness look like in real life? Here are a few steps couples can take:

1. Hold Regular Money Dates

Set aside time each month to review your budget, giving, and goals. These conversations don’t have to be stressful—they can strengthen communication and provide alignment in your marriage.

2. Build a Shared Emergency Fund

Saving three to six months of expenses together demonstrates trust and unity. It says, “We’re in this together, no matter what comes.”

3. Use Tools That Foster Unity

Budgeting apps like the FaithFi app can help you and your spouse manage money together with clarity and purpose. Built on biblical principles, it’s more than just software—it’s a discipleship tool.

Why Financial Unity Matters

Financial unity is ultimately about more than accounts and numbers. It’s about our hearts. When couples pursue oneness in their finances, they reflect the greater reality of Christ’s love for His church—a bond marked by trust, sacrifice, and faithfulness.

Your bank account setup matters far less than your posture toward one another. Ask yourselves:

Are we making decisions together?
Are we being transparent and honest?
Are we aligning our finances with God’s purposes?

When the answer is yes, your marriage becomes a living testimony of the Gospel.

A Bigger Vision for Stewardship

At the end of the day, combining or separating accounts isn’t the ultimate issue. The greater call is to live as one—financially, emotionally, and spiritually—while stewarding God’s resources faithfully.

And if you’d like to go deeper in this journey, I invite you to become a FaithFi Partner. For just $35 a month or $400 a year, you’ll receive exclusive benefits, including our quarterly printed magazine, Faithful Steward. It’s full of biblical wisdom and practical tools to help you grow as a faithful steward of God’s resources.

To join, visit FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve paid off my house, but the title company still has my deed. Should I leave it with them, put it in a safety deposit box, or what’s the best way to handle my home’s title?
I’ve come into $20,000, and I want to invest it wisely. What’s the best way to put this money to work?
I had a will drafted when my first child was born, but now my youngest is turning 18. I’d like to avoid probate court. What can I do instead of just having a will? I’ve already added beneficiaries to my accounts and want my house title to transfer upon my death.
When I was younger, I made poor financial choices without seeking godly counsel. I want to encourage others to seek advice from wise, godly people before making financial decisions.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What Happens to Your Debt When You Die?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 19 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Have you ever wondered what happens to your debts when you’re gone? Many assume obligations simply vanish, but the truth is more complicated. Without a plan, your loved ones could face creditors, confusion, and unnecessary heartache. Let’s explore how debt is handled after death—and the steps you can take now to protect your family.

Different Types of Debt

Not all debts are treated the same after death.

Secured Debt: These are tied to assets such as homes or cars. If you pass away with a mortgage, the heir who inherits the property also inherits the payments. Without the ability to pay, foreclosure or repossession is possible.
Unsecured Debt: Credit cards and personal loans fall into this category. Unless someone is a joint account holder, heirs aren’t responsible. However, creditors can claim repayment from your estate before anything goes to heirs or charities.

Special Cases: Student and Medical Debt

Student Loans: Federal student loans—including Parent PLUS loans—are discharged at death. Private student loans vary: some lenders forgive, others pursue repayment from the estate or co-signer.
Medical Debt: Providers sometimes write off smaller balances, but they aren’t required to. With rising healthcare costs, debts can be substantial, draining family assets quickly.

Protected Assets

Some resources are shielded from creditors:

Life insurance proceeds
Retirement accounts with named beneficiaries

These bypass the estate entirely and go directly to heirs. But accuracy matters—outdated beneficiary forms can unintentionally disinherit a spouse or child.

Other Important Considerations

Community Property States: In states like Texas, California, and Arizona, marital debts are often shared. Surviving spouses may be held responsible for balances they didn’t incur.
Co-Signed Loans: Parents, grandparents, and friends often co-sign loans without realizing they’ll be responsible if the other borrower passes away.

Planning Ahead

Because the rules vary, consulting an estate attorney is wise. A one-time meeting can prevent years of stress later. But the best protection is simple: live with as little debt as possible. By building margin and reducing obligations, you bless your family with both financial relief and a legacy of stewardship.

Practical steps include:

Reviewing accounts regularly
Updating beneficiaries
Paying down debts
Organizing important records
Creating a will or trust

Proverbs 13:22 tells us, “A good person leaves an inheritance for their children’s children.” That inheritance is about more than money—it’s about modeling wisdom, integrity, and trust in God’s provision.

By stewarding your finances well today, you not only provide a cleaner path for your loved ones tomorrow but also leave them with a testimony of faith that points them back to Christ.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My grandfather set up 529 plans for my kids years ago. When my older children graduate, can I use any leftover money for my younger daughter’s education? And eventually, could I split the remaining funds among all my kids?
I’m the Power of Attorney for my 92-year-old mother, who has regularly helped my two sisters financially. I’d like to set up automatic monthly gifts of $1,500 to each of them to stay under the annual gift tax limit. I’m also retired and considering using some of her funds to help with my grandchildren’s college expenses. Is that ethical?
I’m 71 and have been doing Roth conversions for the past two years. I opened a Roth account six years ago. Can I now withdraw money from those conversions without being restricted by any time limits?
I’m 63 and have about $200,000 in a 401(k) from a former employer. I’d like to move it into a biblically aligned investment, but my current plan administrator says I can’t. What options do I have?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Bull Market? Don’t Get Carried Away with Mark Biller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 18 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When markets soar, investors face a subtle but dangerous temptation: trading wisdom for excitement.

With headlines touting record highs and optimism running wild, it’s easy to get swept up in the momentum. But is now the time to double down—or to take a step back and exercise caution? Today, Mark Biller joins us to unpack the dangers of investing with emotion instead of wisdom.

Mark Biller is Executive Editor and Senior Portfolio Manager at Sound Mind Investing, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Bull Market Optimism: Proceed with Caution

The stock market has staged a remarkable comeback since spring, and many investors are feeling hopeful about the year ahead. But while optimism is natural, there’s a fine line between healthy confidence and dangerous overconfidence.

Just a few months ago, fear dominated the market. Now, investor sentiment has swung in the opposite direction—toward excessive optimism. History shows us that both extremes can lead to poor decision-making. Just as fear prompts panic-selling in downturns, overconfidence during bull markets can drive people to take unnecessary risks.

The late 1990s provide a clear example. The dot-com bubble fueled euphoric investing in internet companies, but when the bubble burst, enormous wealth evaporated. While the internet did transform the world, many early investors paid a steep price for ignoring caution.

The Risk of Projecting the Present

Optimism in the long term is typically rewarded—stocks have trended upward for more than a century despite wars, recessions, and downturns. But short-term overconfidence is dangerous. Since October 2023, the stock market has gained about 60%—roughly six years of typical returns compressed into less than two. It’s unrealistic to assume such momentum will continue indefinitely.

In environments like this, investors often fall into two traps:

Doubling down on every dip. Rather than seeing pullbacks as a chance to pause, many rush to “buy the dip” without considering long-term goals.
Abandoning diversification. When some holdings lag behind, it’s tempting to dump them in favor of high-flyers like gold or crypto. This shortsightedness often backfires.

Diversification: A Biblical Principle

King Solomon offered timeless wisdom in Ecclesiastes 11:2: “Give a portion to seven, or even to eight, for you know not what disaster may happen on earth.” Diversification is, at its core, an act of humility. Since no one knows the future, spreading investments across asset classes is the most reliable defense against both downturns and emotional decision-making.

While diversification may feel “boring” during bull markets, it provides stability that helps investors stay committed to their plan when volatility inevitably returns.

A strong investment strategy accounts for risk tolerance, life stage, and long-term goals. For a younger investor, this might mean a higher allocation to stocks, consistent 401(k) contributions, and the discipline to stay invested through ups and downs. For others, it may involve gradual adjustments, such as including gold or bonds. The key is making changes based on thoughtful, long-term reasoning—not fear of missing out.

Confidence vs. Overconfidence

Healthy confidence comes from setting reasonable goals, understanding fundamentals, and staying the course. Overconfidence, on the other hand, assumes you can predict what’s coming next—a trap no investor avoids for long.

Optimism has its place, but unchecked euphoria can cloud judgment. By remembering history, practicing diversification, and committing to a steady long-term plan, investors can avoid the pitfalls of emotional decision-making and pursue lasting financial fruitfulness.

If you’d like to learn more about becoming a Sound Mind Investing (SMI) member, you can visit them at SoundMindInvesting.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 72, still running my business, and I have both an IRA and a Roth that I’ve never touched. What’s the most tax-efficient way to start taking money out while minimizing what goes to the government?
I need to withdraw from two retirement accounts with about $9,000 each. They’re planning to withhold 20% plus fees—around $2,200 per account. Is that normal, and what are my options since I need the cash quickly?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The 5 Pillars of Financial Discipleship with Brian Holtz

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 17 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

"Yours, Lord, is the greatness and the power and the glory and the majesty and the splendor, for everything in heaven and earth is yours." - 1 Chronicles 29:11

If God owns it all, what does that mean for the way we manage money? Brian Holtz is here to unpack the Five Pillars of Financial Discipleship—principles that, when embraced by families, bring freedom and joy to their finances.

Brian Holtz is the CEO of Compass Financial Ministry and the author of Financial Discipleship for Families: Intentionally Raising Faithful Children.

More Than Money Management

When it comes to managing money as followers of Christ, the Bible calls us to more than financial freedom or peace of mind. It calls us to financial discipleship—a life of stewardship, surrender, and multiplication for God’s Kingdom. Here are five key pillars that shape this journey.

Pillar One: Ownership

Everything begins with recognizing who truly owns it all. Scripture reminds us in Psalm 24:1, Haggai 2:8, and 1 Chronicles 29:11 that God is the Creator and ultimate Owner of everything. Our role is not ownership but stewardship. This mindset shift—from “mine” to “His”—brings both relief and challenge. It’s freeing to know the responsibility doesn’t all rest on us, but humbling to realize our lives and resources are not ultimately ours to control.

Pillar Two: Surrender

Acknowledging God’s ownership requires surrender. Luke 14:33 makes this clear: discipleship means yielding everything back to God, not just intellectually but in our hearts. This surrender extends beyond giving—it includes how we spend, save, and plan. Trusting God’s plan over our own is an act of daily obedience.

Pillar Three: Choice

In Matthew 6:24, Jesus tells us we cannot serve both God and money. Every financial decision—whether saving, giving, or spending—reveals who we serve. Choosing God requires aligning daily habits with His Word, even when it feels counterintuitive. As Isaiah reminds us, God’s ways are higher and better than ours.

Pillar Four: Multiplication

Discipleship is never meant to stop with us. In the Parable of the Talents, Jesus calls us to multiply what He has entrusted to us. This means sharing what we’ve learned and inviting others into the journey. Financial discipleship involves helping others apply biblical wisdom so that God’s Kingdom continues to grow.

Pillar Five: Eternal Focus

Finally, discipleship means setting our eyes on eternity. Jesus said in Matthew 6:19–21 to store up treasures in heaven, not on earth. But these treasures aren’t material—they’re about our relationship with Christ. Living with an eternal focus keeps us from being distracted by temporary wealth and anchors our hope in Him alone.

How Financial Discipleship Differs

It’s easy to confuse financial discipleship with financial stewardship or freedom. Stewardship may stop at wise resource management, but discipleship goes further—it’s about helping others learn, apply, and multiply biblical truth for God’s glory. True discipleship always leads to transformation, both personally and in community.

Compass Financial Ministry exists to equip believers to live this way. Through resources, training, and community, they help people break free from the love of money and serve God more fully. Financial discipleship is really about helping others learn, apply, and multiply everything for God’s glory, rather than for our own.

To learn more, visit CompassFinancialMinistry.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m about to receive money from a relative’s trust and want to place it in a high-yield money market account. How can I find a reputable option, especially since I don’t recognize many of the online banks?
I’m 47 and just starting my career after years as a stay-at-home mom. My employer offers a 403(b), but the 3% match doesn’t kick in until after a year. Should I start contributing now or wait? I’m also still working on paying off debt.
I’m newly married, expecting our first child, and we’re in the process of house hunting. Should we go through a mortgage broker or a bank for our loan? And can you share advice on budgeting as we start our family?
I have a Roth portion in my 401(k). When I retire in a few months, can I withdraw that money tax-free?
I just sold an RV for $40,000 that I bought five years ago for $30,000. The title agency issued me a 1099—what does that mean for my taxes?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Jesus Said “Sell Everything”

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 16 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Charles Spurgeon once said, “Consider how precious a soul must be, when both God and the devil are after it.” The story of the Rich Young Ruler in Matthew 19 shows us just how true that is. This young man approached Jesus with a pressing question: “Teacher, what good thing must I do to get eternal life?”

What followed was a conversation that revealed not only his heart but also the way possessions can grip any of us more deeply than we realize.

A Revealing Question

At first glance, the man seemed sincere. But notice his words: “What good thing must I do?” He assumed that eternal life could be earned—checked off like an item on a list. Jesus, however, had just finished telling the crowd that the Kingdom belongs to those who receive it like children, wholly dependent on God’s goodness. The man either missed or resisted that truth.

When Jesus pointed him to the commandments, it wasn’t because those could save him. It was to reveal what held the highest place in his heart. Outwardly, he looked moral. Inwardly, his wealth had become his god.

When the man pressed further, Jesus cut to the core: “Go, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow me.” Matthew 19:22 records the heartbreaking result: “When the young man heard this he went away sorrowful, for he had many possessions.”

The issue wasn’t money—it was devotion. Jesus loved him enough to name the one thing keeping him from life. For him, it was wealth. For us, it might be something else—career, reputation, control. Whatever we prize above Christ must be surrendered.

What This Means for Us

Does this mean every believer is called to sell everything? Not necessarily. As the NIV Study Bible notes, Jesus’s command applied directly to this man’s spiritual condition. But the principle still stands: anything we cling to more tightly than Christ can become a barrier to faith.

After the man walked away, Jesus warned His disciples: “It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter the kingdom of God.” Wealth is not evil, but it has the unique power to enslave us.

So the question for us is this: What competes for your devotion? What gives you a sense of identity or security apart from Christ?

Jesus’s words to the Rich Young Ruler are both sobering and full of hope. Wealth can blind us to our need for God, but surrendering to Christ leads to true life. The invitation is the same today: Will we cling to temporary treasures, or embrace the eternal treasure of knowing Him?

Because the problem isn’t wealth, the problem is worship.

———————————————————————————————————————

At FaithFi, we often talk about being “rich toward God,” a phrase Jesus used in Luke 12 when warning about the Rich Fool. It means treasuring Christ above all else, practicing generosity, and holding our resources with open hands.

That’s why we’ve created the Rich Toward God study, designed to help you see money and possessions from God’s perspective and reorient your heart toward eternal treasure. You can order a copy—or even place a bulk order for group study—at FaithFi.com/Shop.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I have a blended family with some grown kids and some still at home. How should we set up the beneficiaries on our term life insurance?
Our bank suggested that we keep our HELOC open even after the mortgage is paid off, as protection against fraudulent title transfers. Is that sound advice?
I have savings bonds that have matured, and I’d like to add a co-owner. Since banks no longer handle this, how can I update the registration?
I’m trying to help my 81-year-old mother understand reverse mortgages, and also explain to my siblings how it would work if she gets one—especially what happens to the home’s value after she passes away.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Smart Strategies to Land Your Next Job

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 15 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Finding a job in today’s economy can feel overwhelming, but you don’t have to face it alone. With interest rates remaining high and the job market slowing, this is a strategic moment to refresh your job search. By combining diligence, adaptability, and prayerful preparation, you can approach this season with confidence rooted in God’s wisdom.

Proverbs 27:12 reminds us: “The prudent sees danger and hides himself, but the simple go on and suffer for it.” Preparation matters—not just in life but in your job search. With the right approach, you can steward your time, skills, and relationships wisely while trusting God to guide your steps.

A great place to start is your resume. Applicant Tracking Systems (ATS) filter applications before a human ever reviews them, so tailoring your resume to each job description is essential. Use specific keywords, highlight measurable results, and connect your experience directly to the role. Think of it as stewardship—presenting your God-given abilities thoughtfully and effectively.

Building Relationships That Open Doors

Even in a digital age, networking is still king. Studies show up to 85% of jobs are filled through referrals, and many roles are never posted publicly. Reconnect with colleagues, reach out to mentors, and don’t overlook your church community. Genuine, relational conversations—built on curiosity rather than transaction—often lead to opportunities you couldn’t find otherwise.

Employers are also seeking adaptable learners. Developing skills in areas like AI, digital communication, or project management shows you’re willing to grow. Affordable platforms like Coursera, edX, and Google Career Certificates make it easy to build new skills that employers value.

Standing Out in a Digital World

Your online presence is often the first impression an employer has. More than 70% of hiring managers review social media profiles, and nearly half say what they find influences their decision. Clean up questionable content, complete your LinkedIn profile, and stay active with thoughtful updates. Treat it as your digital business card—when you remain visible, opportunities are more likely to find you.

Interviews have also shifted online. Prepare your space, dress professionally, and look into the camera to build connection. Small details—like lighting, posture, and a thank-you note afterward—leave a lasting impact.

Trusting God in the Process

A slowing job market can stir up fear, but Philippians 4:6–7 offers comfort: “Do not be anxious about anything, but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God. And the peace of God, which surpasses all understanding, will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus.”

Preparation and diligence matter, but so do prayer and trust. God orders your steps. Every interview, every connection, and every opportunity is part of His greater story for your life. Search faithfully, not fearfully, knowing He is your ultimate provider.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

What is the statute of limitations for a collection agency to pursue a debt I still owe?
I’m thinking about applying for Social Security Disability because of a physical condition from my recent job. What are the advantages and disadvantages of doing that?
I still owe $31,000 on my mortgage, but I’ve been paying an extra $2,000 each month. A friend told me I shouldn’t rush to pay it off. What’s your advice?
I’m 70 years old and live in a busy part of Chicago. Due to my age and zip code, I'm being charged very high rates by insurance companies. Is that legal, and what can I do to get the best coverage for my money?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Calculate Your Personal Cost of Living

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 12 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

You track your steps. Maybe even your calories. But do you know what it really costs to live each month?

Your personal cost of living is one of the most important numbers in your financial life. Without it, you may be spending in ways that don’t reflect your values—or your faith. Let’s explore why this number matters, how to calculate it, and how it ties into faithful stewardship.

The Basics of Stewardship

No matter your income level or stage of life, the same principles apply. There are five things you can do with money:

Earn it
Live on it
Give it away
Owe it to others
Grow it through saving and investing

Today, we’re focusing on “living on it”—what it really takes to cover your day-to-day needs. And remember: it’s not just rent and groceries. A true cost of living includes less frequent expenses too—insurance premiums, car repairs, or even Christmas gifts.

Why Tracking Matters

Inflation may be slowing, but most of us are still paying more than before. The government reports a national “cost of living,” but that number doesn’t reflect your personal circumstances. That’s why tracking your own cost of living is crucial—it provides clarity, and clarity is the foundation of stewardship.

A practical tool for this is the FaithFi app, which helps you track your income, giving, saving, and spending—all in one place. Here’s where to start:

1. Begin with Giving

For believers, giving isn’t just another line item. It’s the first priority—an act of worship and trust in God’s provision.

2. Add Savings Goals

Whether building an emergency fund, saving for retirement, or preparing for a large expense, set targets you can track monthly.

3. List Your Expenses

Expenses fall into three categories:

Fixed: Rent, mortgage, insurance, subscriptions.
Variable: Groceries, gas, utilities.
Irregular: Property taxes, holiday gifts, car repairs. Spread these out by assigning a monthly average.

When you add it all up, you’ll have a clear picture of your total monthly needs—your true cost of living.

If your expenses exceed your income, don’t panic. The process reveals problem areas so you can adjust—cutting back on non-essentials, reevaluating fixed costs, or pausing discretionary spending. Stewardship isn’t about guilt—it’s about faithfulness.

Proverbs 27:23–24 says, “Know well the condition of your flocks, and give attention to your herds, for riches do not last forever.” In modern terms: know your financial condition and manage it wisely.

Living With Clarity and Faith

Tracking your cost of living isn’t just a budgeting exercise. It’s about living intentionally, aligning every dollar with God’s purposes. Needs will shift, life will happen, but clarity allows you to walk with confidence, generosity, and purpose.

That’s why I encourage you to download the FaithFi app today. With FaithFi Pro, you’ll gain access to tools, articles, Bible studies, and daily encouragement to help you manage money with wisdom. Find it at FaithFi.com or in your app store.

So, do you know your personal cost of living? If not, there’s no better time to find out.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 67 and single. Should I start taking Social Security now, or wait until age 70 for the larger benefit? I’m also worried about whether Social Security will even be around in the future. On top of that, I worked many years for a nonprofit that provided housing, so my reported income was low. Now I’m earning more—will that help increase my Social Security amount?
I’m retired and already drawing Social Security, but I also have earned income from pastoring two rural churches. With that income, am I allowed to contribute to a Roth IRA or another type of retirement account?
My husband and I don’t have much debt besides our mortgage and a 0% interest loan we used for a heat pump. Should we pay off the heat pump early, add more to our emergency fund, or focus on paying down the mortgage?
My online savings account was compromised, and someone tried to transfer money out. What steps can I take to protect myself when using online accounts? And do you recommend using a password keeper?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What It Really Means To Be Rich

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 11 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Some people think being rich means owning a lot of things—when in reality, being “rich” often means a lot of things owning you. The signs of wealth are all around us: luxury cars, upscale neighborhoods, designer clothes, vacation homes. But do possessions really make people rich in a way that matters?

It’s hard to keep a Christ-centered perspective on wealth when our culture constantly pressures us to want more, buy more, and accumulate more. But this isn’t a new problem. Jesus warned in Luke 12:15:

“Take care, and be on your guard against all covetousness, for one's life does not consist in the abundance of his possessions.”

Money and possessions aren’t inherently bad, but they often tempt us toward greed, selfishness, and discontent. We need money to live, but when money becomes the main thing, it becomes a dangerous master.

When Possessions Begin to Possess You

Jesus doesn’t just warn against greed—He offers us the key to true life: don’t make your existence all about “the abundance of possessions,” or your possessions will start to possess you. Proverbs 23:4–5 echoes this wisdom:

“Do not wear yourself out to get rich; do not trust your own cleverness. Cast but a glance at riches, and they are gone…”

Material things can never give your heart what it truly craves.

In Luke 12, Jesus tells the story of a wealthy man who tears down his barns to build bigger ones, dreaming of a long, comfortable retirement. But before he can enjoy it, God says:

“You fool! This very night your life will be demanded from you. Then who will get what you have prepared for yourself?”

Jesus concludes, “This is how it will be with whoever stores up things for themselves but is not rich toward God.”

The man’s tragedy wasn’t just that his life ended suddenly—it was that he invested his soul in temporary abundance instead of eternal riches.

Eternity Written on Our Hearts

Ecclesiastes 3:11 reminds us that God has “set eternity in the human heart.” Deep down, we long for meaning, purpose, and eternal life—not just more stuff. C. S. Lewis put it well:

“Aim at Heaven and you will get Earth ‘thrown in’: aim at Earth and you get neither.”

True abundance is found in knowing God, walking with Him, and letting His love overflow into the way we love others.

Jesus said in John 10:10, “I came that they may have life and have it abundantly.” And in John 15:5, He promised, “Whoever abides in me and I in him, he it is that bears much fruit.”

The abundant life isn’t about bigger barns or fuller closets—it’s about abiding in Christ. When we do, our lives bear fruit that blesses others and glorifies God.

Where Is Your Treasure?

So ask yourself: What are you depending on to give your life meaning? Could some of those things be quietly taking God’s place in your heart?

Pray for the Lord to uproot those desires and refocus your attention on Him. Because true wealth isn’t found in what you own—it’s found in who owns you.

That’s why we created Rich Toward God—a 4-week study on the Parable of the Rich Fool. It unpacks what it means to live open-handed with your finances, showing how biblical wisdom doesn’t just transform your bank account—it transforms your heart.

You can order your copy—or place a bulk order for your group—by visiting FaithFi.com and clicking “Shop.”

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m unsure how to handle requests for financial help from my husband’s son and his family. They face ongoing money struggles and sometimes ask us for assistance, but I’m concerned that giving could be enabling poor decisions, like spending on things that don’t reflect our values. How can we approach this situation with wisdom and biblical discernment?
I already have a financial advisor and some investments in place, but I want to make sure my money is supporting companies that align with my faith. Is there a tool or resource that can help me evaluate whether my investments are consistent with biblical values?
I have a will, and all my investments already list beneficiaries. My advisor says a trust isn’t necessary, but my children believe it’s the best way to avoid probate. Do I really need a trust? Also, since my husband passed away, should I update my will and the deed to my home?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Changing Lives, One Pair of Shoes at a Time with Shawn Spurrier

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 10 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

It’s easy to forget how something as simple as a pair of shoes can change a life. But for vulnerable children around the world, shoes mean protection, dignity, and the chance to dream.

Today, we’ll hear how Buckner Shoes for Orphan Souls is meeting this need with the love of Christ. Shawn Spurrier joins us to share the incredible impact that is being made all around the world, one pair of shoes at a time.

Shawn Spurrier is the Director of Buckner Shoes for Orphan Souls at Buckner International, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

The Heart of Buckner International

Founded in Dallas, Texas, Buckner International has been serving vulnerable children, families, and seniors for more than 146 years. Their mission is clear: to follow the example of Jesus by serving the most vulnerable in every phase of life. From foster care and adoption to family-strengthening programs and senior care, Buckner demonstrates Christ’s love in tangible ways.

The Shoes for Orphan Souls initiative began 25 years ago in Dallas as a small effort to provide children in orphanages with something they lacked: their own pair of shoes. Many had to borrow communal shoes from a basket just to attend school.

Since then, the ministry has distributed more than 5 million pairs of shoes in 86 countries. These shoes do more than protect feet—they open doors to health, education, dignity, and the hope of Christ.

Why Shoes Matter

A new pair of shoes provides more than comfort:

Health Protection – In many regions, shoes prevent devastating illnesses like hookworm or podoconiosis.
Access to Education – In many countries, schools require shoes as part of their uniform, making footwear a key factor in attending class.
Economic Stability – Protecting children from illness reduces financial strain on families already in vulnerable situations.
Hope and Dignity – Every pair is delivered with prayer, encouragement, and the gospel, often through partnerships with local churches.

Stories of Transformation

Shawn shared two moving stories that reveal the ministry’s impact:

Romina in Mexico – A seven-year-old girl was overwhelmed with tears when she realized someone cared enough to give her a pair of shoes. That moment reminded Sean why this work matters—it’s a tangible expression of Christ’s love.
Dulce in Guatemala – An eight-year-old girl received pink-and-white shoes so she could attend school. That simple gift opened the door for her family to receive housing, literacy training for her mother, and ultimately, salvation and discipleship for her father.

A small act of generosity became the seed of a transformed family story.

Your Opportunity to Give

This month, we’re partnering with Buckner to put shoes on the feet of 1,000 children worldwide. Each pair represents health, education, dignity, and an opportunity for children and families to hear the gospel.

$15 provides a pair of shoes.
$150 provides shoes for 10 children.

You can be part of this life-changing work by visiting GiveShoesToday.org. Together, we can share the love of Christ one pair of shoes at a time.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m retiring and turning 65 in February. Right now, I’m covered by my employer’s health insurance, but I’m running into issues with prescription coverage. Should I sign up for Medicare now, keep my employer insurance as primary, and then wait until my younger wife becomes eligible for Medicare?
I’ve managed to pay off all my credit card debt, but now my mortgage company has started foreclosure proceedings. They’re demanding $2,160, and I’m not sure how to handle it. The FDIC says they shouldn’t be taking this action, but I haven’t received any formal notification yet.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Is Financial Independence Biblical?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 9 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Businessman and author T. Harv Eker once wrote, “Financial freedom is the ability to live the lifestyle you desire without having to work or rely on anyone else for money.”

It’s tempting to think that financial independence is the ultimate goal of life—but what does the Bible say? God’s Word points us toward a far better kind of freedom.

In recent years, financial independence has become a cultural ideal. People long to be self-sufficient, debt-free, and free to pursue their passions. While these desires can be wise, they also carry a subtle danger: believing we don’t need anyone—including God.

The Warning of the Rich Fool

This temptation isn’t new. In Luke 12, Jesus told a parable about a wealthy man who thought he had “made it”:

“I will tear down my barns and build larger ones, and there I will store all my grain and goods. And I will say to my soul, ‘You have ample goods laid up for many years; relax, eat, drink, and be merry.’”

But God’s response was sobering:

“Fool! This night your soul is required of you, and the things you have prepared, whose will they be?”

The man’s sin wasn’t wealth itself—it was trusting in wealth instead of God. His independence became his idol. In contrast, Proverbs 30 records a prayer from Agur:

“Give me neither poverty nor riches; feed me with the food that is needful for me, lest I be full and deny you and say, ‘Who is the Lord?’ or lest I be poor and steal and profane the name of my God.”

Agur understood the heart of stewardship: daily dependence on God. Too little can lead to desperation; too much can lead to pride. The goal isn’t independence, but faithful reliance on the Lord.

Three Questions to Evaluate Your Goals

As you think about your own financial journey, consider these questions:

Am I placing my trust in money? Retirement savings and emergency funds are wise, but security must come from God, not a balance sheet.
Am I trying to eliminate work entirely? Work is part of God’s good design. Even in retirement, we’re called to meaningful contribution.
Am I paying off debt just for myself? Debt-free living is good, but its ultimate purpose is to gain the freedom to serve, give, and advance God’s Kingdom.

So, is financial independence biblical? It depends.

If independence means replacing God with money, then no.
If independence means freedom for generosity, stewardship, and dependence on God, then yes—it reflects something greater than wealth: a life rich toward God.

Scripture reminds us that “He richly provides us with everything to enjoy” (1 Timothy 6:17) and that “every good and perfect gift is from above” (James 1:17). But those gifts were never meant to replace the Giver.

A Resource for Going Deeper

If you’d like to explore this more, check out our 4-Week study, Rich Toward God. This study walks through Jesus’ Parable of the Rich Fool in Luke 12, helping you discover what truly drives your financial decisions and how to align your resources with God’s Kingdom purposes.

You can get your copy—or place a bulk order for your church or small group—by visiting FaithFi.com and clicking the Shop tab.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve had multiple jobs with 401(k) benefits over the years, but I’ve struggled to stay organized with my finances. How can I get a handle on everything, and would it be wise to work with a financial advisor?
My 16-year-old daughter received a $200,000 settlement after being hit by a car. Once she turns 18, she’ll gain full access to the money, and I’m very concerned she’ll misuse it. What options do I have to protect her from receiving it all at once?
I have an adult son with autism who is on the Florida Med Waiver, which limits him to $2,000 in his checking account. I’m worried about how he’ll be provided for in the future. Is there a way to set aside money for his care without affecting his benefits?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Our View of God Impacts Our Stewardship with Taylor Standridge

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 8 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Billy Graham once said, “Tell me what you think about money, and I will tell you what you think about God, for these two are closely related.”

In Jesus’ Parable of the Talents, we see that stewardship isn’t just about money—it’s about how we view God. Today, Taylor Standridge joins me to explore how our image of God influences the way we give, spend, and live.

Taylor Standridge is the Production Manager here at Faith and Finance, co-author of Look at the Sparrows, our 21-Day Devotional on Financial Fear and Anxiety, and a frequent contributor to our quarterly magazine, Faithful Steward, as well as other FaithFi studies and devotionals.

Our View of God Shapes Everything

A.W. Tozer once wrote, “What comes into our minds when we think about God is the most important thing about us.” This truth has enormous implications for stewardship. How we see God determines how we handle what He has entrusted to us.

If we see Him as generous, trustworthy, and sovereign, we will hold our resources with open hands and joyful hearts, confident that He is both our provider and our treasure. But if we see Him as distant, demanding, or indifferent, we may fall into reluctant giving, fearful hoarding, or selfish spending.

Stewardship is far more than budgets and giving—it is about trust, worship, and living in light of who we believe God to be. A distorted view of God is like setting sail with the wrong coordinates: you may move with confidence, but you’ll end up in the wrong place.

Lessons from the Parable of the Talents

In Matthew 25, the tragedy of the third servant wasn’t his lack of ability—it was his lack of trust. Believing his master to be a “hard man,” he buried what was given to him. His fear led to inaction.

This parable isn’t only about money. The “talents” represent everything God entrusts to us—time, relationships, opportunities, gifts, and resources. Faithful stewardship flows not from skill, but from trust. The first two servants stepped out boldly because they trusted their master’s character. Their faith led to joy, not judgment: “Enter into the joy of your master.”

The deeper warning is this: when we misjudge God’s heart, we hold back. When we trust His goodness, we invest boldly for His Kingdom.

Obedience as God’s Gift

Many believers think of obedience as something they give to God. But Scripture reminds us that even obedience is a gift of grace. “It is God who works in you to will and to act according to His good purpose” (Phil. 2:13). He not only prepares good works for us (Eph. 2:10)—He empowers us to walk in them.

This truth transforms stewardship from a burden into a blessing. We’re not managing resources to prove ourselves; we’re participating in the good works God has already prepared. Stewardship becomes a relational act of grace, not a transactional duty.

The Sobering Warning—and the Joyful Invitation

In Matthew 7, Jesus warns that some will say, “Lord, Lord,” but hear Him reply, “I never knew you.” The issue wasn’t activity—it was relationship. Faithful stewardship begins with knowing God as gracious, faithful, and abundantly generous.

If you feel stuck or fearful—like the third servant—remember this: God isn’t waiting to punish you. He invites you to trust Him. Start small. Ask Him to reshape your view, to see Him not as a harsh master, but as a loving Father.

As 2 Timothy 1:7 declares, “God gave us a spirit not of fear but of power and love and self-control.” When we live from that truth, stewardship becomes delight, not duty. We don’t just manage money; we step into joy, walking with the One who is our ultimate treasure.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m a retired senior and recently heard about the new $6,000 tax break. How does this affect my overall tax liability? Should I consider withdrawing a larger amount from my 401(k) to maximize this deduction?
I used to work in the financial field selling tax-sheltered annuities, and I’ve always thought they were strong investment options. Lately, I’ve noticed some advisors speaking negatively about annuities. What’s your perspective on annuities as an investment today?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Relief for Retirees Affected by WEP and GPO with Eddie Holland

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 5 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

For years, the Windfall Elimination Provision and Government Pension Offset reduced benefits for those who had rightfully earned them. Now that those policies are gone, many are left with questions. Eddie Holland joins us to help clarify what’s changed and what it means for your retirement.

Eddie Holland is a Senior Private Wealth Advisor and partner of Blue Trust in Greenville, South Carolina. He’s also a CPA, a Certified Financial Planner (CFP®), and a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®).

A Quick History of WEP and GPO

The Windfall Elimination Provision (WEP), enacted over 40 years ago, reduces Social Security benefits for individuals receiving a non-covered pension—a pension from which no Social Security taxes were withheld. This often included employees in state and local government jobs, such as teachers, police officers, and firefighters.

Similarly, the Government Pension Offset (GPO) reduced a spousal or survivor benefit for individuals in the same situation. These rules were designed to prevent “double-dipping,” but they often unfairly penalized modest-income workers, sometimes reducing their monthly Social Security checks by hundreds of dollars—or even eliminating their spousal or survivor benefits entirely.

The Social Security Fairness Act of 2025

That changed on January 5, 2025, when President Joe Biden signed the Social Security Fairness Act. This legislation repealed both WEP and GPO, effective retroactively as of January 2024. As a result:

Nearly 3 million Americans became eligible for retroactive benefits.
Future monthly benefits for those affected have also been adjusted upward.

This marks a significant win for many retired public servants who had long felt the weight of these provisions.

What to Expect if You’re Affected

There are two phases of payments:

Retroactive Payments – Starting in March 2025, some individuals received large one-time deposits representing the benefits they should have received since January 2024. These payments often arrived with little to no explanation, leaving many confused.
Adjusted Monthly Benefits – Beginning in April 2025, Social Security began increasing ongoing monthly benefits for those impacted.

It’s important to note that these changes only apply to individuals with a non-covered pension, not all civil service employees.

Steps to Take if You Think You Qualify

If you believe these changes may apply to you, Eddie recommends two simple steps:

Check Your Account Online. Visit SSA.gov to log in to your account (or create one if you haven’t already).
Contact the Social Security Administration. If your account doesn’t show any updates or you have questions, call 1-800-772-1213 or schedule an appointment at your local SSA office to speak directly with an agent.

If navigating these changes feels overwhelming, consider consulting a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA) who specializes in matters related to Social Security, who can help you make informed, faith-based financial decisions. You can find one in your area by visiting FaithFi.com and clicking “Find a Professional”.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 60 years old and planning to retire early at 62. I’d also like to pay off my house before I retire. Is that a smart move, and is it realistic given my current financial situation?
I understand that retiring before my full retirement age will result in a reduction of approximately 8% per year in my Social Security benefit. How do Social Security cost-of-living adjustments factor into that reduction?
My grandson wants to be added as an authorized user on my credit card to take advantage of my good credit score so he can get a lower interest rate on a car loan. Is that a wise decision?
At what age am I required to start taking distributions from my 401(k)? Also, I have two family members—one with dementia and another recovering from a stroke. How can we protect their assets, such as their house and 401(k), if they need long-term care?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Investing with Justice and Purpose with Stella Tai

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 4 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What if your portfolio could help advance justice, compassion, and human flourishing?

Aligning your investments with your faith isn’t just about avoiding harm—but actively shaping the world around them for good. Stella Tai joins us to talk about how investors are putting their values to work in the marketplace.

Stella Tai is the Stewardship Investing Impact and Analysis Manager for Praxis Investment Management, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Faith-Based Investing in Action: Praxis’ 2024 Impact Report

For many believers, investing isn’t just about building wealth—it’s about aligning financial decisions with faith values. Praxis Investment Management, a pioneer in faith-based investing since 1994, continues to demonstrate how Christians can utilize their investments to promote justice, compassion, and tangible change in the world. In its latest Impact Report, Praxis highlights how investor dollars are transforming communities and influencing some of the world’s largest companies.

Shaping a more just and compassionate world is something that’s important to many investors, particularly those of faith. Praxis’ annual report reveals where the money goes and how it’s used, inspiring others to view their investments as powerful tools for making a difference.

Praxis organizes its efforts around seven “impact strategies,” which support underserved communities, promote responsible business practices, and bring faith into everyday financial decisions.

Speaking Truth to Power: Shareholder Advocacy

One highlight of the report is Praxis’s work in shareholder advocacy with global brands like Nike.

Nike employs over a million people worldwide, many of whom are based in vulnerable regions. Praxis is part of a coalition pushing for stronger human rights protections in the supply chain, including safeguards against wage theft and exploitation. Every worker deserves to have their God-given dignity respected.

Praxis is also collaborating with companies such as Coca-Cola and Nestlé to address child labor and wage theft in the global sugar supply chain, advocating for third-party audits and increased transparency.

Positive Impact Bonds: Financing Change

Beyond advocacy, Praxis invests in bonds that directly benefit communities. Recent purchases include:

World Bank IDA Program Bonds, targeting extreme poverty with measurable results.
Green and Sustainable Bonds from Freddie Mac, which expand affordable housing and environmental stewardship.

These investments generate jobs, improve access to healthcare, and help communities thrive—all while providing competitive financial returns.

Real Stories of Transformation

Praxis’ report also shares stories of hope, such as the expansion of Always Keep Progressing, a Miami therapy center that serves children with special needs. Through investment partnerships, the clinic now helps more than 400 families.

This is redemptive investing in action. It’s about fostering human flourishing, not just financial gain.

Praxis also partners with Community Development Financial Institutions (CDFIs) and credit unions that serve neighborhoods often overlooked by traditional banking systems. These organizations offer small business loans, enhance access to healthcare, and provide support to underserved rural and urban areas.

Whether here in the U.S. or abroad, CDFIs are helping communities gain access to capital and create opportunities.

The Momentum of Faith-Based Investing

More Christians are realizing that their portfolios can reflect their values.

Scripture calls us to care for the poor, the widow, the orphan, and the foreigner. When our faith aligns with our financial actions, even small changes can move markets toward justice.

This includes proxy voting, which Praxis views as a form of corporate discipleship—using investor influence to advocate for fair labor, environmental stewardship, and other critical issues.

How to Get Started

Start by asking yourself a simple but important question: “Do my investments reflect my faith values?” If the answer is no—or you’re not sure—consider talking with a financial professional who understands faith-based investing. Every investor, whether managing a little or a lot, can play a role in shaping a redemptive economy.

That’s why we recommend connecting with a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA). To find one near you, visit FaithFi.com and click “Find a Professional.”

Praxis’ Impact Report offers practical insights and inspiring stories of transformation. You can access it at PraxisInvests.com, along with quarterly updates and resources to help you make informed, faith-driven investment decisions.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’d like to set up a trust that distributes money to my children monthly after my death, rather than giving them a lump sum. How is a trust manager typically compensated? Are they paid with each monthly distribution, or do they take a percentage?
I’m 71, retired, and using a managed account to supplement my retirement income by withdrawing about 4.2% annually. Is this a wise approach for sustaining my retirement, or should I consider other strategies?
I just turned 66 and plan to file for Social Security soon. My goal is to be debt-free by the time I retire. Should I use my Social Security benefits over the next couple of years to pay off my mortgages so I can enter retirement without debt?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

5 Timeless Principles for Financial Stewardship with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 3 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Some things change with the times—but God’s financial principles never do. They’re not only timeless; they work in every situation, for every person, at every income level.

Whether you’re barely making ends meet or managing significant wealth, the Bible’s wisdom for handling money is always right on target. Today, Ron Blue will unpack five proven principles for managing your money well.

Ron Blue is a nationally recognized financial expert, co-founder of Kingdom Advisors, and author of more than 20 books on biblical money management. With decades of experience advising families and leaders, he has dedicated his life to equipping Christians to manage their resources wisely and steward them for God’s kingdom purposes.

A Lesson From the Senate Floor

Back in the early 1990s, Ron Blue was invited to testify before a U.S. Senate subcommittee on family and money matters. When asked what advice he would give American families, his response was simple yet profound:

Spend less than you earn.
Avoid debt.
Build liquidity or margin.
Set long-term goals.
Give generously.

To Ron’s surprise, the senator responded, “That would work for every family—at any income level.” Ron smiled and added, “Yes, Senator, including the United States government.”

These five principles, he says, are universal. They apply not just to families, but also to businesses, communities, and even nations.

Principle 1: Spend Less Than You Earn

This is the foundation of wise financial decision-making.

It’s the “slow road to wealth,” but it’s also the surest way to financial freedom. This principle enables families to establish stability without pursuing risky shortcuts or falling into the trap of trying to become wealthy quickly.

Principle 2: Avoid Debt

Debt can be both a practical and spiritual burden. From a financial standpoint, debt always mortgages the future. Any borrowed money becomes a priority expense—one that takes precedence over all others until it’s repaid.

Not all debt is created equal—some can be strategic, like a mortgage—but even “good” debt ties up future income and limits financial flexibility.

Principle 3: Build Liquidity (Margin)

Margin is what allows families to weather life’s inevitable surprises—a medical bill, car repair, or job loss—without spiraling into crisis.

People with cash flow margin are always more secure. They know they can meet the unexpected, and that creates peace of mind and security. An emergency fund isn’t just about financial stability; it’s about emotional and spiritual calm when life throws curveballs.

Principle 4: Set Long-Term Goals

Short-term thinking often leads to financial stress and impulsive decisions. By setting long-term goals, families can prioritize spending and align their financial choices with their values.

The longer term your perspective, the better your decision today. Goals give direction and help families measure progress—not just in wealth, but in stewardship and Kingdom impact.

Principle 5: Give Generously

Finally, generosity breaks the power of money. Jesus taught that we cannot serve both God and money (Matthew 6:24). By giving, we release our grip on wealth and keep our hearts anchored in Christ rather than in material security.

Generosity is the only way to break money’s hold on you.

Timeless Wisdom for Every Household

Whether you’re just starting your financial journey or seeking a reset, these five principles offer a roadmap to freedom and peace. They are not about complicated strategies or quick fixes—they’re about faithful, steady stewardship rooted in biblical wisdom.

If you do these five things, you’ll position yourself for God’s best in your finances.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I recently started a new job, but I still have a 401(k) from my previous employer. Since I’m over 55, I was told I can withdraw from it without a penalty. My husband thinks we should withdraw $15,000 to cover some home repairs, but I’m nervous about dipping into my retirement savings.
I’m 51 and planning to retire at the end of next year. I have a state pension, along with several 401(k) and 403(b) accounts I’ve accumulated over the years. What’s the best way to handle these accounts once I retire?
My husband and I have been married for 12 years, and we have a prenup that keeps our finances separate. I have around $700,000 in savings and a terminal illness. How should I decide how much to leave for my husband and how much to give to the Lord?
I’ve had a reverse mortgage since 2010, and my house has increased significantly in value. I’d like to know how much equity I can access now and whether I need to refinance, or if it’s possible to expand my line of credit simply.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Creative Ways to Cut Costs—Not Joy

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 2 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Cutting your budget doesn’t have to mean cutting joy out of your life. With a bit of creativity and intention, you can save money while still enjoying what truly matters. Here’s how to bring more purpose—and even fun—into your spending plan.

Before diving into practical steps, begin with prayer. Ask God to help you cultivate contentment, because wise spending starts with a heart that trusts Him. As Paul reminds us in 1 Timothy 6:6, “But godliness with contentment is great gain.” Budgeting isn’t just about numbers; it’s about aligning your heart with gratitude for what God has already provided.

1. Try a “Pantry Challenge” Month

Commit to eating what you already have in your fridge, freezer, and pantry for an entire month. You’ll reduce grocery spending and uncover forgotten items—maybe even a few surprises. Free apps like SuperCook or Cooklist can help you find creative recipes using your existing ingredients, turning the challenge into a fun family adventure.

2. Create a Family Fun Fund

Entertainment doesn’t have to be expensive. Set a monthly cap for fun activities and get the whole family involved in choosing them. One week could be a hike and picnic at the park; another, a cozy movie night at home with popcorn and dollar-store candy. This approach teaches that joy isn’t tied to a price tag.

3. Swap Babysitting with Another Family

Childcare can be costly, but community is a gift. Partner with another family you trust to take turns watching each other’s kids. One week, you get a date night, the next they do—and no one spends a dime. You’ll save money, build relationships, and create margin in your budget.

4. Take On One Service Yourself

Pick one recurring expense and try handling it yourself for a season—such as washing the car, mowing the lawn, or grooming the dog. You may save more than you expect and even gain a new skill or appreciation for the task.

5. Declare a Monthly “No-Spend” Weekend

Choose one weekend a month to spend nothing beyond the essentials. Use the time to rest, reconnect, and enjoy free or low-cost activities, such as playing board games, going for a hike, or visiting the library. Turn it into a family challenge by deciding together how to use the extra savings for giving, saving, or a future treat.

6. Practice the 30-Day Rule

When tempted by a big purchase—like a gadget or appliance—write it down with the date and wait 30 days. If you still want it and it fits the budget after a month, you can move forward with confidence. More often than not, the urge will pass, and you’ll keep your money where it belongs.

None of these ideas is earth-shattering—and that’s the beauty of them. Real transformation often comes from small, consistent decisions: choosing contentment over consumption, planning over impulse. Each intentional step strengthens your financial stewardship and, even more importantly, your trust in God.

When your kids see you making wise choices, they learn the importance of being a good steward. When your spouse feels included, it builds unity. And when you invite God into your day-to-day financial decisions—even the small ones—you’ll see His faithfulness in significant ways.

A Tool to Help You Stay on Track: The FaithFi App

If you’re ready to take the next step in intentional budgeting, the FaithFi app is a great place to start. It helps you track spending, build margin, and grow in biblical wisdom—all in one place. Visit FaithFi.com and click “App” to get started.

With a little creativity and a lot of intentionality, you can cut costs without cutting out what matters most.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’d like to understand the difference between prepaid cards and credit cards—the pros and cons of each. My primary concern is avoiding debt, so I’m trying to determine which prepaid card would be the best option for me.
I recently received $20,000 and need advice on the best way to invest it. My goal is to strengthen my emergency savings while still making wise financial decisions.
I’m 12 and get a $100 monthly allowance. I want to learn how to save and invest my money wisely.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Does Your Work Need A New Story? with Dr. Tom Nelson

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 1 Sep 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What if your work isn’t just a job—but part of God’s bigger story for your life?

For some, work is a source of stress, struggle, or simply something to endure. But what if we’re seeing it all wrong? What if God designed work to be a vital part of how we worship Him and serve others? Dr. Tom Nelson joins us today to talk about that.

False Narratives About Work

Culture tells us many things about work—most of them untrue.

“Thank God it’s Friday” reflects the belief that work is a curse and that our real lives happen only on weekends.
Work as mere productivity reduces our calling to a paycheck or to-do list.
Sacred vs. secular divide suggests ministry work matters more than other vocations.

However, if we return to Genesis 1 and 2, we find that work is not a curse. Work is God’s good design. Whether paid or unpaid, our work is part of how we glorify Him.

The Four-Chapter Story of Work

Dr. Tom Nelson uses a “four-chapter” framework to show how the Bible shapes a proper view of work:

Creation – What Ought to Be. God designed work as a gift and a reflection of His image. Work and worship were never meant to be separate.
The Fall – What Is. Sin corrupted work, introducing toil, frustration, and broken relationships.
Redemption – What Can Be. Through Christ, our work can be redeemed. Whether changing diapers, leading a company, or volunteering, we bring God’s presence into every environment.
New Creation – What Will Be. One day, we will experience work in its perfect form—creative, joyful, and without sin—in God’s restored Kingdom.

One of the most transformative ideas to remember is that all work done for God’s glory is sacred. Work is contribution, not just compensation. We carry God’s presence with us into our workplaces because the Holy Spirit dwells within us.

This perspective breaks down the artificial barrier between “spiritual” and “secular” work. It gives believers a seamless life of worship—Sunday through Monday.

Hope for the Future

We won’t spend eternity sitting on clouds. Revelation offers us a glimpse of a garden city where we will worship Jesus and engage in creative, joyful work—free from sin, frustration, and the need for perfect relationships with God and others.

If you’ve believed that your work doesn’t matter, be encouraged that you were created with work in mind. God is with you in your work. When you embrace Jesus and become His apprentice, you’ll learn to live a seamless life where every task, big or small, can glorify Him.

Dr. Tom Nelson’s latest book, Why Your Work Matters: How God Uses Our Everyday Vocations to Transform Us, Our Neighbors, and the World, is available wherever books are sold. To learn more about integrating faith and work, visit MadeToFlourish.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’d like advice on how to invest between $30,000 and $60,000 to generate steady monthly or quarterly dividends. My goal is to cover about $150 a month to help with some expenses.
I’ve been on SSDI for about five or six years due to health issues, and I also earn about $1,400 a month from a part-time job. Am I allowed to contribute to an IRA with this income?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Save All You Can, Give All You Can with Dr. Shane Enete

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 29 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“One gives freely, yet grows all the richer; another withholds what he should give, and only suffers want.” —Proverbs 11:24

Scripture calls us to be both wise savers and generous givers—but holding those two together can feel like a tension. How do we avoid fear on one side and foolishness on the other? Dr. Shane Enete joins us today to show how these two principles actually go hand in hand.

Dr. Shane Enete is an Associate Professor of Finance at Biola University and founded the Biola Center for Financial Planning. He is also the author of the book Whole Heart Finances: A Jesus-Centered Guide to Managing Your Money with Joy.

Living in the Tension

John Wesley famously wrote, “Earn all you can, save all you can, give all you can.” It sounds simple enough, but when you sit down with a budget, the statement can feel more like a paradox than a plan. After all, how can you both save as much as you can and give as much as you can? At some point, choices must be made.

Rather than resolving the paradox with rigid rules, we encourage believers to embrace the complexity as part of the Christian life.

In the absence of clarity, many of us make rules. One common example is the “80/10/10 rule”—give 10%, save 10%, and live on the remaining 80%. While this framework may be helpful, we must also be cautious that this can risk reducing Christian stewardship to legalism.

The Christian life is a paradox. Christ Himself is a paradox—fully God and fully man. When we encounter a paradox, we shouldn’t flatten it into a rule. Instead, we’re invited into a relationship with God and to walk with Him in the tension.

Stewardship as Art

So how do we approach the paradox of saving and giving without rigid formulas? We should think of stewardship more as an art rather than a science. Just as Jesus used metaphors—such as sheep, seeds, trees, and vines—to describe the mysteries of the Kingdom, we too can use metaphors to navigate the complexity of money.

Art allows us to co-create with God, and it moves us from rule-keeping to relationship, from legalism to a life that draws us closer to Him and to one another.

One compelling metaphor is water. Water is life-giving when it flows, but when it stagnates, it becomes toxic. In the same way, money is meant to flow—received from God and passed on to bless others.

Of course, saving is still essential—as it’s like a reservoir that ensures water can flow steadily—but the point is not the reservoir itself. It’s the flow that revitalizes both the giver and those who receive.

The call to “save all you can, give all you can” is not a puzzle to be solved but a paradox to be lived. By resisting the urge to reduce it to rigid formulas and instead embracing stewardship as a creative act with God, we discover a more life-giving way to approach money. The flow is what matters. That’s what brings life.

You can read Dr. Enete’s full article—and gain access to other exclusive resources—by becoming a FaithFi Partner. With your support of $35 a month or $400 a year, you’ll not only receive Faithful Steward but also enjoy other special benefits designed to encourage and equip you on your stewardship journey.

Join us today at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I are buying our first home, and we’re a single-income family. Should I include her on the mortgage, or keep her off so she wouldn’t be financially responsible if something were to happen to me?
I was born in 1959, so my full retirement age for Social Security is 66 and 10 months. I plan to continue working and earn around $60,000 per year, and my Social Security benefit will be approximately $38,000 per year. Can I work and collect my full benefit, or do I need to worry about an earnings limit?
You’ve mentioned online investing options, such as robo-advisors, for individuals looking to invest less than $20,000. What is the name of that service?
I want to start an account for my great-grandchildren—ages three, 18 months, and one week—to put money aside for them. I’ve considered a universal life insurance policy (UIL), but I’d appreciate your advice on the best approach.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Are You Building Wealth?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 28 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

It’s easy to believe that having more money would fix everything—that if we just had enough, life would finally feel secure, peaceful, and even meaningful.

From lotteries to luxury ads, our world constantly tells us that more wealth is the goal. But Scripture invites us to ask a better question: not how much money do I have?—but why do I want it in the first place?

Money itself isn’t the problem. Scripture never condemns wealth. But it does warn us about the heart behind it. The late Larry Burkett, a mentor to many in biblical finance, once said there are seven reasons people pursue wealth—and six of them can lead us astray. Why? Because when money becomes our focus, it often takes the place of God.

Before we talk about how to use it, we need to ask: What’s driving us to accumulate it?

1. Conformity

Some pursue wealth simply because everyone else is. Whether from family pressure or cultural expectations, they chase money without asking if it’s what God wants.

Romans 12:2 reminds us: “Do not conform to the pattern of this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind.” God calls us to live in alignment with His Kingdom—not the world’s standards.

2. Envy

Others look at their neighbor’s lifestyle and crave the same.

Ecclesiastes 4:4 says: “All toil and all achievement spring from one person’s envy of another. This too is meaningless, a chasing after the wind.”

Envy leaves us restless—always reaching, never resting.

3. Competition

For some, wealth is a scoreboard. It’s not about having enough—it’s about having more than others.

But when competition drives us, life becomes a race, and people become obstacles. Philippians 2:3 offers a better way: “Do nothing out of selfish ambition or vain conceit. Rather, in humility value others above yourselves.”

Kingdom living doesn’t play to win—it plays to serve.

4. Ego

Many tie wealth to identity. They want to be seen as successful, admired, and important. Even their giving can become a form of self-promotion.

Paul redirects us in 1 Timothy 6:17: “Command those who are rich in this present world not to be arrogant nor to put their hope in wealth … but to put their hope in God, who richly provides us with everything for our enjoyment.”

Wealth isn’t a trophy—it’s a tool.

5. Love of Money

Some simply love money. They obsess over their accounts and fear losing it.

1 Timothy 6:10 warns: “The love of money is a root of all kinds of evil.” This isn’t about having money—it’s about being ruled by it.

6. Security

Others pursue wealth out of fear. Wealth can create the illusion of safety.

Proverbs 18:11 says: “The wealth of the rich is their fortified city; they imagine it a wall too high to scale.”

But that security is imagined. Real peace doesn’t come from what we’ve saved, but from the One who holds us.

7. Generosity: The One Good Reason

So, what’s the one God-honoring reason to build wealth? To give it away.

Generosity flows from a heart that sees money not as a possession to protect, but as a tool to serve. Jesus summarized this in Matthew 22:37–39: “Love the Lord your God … and love your neighbor as yourself.”

Dr. Justo González notes in Teach Us to Pray that when we ask for “our daily bread” in the Lord’s Prayer, it’s a communal request. If we have more than we need today, it’s not accidental—it’s providential. What’s in your hands may be God’s answer to someone else’s prayer.

St. Augustine put it this way: “Find out how much God has given you and from it take what you need; the remainder is needed by others.”

The early church modeled this in Acts 4:34: “There was not a needy person among them.”

The Call to Stewardship

Building wealth isn’t about hoarding or raising our net worth. It’s about aligning resources with God’s purposes and becoming participants in His provision for others.

When financial goals are rooted in love for God and neighbor, wealth becomes a ministry—not a measure of success.

Let God reshape your reason for building wealth, and discover the joy of using what He’s given you to bless others and glorify Him.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’d like to understand what a real estate investment trust (REIT) is and how it works, especially in relation to my retirement savings. Do REITs tend to lose value over time?
I’m thinking about selling my house and moving into a 55-plus community. Would it make sense to use the equity from my home to pay off my mortgage and credit card debt, thereby simplifying my finances?
I’m trying to set up a trust and would like to know what to expect in terms of pricing. Is there a standard fee, or are there other factors I should be considering?
My husband recently passed away and left me a significant amount of money. Since he handled all our finances, I’m unsure whether I should invest in annuities or spread the money across various investments. What would you recommend?
I received a letter from the IRS about a retirement account in another state that I’d completely forgotten about. I’ve tried contacting my former employer, but can’t locate the account. Should I be concerned, or will the IRS resolve this issue?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Participating in God’s Provision

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 27 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When it comes to our finances, we often wonder: Where does God’s provision end and our responsibility begin? Should we simply wait and trust Him—or get to work and provide for ourselves?

The truth is, it’s not either-or. God calls us to both trust Him and participate in His provision. Not because He needs our help, but because He delights in working through us.

Avoiding Two Extremes

You’ve likely heard the phrase, “Let go and let God.” While it sounds spiritual, it can sometimes lead to passivity. On the other end of the spectrum, some of us live as if everything depends on us—hustling, stressing, and striving in our own strength.

Scripture offers a better way: a life of faith that doesn’t ignore work, and a life of work that doesn’t ignore faith. God invites us into a partnership—trusting His sovereignty while faithfully engaging in our responsibilities.

Paul writes in 2 Timothy 2:6, “It is the hard-working farmer who ought to have the first share of the crops.” The farmer can’t make the rain fall or the seeds grow, yet he tills, plants, and harvests. He works diligently while depending entirely on God for the increase.

In the same way, we can’t control the economy or prevent every financial emergency—but we can make wise choices. By living below our means, avoiding debt, and giving generously, we acknowledge God as our Provider while faithfully stewarding what He entrusts to us.

God Provides—We Participate

Psalm 104:14 reminds us, “You cause the grass to grow for the livestock and plants for man to cultivate.” God causes the growth, yet invites us to cultivate it. His provision is not a one-sided transaction—it’s a relationship.

We see this throughout Scripture. When Jesus fed the 5,000, He didn’t create food out of thin air. Instead, He multiplied a boy’s simple lunch. God chooses to involve us, not because He lacks resources, but because He delights in using us to bless others.

God’s Word makes it clear that provision and work go hand in hand.

Ephesians 4:28 urges, “Let the thief no longer steal, but rather let him labor… so that he may have something to share with anyone in need.”
1 Thessalonians 4:11–12 calls us to “work with your hands… so that you may walk properly before outsiders and be dependent on no one.”

Laziness is never encouraged, but neither is frantic self-reliance. Instead, Scripture calls us to wise diligence rooted in God’s faithfulness.

Stewardship means recognizing that everything belongs to God. We are not owners but managers, entrusted with His resources to reflect His character.

And His provision is never just for us. Paul writes in 2 Corinthians 9:10–11, “He who supplies seed to the sower… will supply and multiply your seed for sowing… You will be enriched in every way to be generous in every way.”

God enriches us so that generosity might overflow through us—producing thanksgiving to Him.

Living in the Beautiful In-Between

So how do we balance trust in God’s provision with active participation?

Pray before you plan—inviting God into your financial goals.
Work with diligence, not fear—resting in His faithfulness, not your performance.
Give generously—not because God needs your money, but because He invites you to reflect His heart.
Rest confidently—knowing God is at work even when you sleep.

At the end of the day, God delights in using ordinary people with ordinary means to display His extraordinary grace. He is the Provider, and we have the privilege of being His participants.

Provision, then, is not just about a paycheck—it’s about a partnership. Let’s stop asking whether it’s “all up to us” or “all up to God” and embrace the beautiful in-between: trusting Him, working faithfully, and joining Him in the joy of provision.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I inherited a house from a family member in another state. We’d like to keep it available for friends, family, or church members to use, rather than renting it out. What do you think about that approach?
My wife and I are in our early 80s. Years ago, we used our Roth IRAs to pay off our home, allowing us to live debt-free in retirement. We use our IRA for charitable giving, but with the rising cost of living, I’m wondering if a reverse mortgage could be a smart tool. What’s your advice?
If I already have a living will, will my assets still need to go through the probate process?
I’ve had a long-term care policy since 2018 with $400,000 in coverage, but I was told there’s a six-month waiting period before it pays out. That seems long to me. Should I consider canceling the policy?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Preparing the Next Generation of Stewards with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 26 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What if the greatest gift you leave your children isn’t your money, but your wisdom?

As stewards, we often focus on managing God’s resources well during our lifetime—but what happens after we’re gone? How do we equip the next generation to carry on a legacy of faithful stewardship? Today, Sharon Epps joins us to talk about that.

Recognizing God’s Design in Our Children

At FaithFi, we frequently emphasize the importance of being faithful stewards of what God has entrusted to us. But there’s a deeper question to consider: What about the next steward?

Proverbs 13:22 tells us, “A good man leaves an inheritance to his children’s children.” While an inheritance can be a blessing, without preparation, it can also lead to conflict. That’s why we need to think carefully not just about passing on wealth, but also about passing on wisdom.

One of the earliest ways to prepare the next steward is to recognize and nurture a child’s God-given giftedness. God created us to work, and part of stewardship is discovering how He’s uniquely wired us.

Each child’s journey is unique, and our role as parents is to walk alongside them, offer opportunities, and pray that God will reveal their strengths.

Giving Hands-On Money Management Opportunities

Every parent knows how painful it is to watch their children make poor choices—especially when it comes to money. But it’s so vital that we allow our kids to experience the natural consequences of their decisions.

Wisdom grows when kids practice responsibility with real resources. That’s why it’s a good goal to aim for our children to manage a full spending plan before leaving home, whether that’s for college or to move out on their own.

Starting with a simple envelope system—give, save, and spend—you can gradually add more categories as the kids grow. By the time they become young adults, they will have managed nearly all of their expenses except housing and insurance. This hands-on approach will ensure that by the time they launch into independence, they will not be starting from scratch.

Starting Late? Don’t Lose Heart

If you feel behind in teaching your kids about stewardship, give yourself grace. None of us does this perfectly.

Start with small steps—a dinner conversation about your own money journey, or letting your child help plan a family purchase. What matters is being intentional and inviting the Lord to guide the process.

Preparing the next steward is not a one-time event—it’s a journey. Begin with prayer, asking God for wisdom, and do not hesitate to seek help from trusted friends, mentors, or financial professionals.

And remember: more is caught than taught. Our children are learning as much from how we live as from what we say. By modeling faithful stewardship in our own lives, we give them the greatest inheritance of all: a life that reflects God’s wisdom and trust in His provision.

If you’re looking for support in preparing your children to be wise stewards, consider working with a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA)—someone who shares your values and can guide you on the journey. Visit FaithFi.com and click “Find a Professional” to get started.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I left an employer five years ago and still have a pension with them. I also have an IRA. My wife and I are deciding whether to roll the pension into an IRA to earn more, or cash it out to pay off debt, such as our vehicles and student loans.
I’m turning 62 soon, and my wife and I are both still working. We’re debt-free except for our mortgage. Should I start taking Social Security benefits now to invest or pay down the mortgage, or is it wiser to wait?
I have a single-family home with approximately $125,000 remaining on the mortgage and sufficient savings to pay it off, which would still leave me with $15,000 in the bank. Should I pay off the mortgage now, or keep the money in savings?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Is It Time for a Fall Financial Reset?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 25 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Feeling the post-summer financial fog? You’re not alone—but now’s the perfect time to reset.

Summer is a season of rest, family, and fun—but it can also knock our financial habits off course. That’s why fall is an ideal time to pause, reflect, and get back on track. Let’s explore six small but meaningful steps that can help realign your finances with your goals—and your faith.

Summer Spending Can Leave You Off Balance

Summer often brings looser schedules and, sometimes, looser spending. That’s okay—we need time to rest. But if your finances feel off-center, it may be time for a reset.

1. Review Your Summer Spending

Before moving forward, look back. Did your summer spending reflect your values or just your impulses? Whether it was vacations, eating out, or spontaneous purchases, reviewing where your money went brings clarity. Think of it as an act of stewardship—learning from the past so you can plan better for the future.

2. Revisit Your Budget

Seasons change—and so do financial rhythms. Back-to-school costs, higher grocery bills, or other expenses may have shifted your cash flow. Revisit your budget to ensure it reflects your priorities: generosity, saving, and wise spending.

A helpful tool: The FaithFi app makes budgeting a daily reminder that every dollar belongs to God. It helps you plan and track your finances in alignment with your faith.

3. Check for Missed Payments

Life gets busy, and bills sometimes slip through the cracks. Go back and confirm you haven’t missed any payments. Even one late bill can hurt your credit. Also, review your autopay accounts to ensure everything is running smoothly. A little attention here prevents bigger headaches later.

4. Catch Up on Your Giving

Generosity sometimes takes a backseat in busy seasons. If that happened this summer, take time to prayerfully revisit your giving. Ask yourself: Has God blessed me in a way that calls for deeper generosity? Whether to your church, a ministry, or a neighbor in need, giving is more than duty—it’s an expression of trust in God as your ultimate provider.

5. Tackle That Financial To-Do

We all have one thing on our financial to-do list that gets pushed aside—reviewing insurance, starting a will, or scheduling a meeting with an advisor. Stewardship often looks like taking the next step, even if it’s small or unglamorous.

6. Look Ahead with Wisdom

Fall is a season of preparation. Anticipate upcoming costs, such as school expenses, open enrollment, holiday shopping, or tax planning. Mark dates and set reminders now so you won’t be scrambling later. Wise stewardship is proactive, not reactive.

One Step at a Time

Don’t feel pressure to fix everything in one day. Growth—financial and spiritual—comes through steady, faithful diligence. Proverbs 4:26 reminds us: “Give careful thought to the paths for your feet and be steadfast in all your ways.”

Wherever you’re starting from—catching up, starting over, or just resetting—God meets you there. He isn’t after perfection; He’s after your heart, and He promises to walk with you every step of the way.

At FaithFi, we’re committed to equipping Christians to integrate faith and financial decisions for the glory of God. If you believe in this mission, we’d love to invite you to become a monthly partner.

A gift of $35 or more per month (or $400 per year) helps us continue this vital work. As a thank-you, you’ll receive exclusive benefits, including our quarterly Faithful Steward magazine, Pro Access to the FaithFi app, and early access to our devotionals and studies.

Learn more or become a partner today at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Is life insurance really necessary? I’ve been paying about $100 a month for a few years, and I’m wondering if the benefit justifies the cost.
My husband and I are dual citizens of the U.S. and Canada. We’ve farmed for 40 years without any retirement accounts or formal plans. We’re debt-free, but we’re unsure where to start with retirement planning, especially since our income and pensions come from both countries. Is there a kingdom-minded advisor familiar with agriculture and cross-border planning, or should we begin elsewhere?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

3 Things Your Pastor Wishes You Knew about Giving with Leo Sabo

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 22 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Gratitude is a natural response to God’s goodness—but does it show up in the way we give?

Many pastors wish their congregation knew that giving isn’t just about meeting a church budget—it’s a vital part of growing as a disciple of Jesus. Today, Leo Sabo joins us to unpack three things your pastor wishes you knew about giving.

Leo Sabo is the President of the Christian Stewardship Network (CSN). He has spent the last 22 years working with couples, individuals, and church leaders, helping them understand and manage their finances according to biblical principles.

Why Conversations About Giving Matter

Effective conversations between church members and leadership aren’t just about meeting financial goals. Because God owns everything and we are His stewards, money decisions are both practical and deeply spiritual. How we handle what God has entrusted to us reveals our hearts and our motives.

1. The Spiritual Benefits of Giving

Pastors understand the connection between generosity and discipleship. Trusting God with our money is a significant part of our spiritual journey—and once we embrace that, giving becomes a joyful act of worship.

Stewardship is holistic, involving our time, talents, and treasures. A love-inspired steward sees everything—not just what we give—as belonging to God. Pastors want you to know that giving isn’t a “membership fee” to the church. It’s an offering to God, through the church, out of gratitude and worship.

2. Stewardship Is Part of Discipleship

Stewardship means responsibly managing the resources God has entrusted to us, including money. Many churches offer classes and programs to help members budget, save, avoid debt, and invest wisely—all grounded in biblical principles.

Jesus spoke often about money and possessions because He knew our relationship with them reveals the condition of our hearts. Faithful stewardship naturally leads to generosity, reinforcing the spiritual benefits of giving.

3. Transparency and Accountability Build Trust

In an era when people are increasingly concerned about financial transparency, pastors want to ensure that members understand that the responsible use of donations is a priority. Church leaders have both a responsibility and an opportunity to demonstrate accountability.

When you give, you’re funding ministry—teaching, worship, community support, and the staff who make it all possible. Every act of generosity fuels the church’s mission to serve both its members and the surrounding community.

If you’d like to learn more about starting or strengthening a stewardship ministry in your church, visit ChristianStewardshipNetwork.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My 22-year-old son is graduating from college and starting his first job next year. What retirement planning advice should I give him—especially when it comes to private investments outside of his workplace retirement plan?
I’m concerned that the housing market may be headed for a downturn similar to 2008. Here in Indiana, I see many new houses being built that most people can’t afford, along with more foreclosures and repossessions. Why isn’t anyone sounding the alarm? Am I overreacting, or do you see the same risks?
I’m 61 with $300,000 in a Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) and about a year from retirement. Should I adjust my investments, move my money, or make any other changes as I approach retirement?
My wife and I want to relocate from Florida to Colorado, where we already own a piece of land. We currently have two Florida homes with mortgages and have invested $80,000 in a Christian women’s network. We’d like to speed up our move and build our Colorado home, but I’m unsure how to align our finances to make it happen. What’s the best way forward?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Years of Plenty, Years of Famine with Mark Biller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 21 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“And he gathered up all the food of these seven years which occurred in the land of Egypt and put the food in the cities. He put in every city the food from the fields around it.” - Genesis 41:48

Joseph’s story isn’t just dramatic—it’s a powerful example of godly wisdom in uncertain times. His preparation during years of abundance helped an entire nation weather a famine. Today, Mark Biller joins us to explore what Joseph’s legacy teaches us about planning ahead.

Mark Biller is Executive Editor and Senior Portfolio Manager at Sound Mind Investing, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Learning from Joseph’s Example

Joseph’s story in the book of Genesis is one of the most dramatic and inspiring accounts in all of Scripture. From his rise and fall—from favored son to slave, from prisoner to ruler of Egypt—Joseph’s journey demonstrates God’s providence at every turn. His famous words to his brothers in Genesis 50:20 capture the theme: “You intended to harm me, but God intended it for good.”

But Joseph’s story is also a powerful lesson in financial stewardship. His foresight during years of abundance prepared Egypt—and surrounding nations—to survive years of famine. This biblical principle remains as relevant today as it was thousands of years ago.

In Genesis 41, Joseph interprets Pharaoh’s dreams, warning that seven years of abundance will be followed by seven years of famine. Pharaoh puts Joseph in charge of preparations, and Joseph sets aside 20% of the harvest during the good years. This disciplined stewardship meant survival when crisis hit.

Back in 2006, I wrote an editorial drawing on this lesson, warning that the “years of plenty” could give way to economic trouble. Just two years later, the 2008–2009 Global Financial Crisis proved the point. Many of the underlying issues from that period—such as excessive debt and systemic risk—remain unresolved to this day.

The Challenges We Face Now

While I don’t have the same sense of foreboding I felt in 2006, there are signs of stress in the global financial system:

Runaway Debt – U.S. debt has risen from $10 trillion in 2008 to over $36 trillion today.
Bigger Banks – Post-crisis reforms led to further consolidation, making the largest banks even larger.
Central Bank Intervention – Years of near-zero interest rates and quantitative easing have encouraged dependence on stimulus.
Political Division – Our political climate makes tackling systemic issues even more challenging.

Preparing Personally for the Next Storm

We can’t control national or global problems, but we can prepare at a personal level. If you are in a “year of plenty,” now is the time to:

Pay down debt and reduce obligations.
Build an emergency fund to weather personal or economic downturns.
Diversify investments, including assets that hold value in inflationary times—such as gold, real estate, commodities, or even small allocations to Bitcoin.
Live below your means so you can give generously when needs arise.

Financial Preparedness as Spiritual Opportunity

Preparedness isn’t just about protecting yourself—it’s about positioning yourself to help others. Crises, whether national or personal, can open hearts to the gospel. If our finances are in order, we can respond like Joseph—meeting physical needs and sharing the spiritual hope found in Christ.

If you’re in a season of famine right now, don’t lose heart. Trust God as your ultimate provider, take small steps forward, and connect with your church or community for support. Seasons change, and preparation now can mean you’ll be ready when the next opportunity to serve—or survive—comes.

For more on this topic, read the full editorial Years of Plenty, Years of Famine Revisited at SoundMindInvesting.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve owned a timeshare for years, but I think it’s a bad investment. The maintenance fees are high, and I believe there are better vacation options. It will cost $2,000 to get out of it, but my wife likes it. How can I bring this up without hurting her feelings?
In the Old Testament, tithing was clearly defined, but in the New Testament, Paul says giving should be something you decide in your heart. Some people tell me they give as they feel led—sometimes more, sometimes less. What are your thoughts on that approach to giving?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Banking that Aligns with Your Values

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 20 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When you think about making a Kingdom impact, your checking or savings account probably isn’t the first thing that comes to mind. But what if it should be?

Most of us view our bank account as a simple holding place for our money—a safe spot until we’re ready to spend, give, or invest. However, the truth is that your money is never truly at rest. Banks utilize those deposits daily to fund loans, support business ventures, and invest in various projects. That’s standard practice. But here’s the exciting part: you can actually choose a banking institution that uses your money to support Kingdom work.

Let’s unpack how your everyday banking decisions could be part of something far bigger than you imagined.

Banking That Builds the Kingdom

When you bank with a faith-based financial institution—one that’s intentionally aligned with biblical stewardship—you allow your money to participate in Kingdom work, even when you’re not actively spending or giving. Your checking account. Your savings. Even your emergency fund. All of it can be part of something bigger.

Imagine this:

A pastor receives a home loan.
A new Christian school opens in an underserved community.
A clean water project is funded overseas.

And all of it is quietly supported by everyday people like you, simply choosing to bank where their values are reflected.

That’s the vision behind Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU)—a trusted partner of Faith & Finance. CCCU offers all the modern banking tools you’d expect: online access, mobile apps, competitive rates, and more. But their mission is different. It’s rooted in biblical stewardship.

When you open an account with CCCU, your deposits don’t just sit—they serve. Since its founding, CCCU has helped fund:

Church construction and renovations
Ministry and mission expansions
Affordable housing and clean water projects
Loans for pastors, missionaries, and Christian organizations

And they’ve donated more than $6.5 million to Kingdom causes around the world.

Small Deposits, Big Impact

You might be thinking, “That’s great—but I don’t have a lot in savings. Would it really make a difference?”

Absolutely. In God’s Kingdom, impact isn’t measured by dollar amounts—it’s measured by faithfulness.

Remember the boy in John 6 who brought five loaves and two fish? It seemed small. But in the hands of Jesus, it fed more than 5,000. The same principle applies here: when you offer what you have—however modest—it becomes part of something miraculous. Banking with CCCU is a way to say, “Lord, use even this for your glory.”

At Faith & Finance, we frequently discuss how we earn, give, and spend. But there’s a space in between—where your money simply rests. And even that space matters.

Because while your money is sitting, it’s still doing something. The question is: what is it doing? Is it funding what you believe in—or what you don’t? Aligning your bank account with your faith is a practical, quiet form of stewardship. It doesn’t require financial expertise—just a desire to honor God in every area of your life.

Ready to Take the Next Step?

If you’re looking for a simple yet meaningful way to bring your money into greater alignment with your faith, Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU) is a great place to start.

They offer:

Full-service banking
Competitive products
A clear commitment to biblical values
Real-world impact for the gospel

To learn more or open an account, visit: FaithFi.com/Banking. Your everyday banking can be more than routine. It can be redemptive.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m retiring next year and want to know if I can still contribute to a Roth IRA, what income limits apply, and what taxes I’ll owe when I start making withdrawals.
I have significant credit card debt and want to know if debt relief programs align with biblical principles. Is there a way to get help paying off my debt without being unethical?
I’m on disability and keep tapping my emergency fund for unexpected expenses. How can I actually build savings when something seems to come up every month?
I have $4,000 in a Discover Bank savings account earning 3.5% interest. Should I move it to my Vanguard account? Also, what’s the purpose of the settlement fund in Vanguard that doesn’t seem to be doing anything?
I receive my late husband’s Social Security survivor benefits, and next year I’ll begin receiving his pension. Will the pension reduce my Social Security benefit?
I recently refinanced my home and paid off my credit cards. Is it better to make my mortgage payment once a month or split it into two payments each month?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Exploring W.I.S.E. Generosity with Chris Gabriel

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 19 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Have you ever noticed how some people light up when they give, while others treat it like just another transaction?

Maybe the difference isn’t in the amount they give—but in how God designed them to give. What if discovering your God-given giving style is the key to finding joy in generosity? Today, Chris Gabriel joins us to unpack the idea of W.I.S.E. Generosity.

Chris Gabriel is a philanthropic leader and financial advisor with over 30 years of experience. A Yale and Oxford graduate, he created the WISEgenerosity framework to help individuals and institutions give well. Chris leads a thriving wealth management practice and is the author of WISEgenerosity: A Guide for Purposeful and Practical Living and Giving.

From Inspiration to Application

Generosity isn’t just about giving money—it’s about connecting your giving to your God-given identity and calling. Generosity is an essential virtue of a life well lived. It’s also perhaps the aspect of God’s nature that’s closest to our own. We’re made in His image, and that means we’re made to give.

While many Christians feel a tug toward generosity, few know how to give in a way that aligns with their values, financial situation, or spiritual identity.

God plants seeds in our hearts, but we also have a responsibility to be wise stewards of our resources. WISEgenerosity is designed to help people take those seeds and apply them intentionally based on their unique circumstances.

The W.I.S.E. Framework

The heart of the book is captured in the acronym W.I.S.E., which stands for:

Well-Grounded – Giving that is both spiritually rooted and practically planned. It’s based on God’s truth, but also on the real resources and capabilities you have.
Inspired – This is where giving intersects with personal identity. We each have a unique calling from God, and when our giving aligns with that, it becomes deeply meaningful.
Satisfying – Generosity brings joy when it flows from being grounded and inspired. The blessings are bountiful, not just for others, but for the giver.
Effective – This is about wise stewardship—giving in a way that meets real needs and aligns with God’s purposes in the world.

Discovering Your Personal Giving Identity (PGI)

One of the most powerful tools is the Personal Giving Identity (PGI). Much like a personality test, the PGI helps individuals uncover their unique generosity “type” and how it connects to biblical truths.

There are four generosity personalities:

Focused Givers – Like Joseph, they’re results-driven and strategic.
Expressive Givers – Like David, they’re creative and people-oriented.
Considerate Givers – Like Ruth, they’re relational and emotionally attuned.
Disciplined Givers – Like Daniel, they’re measured, analytical, and intentional.

Each of these biblical characters reflects traits we see in modern givers. When we understand our PGI, we can give in a way that’s aligned, impactful, and joyful.

The PGI tool doesn’t stop with individuals. Couples can benefit from it too. The spousal comparison tool helps partners understand each other’s giving styles and how to complement one another in shared generosity.

God brings couples together to align their capabilities and calling. Understanding how we each approach giving can deepen unity and effectiveness in our marriages.

Strategic and Systematic Giving

While spontaneous giving is beautiful, we also should embrace strategic and systematic generosity.

Just like with other areas of life, awareness and planning elevate our impact. Some givers are driven by their hearts, while others are more analytical. Both are needed—but what matters is that we give with intention and trust.

Coming this fall is Advance, a new toolkit designed for churches, ministries, and financial advisors to help others walk through the WISEgenerosity framework in community.

Whether you're an individual, a couple, a ministry leader, or a financial professional, this resource will provide practical tools, spiritual insight, and relational wisdom to guide your giving.

Ready to Take the Next Step?

If you’re ready to explore your personal giving identity or learn how to make your generosity more purposeful, visit WiseGenerosity.com. You’ll find:

A free PGI assessment
Bible study tools
Teaching resources for churches and ministries
Information on Chris’s book and upcoming toolkits

In a culture that often views giving as transactional or occasional, WISEgenerosity reminds us that giving is a deeply spiritual act—one that reflects the heart of God, shapes our identity, and brings lasting joy.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m the legal guardian for my 97-year-old father. I recently sold his property and now need to complete a Medicaid spend-down. Where should I direct his remaining funds?
I’ve been studying the Bible for over a year and now have a better understanding of tithing. I want to make sure I’m doing it biblically—who should receive my tithe according to Scripture?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why We Give: Finding Freedom from Self-Righteousness

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 18 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Have you ever felt a quiet sense of pride after giving, like you were just a little more faithful than others?

It’s a subtle temptation, but one we must take seriously. When our giving becomes a way to elevate ourselves rather than glorify God, we’ve missed the heart of generosity—and possibly much more.

When Giving Becomes About Us

Self-righteous giving hides behind good behavior. It’s giving to feel morally superior. Giving to prove we’re spiritually ahead. Giving to show God—or others—that we’ve “got it right.”

Jesus addressed this in Luke 18:

“Two men went up to the temple to pray, one a Pharisee and the other a tax collector… The Pharisee… prayed: ‘God, I thank you that I am not like other people… I fast twice a week and give a tenth of all I get.’ But the tax collector… said, ‘God, have mercy on me, a sinner.’ I tell you that this man, rather than the other, went home justified before God.”

The tithing, fasting Pharisee was not justified—not because his actions were wrong, but because he trusted in himself.

The Heart Check

Religious acts, even impressive ones, can’t save us. When we give to make ourselves look good, we risk trusting in our performance rather than Christ’s finished work.

There’s nothing wrong with joy in giving—God loves a cheerful giver. But when joy turns to superiority, we’ve crossed the line. As Deuteronomy 8 reminds us:

“Remember the Lord your God, for it is he who gives you the ability to produce wealth…”

Everything we have—even the ability to give—comes from Him.

Giving That Glorifies God

Jesus warns in Matthew 6 not to give for the sake of being noticed. True generosity is humble, often quiet, and motivated by gratitude. It’s giving that reflects Christ, not ourselves.

John the Baptist put it best: “He must increase, but I must decrease.”

So, if you notice pride in your giving:

Confess it to the Lord. His grace cleanses and corrects.
Refocus on gratitude. Remember how much you’ve been forgiven.
Practice hidden generosity. Give anonymously or where no one will notice.

Before each gift, pray: “Lord, may this reflect You, not me.” Because generosity is never about proving ourselves—it’s about responding to the One who gave everything for us.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 52 and currently have about 71% of my 401(k) invested in company stock, which has been generating returns of 30–36%. When and how should I begin diversifying to protect my retirement savings while still benefiting from my company’s potential growth?
My husband (62) and I (58) are debating whether to start collecting Social Security now. We still run our own business and earn an income, but I’m concerned about how starting Social Security could affect our Medicare coverage. What’s the best strategy for our situation?
I own and rent out a three-unit apartment building and want to know if there are any advantages to placing the property in an LLC.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Generosity Game Plan with Kirk Cousins

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 15 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Jim Elliot once wrote, “He is no fool who gives what he cannot keep to gain what he cannot lose.”

“Generous” might not be the first word that comes to mind when you think about pro athletes, but Kirk Cousins is rewriting that playbook. The three-time Pro Bowl quarterback in the NFL is using his platform—and resources—for eternal impact. Today, we’ll hear how his faith shapes everything from football to finances.

Kirk Cousins is the starting quarterback for the Atlanta Falcons and a veteran leader in the National Football League (NFL). He previously spent six seasons with the Washington Commanders and six with the Minnesota Vikings. A four-time Pro Bowler and outspoken man of faith, he is also the cofounder of the Julie & Kirk Cousins Foundation, which supports families and youth through faith-based initiatives.

A Legacy of Generosity: Lessons from His Parents

Growing up as a pastor’s kid, Cousins remembers how his parents modeled generosity long before he had a bank account of his own.

“My mom had the gift of hospitality,” he says. “Even when I didn’t think I needed money, she’d hand me two twenties before I went out with friends. There was just this open-handedness.”

While his dad managed the family finances with intentionality, it was his mother’s willingness to give freely that left the deepest mark. “It was caught, not just taught,” Cousins reflects, emphasizing how their example shaped his understanding of stewardship early on.

From Minimum Wage to Signing Bonuses: A Crash Course in Stewardship

When Cousins was drafted into the NFL, his first check—a six-figure signing bonus—was a wake-up call.

“As a college kid who had never earned more than minimum wage, I didn’t know what to do,” he recalls. “I called my dad, and he said, ‘I don’t know either!’”

That moment marked the beginning of a stewardship journey—one that included learning to give, save, and live below his means in a world of excess. It wasn’t easy, especially when surrounded by peers embracing a more lavish lifestyle. But Cousins understood that as an athlete, his income had a shorter runway.

“You’re approaching a cliff,” he says. “So it’s scary to give when your career has an end date. But that’s where faith comes in—trusting that God will provide beyond your own earning power.”

It would be easy, Cousins admits, to treat financial obedience like a checklist—give, save, repeat. But biblical stewardship isn’t about rules; it’s about surrender.

“I’ve done that—just checked the boxes. But that’s not the abundant life Jesus promises. It’s not religion, it’s relationship.”

He points to Jesus’ parable of the treasure in the field (Matt. 13:44): “Once you see Jesus as the treasure, everything else becomes a logical response. Of course you’d sell everything to have Him. Stewardship flows from seeing Him clearly.”

When Faith Feels Risky: Giving on a Diminishing Timeline

The tension for Cousins lies in balancing the enjoyment of God’s provision with wisdom about the future.

“I actually enjoy those moments that require more faith. When I give, and I don’t know what’s next, it puts the pressure back on God—where it belongs.”

But he’s quick to acknowledge the gray areas. “What’s wise versus what’s excessive? There’s no formula. You have to walk with God and ask for His guidance daily.”

One of the most valuable pieces of advice Kirk received early in his career came from a generous mentor: “Always give in unity with your wife.”

That advice stuck.

“When Julie isn’t comfortable, I pause and pray. Her perspective might be the Holy Spirit speaking. Giving together strengthens our marriage and our stewardship.”

Cousins sees their giving not only as a financial decision, but as a spiritual discipline of unity and trust.

Planning for the Future: Wisdom Before Wealth

As parents to young boys, Kirk and Julie have also had to consider how best to plan their estate. They’ve established a family office to prepare for the future—but with a strong desire to pass on wisdom before wealth.

“We want to get to the end of our lives and say: the wisest hands to put this in are our kids’. But we also want to be realistic. If it wouldn’t be wise to pass along wealth, we want our plan to reflect that.”

Much of their estate will also go to their foundation, which they hope will be spent down soon after their passing. “We don’t want it to live on in perpetuity with intentions we never had. We want to make an impact now.”

So, where is Kirk Cousins most excited to give right now? The answer goes back to his roots.

“I went to a Christian high school—Holland Christian—and it profoundly impacted my life. I want to make it more affordable for other families, support teachers, and strengthen Christian education.”

It’s a full-circle moment: a public school kid transformed by Christian community, now investing in the same kind of life-shaping environments for others.

Final Whistle: A Life Well Stewarded

Kirk Cousins is more than an NFL quarterback. He’s a husband, father, and faithful steward who is using his influence to glorify God—not just in the end zone, but in the quiet decisions of budgeting, giving, and planning for the future.

His story reminds us: Stewardship is not about how much we have—it’s about how faithfully we respond to the One who gave it all.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I own my home outright and keep hearing about home title protection services. How real is the risk of title fraud, and should I be concerned?
I have rental properties in Arkansas, but my kids in California don’t want them. I’m worried that when I pass, they’ll sell them quickly for way less than they’re worth. Should I go ahead and sell them now and put the money in a trust for my grandkids’ education—or is there a better option?”

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Hope for Struggling Seniors with Harlan Accola

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 14 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Many seniors today face significant financial strain—some even resort to borrowing to cover their basic living expenses.

For retirees on a fixed income, a reverse mortgage can be a practical solution to access the equity in their home and bring much-needed stability. Harlan Accola joins us today with a message of hope for those looking for margin in their retirement years.

The Real Issue: Seniors Struggling with Credit Card Debt

Nearly 70% of seniors that Movement speaks with are carrying credit card debt. These aren’t impulsive spenders buying luxury items. They’re retired, living on fixed incomes, and they’re relying on credit just to pay for basics like groceries and prescriptions. They’re often asset-rich but cash-poor—sitting on significant home equity but drowning in interest rates of 25% to 35%.

Many people suffer silently, too embarrassed to discuss their financial challenges. They don't realize that the equity in their home could be used to ease their burden without losing the home they love.

One of the biggest hurdles is the spread of misinformation. People believe they’ll lose their house, or that a reverse mortgage is inherently bad.

In truth, the Home Equity Conversion Mortgage (HECM)—the most common form of reverse mortgage—is federally insured and designed to protect both the homeowner and their heirs. Properly structured, it can be a safe and responsible tool.

Who Should Consider a Reverse Mortgage?

Anyone over 62 with at least 50–60% equity in their home should take a closer look. A typical scenario might be someone still making monthly mortgage payments, even with a small remaining balance. Those payments—$800, $1,500 or more—can strain fixed retirement budgets.

One common misconception is that you lose control of your home. In fact, you and your spouse can stay in your home for life, even if one of you passes away. You can choose how to receive the funds—from monthly income to a lump sum to the most popular option: a line of credit.

Whether it’s a car repair or a medical bill, reverse mortgage lines of credit provide flexibility. And it’s all about wise stewardship.

At the heart of this decision is a stewardship principle. As Proverbs 24:3 reminds us, “By wisdom a house is built, and through understanding it is established.” It doesn’t make sense to live in a paid-off home but struggle to pay for groceries while racking up 30% interest on credit cards. That’s not good stewardship.

Reverse mortgages aren’t for everyone—but many avoid them simply due to fear or misunderstanding. For some, it could be a life-giving solution.

If you’re entering—or well into—retirement and want to explore whether a reverse mortgage might be a fit for your situation, visit Movement.com/Faith.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 71 and still working, but I’m not sure how much longer I’ll be able to keep it up. Would a reverse mortgage help me eliminate my monthly mortgage payment, allowing me to manage better if I need to stop working?
I have recently retired and hold a 401(k) account with Fidelity. Someone mentioned a company called Big Money Retirement Solution, which offers a 9% annual return on an annuity. Should I consider moving half of my portfolio there?
I heard there’s a way to get a free credit report that the government requires. How do I access that?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Tackling Student Loan Fallout and Credit Card Debt with Neile Simon

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 13 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Many student loan borrowers are falling behind again, and the impact is more than financial.

A recent change in federal law has reshaped student loan repayment, and as collections ramp back up, millions are seeing their credit scores drop. If you’re feeling the weight of repayment, you’re not alone. Neile Simon joins us today with practical steps to help you regain control.

Neile Simon is a Certified Credit Counselor with Christian Credit Counselors (CCC), an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Major Changes in Federal Student Loan Repayment

In early July, sweeping legislation restructured federal student loan repayment options. Borrowers now face only two choices:

Standard Repayment Plan: Lasting 10 to 25 years
Repayment Assistance Plan (RAP): A 30-year plan with payments based on 1% to 10% of the borrower’s income, with a minimum of $10 per month

While RAP may seem like a helpful tool, the new law eliminated borrower-friendly plans such as the SAVE plan and many income-driven repayment options. For borrowers who are unemployed or experiencing hardship, this is a significant loss. The end of pandemic-era protections, including deferments, has left many unprepared and falling behind.

Adding to the challenge, federal collections resumed on May 5, signaling a firm end to COVID-19 relief. The result? A wave of financial instability.

The Credit Score Crisis

The fallout from these changes has been swift and painful. According to AP News, in the first quarter of this year alone:

Over 2.2 million borrowers experienced a credit score drop of more than 100 points.
Over 1 million borrowers experienced a decrease of more than 150 points.

This sharp decline has made it difficult for individuals to secure new credit. Car loans, mortgages, and even rental approvals are now being denied. With limited disposable income, many are forced to choose between paying rent, student loans, or credit cards.

More people are relying on credit cards just to cover essentials like groceries and gas. It’s a cycle that only deepens their debt and financial stress.

How Credit Counseling Can Help

While Christian Credit Counselors doesn’t directly manage student loans, they play a vital role for those overwhelmed by mounting credit card balances. Neely explains how nonprofit credit counseling agencies bring clarity and relief:

One-on-One Counseling: Certified counselors review your debt, income, and budget
Debt Management Plan (DMP): Unsecured debts are consolidated into a single monthly payment
Creditor Negotiation: Lowered interest rates (often between 1% and 12%), reduced monthly payments, and elimination of late fees
Commitment to Repayment: This is not a loan, bankruptcy, or debt settlement. You repay your full debt—just through a simplified plan.

It’s a way to honor your commitments while regaining control. And once enrolled, your interest rates remain fixed throughout the program.

If you're feeling weighed down by debt, don’t wait. Take an honest look at your budget, explore your options, and don't hesitate to reach out for help. You may feel stuck, but there are real solutions—and people who care.

Christian Credit Counselors is here to walk with you, offering biblical guidance and practical solutions to help you achieve debt freedom.

Visit ChristianCreditCounselors.org to connect with a certified credit counselor today.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve paid off my credit cards and car—praise God! Now I’m wondering how to balance my emergency fund and regular savings. How much should I aim for in each?
I’m reinvesting the interest from a CD. Since I’m not withdrawing the money, do I still need to tithe on the interest?
My wife is turning 65 but hasn’t earned enough credits for Social Security on her own. Can she start receiving spousal benefits now—and how will that affect her survivor benefits down the road?
I’m debt-free and contributing 15% to my 401(k), but I only have two months of emergency savings. Should I pause my retirement contributions to build up my emergency fund?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Difference Between Planning and Presuming

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 12 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

As much as we’d like to, none of us can see the future. But that hasn’t stopped us from trying. Financial advisors attempt to forecast markets, meteorologists predict the weather, and sports fans try to call the final score.

But when it comes to our finances—and our faith—there’s an important distinction between wise planning and prideful presumption. So how do we tell the difference?

The late civil rights leader Ralph Abernathy once said, “I don’t know what the future may hold, but I know Who holds the future.” That’s a comforting truth. God is sovereign—and that brings peace. But His sovereignty doesn’t remove our responsibility to act wisely.

Biblical Planning Is a Form of Stewardship

Scripture doesn’t discourage planning—it commands it. In fact, wise planning is an essential part of faithful stewardship. God has entrusted us with time, money, relationships, and opportunities. Even though we can’t predict tomorrow, we’re still called to be faithful with today.

Proverbs 6 paints a vivid picture of this wisdom:

“Go to the ant… consider its ways and be wise! It has no commander, no overseer or ruler, yet it stores its provisions in summer and gathers its food at harvest.”

The ant doesn’t know what’s ahead, but it prepares. Likewise, Jesus tells us in Matthew 25 to live in a state of readiness. “Watch therefore, for you know neither the day nor the hour.” Though He’s referring to His return, the principle holds: life is short, time is precious, and we are not in control.

When Planning Becomes Presumption

Planning becomes presumption when we assume control over outcomes that belong to God alone.

To presume means “to assume something before you know the facts.” Biblically, presumption is often associated with pride—living as if we control the future and no longer need God’s input. This attitude is precisely what Jesus warns against in the Parable of the Rich Fool (Luke 12).

After a man harvests a bumper crop, he says to himself:

“I will tear down my barns and build bigger ones…You have plenty of grain laid up for many years. Take life easy; eat, drink and be merry.”

But God replies: “You fool! This very night your life will be demanded from you.”

The man’s mistake wasn’t in planning or saving—it was planning without God. He assumed he had time, control, and security apart from his Creator.

James 4 echoes this same warning:

“Now listen, you who say, ‘Today or tomorrow we will go to this or that city...’ Why, you do not even know what will happen tomorrow. What is your life? You are a mist that appears for a little while and then vanishes.”

The Antidote: Humble, God-Dependent Planning

James doesn’t say “don’t make plans.” Instead, he offers this wise alternative:

“Instead, you ought to say, ‘If it is the Lord’s will, we will live and do this or that.’”

This kind of planning begins with God and continues with Him. It’s rooted in trust, not control. We may set goals, but we do so with open hands, inviting God to direct our steps (Proverbs 16:9).

This happens in the context of a relationship. As we grow in intimacy with the Lord—through prayer, Scripture, community, and obedience—our plans begin to reflect His heart and mission.

If you’re married, begin planning through prayer with your spouse. If you have kids, model this dependence on God in your family conversations. Let them see you trusting God not just for salvation, but also for your finances, schedule, and future.

Wise counsel is key. Don’t plan in isolation. Talk to a pastor, mentor, or a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA) who can help you apply biblical wisdom to your financial decisions.

So yes, make plans. Just don’t leave God out of them. Hold your goals loosely. And remember: success isn’t defined by your ability to predict or control the future—it’s defined by your willingness to seek and trust the One who holds it.

Want to explore this topic further? Dive deeper into Jesus’ warning about prideful planning in our study on The Parable of the Rich Fool, titled Rich Toward God. It will challenge and encourage you to plan with humility and live with wisdom. Visit FaithFi.com and click “Shop” to get your copy today.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have $52,000 in student loans, but my $350 monthly payment hardly makes a dent. What can I do to pay it off faster?
After my father-in-law passed, my mother-in-law was left with about $11,000 in credit card debt. Should she consolidate or try negotiating directly with the credit card companies? Also, how will this affect her Social Security benefits?
Thanks for the guidance! I was able to retire at 54 with the help of a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA). Now, I spend my time volunteering with Eight Days of Hope.
If I make a Qualified Charitable Distribution from my IRA, can I still deduct that amount on my income taxes?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why We Give: Letting Go of Control

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 11 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Have you ever used your giving to steer decisions or send a message?

It might seem harmless—or even wise—to designate your gift to specific ministries or withhold it when you disagree with leadership. But when our generosity becomes a tool for control, we’ve crossed a line. In this episode, we’ll explore the subtle danger of using giving as leverage—and discover a better way rooted in surrender and trust.

A Hidden Temptation in Church Giving

Let’s be honest—no one likes the word control when it’s pointed at them. But in church life, this temptation surfaces more often than we’d like to admit.

It might look like this:

Giving only to certain ministries because you don’t trust how the church allocates general funds.
Withholding your giving when a leadership decision—like a staffing change or budget shift—doesn’t sit well with you.
Designating gifts to specific areas, not out of passion, but as a form of protest.

On the surface, it may look like good financial stewardship. But beneath the surface, it’s often an attempt to say, “I want things to go my way, and I’ll use my money to make that happen.”

That’s not generosity. That’s leverage. And Scripture warns us against it.

The Corban Example: A Heart Check from Jesus

In Mark 7, Jesus confronts the Pharisees for misusing a practice called Corban—a method of dedicating money or resources to God. While it sounded spiritual, the religious leaders were using it to dodge their responsibility to care for aging parents.

As GotQuestions.org explains:

“The Pharisees took a legitimate Corban offering and used it in an illegitimate and devious way to defraud their parents…Jesus tells the Pharisees that their misuse of Corban was an evil rationale to avoid doing what they should.”

It wasn’t the gift itself that Jesus condemned—it was the motive behind it.

In the same way, when we give to maintain control or push our preferences, we’re following the spirit of Corban. Even if our reasons sound righteous, they can mask a deeper issue: an unwillingness to surrender.

From Leverage to Surrender: The Biblical Call

The Bible offers a better vision.

Psalm 24:1 reminds us,

“The earth is the Lord’s, and everything in it.”

That includes our finances. We don’t give to direct the church. We give because God owns it all—and calls us to steward it faithfully.

Consider the example in Acts 4. Believers sold land and possessions, then laid the proceeds at the apostles’ feet. No strings attached. No demands were made about how it was to be used. Just trust, unity, and wholehearted surrender.

Of course, that doesn’t mean churches shouldn’t be transparent or held accountable. Scripture calls leaders to wise and faithful stewardship. But giving with strings isn’t about accountability—it’s about control. And control is the opposite of trust.

What’s Driving Your Generosity?

Ask yourself: What’s driving my giving?

Is it love for God?
Faith in His provision?
Worship and gratitude?

Or is it something else?

Preference?
Power?
Payback?

When giving becomes conditional, it’s no longer cheerful—it’s contractual. We treat God’s work like a business deal instead of a spiritual act of worship.

But when we let go of control, something beautiful happens: we find peace. We no longer feel the pressure to manage every church decision. We can give freely, knowing God is at work—even when His ways don’t align with our expectations.

Moving Forward in Trust and Grace

If you realize that control has been influencing your giving, here are three steps to take:

1. Confess it to the Lord. God is gracious and patient. Ask Him to realign your heart with His and help you give from a place of surrender.

2. Release your preferences. You don’t have to stop asking questions or seeking transparency. But your generosity shouldn’t be tied to your personal comfort or preferences.

3. Give with trust. Trust God’s ability to work through imperfect people. Trust that when you give with the right heart, your gift brings Him glory.

Because when we give to control, we place ourselves at the center. But when we give in faith, we put God at the center—where He belongs.

A Resource for the Journey

Want to go deeper into the heart behind generosity? Request a copy of Faithful Steward, our quarterly magazine for FaithFi Partners. With a gift of $35/month or $400 annually, you’ll receive this encouraging resource and join a growing community committed to biblical financial wisdom.

Learn more at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband’s adult son often asks us for money. He and his wife are behind on their bills, but we know they also spend on partying and things like marijuana. My husband feels emotionally pulled in, especially when his son talks about possibly losing their home. We want to be generous, but we don’t want to enable irresponsible behavior. How can we approach this situation in a way that’s wise and biblical?
I’d like to assign someone as my power of attorney, but I don’t have any family members I trust to take on that role. What options do I have in this situation?
Is it wise to purchase life insurance for your children or grandchildren? What are the pros and cons?
I’m thinking about getting a reverse mortgage to create some extra income. Can you explain how they work, and whether they’re a good idea? I’d also like to know what risks or downsides I should be aware of.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Can You Find Financial Wisdom You Trust? with Brian Cochran

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 8 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The way of a fool is right in his own eyes, but a wise man listens to advice.” — Proverbs 12:15

Wise financial decisions don’t happen in a vacuum—they often require wise counsel. But how do you know if the person giving you advice shares your convictions and values? Brian Cochran joins us today to explore how biblical wisdom should shape not just our decisions, but the voices we trust.

Brian Cochran is a Certified Financial Planner (CFP®), a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®), and also serves as the Chief Stewardship Officer at John Moore Associates.

The “Why” Shapes Everything

At John Moore Associates, a recently celebrated milestone tells a powerful story—over $50 million in charitable giving facilitated through the families they serve. This achievement isn't about accolades or financial performance. It reflects a deeper belief: money is a gift from God, but it was never meant to be the ultimate goal for an individual. It's a tool designed for Kingdom impact.

Certified Kingdom Advisors® take a distinct approach to financial planning. While they certainly aim to help clients grow their wealth, they are equally—if not more—committed to helping them give it away with wisdom and purpose. The core question isn’t just, “How can you accumulate more?” but, “How can you steward it more faithfully?”

Their mission is to walk alongside families and help them become wise and generous stewards of the resources God has entrusted to them. That vision informs every client meeting, every piece of advice, and every long-term strategy. They don’t see themselves merely as business professionals—they see themselves as called to influence families toward biblically grounded financial decisions that reflect God’s character and priorities.

They refer to this role as being “stewards of stewards.” Their job is to help others manage God’s money in a way that aligns with His will—not just to build bigger portfolios, but to foster hearts that reflect His generosity.

The Art of Financial Planning

Although financial planning encompasses technical elements such as taxes, investments, and estate strategies, it is far more than just numbers. Financial planning is as much an art as it is a science.

That’s because personal values, priorities, and convictions ultimately shape every financial decision. Two families with identical balance sheets may receive vastly different advice depending on the worldview and values of their advisor. Even the most technically sound recommendations can lead a client astray if they don’t align with their faith or purpose.

Families excited to step into greater generosity have occasionally faced resistance—not from financial limitations, but from professionals who didn’t understand why anyone would want to give so much away. Similarly, some clients have discovered their portfolios include investments in industries that conflict with their convictions, such as pornography, abortion, or addictive products. These disconnects are more common than many realize.

When an advisor doesn’t understand a client’s “why,” they may unintentionally work against it.

When Values Align

By contrast, working with an advisor who shares a client’s biblical values can be transformational. Rather than resist generosity, they champion it. They help clients move beyond conventional financial goals and pursue eternal ones—cheering them on as they give, invest, and plan with Kingdom purpose.

This values alignment also fosters deeper conversations about contentment and purpose. Advisors who understand the biblical call to stewardship help clients shift from an accumulation mindset to one that asks, “How much is enough?” That change can lead to greater peace, joy, and impact.

It also affects how clients invest. With the guidance of a biblically aligned advisor, many discover new confidence and clarity by investing in companies or funds that reflect their values. In many cases, clients feel more engaged and excited knowing that their investments are not only earning a return but also honoring God.

Questions to Ask a Potential Advisor

For those seeking this kind of partnership, here are a few essential questions to ask any prospective advisor:

What are your core values, both personally and as a firm?
How do those values shape the way you serve your clients?
How do you define success in a client relationship?
How are you compensated? Are there any potential conflicts of interest?
Most importantly: How will your advice support and strengthen my faith?

These questions open the door to alignment—and can help avoid unnecessary confusion or compromise down the road.

Many Christians are already working with an advisor, but over time begin to sense that their values may not fully align. That tension shouldn’t be ignored. It may be time to ask the same questions listed above. If the answers fall short, it might be wise to explore a new advisor who shares a biblical worldview.

Though changing advisors can feel daunting, staying with one who doesn’t understand or support a client’s convictions may come at a greater cost.

A Higher Calling in Financial Advice

Ultimately, stewardship is at the heart of every financial decision. Money is not just a personal asset—it’s a divine responsibility. A truly aligned financial advisor serves not just as a guide for wealth management but also as a partner in helping Christians honor God with all that He has entrusted to them.

For those looking to take that next step with confidence, a nationwide directory of Certified Kingdom Advisors is available at FaithFi.com. Just click Find a Professional to connect with an advisor who shares biblical values and a Kingdom-focused approach to financial planning.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 70 and considering an annuity to add more stability to my portfolio. Can you explain the pros and cons? I’m looking for guaranteed income and want to diversify beyond my current investments in silver, stocks, and bonds.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Building Financial Stability One Step at a Time

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 7 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

A recent survey reveals that nearly 1 in 4 Americans has no emergency savings, and more than a third had to tap into their savings just to get through the past year. Even more sobering, Bankrate reports that only 46% of U.S. adults have enough savings to cover three months of expenses, while 33% have more credit card debt than they do in emergency savings.

The numbers are alarming, but they don’t have to define your future.

Laying the Foundation: Live on Less Than You Earn

Before we talk about building wealth or making investments, we must start with the foundation: living on less than you earn. It’s the bedrock of biblical financial wisdom. As John Maxwell put it, “A budget is telling your money where to go instead of wondering where it went.” Without a plan, it’s easy to drift. But a budget anchors your finances and gives every dollar a purpose.

That’s where the FaithFi app can help—offering a practical tool to craft a spending plan rooted in biblical values.

Proverbs 6:6–8 urges us:

“Go to the ant, O sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise. Without having any chief, officer, or ruler, she prepares her bread in summer and gathers her food in harvest.”

The ant doesn't wait for a crisis—it stores up in advance. That’s what budgeting does. It’s not about restriction; it’s about preparation and wisdom.

Why Investing Comes Next

Once you’ve created margin through budgeting, the next step is investing. Why? Because while money sitting in a checking account loses value due to inflation, investing allows your resources to grow through the power of compound interest.

As Proverbs 21:5 (TLB) says:

“Steady plodding brings prosperity; hasty speculation brings poverty.”

Wise investing isn’t about chasing trends—it’s about faithful, consistent action over time.

Maybe you’re thinking, “I don’t make enough to invest.” But consider this: If you invest just $100 a month starting at age 25, earning an 8% annual return, you’ll have over $300,000 by age 65. That’s the power of small, faithful steps over time.

And today, getting started is easier than ever. Roboadvisors, such as Schwab Intelligent Portfolios or Betterment, offer diversified, user-friendly platforms that require minimal financial knowledge.

Wealth With a Purpose: Stewardship, Not Self-Sufficiency

Remember: financial freedom isn’t independence from God—it’s dependence on Him with wisdom. Deuteronomy 8 reminds us that even the ability to produce wealth comes from the Lord. As Proverbs 13:11 teaches:

“Wealth gained hastily will dwindle, but whoever gathers little by little will increase it.”

God doesn’t call us to perfection—He calls us to faithful stewardship.

Why do we budget, save, and invest? So we can live with margin, give joyfully, and bless others. Wise financial decisions position us to participate in God’s Kingdom work—not just provide for ourselves. So if you’re feeling stuck, start small:

Build a budget
Create margin
Save a little
Invest a little
Trust God with the process

Over time, you’ll be amazed at what He can do through your faithfulness.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My friend is interested in investing directly in Israel’s stock market—how would they go about doing that? Additionally, I’m 83 years old and own a home valued at $360,000. I need to replace the iron pipes, which could cost between $35,000 and $51,000. At my age, what are my options for financing a project like this?
My 66-year-old brother wants to set aside money to care for his adult autistic son, who currently lives in a group home. What’s the best way for him to save and plan financially for his son’s future care after he’s gone?
I’m 70, working full-time, and receiving Social Security, but I have no savings. My wife and I have been married for 50 years, but she refuses to save. What guidance can you offer for improving our financial situation at this stage in life?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why We Give: Giving from Grace, Not Guilt

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 6 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Have you ever felt like giving to your church is more of a burden than a joy?

You're not alone. For many believers, the offering moment stirs up anxiety instead of worship. 2 Corinthians 9:7 says, “Each of you should give what you have decided in your heart to give, not reluctantly or under compulsion, for God loves a cheerful giver.”

Those words—not reluctantly and not under compulsion—are key. God doesn't want us giving out of guilt. He invites us to give freely, joyfully, and with a heart aligned to His mission.

But guilt is a powerful motivator. Perhaps you've felt it—when the plate passes or a giving campaign is launched. Thoughts flood in: “I haven’t given enough... I’m letting God down.”

That’s not generosity born of grace. That’s fear. And it contradicts the gospel.

The Gospel Sets Us Free

Romans 8:1 declares, “There is now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus.”

That includes condemnation over money. Christ’s death covers all guilt—financial or otherwise. If we’re giving to appease guilt, we’re not walking in the freedom Jesus secured.

And let’s be clear: there’s a big difference between guilt and conviction.

Guilt says, “You’re not good enough.”
Conviction says, “Let me lead you to something better.”

John 16:8 reminds us that conviction is the Spirit’s loving invitation into deeper trust, not shame.

Giving From Grace, Not Obligation

Here’s a test:

Guilt says, “I must give, or else.”
Grace says, “I get to give—because of all I’ve received.”

Hebrews 9:14 says, “How much more, then, will the blood of Christ…cleanse our consciences…so that we may serve the living God!”

When we live under grace, our giving becomes service, not penance. We give because we’re loved, not to earn love.

Ironically, guilt-fueled giving short-circuits the very transformation generosity is meant to bring. When we give cheerfully, we remember that all we have belongs to God. That reframes us as stewards, not owners—a truth that reshapes us from the inside out.

When we give from grace:

We declare that Jesus is enough.
We reflect our trust in God’s provision.
We participate in the beauty of Kingdom work.

What If Guilt Has Been Shaping Your Giving?

Bring it to God – Confess it. Ask Him to renew your heart and reshape your motives.
Practice gratitude – Reflect on how God has already provided for you. Gratitude fuels joyful generosity.
Ask what joyful giving looks like now – Not compared to others, but based on your own journey with Christ.

Because here’s the truth: God isn’t after your money. He’s after your heart. And when He has your heart, generosity will follow—not from guilt, but from grace.

You can explore more on giving from the right motivations in the latest issue of Faithful Steward, our quarterly magazine for FaithFi partners. When you give $35 a month or a one-time gift of $400, you’ll join a community spreading biblical financial wisdom. Partners also receive early access to new devotionals, studies, and Pro access to the FaithFi app.

Learn more or become a partner today at FaithFi.com/partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m in my early 40s with a history of cancer, but I’ve been cancer-free for over 10 years. Still, I’m having a hard time qualifying for life insurance. I do have some coverage through my employer, but it wouldn’t be enough to support my wife and four young kids if something happened to me. Are there insurance providers more open to covering cancer survivors that I should look into?
I own 10 properties and have been rehabbing them due to damage caused by COVID-19 delays and a flood. My wife is still working, and our personal expenses are much lower than our business costs. I'm trying to figure out when enough is enough. Should I continue fixing up all the properties, or would it be wiser to sell some of them as-is?
We’re considering taking out a loan of $20,000–$30,000 for home repairs. Our mortgage balance is over $300,000, and my husband is retired. Our lender is only offering a cash-out refinance, but we currently have a great interest rate in the 3% range. What’s the best loan option for our situation?
We’ve been debt-free for 20 years, but we recently bought a second home for our adult son with special needs. The house requires more work and furnishings than we initially expected, which is putting a strain on our finances. We’ve always tithed faithfully—would it be okay to pause our giving temporarily until we’re more financially stable?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Better Way to Handle Surgery Costs with Lauren Gajdek

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 5 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Have you ever faced an upcoming surgery—not just anxious about the procedure itself, but also wondering how you’ll cover the cost?

Imagine if someone stepped in to guide you through the process, coordinating the details and helping you navigate the expenses. Good news: that kind of support is available, and Lauren Gajdek is here to tell us all about it.

Lauren Gajdek is the Senior Director of External Affairs at Christian Healthcare Ministries (CHM), an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

A New Offering: The Complete Surgical Care Solution

As the nation’s longest-serving faith-based health cost-sharing ministry, CHM has helped Christian families with over $12 billion in medical bills over the past 40 years. CHM operates as a biblically based nonprofit organization, offering believers a unique way to meet healthcare needs—through the power of community, compassion, and cost-sharing.

At no additional cost to members, CHM has launched a groundbreaking program called the Complete Surgical Care Solution (CSCS). This service guides members through the entire process of having surgery or a medical procedure—from finding the right surgeon to managing paperwork and bills.

It’s a “curated experience” designed to walk alongside members during a challenging time. It's personalized, turnkey, and stress-free—requiring nothing more than active CHM membership.

A Real-Life Story: Chloe’s Journey to Healing

Chloe is a teenage softball player who struggled with recurring hip and leg pain. When surgery was recommended, her family turned to CHM and its surgical solution program.

Through CHM’s help, Chloe was connected with a top-quality surgeon for a hip replacement. The ministry even covered some of the family’s travel expenses. Ultimately, CHM covered more than $145,000 in eligible medical bills. Plus, Chloe’s family received a $1,250 credit toward their out-of-pocket costs.

The family described the entire experience as feeling like they were “surrounded by family.” That’s the kind of ministry CHM strives to be.

How to Qualify

The process is simple. Members need:

A diagnosis from a healthcare provider
A recommendation for surgery

If the procedure qualifies, members can reach out directly to CHM—and from there, the ministry handles the rest.

Whether you’re facing a surgery or seeking a faith-based alternative to traditional insurance, CHM offers compassionate, biblically grounded support every step of the way.

Visit CHMinistries.org/FaithFi to explore CHM’s offerings and see how this ministry can walk with you through life’s medical challenges.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm in danger of losing my home. The mortgage company offered me a forbearance and a loan modification, but I still can’t afford the payments. Now they’re telling me to wait for a denial and reapply, but I’m concerned they might be pushing toward foreclosure since there's a lot of equity in the home. What are my options?
I'm the executor of my parents’ estate, which was settled about three years ago. How long do I need to keep the estate’s tax returns and supporting documents?
My daughter and her husband want to buy a house, but their credit has been affected due to some late car payments. They’ve asked me to cosign the mortgage. I love them and want to support them, but I’m not sure if cosigning is the right move. What should I consider?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

From Setbacks to Setups with Tim Tebow

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 4 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Earlier this year, FaithFi had the opportunity to sit down with Tim Tebow—Heisman Trophy winner, former NFL quarterback, and founder of the Tim Tebow Foundation. But this wasn’t a conversation about championships or accolades.

Instead, it focused on the moments that most people would rather forget—the painful setbacks that God can use to shape something far greater than we could ever have imagined.

Tim Tebow is a Heisman Trophy winner, former NFL quarterback, and founder of the Tim Tebow Foundation, a nonprofit organization dedicated to serving vulnerable children and individuals with disabilities through initiatives such as Night to Shine, orphan care, medical outreach, anti-human trafficking efforts, and support for children with profound medical needs.

The Loss That Sparked a Promise

One of those moments came during the 2008 college football season, when the University of Florida suffered an unexpected loss to Ole Miss. It’s a game many fans remember, but for Tebow, it was deeply personal.

As the team’s quarterback and leader, he took responsibility—not just for the plays on the field, but for the team’s mindset, culture, and lack of focus. “We thought we had it in the bag,” he recalled. But after falling behind and ultimately missing a critical extra point, the Gators were handed a humbling defeat.

That moment set the stage for what became one of the most iconic press conferences in college football history—Tebow’s passionate promise that the team would never be outworked again. What few saw, however, was the deeper soul-searching that happened behind the scenes. It was a moment of internal reckoning and spiritual clarity.

Released, Then Redirected

A more recent setback came in 2021, when Tebow signed with the Jacksonville Jaguars and was released after just one preseason game. “I knew all the right truths,” he said, “but I wasn’t fully living them out. My ego was wrapped up in it.”

Shortly afterward, news broke of the U.S. military’s withdrawal from Afghanistan, triggering a humanitarian crisis. As the situation unfolded, the Tim Tebow Foundation mobilized to respond. Tim flew to the Middle East, where he spent time serving in a refugee camp amidst chaos and suffering.

Looking back, he sees God’s timing clearly. “If I hadn’t been cut, I wouldn’t have been there. I wouldn’t have been free to do what I was really called to do—care for the most vulnerable.” What looked like a professional failure turned out to be a divine redirection.

A Calling Rooted in Compassion

The heart behind the Tim Tebow Foundation was planted years earlier, when a 15-year-old Tim met a boy in the jungles of the Philippines. The boy had been born with his feet on backwards and was viewed by many as cursed or disposable.

“I knew God didn’t see him that way,” Tim said. “But I also felt like God was asking me, ‘If you know this boy matters to Me, what are you going to do about it?’”

That moment became the driving force behind the foundation’s mission: to bring faith, hope, and love to those in need of a brighter day in their darkest hour. Today, that mission plays out through global efforts in orphan care, anti-human trafficking, medical outreach, and Night to Shine—a worldwide prom event celebrating individuals with special needs.

From Success to Eternal Significance

Tebow also offered a powerful challenge: What are we really chasing—success or significance?

“Success is about us. Significance is about others. But in God’s economy, He allows us to turn our success—our platform, influence, and resources—into something that matters eternally.”

He referenced Proverbs 29:2: “When the righteous flourish, the people rejoice.” The question becomes, are our achievements causing others to rejoice, or are they only benefiting ourselves?

This mindset starts with a proper view of ownership. “If we believe what we have is ours, we’ll hold it tightly. But if we believe it’s God’s, we’ll live open-handed. We’re stewards, not owners.”

And when it comes to investing, Tebow offered a new take on ROI: “What if ROI didn’t just mean ‘return on investment,’ but ‘rescuing of image-bearers’? Spiritually, emotionally, eternally—investing in people who matter to God.”

To anyone in the middle of a setback, Tebow pointed to a deep truth rooted in Scripture: “Do you really believe that God works all things together for good?” (Romans 8:28). Even this heartbreak? Even this moment?

He reminded listeners that God is near to the brokenhearted (Psalm 34:18), and when we can’t understand His plan, we can still trust His heart—because His love has already been proven at the cross.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I own a condo that we’re planning to move out of soon. We’re considering two options: renting it out or selling it, which could bring in around $100,000 in profit. Would it be wiser to sell and invest the proceeds or hold onto it as a rental property?
My wife has a beneficiary IRA worth approximately $108,000, and she has been required to take distributions from it. I’m trying to understand how a beneficiary IRA differs from a traditional IRA, especially when it comes to how it’s managed. Also, she’s turning 62 in November—does that milestone change anything about how we should approach this account?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Real Secret to Financial Wisdom

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 1 Aug 2025 07:00:00 +0000

When it comes to money, most people are searching for two things: security and peace of mind. That’s understandable—life is unpredictable, expenses arise, and markets swing. But what if true peace isn’t found in your circumstances at all?

Financial wisdom doesn’t start with a budget or a savings plan. It begins with trust—specifically, trusting in the Lord. Proverbs 3:5–6 reminds us, “Trust in the Lord with all your heart and do not lean on your own understanding. In all your ways acknowledge Him, and He will make straight your paths.”

If you chase peace through your paycheck or portfolio, you’ll always come up short. But when Christ is your foundation, you begin to see money in a new light—not as a source of peace, but as a tool to steward.

Five Secrets to Financial Wisdom from God’s Word

1. Know Who Owns It All. Psalm 24:1 says, “The earth is the Lord’s, and everything in it.” Everything belongs to God—your income, your retirement, even your ability to earn. That means we’re not owners; we’re stewards, entrusted with God’s resources to manage faithfully.

2. Spend With Purpose. Jesus asks in Luke 16:11, “If you have not been trustworthy in handling worldly wealth, who will trust you with true riches?” Spending should reflect God’s priorities—giving, saving, living within your means, and investing in eternal impact.

3. Avoid the Slavery of Debt. Proverbs 22:7 warns, “The borrower is slave to the lender.” Debt can limit your freedom to give and respond to God’s calling. Wise stewards build margin and pursue freedom—not because debt is always wrong, but because freedom is better.

4. Save With Perspective. Proverbs 21:20 says, “The wise store up choice food and olive oil, but fools gulp theirs down.” Saving isn’t about hoarding; it’s preparation for what God might have ahead. But remember: your security isn’t in your savings—it’s in the Savior.

5. Give First, and Freely. 2 Corinthians 9:7 tells us, “God loves a cheerful giver.” Generosity reflects God’s heart. It breaks the grip of greed and aligns us with His Kingdom. When we give, we declare, “God, I trust You more than I trust this money.”

Anchored in Christ

Following these biblical principles won’t guarantee worldly success. Even the most faithful stewards face trials. But when your foundation is Christ, you’re anchored. Isaiah 33:6 says, “He will be the sure foundation for your times, a rich store of salvation and wisdom and knowledge.”

So if you’re looking for security or peace, don’t start with a spreadsheet—start with surrender. Financial wisdom begins when you recognize that your Provider is also your Redeemer. And in Him, you have more than enough.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My deceased friend’s estate is in probate, and he owned an LLC registered in another state. I’ve been told that if a new manager isn’t appointed, the LLC will be considered closed after 90 days. Once my friend’s family receives the letters of instruction, how should they go about settling or managing the LLC?
I'm struggling financially and can't make this month’s mortgage payment. My lender has offered two options: a repayment plan and a forbearance. What’s the difference between them, and how will each option affect my credit score?
My husband is switching jobs, and his current 401(k) has a balance of less than $500. His new employer doesn’t offer a retirement plan. What are our best options for what to do with this small amount?
My son is thinking about filing for bankruptcy, but still hopes to buy a house sometime in the future. How will bankruptcy impact his credit, and realistically, how long will it take for him to be able to qualify for a mortgage again?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Work and the Meaning of Life with David Bahnsen

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 31 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Do you work to live…or live to work? For many, the answer is simple: “I work to make a living.”

But what if there’s more to work than just earning a paycheck? Could it be that work holds deeper meaning—something essential to who we are and how we’re made? David Bahnsen joins us today to offer a perspective on work you might not have considered.

David Bahnsen is the Founder, Managing Partner, and Chief Investment Officer of The Bahnsen Group, a national private wealth management firm managing over $7 billion in client assets. He is a frequent guest on CNBC, Bloomberg, Fox News, and Fox Business. He is also the author of Full Time: Work and the Meaning of Life.

Rethinking Work and Identity

We live in a world that often tells us our identity has nothing to do with our work. Unfortunately, that idea has not only crept into culture but also into the church. But let's be honest: that’s simply not true. Our identity is tied to our work—not in the sense that a job title defines us, but because we are made in the image of a working God.

We all instinctively know this. We don’t look at someone who is contributing meaningfully to society and compare them equally to someone who spends every day in idleness. That’s not about transactional worth—it’s about reflecting the nature of our Creator. God created us to be productive, useful, and active. That’s not a controversial claim. It’s Genesis 1. Work isn’t all of who we are, but it is a vital part of who we were created to be.

Too often, we treat faith like an add-on. We make decisions about money, career, education, even family, and then sprinkle a few Bible verses on top. But the goal isn’t to balance faith and work—it’s to integrate them. That begins by grounding our understanding of work in a creational theology: God made work good.

What we need in the church is not more dichotomy between sacred and secular, but an integrated vision that sees every good job—yes, even spreadsheets, sales, and software—as part of God’s design. This mindset shift must begin in our pulpits. Our congregations need to hear that their Monday through Friday labor is not second-tier spiritual activity. It is sacred.

The Relationship Between Work and Rest

Instead of chasing a “work-life balance,” Scripture offers a “work-rest paradigm.” God modeled six days of work followed by one day of rest—not the other way around. The purpose of rest isn’t to escape work; it's to be restored for more of it. Rest has meaning because work has meaning.

That’s why we push back on the cultural narrative that says rest, leisure, and early retirement are life’s ultimate goals. While rest is essential, its purpose is to equip us to return to the good, God-glorifying work He’s called us to do.

Culture often treats retirement as the finish line—an end to productivity, as if people cease to offer value once they reach a certain age. But that view is deeply flawed.

We must challenge the financial industry’s narrative that the goal is to accumulate enough so that we never have to work again. That mindset undermines the dignity and purpose of work. Yes, physical limitations may alter what work looks like in later years, but wisdom, experience, and the capacity to contribute remain. Companies and churches alike lose something precious when they usher older workers out instead of tapping into their gifts.

Job, Career, or Calling?

So, how should we think about our work? Is it just a job? A stepping stone? Or something more?

Every Christian, no matter their vocation, should view their work as a calling. That doesn’t mean God gives us a divine word about every job transition, but it does mean that the act of producing goods and services, solving problems, and serving others is inherently meaningful. That’s our calling: to work with excellence, for the good of others, and the glory of God.

To young adults wondering what to do with their lives: Don’t believe the lie that you need to find your dream job tomorrow. Instead, embrace the next opportunity in front of you with excellence, humility, and a long-term view.

Work is not just a means to a paycheck. It’s how we serve our neighbors, develop skills, build character, and participate in God’s ongoing work in the world. Some jobs may be stepping stones—but every job matters. The key is to remember the why behind your work: it’s about loving God and loving others.

Here’s the truth: work isn’t something we do just to meet our needs. It’s something we do because God made us to work. He worked in creation, and He continues to work in redemption. When we work, we join Him in that sacred task—creating, restoring, cultivating, and contributing to human flourishing.

Our work builds families, economies, culture—and yes, even the Kingdom of God.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I recently retired and now work part-time delivering food for a restaurant using my personal vehicle. Am I allowed to deduct mileage, gas, or other vehicle expenses when I file my income taxes?
My son is having a hard time covering his business expenses and has turned to several payday loans just to stay afloat. I’m looking for advice on how he can get sound financial guidance—or if there’s a way he can consolidate that debt and get back on track.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Living the Life God Designed for You with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 30 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

How do you live a life that truly flourishes—not just financially, but in every area God cares about?

Today, we’re talking about how to live with purpose, peace, and wisdom by following God’s design for life. Ron Blue joins us to unpack biblical principles that lead to flourishing, not through formulas, but through faithfulness.

Ron Blue is the co-founder of Kingdom Advisors and the author of numerous books on biblical finance, most notably "Master Your Money: A Step-by-Step Plan for Experiencing Financial Contentment."

Flourishing Begins with a Different Foundation

As followers of Christ, we’re not simply aiming for a better life—we’re called to a different one. A life that flourishes isn’t measured by worldly success, but by alignment with God’s design. When we understand that, everything changes.

The life God created for each of us is unique. When we live according to His wisdom, we flourish—not because we have more, but because we are living as He intended. Flourishing means experiencing contentment that doesn’t depend on circumstances. We don’t need money to be content. We don’t need approval to feel secure. Why? Because we are fully loved by the God who promises never to leave us or forsake us.

Stewardship Is the Starting Point

If we want to flourish, we must begin with stewardship. Everything we have—our time, talents, relationships, money—comes from God. He owns it all. We’re not owners; we’re managers. When we recognize that, we stop living for ourselves and start using every resource for His glory. That includes how we spend, give, save, and even how we relate to others.

Generosity Marks a Flourishing Life

A flourishing life is a generous life. When God’s Word shapes us, we become generous with our time, with our finances, and with every resource entrusted to us. Generosity is not something we manufacture—it’s a byproduct of spiritual transformation. And it runs counter to the culture around us, which tells us to hold tightly to what we have. Instead, we hold everything with open hands.

We Live with Integrity

The Bible speaks often about deceit and greed—two things that will always rob us of flourishing. When we live according to God’s wisdom, we pursue integrity and honesty in every area of life. Proverbs offers constant guidance on living truthfully, avoiding dishonest gain, and practicing righteousness in our dealings. Flourishing is tied closely to living a life of character.

We Live with Purpose

We’re not here by accident. God placed us in this time and place for a reason. Our lives are temporary, but they’re filled with eternal purpose. We’re living today with heaven in view. Flourishing means recognizing that this life is preparation for eternity with our Lord. It means embracing the mission He’s given us and making every decision with the long view in mind.

When we step back and look at the big picture, we realize what a privilege it is to manage what God has entrusted to us. Stewardship isn’t a burden—it’s an invitation. An invitation to participate in His Kingdom work. An invitation to trust Him. An invitation to live a life that truly flourishes.

Let’s remember: God owns it all. We are stewards. And we get to use His resources for His glory. That is the foundation of a flourishing life.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m considering a 0% financing offer and could pay it off within 12 to 18 months—but I’m also able to pay the full amount upfront. Which option makes better financial sense?
I’m planning to take paid maternity leave, but I don’t intend to return to the company afterward. I’m struggling with whether this is the right thing to do and would love some guidance.
My son and daughter-in-law recently sold a tiny house that we helped them build. They’re returning the money we put into it—are there any tax implications or other issues we should be aware of?
We’re updating our kitchen by painting cabinets and making some interior improvements. We can pay it off in 6 to 12 months, but should we use a HELOC, take out a home equity loan, or borrow from our investment savings?
I’ve heard that a trust can help avoid probate, but I have a testamentary trust, and the courthouse says my property will still go through probate. What’s the difference?
I’m exploring a dynasty trust to protect assets for future generations, and I’m also interested in a charitable remainder trust to help with capital gains taxes. Is there a way to combine these strategies effectively?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Secret to a Satisfied Life with Jeff Manion

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 29 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

The world constantly tells us, “You just need a little more.” But what if real peace isn’t found in having more, but in learning to need less?

What comes to mind when you hear the word “wealth”? For some, it means freedom. For others, it brings anxiety and pressure. Today, Jeff Manion joins us to explore how we can cultivate contentment in a culture that always craves more.

Jeff Manion is the Teaching Pastor at Ada Bible Church in Grand Rapids, Michigan, where he has served for over 40 years. He is also the author of several books, including Satisfied: Discovering Contentment in a World of Consumption.

Why Wealth Confuses Us

In a world that constantly urges us to acquire more, climb higher, and chase the next upgrade, contentment often feels elusive. But what if true satisfaction isn’t found in accumulation, but in learning—learning to trust, to remember, to let go, and to live fully in the present? Contentment is not something we’re born with—it’s something we must learn. And we’re learning it together.

Let’s be honest—wealth can be confusing. One day, we're living simply out of necessity, and the next, after years of doing the right things—avoiding debt, saving diligently, and giving generously—we find ourselves in a season of financial stability. You’d think contentment would come naturally at that point. But surprisingly, it doesn’t.

Learning contentment in a season of sufficiency is often more challenging than in a season of scarcity. When we experience financial security, the temptation to trust in our own strength rather than God's provision becomes a real concern.

This isn’t new—it’s the same struggle the Israelites faced in Deuteronomy 8. After years of daily dependence on manna in the wilderness, God warned them not to forget Him once they entered the Promised Land. He reminded them: “Remember the Lord your God, for it is He who gives you the ability to produce wealth” (Deut. 8:18). That warning is for us too.

The Danger of the “There and Then” Mentality

Contentment is rooted in the present, not the future. And yet we often believe we’ll only be at peace "there and then"—when the vacation arrives, the mortgage is paid off, or the kitchen is finally renovated. But if we can’t be fully alive to God and the people around us now, there’s no guarantee we will be later.

We don’t stumble into contentment—we learn it. The Apostle Paul, writing under house arrest, said, “I have learned to be content whatever the circumstances” (Phil. 4:11). His circumstances didn’t determine his joy. His peace wasn’t tied to his comfort. And ours doesn’t have to be either.

Sometimes the path to contentment starts by taking inventory—literally. For many of us, stuff multiplies without our awareness. A drawer of unworn t-shirts, a shelf of unused dishes, boxes of forgotten CDs…they add up. We can begin the journey toward contentment by shedding excess.

A simple practice, like giving away five items a day for seven weeks, can bring clarity and peace. Not because we’re pursuing minimalism for its own sake, but because we’re reminding ourselves that joy isn’t found in our possessions—it’s found in a life uncluttered by distraction, filled with God’s presence and purpose.

Escaping the Comparison Trap

Comparison is a thief of joy. Whether or not Teddy Roosevelt actually coined the phrase, it’s undeniably true. In our digital age, we don’t just compare lives—we compare carefully curated highlight reels. This distorts our view, convincing us we’re missing out when in fact, we’re richly blessed.

Comparison shifts our focus from gratitude to scarcity. And scarcity suffocates generosity. When we believe we never have enough, we become unable to see the abundance God has already given us—abundance meant to be shared.

Generosity is one of the most effective ways to break money’s grip on our hearts. Paul’s charge to Timothy echoes through the centuries: “Command those who are rich… not to put their hope in wealth… but to put their hope in God… to be rich in good deeds, and to be generous and willing to share” (1 Tim. 6:17–18).

When we give, we reflect the heart of our generous God—first in creation, then in Christ. And as we open our hands, we discover joy not in what we keep, but in what we release for the sake of others and the glory of God.

Passing on the Legacy of Contentment

We long for our children and grandchildren to experience true satisfaction. But contentment isn’t just taught—it’s caught. When our families see that our greatest joy is not in acquiring new and better things but in reflecting the generosity of Christ, they begin to understand that there’s a story far bigger than material success.

We want them to see us delight in giving, not just spending. To notice our peace when things don’t go our way. To recognize that the content life isn’t a small life—it’s a deeply rich one, rooted in grace and lived with open hands.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have around $1.5 million in total assets and $500,000 in available funds. Given the current tax environment, I’m considering whether now might be a strategic time to withdraw from my pre-tax retirement accounts and pay the taxes. I’m currently living on Social Security and pension income and haven’t needed to tap into my savings yet.
I’d like to open an account for my great-grandchildren, who are currently 3 years old and 18 months old. I’ve been looking into a universal life insurance policy, but would appreciate guidance on the best way to save for their future—possibly to help with education expenses.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Mentoring Can Become Your Greatest Investment in Retirement with Jeff Haanen

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 28 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Mentoring often sounds like the perfect way to steward your time in retirement—until you try it and realize it’s not as intuitive as you'd hoped.

For many retirees, mentoring seems like a meaningful way to invest in the next generation—a way to put their life experience to work. But what if we’ve misunderstood how mentoring fits into God’s design for this season of life? Jeff Haanen joins us with practical stories and spiritual insight to help us reframe it.

Jeff Haanen is an accomplished entrepreneur and the founder of the Denver Institute for Faith & Work. He is the author of An Uncommon Guide to Retirement: Finding God’s Purpose for the Next Season of Life and Working from the Inside Out: A Brief Guide to Inner Work That Transforms Our Outer World.

Rethinking Mentoring

Retirement is often marketed as the reward for decades of hard work—a long-awaited season of leisure and personal fulfillment. But what if there's a deeper, richer invitation waiting for us in this chapter of life? What if retirement isn’t just about what we get—but what we give?

Retirement isn’t the end of our calling. It’s a fresh opportunity to steward our lives for God’s Kingdom in powerful new ways. One of the most meaningful ways we can do that is through mentoring—especially when we reimagine it as intergenerational friendship.

Many of us picture mentoring as a formal, structured relationship: scheduled coffee dates where the older offers wisdom and the younger listens. While these settings can be helpful, we’ve found that mentoring is most fruitful when it grows from an organic, mutual friendship.

Rather than casting ourselves as sages who dispense advice, we’re invited to be fellow travelers—learning, laughing, sharing, and growing together. Intergenerational friendships emphasize mutual respect, shared experiences, and spiritual growth over time.

This vision of mentoring as a form of friendship has deep roots in Scripture. Jesus said to His disciples, “I no longer call you servants… I have called you friends” (John 15:15). The Apostle Paul invested in Timothy, Elijah mentored Elisha, and Naomi walked with Ruth—but in each of these relationships, we find more than just a teacher and a student. We see companions whose hearts were knit together in love and trust.

In God’s upside-down Kingdom, wisdom flows both ways. The older bring experience and insight; the younger bring hope, energy, and perspective. Together, we become more like Christ.

What Makes Mentoring Thrive?

Through our own journey and through observing others, we've seen several elements that make these relationships truly flourish:

Delight in the Next Generation. Mentoring starts not with duty but with joy. When we find genuine delight in those younger than us—when we enjoy being with them, listening, and learning—we build the foundation for real connection.
Affirm Before Advising. Many younger adults are uncertain about their calling or whether they have what it takes. A word of affirmation can be far more powerful than advice. Encouragement builds trust and opens the door to growth.
Lead with Vulnerability. We don’t need to have it all together. It’s our stories of failure and God’s faithfulness that often minister most deeply. Humility makes room for healing and hope.
Commit for the Long Haul. There’s no shortcut to transformation. Mentoring thrives when we’re patient and willing to walk alongside someone over time—through victories, setbacks, and seasons of change.
Ask Thoughtful Questions. Jesus often asked His disciples powerful, heart-revealing questions. We can do the same. When we help others discover truth for themselves, they take greater ownership of their journey.

The local church is a natural place to start. It’s one of the few places left in our culture where generations regularly gather. Maybe it’s time to simply show up—to attend a young adult gathering, volunteer in youth ministry, or offer to listen and pray for someone younger.

Our workplaces also offer opportunities. Even in retirement, we may still have professional wisdom worth sharing. Informal conversations, apprenticeships, or consulting can all create meaningful space for mentorship.

Most importantly, we must pray. We’ve learned to listen—not only to our mentee but to the Holy Spirit. We ask: Lord, what do You want us to say in this moment? How can we best serve this person? Prayer is the lifeblood of all fruitful mentoring relationships.

What If Retirement Looked Like This?

Imagine if thousands of believers approaching retirement swapped comfort for Kingdom impact. What if instead of isolating ourselves, we stepped into churches and communities, offering our time, wisdom, and presence?

We believe that mentoring may be one of the most significant contributions we can make in our later years—not only for the benefit of others, but also for our own joy and growth. As we give ourselves away, we often find our richest reward.

So here’s the invitation: Start showing up. Start listening. Start sharing your story. And watch what God does through friendship across generations.

Help Us Equip Others to Live with Purpose

Right now, more people than ever are seeking biblical wisdom to navigate their finances and their calling. When you become a FaithFi Partner, you help meet that need.

Partners receive:

Early access to new devotionals and studies
A subscription to our Faithful Steward magazine
Pro access to the FaithFi app

Join the mission today with your gift of $35/month or $400/year at FaithFi.com/Give.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm trying to compare mortgage rates from several lenders, but I’m concerned that multiple hard credit inquiries will affect my credit score. What’s the best way to shop around without damaging my credit?
I’m trying to decide between setting up a Special Needs Trust or an ABLE account for my nephew. Can you explain the differences and help me understand which option might be better for his long-term financial support?
After my husband left, I found myself in a challenging financial situation. Most of my savings are gone, and because of a traumatic brain injury, my ability to work is limited. I feel overwhelmed and don’t know where to begin. How can I start to rebuild my financial life?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

When Should You Start Teaching Kids About Money?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 25 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Train up a child in the way he should go; even when he is old he will not depart from it.” - Proverbs 22:6

As parents, we often wonder when to begin teaching our kids about money. The simple answer? It’s never too early. In fact, a study by Purdue University found that most of our lifelong money habits are formed by the age of seven. That’s a sobering realization—but also a hopeful one. Because with intentionality and biblical wisdom, we can help our children become faithful stewards from an early age.

Here’s how to begin—step by step.

Ages 3–5: Needs, Wants, and Worship

Even toddlers can begin to understand the basics of money. Start by teaching the difference between needs and wants. A home, food, and clothing? Those are needs. But that cereal with a cartoon character? That’s a want—and a perfect conversation starter.

As you shop, ask your child to name which items fall into which category. Then take the opportunity to remind them: God provides all our needs and blesses us with more than we deserve.

Begin using the three-jar method—one for spending, one for saving, and one for giving. When your child receives birthday money or a small allowance, help them divide it equally. Let them drop their “giving” portion into the offering plate each week. It’s a simple but powerful way to connect generosity with worship.

Ages 6–10: Responsibility and Short-Term Goals

At this stage, kids are ready to take on more responsibility. Assign small chores tied to a modest allowance. If they complete the job, they earn the money. If not, the allowance waits. It’s a simple lesson in accountability and work ethic.

If they want something beyond their current funds, help them create a short-term savings plan. Use sticker charts or visual trackers to make progress fun and tangible.

Give your child a few dollars and let them plan how to spend it on snacks for the week. This is a great way to teach a foundational principle from financial teacher Ron Blue:

“You always have more choices than money.”

Encourage your child to give regularly to causes they care about. Ask why they want to give—and help them understand how giving reflects God’s heart.

Ages 11–15: Bigger Goals, Delayed Gratification

Now your child may be babysitting, mowing lawns, or doing small jobs for neighbors. It’s the perfect time to talk about larger savings goals—maybe a new bike or a camp trip.

Consider opening a custodial savings account or using a kid-friendly money app. Walk through monthly statements together and celebrate milestones. Let them make decisions (and occasional mistakes) while you’re close by to guide them.

If they want to buy something online, encourage them to wait a few days, compare options, and pray before making a purchase. The lesson is clear: patience often leads to better decisions.

Ages 16–18: Real-World Practice and Investing Basics

Teenagers who are working part-time jobs are ready for more advanced money management.

Help them set up a formal budget with real income and categories for saving, spending, and giving. This is also a good time to introduce matching incentives: If they save $500, you match it, just like an employer’s 401(k) might.

Let them research a company and buy a fractional share through a custodial brokerage account. If they have earned income, consider opening a Roth IRA to model long-term investing.

Remind them: Markets go up and down, but faithful stewardship builds wealth over time.

The Ultimate Goal: A Faithful Steward

Reinforce this truth: Their worth isn’t tied to their net worth. All we have is a gift from God to be managed for His glory, not our own.

No matter your child’s age, the goal remains the same: to raise someone who knows how to earn, manage, give, and grow what God has entrusted to them. You don’t have to be a financial expert—you just have to be present and intentional.

Keep the conversation going. Keep pointing them to biblical truth. And remember—this isn’t just a financial lesson. It’s a spiritual one.

For more resources on biblical money management and to start budgeting as a family, check out the FaithFi app.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm 58, single, and plan to keep working until I’m 70. I live frugally and want to ensure that my assets are managed wisely and passed on to my four children, especially my youngest. I'm considering setting up a trust, but the $2,000 cost seems steep. Is that the best option for someone like me who wants to ensure everything is protected and appropriately distributed?
I’m looking to understand how reverse mortgages work. What kind of interest rates do they typically charge? Do they accrue interest like a traditional mortgage over time? Are there any upfront fees to get started?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Journey To Faithful Stewardship

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 24 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“We know that our old self was crucified with him in order that the body of sin might be brought to nothing, so that we would no longer be enslaved to sin.” - Romans 6:6

Being born again in Christ changes a person. We’re given a new nature that fights against our old, corrupt nature. Sometimes, the evidence of this is in the area of finances. Straight ahead—a journey to faithful stewardship.

Bobby’s Testimony

It's always a great privilege to connect with people, answer their financial questions, and offer help whenever possible. Recently, we spoke with Bobby from Nebraska, whose story is a powerful testament to the transformative power of faith and determination.

Bobby was in a tough spot. He had accumulated significant debt, including a car repossession, delinquent medical and credit card debt, and unpaid overdraft loans sent to collections. However, despite his financial struggles, Bobby was determined to turn his life around. When asked if anything had changed in his life since accumulating that debt, Bobby shared his story.

In his own words, Bobby explained, “Back then, I was big into partying and addicted to drugs. I sold drugs and went to prison for it. Well, now I'm clean and sober. I don't do any of that anymore. I actually have money in my bank account. September 10th, 2021, was the biggest start of it. That’s when I gave my life to Jesus Christ. And now I'm just trying to get everything back in line and where it needs to be.”

Hearing about Bobby’s life change since inviting Christ into his life as his Savior was truly inspiring. His commitment to sobriety and financial stewardship is a powerful example of God’s redemptive power.

Steps Toward Financial Freedom

A few weeks ago, we advised Bobby to take several steps to get his finances in order. First, we recommended that he pull copies of his credit reports from Experian, Equifax, and TransUnion to identify all his debts. Then, we suggested he contact Christian Credit Counselors to help manage his credit card debt through a debt management plan, which would consolidate his payments and help him pay off his debt faster.

We also offered to connect Bobby with one of our Certified Christian Financial Counselors (CertCFC) at no charge. This counselor would work with him one-on-one to develop a budget and create a plan for paying off his old debts. Finally, we took a moment to pray with Bobby, thanking God for His miraculous intervention and the gift of eternal life that Bobby had received.

Biblical Principles Guiding Bobby's Transformation

Bobby’s journey highlights several biblical principles that are now guiding his life:

The Body as a Temple: Bobby’s decision to give up drugs aligns with 1 Corinthians 6:19, which reminds us that our bodies are temples of the Holy Spirit. Recognizing that we are not our own but belong to God is a powerful motivator for making healthy choices.
Humility: Bobby’s willingness to seek help, even on a public platform, reflects the humility described in Proverbs 22:4: “The reward for humility and fear of the Lord is riches and honor and life.”
Honesty: Bobby’s commitment to owning up to his debt is a reflection of the biblical principle of honesty. Exodus 20:16 and Colossians 3:9 teach us the importance of living truthfully, especially as followers of Christ.
Repaying Debts: The Bible emphasizes the importance of repaying our debts. Psalm 37:21 says, “The wicked borrows but does not pay back, but the righteous is generous and gives.” Bobby’s desire to pay off his debt is a step toward fulfilling this principle.
Stewardship: The most significant principle guiding Bobby now is stewardship. He wants to manage his finances faithfully, in line with 1 Corinthians 4:2: “It is required of stewards that they be found faithful.”

We were grateful to help Bobby on his journey to faithful stewardship, and we want to extend that same help to you. If you’re struggling with your finances, need help creating a budget, or want to develop a plan to pay down debt and start saving, please don't hesitate to reach out to us. We’re here to help you take the next step toward financial freedom and faithful stewardship.

Bobby’s story is a powerful reminder that with God’s help, it’s never too late to turn your life around and get back on track. If you’re ready to take that step, we’re here to walk alongside you.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm a 60-year-old single retiree, and honestly, I feel financially illiterate. I have two annuity accounts, but I don’t fully understand how they work. Should I stay in them or look at other options? I’d appreciate some guidance on how to manage my limited savings wisely.
I'm single and trying to plan ahead to create passive income for my future family. I'm debating between buying a rental property and investing in the stock market. Which of these would be the smarter long-term move?
My husband and I are retired and considering a reverse mortgage. What’s the best way to approach this, and is there a type of reverse mortgage that will ensure we can stay in our home?
I loaned money to my cousin, and they repaid me with an extra $300 in interest. Do I need to report that interest as taxable income on my tax return?
Can you explain the difference between a Roth IRA and a traditional IRA? Additionally, can someone who is not employed by a company open a 401(k) account?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Financial Ethics Series: The Prosperity Gospel with Dr. David W. Jones

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 23 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” — Matthew 5:3

In the final episode of our Financial Ethics series, we’re tackling a message that promises health and wealth—but often leads to heartache: the prosperity gospel. Dr. David W. Jones joins us to unpack its dangers and point us back to a truly biblical view of blessing and provision.

Dr. David W. Jones is Senior Professor of Christian Ethics at Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. He holds a Ph.D. in Christian Financial Ethics and is the co-author of Health, Wealth, and Happiness: How the Prosperity Gospel Overshadows the Gospel of Christ by Dr. W. Jones and Russell S. Woodbridge.

Faith Is Not a Transaction

One of the most dangerous ideas in the prosperity gospel is that faith guarantees financial prosperity. It treats faith like a force—a tool believers can wield to compel God’s blessings.

But biblical faith isn’t self-generated or transactional. It is a gift from God, a response to His revealed grace, and a means by which we trust Him, not a lever to gain wealth. Faith is “the eyesight of the soul”—deeply rational and rooted in the truth of who God is, not in wishful thinking or material expectations.

Prosperity theology often preaches a “faith formula”: believe hard enough, and you’ll be rewarded. But this distorts faith into a mechanism for personal gain. Hebrews 11:1 tells us that faith is “the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” It’s not irrational optimism—it’s a reasoned trust in the unseen promises of God.

We should view faith not as a way to escape hardship or secure abundance but as a path of trusting God in all things, including suffering.

The Problem with Escaping Suffering

One hallmark of the prosperity gospel is its aversion to suffering. But as Jones points out, suffering is part of living in a fallen world—and it’s not something Scripture tells us to avoid at all costs. In fact, passages like 1 Peter 4:12 and 2 Timothy 3:12 remind us that suffering is to be expected for faithful followers of Christ.

Rather than hinder our faith, suffering refines it. Suffering is the crucible of character. It’s often through trials that we grow closest to Christ and are shaped into His likeness.

God's Provision Comes Through Work

Another distortion in prosperity teaching is the expectation of windfalls—blessings that come without effort. But God’s design for provision is through work. From the beginning, humans were created to labor and create, reflecting the image of God.

Working, creating, and flourishing through effort honors our design and brings fulfillment. Attempts to bypass God’s design through get-rich-quick schemes ultimately violate our dignity and God’s intended path for flourishing.

Prosperity preachers often misuse Scripture to back their claims. One example is 2 Corinthians 8:9: “That though He was rich, yet for your sakes He became poor, that you through His poverty might become rich.”

Taken out of context, it may sound like a promise of material wealth. But in its context, Paul is referring to our spiritual poverty and Christ’s sacrifice to make us spiritually rich—context matters. Misreading Scripture to fit a materialistic theology distorts the gospel’s central message.

Giving as Grace, Not Greed

Prosperity theology often frames giving as a transaction: sow a seed to receive a harvest. But biblical generosity isn’t about personal return—it’s about grace.

True giving flows from love for God and neighbor. We give not to get, but because we’ve already received so much. Our stewardship reflects our gratitude, not our greed. The heart of biblical giving is a response to God’s grace, not a strategy for personal gain.

Make your life about Christ, not your increase, not your own prosperity, but about flourishing in the image of His Son.

That’s the true antidote to the prosperity gospel. We aren’t promised wealth, ease, or success. But we are promised Christ—and in Him, we find every blessing that matters.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm 64 and planning to retire within the next year. I have approximately $10,000 that I won’t need for income, and I’m seeking guidance on how to invest it wisely. I’m especially interested in options that align with biblical values and reflect my faith in the companies I support.
My wife and I are approaching retirement. We’re financially secure, and our home is fully paid off. One concern I have is not having long-term care insurance. I’m considering either a reverse mortgage or a home equity loan to cover potential long-term care expenses, but I’d like to understand the pros and cons of each option before moving forward.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Rethinking the Scarcity Mindset

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 22 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

In today’s world, scarcity seems to be everywhere. Not enough money. Not enough time. Not enough security. It’s easy to live like we’re always behind, always grasping, always worried. But is that the full story?

Here at FaithFi, we believe Scripture paints a different picture—one where scarcity isn’t the final word. Instead, through Christ, we’re invited to live with hope, wisdom, and trust in God’s abundant care.

The Root of Scarcity

The fear of “not having enough” isn’t new. Ever since sin entered the world, our hearts have struggled with distrust. In John 10:10, Jesus describes the enemy as a thief who “comes only to steal and kill and destroy.” And that’s what a scarcity mindset does. It steals peace, kills joy, and destroys our trust in God’s provision.

This mindset urges us to hoard instead of share, grasp instead of give, and stress instead of rest. It traps us in anxiety—a form of slavery where our lives are defined by what we lack instead of who God is.

Jesus doesn’t leave us in fear. In the second half of John 10:10, He offers a better way: “I came that they may have life and have it abundantly.”

This abundance isn’t about luxury—it’s about the richness of God’s care. From the very beginning, God created generously. Genesis 1 shows a God who overflows with creativity and provision, filling the skies, seas, and land with life. He didn’t create out of need but out of joy.

As Elisabeth Elliot wisely said, “God has promised to supply all our needs. What we don’t have now, we don’t need now.”

Jesus Offers Something Better

Jesus lived simply, with no home of His own, yet He never operated from scarcity. He lived generously, turning water into wine, feeding multitudes, and offering forgiveness to all. In Matthew 6:25–34, He urges us not to worry, pointing to the birds and lilies as evidence of the Father’s care.

“Seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness,” Jesus tells us, “and all these things will be added to you” (Matthew 6:33). This is the antidote to fear: a trust-filled life focused on God’s Kingdom.

So, how do we break free from the scarcity trap? Here are a few biblical steps:

1. Renew Your Mind

Romans 12:2 calls us to be transformed by the renewal of our minds. Ask God to help you see life through the lens of His abundance, not the world’s lack.

2. Practice Gratitude

Thankfulness shifts our focus from what’s missing to what God has already provided. It’s a simple but powerful habit that reorients our hearts toward trust.

3. Embrace Stewardship

We are not owners but stewards. Everything we have is a gift from God. Proverbs 3:9 reminds us to “Honor the Lord with your wealth and with the firstfruits of all your produce.”

4. Give in Faith

Don’t give out of fear—give out of faith. 2 Corinthians 9:8 promises that God will provide all we need so that we can abound in every good work.

God Is More Than Enough

Living in God’s abundance doesn’t guarantee an easy life. But it does guarantee we never face our challenges alone, and we never need to be enslaved by fear.

So when the world says, “There’s not enough,” we can respond with confidence: Our God is more than enough. His abundance isn’t just material—it’s spiritual. It’s peace, joy, and confidence that our Father knows exactly what we need.

If you’re struggling with financial fear or anxiety, we invite you to explore our 21-day devotional, Look at the Sparrows. It’s designed to help you shift from fear to faith as you grow in your trust of God’s provision. Order a copy or place a bulk order today at FaithFi.com/Sparrows. Let this journey lead you into deeper peace and stronger trust, because your Father really does care for you.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve been looking into Fisher Investments to help manage my portfolio, but their 1.25% advisory fee seems a bit high. With $1.4 million in assets, is that rate competitive, or should I be considering other options?
I’m on a limited income and have had serious health issues in the past. My husband is retired, and I’m struggling to find affordable health insurance. I’m also worried that my health history might lead to penalties or denial. What are my best options?
I set up an LLC for a rental property and assumed I could report the income as a pass-through on my personal 1040. But my tax preparer says I now need to make quarterly estimated tax payments. Is that really necessary, and how do I know what to pay?
I’m 62 and a half and thinking about retiring early this coming January. My current job no longer aligns with my values. I plan to take Social Security at around $1,835/month, which is about $500 less than my current income. My wife is still working and will cover our health insurance. What key retirement planning considerations might I be overlooking?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Yellow Temperament with Kathleen Edelman

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 21 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“A joyful heart is good medicine, but a crushed spirit dries up the bones.” - Proverbs 17:22

As we wrap up our series on the temperaments and how they impact our financial decisions, we’re turning the tables a bit. Today, Kathleen Edelman—who’s been our guide through this journey—is taking the host seat to interview Rob West about the Yellow temperament.

What Is the Yellow Temperament?

The yellow temperament, known as sanguine, is characterized by high energy, optimism, and a deep desire for connection. Yellows are extroverted and people-oriented, speaking the language of fun and relationships. They often bring joy, inspiration, and laughter into every environment they enter. However, they also face challenges, particularly in areas such as focus, follow-through, and impulse control.

Historically rooted in the work of Hippocrates, the four temperaments offer a timeless framework for understanding how people are wired to think, speak, and listen. The yellow temperament is one of four:

Red (Choleric): Task-oriented extroverts, driven by power and control.
Blue (Melancholic): Task-oriented introverts, focused on perfection and order.
Green (Phlegmatic): People-oriented introverts, seeking calm and harmony.
Yellow (Sanguine): People-oriented extroverts, motivated by fun and connection.

How Yellows Communicate and Relate

Yellows are often described as the life of the party—fun, inspiring, and full of energy. They thrive on being liked, included, and appreciated. They tend to wear their hearts on their sleeves and use charm, humor, and emotional connection to relate to others.

Their innate needs include:

Approval – being accepted for who they are.
Acceptance – feeling included and invited.
Attention – being given full focus and eye contact.
Affection – being acknowledged and appreciated.

When these needs are met, yellows radiate joy and creativity. But when unmet, they may seek attention in unhealthy ways or rely on charm to mask insecurity. Understanding these tendencies can help others relate to yellows with empathy and intention—and help yellows themselves pursue healthy, life-giving connections.

Financial Habits of the Yellow Temperament

When it comes to money, yellows tend to view finances through the lens of spontaneity and enjoyment. They view money as a means to create experiences, give generously, and make memories with others. However, their optimism and impulsiveness can lead to overspending or a lack of strategic planning.

Some common financial tendencies of yellows include:

Generosity is driven by emotion rather than strategy.
Difficulty sticking to strict budgets or long-term plans.
A tendency to avoid hard money conversations, especially if there's potential for conflict or disapproval.
Using money to strengthen relationships and bring joy.

To thrive financially, yellows benefit from tools that provide structure without feeling restrictive, such as flexible budgeting systems, automated savings, or labeled cash envelopes tied to experiences (e.g., “Dinner with Friends”). Framing financial stewardship in terms of purpose, joy, and relational impact helps them stay engaged and motivated.

Communication and Stewardship

In conversations—especially around finances—yellows respond best to positive framing and shared vision. They may avoid spreadsheets or conflict, but they are quick to dream, encourage, and cast vision. When invited into planning that includes moments of celebration or generosity, they are more likely to stay committed.

In leadership or ministry settings, yellows often bring energy and hope to conversations. They are natural encouragers and communicators, able to uplift others with genuine warmth and presence. However, they may need accountability partners or systems to help with follow-through and details.

Understanding their own temperament also enables yellows to listen more intentionally. With tools like Edelman’s workbook, they can better identify the temperaments of others and respond in ways that build connection and clarity, both at work and at home.

The yellow temperament is a vibrant and life-giving expression of God’s creative design. While yellows may struggle with structure and impulse, they bring essential gifts of joy, vision, and generosity. With the right tools and a deeper self-awareness, they can become faithful stewards who reflect the heart of Christ, not just in their relationships, but also in how they give, plan, and lead.

For a deeper dive into all four temperaments and how they relate to stewardship, relationships, and communication, explore Kathleen Edelman’s featured article in our Faithful Steward magazine. To receive a copy each quarter, become a FaithFi Partner by giving $35 a month or $400 a year at FaithFi.com/Give.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m about three and a half years away from retirement and currently have more saved in traditional IRAs than Roth IRAs. Would it be wise to start converting some of those traditional funds into Roth now—even if it means taking a tax hit—to avoid higher taxes in retirement?
I’m 40 years old and have several 401(k) accounts from former employers. I’ve received mixed advice—some financial advisors say I can’t consolidate them into a single account, while another is recommending I move them into a hedge fund that claims to offer a 15–17% return. What should I do?
A few years ago, we loaned our son and his wife money to build a tiny home. They’re now selling it at a loss to a third party. Are there any sales tax or personal tax consequences we—or our son—should be aware of in this situation?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Budgeting 101 for College Students with Dr. Kelly Rush

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 18 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

College students may be pros at pulling off last-minute study sessions, but when it comes to finances, cramming just doesn’t cut it.

Everyone often needs a budget, and for college students, that is even more crucial. Today, Dr. Kelly Rush joins us with practical budgeting advice every college student should hear.

Dr. Kelly Rush is a Professor of Finance, Department Chair, and Financial Planning Program Coordinator at Mount Vernon Nazarene University in Ohio.

Why Budgeting Matters More Than You Think

Proverbs 22:6 tells us to “train up a child in the way he should go, and when he is old he will not depart from it.” That’s not just true for spiritual instruction—it applies to money too. The habits we form in college, for better or worse, often follow us into adulthood. And if students don’t develop intentional stewardship during these formative years, they may face regrets down the road that could’ve been avoided.

Most students know they shouldn’t spend recklessly, but they often don’t know where their money is going. Without a written budget or a tool to track spending, it’s easy to watch bank accounts shrink faster than expected—and not know why.

Budgeting isn’t about restriction. It’s about clarity. It’s about choosing in advance how to use what God has entrusted to you. And it’s a habit that pays dividends over time.

Understanding the Time Value of Money

One of the most powerful lessons a student can learn is the time value of money. It’s often a reminder of the orderly nature of the God we serve since there’s a logic to how money grows over time. And in every financial equation, time is the most powerful variable.

Scripture encourages us to think this way. Psalm 90:12 asks God to “teach us to number our days,” and Ephesians 5:15–16 tells us to “redeem the time.” For students, this means starting early: saving early, giving early, and stewarding their resources early. That’s where the real impact lies.

Money also has momentum. It moves quickly. And in college, that momentum usually comes through small, frequent purchases: coffee runs, streaming subscriptions, and fast food. These little expenses add up and build financial habits, whether you realize it or not.

Being aware of how money flows—and having a plan for it—is what budgeting is all about.

Tools That Actually Work

Today’s students are digital natives. They’re not going to carry around envelopes of cash. Of course, we recommend the FaithFi app because it’s easy to use, customizable, and based on biblical principles. If you’re a student (or a parent helping one), it’s a great place to start. You can check it out at FaithFi.com and click “App” or download it from your app store.

At some point, students need to begin taking ownership of certain expenses, such as gas, clothes, and possibly even their phone bill. We encourage families to approach this like a team sport: communicate when and which expenses will be transferred from parent to student, then open a bank account and create a game plan together. That transition is not just financial—it’s formative.

Working during college isn’t just about making money—it’s about learning responsibility. Students can find part-time jobs that offer both flexibility and impact. Perhaps that involves working at a hospital if you're studying nursing, or obtaining a referee certification or barber license for higher-ROI opportunities. Work that aligns with your career goals is a double win.

What About Credit?

Credit is another topic that comes up often. Should students start building credit now or wait until later? Either option can work, but there are advantages to starting early, wisely. We usually suggest a secured credit card paired with a basic expense, such as gas. It’s easy to track and builds a positive credit history. The key, of course, is paying it off every month.

Pitfalls to Watch Out For

Let me leave you with a warning: shortcuts are tempting. College students are particularly vulnerable to the allure of quick money, exemplified by the growing trend of sports betting on campuses. I believe it’s a modern gateway drug. It’s addictive, dangerous, and it escalates quickly.

1 Timothy 6:9 warns, “Those who want to get rich fall into temptation and a trap…” This isn’t just theoretical—it’s real. Good stewards don’t chase shortcuts. They honor time, build slowly, and trust God with the results.

College is the ideal time to establish a solid financial foundation grounded in biblical wisdom. You’ve got time on your side—but only if you use it well. Start now. Budget with intentionality. Steward with purpose. And watch what God does over time.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m leasing part of my 55-acre property for a cell tower under a 59-year agreement. The monthly payments will go into my account, and I’d like to invest them in something that compounds monthly or more frequently. With my two sons and their families living on the land as well, I’m hoping to grow this income into long-term, generational wealth. What’s the best strategy?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Wisdom of Warren Buffett with Matt Bell

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 17 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“It takes 20 years to build a reputation and five minutes to ruin it. If you think about that, you’ll do things differently.”

With those words, Warren Buffett reminded us that character and integrity matter—especially in the world of money. Now, after more than sixty years of market-shaping moves and famous one-liners, Buffett is calling it a career. Today, Matt Bell joins us to reflect on his legacy and share what timeless lessons every investor can learn from it.

Matt Bell is the Managing Editor at Sound Mind Investing, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

A Track Record That’s Hard to Ignore

If you had invested $100 in Berkshire Hathaway back in 1965, that single investment would have grown to over $5.5 million by the end of last year. Compare that with the S&P 500 over the same period, which would have turned $100 into just $39,000. Clearly, Buffett did something different.

One unconventional move? He never issued dividends for Berkshire Hathaway, instead reinvesting profits to increase share value. That patient, long-view approach paid off—and it hints at biblical principles like delayed gratification and wise stewardship (Proverbs 21:20).

Buffett famously said, “Be fearful when others are greedy and greedy when others are fearful.” While Christians would rightly reject greed and fear as motivations, the deeper principle here is about remaining steady and disciplined in volatile times—echoing Proverbs 14:15: “The simple believe everything, but the prudent give thought to their steps.”

Buffett often waited with cash on hand until the right opportunities appeared, especially during downturns. That patience and discernment mirrors biblical instruction to avoid impulsiveness and instead seek wisdom in decision-making.

Investing Lessons With Biblical Parallels

Over the years, Buffett offered dozens of pithy insights that mirror biblical truth. Here are a few standouts:

“If you don’t find a way to make money while you sleep, you’ll work until you die.”—This speaks to the wisdom of putting money to productive use—earning a return through thoughtful investing, a principle echoed in the Parable of the Talents (Matthew 25).
“Risk comes from not knowing what you’re doing.”—In Proverbs 15:22, we’re reminded that “Plans fail for lack of counsel, but with many advisers they succeed.” Financial ignorance creates risk, but biblical stewardship calls for wisdom and learning.
Diversification, emotional control, and long-term vision—Buffett emphasized all three. These align with a measured, prudent approach to money that Scripture continually encourages.

Buffett never let global turmoil shake his confidence in long-term investing. He wrote, “In the 20th century, the U.S. endured world wars, recessions, a depression, oil shocks, and more—yet the Dow rose from 66 to 11,497.” His takeaway: “It’s been a terrible mistake to bet against America.”

While our hope as Christians isn’t rooted in any one nation’s economy, Buffett’s long view reminds us of the value of endurance and not making decisions based on fear or short-term noise (see James 1:5–6).

Generosity and Legacy

Perhaps most inspiring is Buffett’s commitment to give away 99% of his wealth. He plans to direct his Berkshire Hathaway shares toward philanthropic causes within ten years of his estate being settled. While we may differ on where those funds go, the posture of open-handed generosity reflects Jesus’ teaching: “It is more blessed to give than to receive” (Acts 20:35).

Buffett’s success wasn’t just about intellect—it was about character: discipline, patience, and generosity. These are values every believer is called to cultivate. As you manage your resources, consider how biblical principles—often echoed in even the most unlikely places—can shape a wise, faithful financial life.

To explore these ideas further, read Matt Bell’s full article, The Wisdom of Warren Buffett at SoundMindInvesting.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’ve never had a credit card before, but I recently received a pre-qualified offer from Capital One. They mentioned they’ve reviewed my credit and noticed I’m keeping up with my bills. Should I consider applying for this card, and how can I verify that the offer is legitimate?
As a grandmother, I’m concerned that my grandchildren aren’t learning essential financial skills from their parents. I’d love to step in and help, especially with my 20-year-old grandchild. What is the best way to encourage them to save money and manage their finances wisely?
Over the past couple of years, God has really blessed me with increased income, and I’m incredibly grateful. I live simply, help my parents, and avoid lifestyle inflation—but I want to make sure I’m handling this increase in a way that honors God. How can I manage this money with biblical stewardship in mind?
I’m in a strong financial position—no debt, and I tithe faithfully. I just received $15,000 from selling off some business assets and want to invest it wisely. I’d like it to earn a good return, but I also want it to remain accessible if needed. What are some smart options that fit my situation?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Financial Ethics Series: Sports Betting and Gambling with Dr. David W. Jones

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 16 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Keep your life free from love of money, and be content with what you have, for he has said, ‘I will never leave you nor forsake you.’” - Hebrews 13:5

Sports betting is more popular—and more accepted—than ever, even among Christians. But is it just harmless fun, or something more? Dr. David W. Jones returns to our financial ethics series to help us examine what Scripture says about gambling and how believers should approach it.

Dr. David W. Jones is Senior Professor of Christian Ethics at Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. He holds a Ph.D. in Christian Financial Ethics and is the author of Every Good Thing: An Introduction to the Material World and the Common Good for Christians.

What Does Scripture Say About Gambling?

Proverbs 13:11 reminds us that:

“Wealth gained hastily will dwindle, but whoever gathers little by little will increase it.”

Gambling, which includes sports betting, bypasses God’s designed rhythm of work and reward. 1 Timothy 6:9 warns that the desire to get rich quickly leads people into “ruin and destruction.” These verses challenge the notion that a fast win is simply a blessing—it may erode character.

Is it always wrong to bet on a game with friends? Not necessarily. A one-time bracket pool during March Madness may not signal a deep moral compromise. But we must ask: Is this behavior occasional and harmless, or has it become habitual and idolatrous?

The difference lies in the heart. It’s not that gambling created the idolatry of money or sports—it revealed it. And perhaps in God’s grace, it’s giving us an opportunity to examine what we truly worship.

The Stewardship Question

Every financial decision we make is a stewardship decision. Psalm 24:1 reminds us:

“The earth is the Lord’s and everything in it.”

So before we spend God’s money—even on entertainment—we must ask: Is this wise? Does this reflect my faith? Does it honor the Lord?

We must start to think through whether our spending on gambling—even recreationally—glorifies God. That doesn’t mean all entertainment is wrong. But we are called to be faithful managers of what belongs to God, and some forms of entertainment carry higher risks than others.

Beyond personal stewardship, Christians must consider what they're supporting. The gambling industry is responsible for significant harm. Studies show that 1 in 5 gambling addicts attempt suicide, and addiction is rising fastest among young adults, according to the American Psychological Association.

For those in the church, we must acknowledge this cultural shift and lovingly walk alongside people through it, offering them truth, grace, and accountability.

Idolatry, Discontentment, and the Way Back

Sports betting may be legal, but legality is not the same as morality, and morality isn’t always wisdom. If your habits reflect discontentment or a misplaced trust in money, that’s a red flag.

But there's hope. These things are not the unpardonable sin. 1 John 1:9 reminds us:

“If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us... God is always ready to receive us.”

Isaiah 26:3 also says:

“You keep him in perfect peace whose mind is stayed on You, because he trusts in You.”

If you're struggling with a gambling habit or questioning your motivations, seek accountability at your local church. And if addiction is involved, please pursue professional help. Freedom is possible—and peace is found not in the thrill of a win, but in keeping your eyes on Christ.

Remember: just because it’s permissible doesn’t mean it’s wise. True freedom is found not in betting on uncertain outcomes, but in trusting the God who holds the future.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m trying to understand where tax-free municipal bonds might fit into my overall investment strategy. How can they be used effectively for tax efficiency and generating income, and when would it make sense to include them in a portfolio?
I have $19,000 sitting in an old 401(k) account, and I’m considering transferring it into a fixed annuity. I’m not retired yet and plan to return to work in the school system. One option offers lifetime income starting at age 74, but I’m not sure if that’s the best use of my funds. What should I consider before making this decision?
I’m in the process of updating my will now that I’ve moved to Texas. I’m wondering if it would be more in line with God’s will to allocate a percentage of my estate to the three nonprofit ministries I support, rather than dividing everything evenly among my three children. How should I think through this decision from a biblical perspective?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Do Your Finances Need Scam-Proofing?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 15 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The simple believe everything, but the prudent give thought to their steps.” — Proverbs 14:15

In an age where scams are becoming more sophisticated by the day, Scripture reminds us that discernment isn’t optional—it’s essential. As believers, protecting the resources God has entrusted to us is more than a practical concern—it’s an act of stewardship. Here’s how you can guard your finances with wisdom, not fear.

Scams Are Everywhere—But So Is Wisdom

Fraudsters use every channel available: phone calls, text messages, emails, and even impersonations of people you trust. But as followers of Christ, we’re not called to panic. We’re called to walk in wisdom (Ephesians 5:15). That begins with slowing down and thinking critically.

Pause before you respond. Scammers rely on urgency. If someone pressures you to act immediately—whether claiming your account is locked or your money is at risk—take a step back. Hang up. Verify the source independently. Urgency is often a red flag.
Avoid untraceable payments. No legitimate organization will ask for payment via wire transfer or gift cards. These are the preferred tools of scammers because they’re nearly impossible to recover.

Practical Steps for Digital Protection

Financial stewardship now includes digital awareness. Here are practical ways to protect yourself and your family:

Use credit cards, not debit cards, for online purchases. Credit cards usually come with stronger fraud protection.
Enable two-factor authentication (2FA) on all your financial accounts. Even if a scammer gets your password, they can’t access your account without a second form of verification.
Don’t reuse passwords. Use a secure password manager, such as Bitwarden or NordPass, to create and store strong, unique passwords.
Set up account alerts. Most banks allow you to monitor activity in real-time, giving you a heads-up if something unusual occurs.
Freeze your credit. It’s free to do and offers one of the best defenses against identity theft. You can always unfreeze it temporarily when needed.
Avoid public Wi-Fi for financial transactions. Wait until you're on a secure network or at home to check your bank accounts or make purchases.
Limit what you share on social media. Personal details, such as birthdays or family names, can be used to guess passwords or security questions. Adjust your privacy settings and post wisely.
Shred sensitive documents before discarding them. Even in the digital age, identity thieves still dig through trash.
Don’t click on unfamiliar links, even if they appear to come from someone you know. When in doubt, contact the person or organization directly for clarification.

Stewarding Wisdom in Community

Scammers often target the vulnerable, particularly older adults and teenagers. So make this a shared effort. Discuss online fraud with your family. Equip them with knowledge. If you receive a letter or email about identity protection following a data breach, verify it by contacting the company directly, rather than through the provided link or number.

Financial faithfulness today includes digital vigilance. But there’s no need for fear. By taking these simple steps, you can walk confidently, knowing you’re stewarding God’s resources with care.

A Tool for Wise Stewardship: The FaithFi App

Looking for a practical way to manage your money with wisdom and peace of mind? The FaithFi app is a secure tool that helps you track your spending, plan your giving, and align your finances with biblical values. With 256-bit encryption, your data is protected, and your login credentials are never stored. FaithFi Pro users also receive exclusive articles, digital devotionals, and daily encouragement.

Visit FaithFi.com and click “App” or search “FaithFi” in your app store to get started today.

Steward your finances wisely. Protect what God has entrusted to you. And walk in peace, not panic.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My 14-year-old son just started his first full-time summer job, working around 37 to 40 hours a week. I’d like to help him get started with investing and am considering opening a Roth IRA in his name. What’s the best way to set that up, and where should we go to open the account?
We’re debt-free and recently bought a home. Our current vehicle is paid off, but we’re thinking about adding a second car with a monthly payment of around $500. I’m a little uneasy about the added expense. How can we determine if this is a wise financial move for us at this time?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Blue Temperament with Kathleen Edelman and Andrew Stanley

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 14 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“For God is not a God of disorder but of peace—as in all the congregations of the Lord’s people.” - 1 Corinthians 14:33

We’re continuing our series on temperaments—how our God-given wiring shapes the way we communicate, relate to others, and make financial decisions. Kathleen Edelman is back with us, joined by Andrew Stanley, as we take a closer look at the Blue temperament and its influence on our approach to money.

Kathleen Edelman is the author of I Said This, You Heard That: How Your Wiring Colors Your Communication. She is certified in Biblical Studies and Christian Counseling Psychology and has spent over 30 years coaching clients in the art of effective communication.

Andrew Stanley is a nationally touring stand-up comedian who’s been performing across the country since 2016. You can learn more at AndrewStanleyComedy.com. In this episode, he also joins us as our representative for the Blue Temperament.

The Four Temperaments in a Nutshell

Before diving into blue specifically, Kathleen offers a quick primer on all four temperaments:

Yellow (Sanguine) – Extroverted and people-oriented, they speak the language of fun and relationships.
Red (Choleric) – Task-oriented extroverts who value power and control.
Blue (Melancholic) – Introverted and task-focused, they speak the language of perfection and order.
Green (Phlegmatic) – Introverted but people-oriented, seeking peace and harmony.

Each temperament influences not just relationships, but also how people handle money, make decisions, and respond under pressure.

Blues and the Search for Safety

For those with a blue temperament, safety isn’t just a preference—it’s a core emotional need. Blues thrive in environments where things are predictable, orderly, and well-organized. They naturally seek clarity, structure, and control to feel secure. When it comes to money, this often means creating detailed budgets, developing long-term plans, and being cautious when making financial decisions without having all the necessary information.

Blues may prefer to save rather than spend, not because they’re stingy, but because a growing bank account feels like a safety net against life’s uncertainties. They can struggle with risk and may delay action if they feel unsure, even if the opportunity is wise or time-sensitive.

In relationships, this drive for safety shows up in how blues communicate and connect with others. They crave understanding and support but may not always express those needs clearly. Because they process deeply and thoroughly, they often require space and time before responding, especially in moments of conflict or when making big decisions.

If rushed or misunderstood, they may withdraw, using silence as a way to regain control or avoid making a mistake. However, when their need for emotional safety is honored through patience, empathy, and clear communication, they can be deeply loyal, thoughtful, and intentional partners. Understanding this temperament helps others engage them with compassion and build stronger, more harmonious relationships.

Advice for and About Blues

If you have a blue temperament, give yourself permission to take the time you need to process decisions, especially those involving finances. Your thoughtful, analytical nature is a gift, but it can also lead to overthinking or decision paralysis. Don’t let the desire for perfection keep you from making progress.

Instead, set realistic deadlines, seek wise counsel, and remember that not every choice has to be airtight before it’s made. Lean into your strengths—planning, order, and foresight—while also allowing space for joy, spontaneity, and relational connection. A budget isn’t just a safety tool; it can also be a pathway to shared experiences and generous living.

For those in a relationship with a blue—whether in marriage, friendship, or at work—understand that their quiet moments are rarely a sign of apathy. Blues often feel deeply but express slowly. They value being understood and respected, especially when making important decisions. Don’t rush them. Instead, provide information clearly and give them time to reflect.

Be patient if they seem hesitant or cautious. Underneath that careful exterior is someone who longs for peace, harmony, and purpose. When you honor their need for safety and support, you’ll discover a loyal, wise, and dependable partner who brings depth and stability to any relationship.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I are carrying about $8,500 in credit card debt, plus a car loan. I’ve been considering opening a new credit card with an introductory 0% interest rate to help us pay it down more quickly. My wife’s grandmother also mentioned a credit card relief program, but I’m worried it might hurt our credit. What’s the best way for us to tackle this debt?
Thank you for the financial advice you share on the program. It’s helped me organize my finances, set up separate accounts, and start investing early. I’m grateful for the practical wisdom you offer!
I’m on SSDI and have limited resources, but I’m wondering if it’s still worthwhile to start investing. My daughter helps manage my finances, and I could probably set aside about $100 a month. Is starting small like that a good idea?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Getting Smart About Tax-Free Weekends with Crystal Paine

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 11 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Three words that can make any parent’s wallet flinch: “Back to school.” But there’s a silver lining—especially if your state has a tax-free weekend.

For families gearing up for a new school year, those tax holidays can make a real difference. Today, Crystal Paine shares smart, practical ways to get prepared and save money along the way.

Crystal Paine is the founder of MoneySavingMom.com and the author of The Money Saving Mom's Budget: Slash Your Spending, Pay Down Your Debt, Streamline Your Life, and Save Thousands a Year.

Does Your State Participate?

Not every state offers a tax-free weekend, and the rules vary widely from state to state. Crystal recommends checking your state’s Department of Revenue or the Federation of Tax Administrators for up-to-date information.

Understand what qualifies, as in some states, clothing must be under $100, and online purchases often count—if ordered and paid for within the specified window. Even if you’re not shopping for back-to-school items, this can still be a good time to purchase other qualifying necessities.

Don’t treat the tax-free weekend like a shopping spree. Instead, we suggest that you:

Make a list of what your family actually needs.
Set a budget—especially if your kids are old enough to be involved (around age 8–10).
Know the limits so you don’t go over a price cap and lose the exemption.
Stack your savings by searching for coupons or shopping through cashback sites like RetailMeNot.

Simply search for the site name and ‘coupon code’ before making a purchase.

What About Online Shopping?

A common misconception to keep in mind is that if you order and pay during the holiday window, and the item qualifies, it’s usually tax-exempt, even if it ships later. Please ensure it ships to an in-state address.

One important caveat to remember is that Amazon may not always participate, and shipping costs may be included in item price caps in some states. Therefore, read the fine print and always check your confirmation receipt to ensure that tax wasn’t accidentally charged.

Stewardship Over Savings

The ultimate goal isn’t just saving money—it’s honoring God. Sometimes we think we’re saving when we’re really just spending less wastefully. But that’s still spending. Ask yourself: Am I buying this because it’s a wise investment, or is it just because it’s on sale?

Make prayerful purchases—asking God for wisdom, guidance, and even provision when looking for specific items. God is faithful to lead us when we invite Him into our financial decisions.

Good stewardship is about more than just saving money. It’s about aligning our spending with God’s purposes. To learn more and find additional resources, visit MoneySavingMom.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 63 and still plan to work for a couple more years. My employer has just started offering a Roth 403(b), and I’m wondering—if I'm at my age, does it make sense to contribute?
I’m 46 and considering selling my townhome, but I’m unsure if now is the right time. If I do sell, what’s the best way to invest the equity?
I took out a home improvement loan in my name to help a friend. Could I qualify for debt forgiveness on that loan?
I recently started investing in goldbacks and noticed more states are adopting them. What are your thoughts, and do you think it’s a good time to invest in them?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Investing That Brings Joy with Robin John

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 10 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What if your investments could do more than grow your wealth? What if they could also fight injustice, uplift your neighbor, and even bring joy to the world?

Joy probably isn’t the first word that comes to mind when you think about investing, but maybe it should be. Robin John joins us today to share how investing can be more than financial—it can be deeply spiritual.

Robin John is the CEO at Eventide Asset Management, LLC. Views expressed in this podcast are intended for information purposes and do not constitute investment advice. Eventide does not provide tax, accounting, or legal advice. Eventide's values-based approach to investing may not produce desired results and could result in underperformance compared with other investments. There is no guarantee that any investment will achieve its objectives, generate positive returns, or avoid losses.

A Life-Changing Encounter in India

Robin was just 23 years old when his employer sent him to Pune, India, to support an outsourcing initiative. Although born in India, he had moved to the U.S. at the age of eight and was returning for the first time as a young professional.

While staying in a guesthouse, he noticed two young men—Amal and Kamal—who took care of him daily, preparing meals and ironing his clothes. One evening, Robin asked where they slept and was shocked to learn they were sleeping on the hard floor of a hot, cramped pantry.

“I had a beautiful air-conditioned room with extra space,” Robin recalled. “But they had no bed, no pillow, no blanket. And I looked just like them.”

When he raised his concerns, he was told the guesthouse workers were not his company’s responsibility. That response, though typical in business, left Robin deeply unsettled. It pushed him into prayer, fasting, and a season of searching. He began to ask: “Is business just about profit? Or could it be something more?”

From Disillusionment to a Renewed Mind

Through time in Romans 12—“Do not conform to the pattern of this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind”—Robin experienced a major shift in perspective. He began to see that work, business, and investing could all be expressions of love for neighbor and tools for redemptive impact.

That shift eventually led him, alongside his friend Dr. Finny Kuruvilla, to launch Eventide Asset Management—an investment firm with a bold mission: to invest in companies that make the world rejoice.

What Makes a Company Worth Investing In?

Eventide’s approach centers on one key question: Is this company doing good?

They look for companies whose products are truly good and whose practices serve others well—employees, customers, supply chains, communities, even the environment. Investing is a form of ownership, and when we invest, we are rooting for that company’s success.

But Eventide doesn’t just embrace the good—it also avoids the harmful. In the book, Robin likens harmful companies to dragons that lurk outside the village in ancient stories, threatening human flourishing.

Companies profiting from gambling, addiction, or exploitation—like sports betting platforms—may look appealing on a spreadsheet, but Robin challenges us to consider their deeper impact. As Christian investors, we must ask: What are we promoting in the world? Are we fighting the dragons, or feeding them?

Cultivating Goodness, Like a Garden

From the very beginning in Genesis 1, we see that we are called to cultivate, to build, to bring about flourishing. Business and investing can be part of that calling.

From companies developing cancer treatments to those honoring their truck drivers by ensuring they can sleep at home with their families, these are the stories of modern cultivation, and they’re the kinds of businesses Eventide champions.

A Framework for Faith-Driven Investing

Eventide’s “Business 360” framework reflects biblical values and centers on love for neighbor. It seeks to:

Avoid companies that cause harm.
Embrace companies that promote human flourishing.
Engage with companies to encourage positive change.

Investors can explore two free tools at GoodInvestor.com:

Portfolio Screening Tool – See how your current investments align with biblical values.
Advisor Connection Tool – Get connected with a financial advisor who practices faith-aligned investing.

Your Investments Can Honor God

Robin’s hope for every reader of his new book, The Good Investor, is that they will walk away inspired, believing their investments can change the world and honor God in the process.

You can purchase The Good Investor wherever books are sold. And if you’re ready to explore how your wealth can serve the Lord and bless others, visit GoodInvestor.com to begin your journey.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

You’ve mentioned a specific company when talking about reverse mortgages on past shows. I recall you saying that it’s the one you usually recommend. Can you remind me of the name?
My wife and I are both chiropractors, but she’s feeling called to stay home with our kids. We’re still working through student loan debt and also hoping to buy a home here in Florida. I’m feeling torn about how to make the budget work.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Financial Ethics Series: Should Christians Play the Lottery? with Dr. David W. Jones

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 9 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“A faithful man will abound with blessings, but whoever hastens to be rich will not go unpunished.” - Proverbs 28:20

Powerball jackpots and scratch-off tickets might seem like a shortcut to financial freedom, but should Christians be buying in? Dr. David W. Jones returns to our financial ethics series today to help us think biblically about the lottery and whether it aligns with a life of faithful stewardship.

Quick Wealth vs. Steady Stewardship

Proverbs 13:11 warns, “Wealth gained hastily will dwindle, but whoever gathers little by little will increase it.” Hebrews 13:5 exhorts believers to “keep your life free from the love of money and be content with what you have.” These passages highlight the value of work, patience, and contentment—virtues that stand in direct contrast to the quick-fix allure of lottery winnings.

The lottery promises flourishing without labor, but God’s design in Genesis 1 calls us to be co-creators with Him—to work, to produce, and to flourish through effort. Skipping that process isn’t just unwise—it violates God’s design for human flourishing.

Is playing the lottery merely harmless entertainment? We should pay close attention to what our financial decisions reveal: Jesus taught, ‘Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also’ (Matt. 6:21). If someone regularly spends money on lottery tickets, it could point to deeper issues—discontentment, greed, or misplaced hope.

Scripture reminds us in Proverbs 23:7, “As a man thinks in his heart, so is he.” Our actions—including how we spend—are often the most honest indicators of our spiritual condition.

Entertainment or Exploitation?

While scratching a ticket at a birthday party may seem harmless, there’s a big difference between a one-time event and a habitual lifestyle of gambling. And even if the act is permissible, that doesn’t make it wise (1 Cor. 10:23).

We must also consider the industry behind the lottery. It preys upon the poor. Statistics show that the lowest-income Americans buy more than half of all lottery tickets, with some spending up to 6% of their income. In many ways, it functions like a regressive tax, taking from those who can least afford it.

Some believers wonder whether it's ethical to accept scholarships or grants funded by state lotteries. Of course, there’s room for Christian liberty here. Some will choose to opt-out due to conscience. Others will recognize we live in a fallen world and may receive such benefits without directly participating in the system. Either way, we should be aware of what we're engaging with and remain open before the Lord.

A Better Way to Flourish

If you're feeling convicted, confess it to the Lord. ‘If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us’ (1 John 1:9). And as with any area of struggle, don’t walk alone. Seek accountability and encouragement through your local church.

Ultimately, the Christian life invites us to a different kind of richness—one rooted not in luck or chance but in trust and obedience. As Ecclesiastes 3:13 says, “Everyone should eat and drink and take pleasure in all his toil—this is God's gift to man.”

For more biblical insight on wealth and stewardship, pick up Dr. David W. Jones’s book Every Good Thing: An Introduction to the Material World and the Common Good for Christians, available wherever books are sold.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Around this time last year, I had several credit cards with balances ranging from $5,000 to $6,000 each. I stopped paying on the top three and am still making payments on one. I’m not sure what steps to take next.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Preparing for Life’s Transitions with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 8 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

In C.S. Lewis’s The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe, Aslan tells Lucy, “Things never happen the same way twice.”

It’s a good reminder that life brings changes. They’re unavoidable, but how we choose to meet them is up to us. Sharon Epps joins us today with sage advice about preparing for life’s transitions.

Lessons from Narnia

C.S. Lewis’s Chronicles of Narnia holds a surprising amount of wisdom for real life. In one poignant scene, Aslan comforts Lucy Pevensie about the changes she and her siblings are facing. “Things never happen the same way twice,” Aslan tells her. Change is constant, and each new season requires fresh wisdom. Even when we’re no longer in school, the rhythms of August to May still shape our lives and planning.

When Life Goes Into Transition, Money Goes Into Motion

Financial author Mitch Anthony says it best: “Money goes into motion when life goes into transition.” Whether you’re sending a child off to college, caring for aging parents, or planning a move, each change brings financial decisions with it. Here are five strategies to help us steward these moments well:

1. Pray for Wisdom

Every new season needs fresh wisdom. You can learn the hard way through pain or the better way through prayer. Proverbs 3:6 reminds us: “In all your ways acknowledge Him, and He will make your paths straight.”

2. Seek Godly Counsel

Learn from those who’ve been there. If you’re sending your first child to college, ask parents of graduates what they’d do differently. Their experience can save you time, money, and stress.

3. Plan the Financial Details of the Transition

With college, for example, have you clarified who will cover living expenses? Will your child work part-time? Will you offer a monthly stipend? Define expectations now to avoid confusion later.

4. Prepare for the Unexpected

Things rarely go according to plan. What if your child runs out of money mid-semester? Do you have an emergency fund? Thinking through these “what ifs” now builds resilience.

5. Communicate Ahead of Time

Good communication brings clarity and accountability. Whether you’re dealing with a child, a spouse, or a realtor, the earlier you clarify financial expectations, the smoother the transition will be.

These five practices are simple but powerful. They’ll help you stay grounded through every kind of life change. And remember, God doesn’t just care about what we go through—He cares about how we go through it. Let’s walk into our next season with prayerful wisdom, godly counsel, and faithful stewardship.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m new to investing and want to understand the basics of the stock market, as well as how to avoid scams.
I’m considering buying precious metals to pass on to my children and grandchildren. What’s the best way for them to sell or redeem them in the future?
If I give to animal charities, does that count as tithing? Or is tithing meant specifically to support ministries focused on people?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Green Temperament with Kathleen Edelman and Rachel Petty

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 7 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The wisdom of the prudent is to give thought to their ways, but the folly of fools is deception.” — Proverbs 14:8

Today, we’re continuing our series on temperaments—how our God-given wiring shapes the way we communicate, relate to others, and make financial decisions. Kathleen Edelman is back with us, joined by Rachel Petty, as we take a closer look at the Green temperament and how it influences our approach to money.

Rachel Petty is a valued member of Kathleen Edelman’s team and is our Green Temperament representative for this episode.

What Are the Four Temperaments?

The concept of temperaments dates back to Hippocrates, whom Galen followed in naming the four temperaments. Each temperament is a wiring we’re born with—more like eye color than personality—and it shapes how we communicate, relate, and even handle money. The four types are:

Yellow (Sanguine): Extrovert, people-oriented; speaks the language of people and fun.
Red (Choleric): Extrovert, task-oriented; speaks the language of power and control.
Blue (Melancholic): Introvert, task-oriented; speaks the language of perfection and order.
Green (Phlegmatic): Introvert, people-oriented; speaks the language of calm and harmony.

Temperament is your innate wiring. Personality develops through life experiences, but temperament remains relatively consistent.

Meet the Green: Introverted and People-Oriented

Greens are known as “relationship glue”—calm in chaos, steady in presence, and always people-conscious. They’re inward processors, but also deeply relational.

They are drawn to budgeting with others and long-term planning. They don’t like flashy risks or micromanaging. They prefer round numbers and fewer check-ins.

Because Greens crave harmony, they might avoid financial conflict or decisions altogether. But with gentle encouragement and time, they become wise and thoughtful stewards.

Strategies That Help

Rachel offers practical tools for those who fall under the Green category or know somebody who does:

Stay involved. Greens can sometimes disengage easily. It’s a discipline to speak up.
Name what matters. Clarifying what’s most important—whether for a trip or a purchase—helps prioritize.
Set deadlines. It gives them the gentle nudge that action is needed.

Greens thrive when respected and heard. Their insights are valuable—they just need time and space to process them fully.

However, don’t pressure a Green. Invite them in gently and clearly. They want to contribute—they just need the right environment.

The Innate Needs of a Green

According to Kathleen, Greens have four core needs:

Harmony – a peaceful environment.
Lack of Stress – minimal conflict.
Feeling of Worth – appreciation for who they are.
Respect – being asked for their input.

When these needs are met, Greens are kind, steady, and confident. When ignored, they may retreat or procrastinate.

For those in the Green category, take the time to understand what matters to you and lean into your steady nature. And for those in a relationship with a Green—give them time, space, and encouragement. There’s more going on than you might see.

And remember this: if you are a Green, your calm is a gift. Advocate for yourself—peace sometimes requires courage. Your voice matters.

Want More?

If you've found this information valuable, make sure you don’t miss Kathleen’s latest article on temperaments, featured in the newest issue of Faithful Steward magazine. This quarterly publication is a special resource we send to our FaithFi partners—those who support the ministry at a monthly rate of $35 (or more) or an annual rate of at least $400.

To become a partner and receive your copy, along with other exclusive benefits, just visit FaithFi.com/Give.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are both in our second marriage, and we have a blended family. His children are grown and financially independent, while mine are still in college. We have different perspectives on how to manage the assets we each brought into the marriage, and we’re unsure how to align our financial approach moving forward. What would you suggest?
Is it true that any interest earned from a high-yield savings account must be reported to the federal government for tax purposes?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Power of Financial Commitment: Trusting God with Every Dollar

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 4 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Getting fit takes willpower. Earning a degree takes determination. Reaching your career goals takes hard work. In short, success takes commitment.

And the same is true when it comes to your finances. Today, we’ll explore what changes when you commit to managing money God’s way.

You’ve heard the saying, “Things worth doing are worth doing well.” And when it comes to your finances, there are certainly some things worth doing—like saving for the future, creating a spending plan, paying down debt, giving generously, and living with honesty and integrity.

If you want to see real results in any area of life, it’s going to take effort—sometimes a lot of it. And that’s true for your financial life, too. Following biblical financial principles takes determination, planning, patience, and even sacrifice. So, why is it worth the effort?

Because while commitment requires something of us, it also gives something to us. When we live with faith and integrity in our finances, we experience peace, contentment, and even joy. It’s not just about doing the right thing—it’s about being transformed more and more into who God wants us to be.

Joining God in His Work

When you honor Him with your finances, you join in His work, bringing mercy and blessing to others. And as you experience His provision personally, your faith deepens, and your story becomes a testimony to encourage others.

The Bible is filled with examples of faithful commitment. Hebrews chapter 11 is sometimes called the “Hall of Faith” because it highlights men and women who trusted God, even when they couldn’t see the outcome. Abraham, Moses, Rahab—they placed their hope in God’s promises before Christ ever came.

But the ultimate example of commitment is Jesus Himself. Hebrews 12:2 says:

“For the joy set before him, he endured the cross, scorning its shame, and sat down at the right hand of the throne of God.”

A Savior who gave everything to redeem us is more than worthy of our full devotion in return.

Faith lies at the heart of such a commitment, especially when it comes to finances. Hebrews 11:1 defines faith as:

“Confidence in what we hope for and assurance about what we do not see.”

That means trusting God’s promises, even when circumstances feel uncertain.

Who’s Really in Charge?

So, committing to manage money God’s way starts with faith, but it also requires surrender. That means asking: who’s really in charge—me, or the Lord?

In Matthew 6:24, Jesus says:

“No one can serve two masters. Either you will hate the one and love the other, or you will be devoted to the one and despise the other. You cannot serve both God and money.”

That’s a heavy reminder for all of us. We can’t be fully committed to both God and money. One will always take priority, and when it’s not the Lord, we will feel that tension.

Here are a few honest questions to consider:

Do financial worries consume your thoughts?
Do you find yourself chasing more and more money, more stuff, more status?
Is your sense of security tied to your job or investments?

If you answered yes to any of those, you’re not alone. Many of us wrestle with divided hearts. It’s easy to lean on what we can see, especially when life feels uncertain. But money, career, or comfort can never offer the lasting peace only God provides.

Choosing to follow God’s financial principles takes daily trust and perseverance. Galatians 6:9 offers this encouragement:

“Let us not grow weary of doing good, for in due season we will reap, if we do not give up.”

Another gift of commitment is the encouragement we receive from God’s people. You weren’t meant to follow Jesus—or manage your finances—on your own.

Colossians 3:12–15 paints a powerful picture of Christian community:

“As God’s chosen people, holy and dearly loved, clothe yourselves with compassion, kindness, humility, gentleness and patience… Let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts, since as members of one body you were called to peace.”

If you’ve ever felt like giving up on your budget or putting off your giving goals, you’re not alone—we all face struggles. But if everything were easy, we’d never grow stronger.

Walking With You

That’s why we’re here at FaithFi—to walk alongside you. Whether you’re just starting out or have walked this path for a long time, we want to offer help rooted in grace, wisdom, and truth.

Most of all, we want you to experience the joy of following Jesus with every part of your life, including your finances. Because true freedom doesn’t come from having more—it comes from trusting the One who gave everything for you.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I turned 65 in March and am now eligible for Medicare; however, I remain employed and have employer-sponsored health insurance that includes an HSA, which I continue to contribute to. I’ve received conflicting information—can I delay Medicare enrollment and still have both my employer and I contribute to my HSA?
I’m a 73-year-old widow and have been retired since 2017. When I retired, I rolled my 401(k) into an IRA, and that money is currently sitting in a Fidelity money market account. I also have an emergency fund with about $50,000. Given my situation, what would you recommend I do?
I’m a recent immigrant to the U.S. and travel frequently to visit family abroad, which has led to long employment gaps. Even though I have an excellent credit score, I’m having trouble getting approved for housing because landlords and lenders want to see consistent income. Is there a way to circumvent this challenge?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Being Rooted in Christ, Not Riches

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 3 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“He who has ears, let him hear.” – Matthew 13:9

Those were Jesus’ closing words after telling the Parable of the Sower—a story that invites us to listen carefully, not just with our ears, but with our hearts. Today, we’ll look at this story and what it reveals about the heart behind our finances, especially the warning about “the deceitfulness of riches”.

The Parable of the Sower and the State of Our Hearts

The Parable of the Sower appears in Matthew 13, Mark 4, and Luke 8. It begins with a farmer scattering seed, which falls on four types of soil. Jesus later explains that the seed is the Word of God, and the soils represent different heart conditions. Some hearts are hard, others shallow. Some are fertile and ready. But one soil in particular draws our attention today: the seed that fell among thorns.

In Matthew 13:22, Jesus says,

“As for what was sown among thorns, this is the one who hears the word, but the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word, and it proves unfruitful.”

Understanding the Thorns: Worry and Wealth

Let’s break that down.

First, Jesus points to "the cares of the world"—the daily anxieties and distractions that can crowd out our trust in God. Then, He adds “the deceitfulness of riches.” It’s not wealth itself that’s the issue. It’s the lie wealth tells: that more money will bring more peace, that possessions equal security, and that success means significance.

The Bible consistently warns us about that lie:

Proverbs 11:28 — “Whoever trusts in his riches will fall, but the righteous will flourish like a green leaf.”
1 Timothy 6:17 — “Command those who are rich in this present world not to be arrogant nor to put their hope in wealth, which is so uncertain, but to put their hope in God.”

Wealth deceives us by offering the illusion of control and independence. It tempts us to believe we’re self-sufficient. And when we buy that lie, we slowly stop depending on God. Like thorns in a garden, worldly cares and the lure of wealth take root in our hearts, slowly crowding out our affection for God. The space once reserved for trust and obedience becomes overrun with distraction and self-reliance.

As C.S. Lewis put it:

“Prosperity knits a man to the world. He feels that he is 'finding his place in it,' while really it is finding its place in him.”

Time for a Heart Check

You might be saving diligently, investing wisely, and even giving regularly. But if you’re trusting in your portfolio more than God’s promises—or if your finances have become a source of anxiety—then it may be time to do a heart check. What kind of soil are you cultivating?

When unexpected expenses hit, what comes first—prayer or panic? When you think about the future, is your hope grounded in your retirement account or in the One who holds all things together?

Jesus said the seed among thorns becomes “unfruitful.” The Word doesn’t lose its power, but when wealth and worry take over our hearts, we stop responding to it. Outwardly, we may look faithful, but inwardly, our love for Him is being choked out.

So, how do we respond?

Jesus points to the solution just a few verses later. In Matthew 13:23, He says:

“The good soil is the one who hears the word and understands it; he indeed bears fruit and yields.”

Receiving God’s Word deeply isn’t a one-time event—it’s a lifelong process of cultivating the soil of our hearts. It means creating space where God’s truth can take root, thrive, and grow, without being overtaken by competing desires.

Three Practices to Cultivate “Good Soil”

Prioritize Your Giving—Start with generosity, not as an afterthought, but as an act of worship. Giving reminds us that money is not our master and that we trust God to provide for us.
Check Your Emotional Temperature—If your peace rises and falls with your financial circumstances, that’s a signal to lean into God’s Word more than your wallet.
Rethink Your Financial Goals—Ask Yourself: What Am I Building? And why? Is your financial plan aligned with Kingdom purposes, or is it just chasing comfort or status?

As Dallas Willard said, “The main thing God gets out of your life is the person you become.”

That includes how you handle money. Generosity, peace, and contentment are fruits of a life rooted in Christ, not one choked out by wealth.

What Are You Trusting In?

Remember that the condition of your heart matters more than the condition of your accounts. If you want to be fruitful in your finances and faithful in your walk with God, start by asking: What am I trusting in?

Let the answer lead you back to Christ, because only in Him will your life bear lasting fruit.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I own a two-flat apartment building valued at around $650,000. We’ve received an offer and are considering buying another building listed at $640,000 in a different area. Since I’ve never sold a property before, I’d like to understand the full costs involved in selling my current one and purchasing a new one.
I recently learned that one of the index funds I invest in holds companies involved in things I don’t ethically support. As someone trying to invest according to my values, is it wrong to stay in that fund?
I have an IRA that’s set up as an annuity, but I’m not sure what the advantages are. Is there a real benefit to holding an annuity within an IRA, or would I be better off moving it into a different type of investment?
I’ve had a sealed monster box of Silver Eagle coins for a while now. Should I hold onto it, or would it be smarter to sell them and reinvest the money elsewhere?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Financial Ethics Series: Should I Give Money to Homeless People? with Dr. David W. Jones

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 2 Jul 2025 11:25:00 +0000

“Whoever is generous to the poor lends to the Lord, and he will repay him for his deed.” - Proverbs 19:17

As Christians, we’re called to be generous, but what does that look like when someone asks for money on the street? Should we give? Is there a better way to help? Today, Dr. David W. Jones joins us to explore the ethics of giving to homeless people and how to show compassion without causing harm.

A Biblical Call to Care for the Poor

Scripture is clear about God’s concern for the poor and His expectation that we share that concern. Jesus said, “Give to the one who begs from you, and do not refuse the one who would borrow from you” (Matthew 5:42). The apostle John echoed this, writing, “If anyone has the world’s goods and sees his brother in need, yet closes his heart against him, how does God’s love abide in him?” (1 John 3:17).

We should want to help those in need. The real question isn’t whether we help, but how.

Before we give, we should examine our hearts, because our initial reaction may often be judgmental, as we may assume that the person is lazy or addicted. But Dr. Jones calls this being “middle class in spirit”. Christ doesn’t call us to be “middle class in spirit”—He calls us to be “poor in spirit” (Matthew 5:3).

This shift in mindset is essential. Even if someone is unworthy of help, that’s the very reason we should want to help them. What if God waited until we deserved His grace?

Is It Wrong to Give Cash?

That leads to the practical question: Should we give cash to someone on the street? While the act of providing cash isn't inherently wrong, it could enable harmful behavior.

Instead, it may be more beneficial to prepare in advance by carrying granola bars or other non-perishable food items. Offer something that meets a need without enabling sin. If you have the time, offer to buy them a meal instead.

This kind of planned generosity helps believers act as good stewards, offering love without ignoring potential consequences.

But what if the person uses the money responsibly? Should we just leave that up to God?

There’s a balance because we can’t know everything about someone’s situation in a brief moment, but we are still called to be wise and loving. That means doing what we can with what we know, and entrusting the rest to the Lord.

When a Handout Becomes a Relationship

Sometimes, opportunities arise to do more than just meet an immediate need. Perhaps that involves building long-term relationships with individuals experiencing poverty or homelessness. These acts of sustained compassion often lead to deep transformation when we take the time to build a relationship with those who are struggling.

This is an example of a development-based model of helping the poor, which contrasts with an aid-based model (like giving money or food on the spot). If a natural disaster causes poverty, aid is appropriate. However, if it’s due to systemic injustice or poor choices, long-term involvement—such as discipleship, mentoring, and support—may be necessary.

Overwhelmed by Need? Start With What’s Near

A common question is: Where do I even begin? The need is everywhere.

The law of moral proximity encourages that we are most responsible for those closest to us. You may not be able to fix world hunger, but you can help someone in your neighborhood, church, or community.

Big problems require big solutions, but God calls us to care for what’s in front of us first.

Our goal isn’t just charity—it’s Christlike love, expressed with wisdom. When we begin by checking our hearts, planning for wise giving, and staying open to deeper relationships, we reflect God’s grace in practical ways.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I was affected by the Windfall Elimination Provision, but recently received a lump sum check related to that. They also increased my monthly benefit by $700, though taxes are being withheld. What should I know about how the lump sum will be treated?
I’m 47 and just starting my career after being a stay-at-home mom. My new job offers a 403(b) and will match up to 3%, but only after I’ve been there a year. Should I start contributing now, or wait until the matching begins?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Building a Family Legacy That Lasts with Jan Thompson

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 1 Jul 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What does it mean to design a family legacy with intention? And how do you make sure that legacy is rooted in faith?

Today, we’re talking about the legacy you’ll leave behind—and how to shape it while you still can. Jan Thompson joins us to share how you and your family can ensure your faith is reflected in what you leave behind.

Jan Thompson is a Certified Financial Planner (CFP®), a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®), and the co-founder of One Degree Advisors with over 30 years of experience in financial planning, where she specializes in purposeful financial planning, investment management, and multi-generational legacy coaching.

Legacy Is More Than Money

When people hear the word “legacy,” most think of money or assets passed down after death. But that’s only one part. Here are five interconnected aspects of legacy:

Financial Legacy – Assets and resources passed on to the next generation.
Personal Legacy – Your character, life choices, and how you’ll be remembered.
Family Legacy – The stories, traditions, and values shared through generations.
Business or Ministry Legacy – The mission, culture, and influence of your work.
Kingdom Legacy – The eternal impact of your life through faith, generosity, and gospel-centered living.

When families neglect the non-financial elements, their wealth is often left without context, and that’s when legacies tend to fail. The legacy failure rate is alarmingly high when these pieces are missing.

Wisdom Before Wealth

The largest wealth transfer in history is currently underway, but statistics indicate that wealth rarely lasts beyond three generations. Why? Here are three reasons:

Lack of trust and communication.
Unprepared heirs.
Absence of shared values or a clear family vision.

Wealth is a valuable tool, but without wisdom and unity, it often leads to division. Psalm 78:5–7 provides a beautiful framework for legacy planning across generations:

“He established a testimony in Jacob… that they should teach them to their children, that the next generation might know them… so that they should set their hope in God…”

These verses highlight three keys to a lasting legacy: remember God’s works, share your stories, and live in obedience. Whether through blessings or mistakes, we encourage families to reflect on the ways God has been present in their journey and to discuss it openly.

Practical Tools and Resources

To help families start this process, you can join a weekly email list at SomewhereOnPurpose.com that will provide you with simple actions to take toward building a meaningful legacy.

Remember, legacy doesn’t build itself—intentional steps must be taken. And while many families delay because they don’t know where to start or feel too busy, procrastination is the “silent killer” of strong legacies.

Start today. Expose your family to serving others. Take a mission trip. Engage in a local service project. Let them see the joy of generosity firsthand.

Become a FaithFi Partner

Right now, more people than ever are looking for biblical wisdom to navigate their finances. When you become a FaithFi Partner, you help equip believers to trust God and steward His resources for Kingdom purposes.

As a Partner, you'll receive:

Early access to new resources
A print subscription to our Faithful Steward magazine
The Pro version of the FaithFi app

Join with your gift of $35/month or $400/year at FaithFi.com/Partner.

Together, we can help more families leave a legacy that reflects their faith, not just their finances.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My aunt was a generous giver throughout her life, but she now has dementia and is in full-time care, which is becoming increasingly expensive. As her guardian, what’s the responsible way to honor her lifelong heart for generosity while also making sure her care needs are fully met?
A good Christian friend of mine is buried in debt. I’ve tried to encourage him to experience the freedom of living debt-free, but I’m running out of ways to motivate him. Any advice?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Red Temperament with Kathleen Edelman and Traci Shepherd

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 30 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The purposes of a person’s heart are deep waters, but one who has insight draws them out.” - Proverbs 20:5

Today, we’re kicking off a new series on temperaments, how our God-given wiring shapes the way we communicate, relate to others, and make financial decisions. Kathleen Edelman and Traci Shepherd join us to explore the Red temperament and how it influences our financial decisions.

What Are the Four Temperaments?

For those who are new to the concept of the four temperaments, here is a helpful summary:

Yellow (Sanguine): Speaks the language of people and fun – an extroverted, people-oriented personality.
Red (Choleric): Speaks the language of power and control – an extroverted, task-oriented personality.
Blue (Melancholic): Speaks the language of perfection and order – an introverted, task-oriented personality.
Green (Phlegmatic): Speaks the language of calm and harmony – an introverted, people-oriented personality.

Each temperament influences how we speak, listen, behave, and manage our finances.

The Red Temperament: Driven and Decisive

Reds are typically goal-oriented, confident, and solution-focused. They don’t just talk about getting things done; they make it happen. In relationships, this drive often leads them to step in and take over when others hesitate. But that same strength can become a weakness if it turns into controlling behavior rather than collaborative leadership.

The Red temperament often feels the need to fix things. This framework helps them see the strength behind that impulse and offers tools to balance their drive with empathy.

Red Temperament and Money: It's All About the Plan

Reds tend to view money as a means to accomplish their goals. They prefer clarity, efficiency, and structure. But they may clash with other temperaments—for instance, a Yellow, who values fun, spontaneity, and experiences.

Rather than labeling other spending styles as wrong, having this awareness can enable more honest conversations, especially in relational tensions within areas like finances.

Strength with Compassion: Communication Tips for Reds

Reds bring immense value to financial decision-making. Their clarity of vision and drive for results help families and teams move forward. Reds are bullet-point, bottom-line thinkers, but that doesn’t mean they’ve ignored the details. They’re often 10 steps ahead.

To foster healthier communication, Kathleen encourages Reds to:

Pause before responding
Ask questions with curiosity (“What do you think?” or “How do you feel about this?”)
Listen to understand, not just to reply

These simple shifts can transform conflict into connection.

The Emotional Needs of a Red

Reds have core emotional needs that must be honored, especially in financial conversations:

Loyalty—Knowing others have their back.
Sense of Control—Either having control or trusting someone else is in control.
Appreciation—Being valued for their strengths.
Credit for Work—Recognition for their contributions.

When these needs go unmet, Reds can respond with frustration or harshness. However, when those needs are met, they become dynamic and inspiring leaders.

What to Remember if You or Someone You Love is a Red

Remember that your wiring is a gift. But don’t rush ahead. Bring others with you. It’s not about controlling; it’s about being prepared and feeling safe.

And for those in a relationship with a Red? Remember, they’re not trying to be harsh. They just want to know the plan.

Want More?

Reds are uniquely wired to be visionaries. When they lead with both confidence and compassion, transformation happens in conversations, relationships, and financial decisions.

As we continue this series on temperaments and money, we’ll explore how each personality type contributes to God-honoring stewardship. When every voice is heard, and every strength is valued, we grow not just in wisdom but in unity.

Read Kathleen’s full article on how the four temperaments shape our financial decisions in the latest edition of Faithful Steward. Receive your copy each quarter by becoming a monthly partner at $35 a month or $400 a year at FaithFi.com/give.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I sold our primary home last year and are now looking to invest in multifamily real estate. I also run my business out of another property we own, which still has a $180,000 mortgage with a 3.75% interest rate. We're considering doubling our monthly payments to pay it off early. Would that be a wise financial move?
My 68-year-old friend has a whole life insurance policy with a cash surrender value of $36,000. How can that money be accessed, and what happens to the policy if it’s surrendered or discontinued?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Cycle of Grateful Living with John Cortines

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 27 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Everyone also to whom God has given wealth and possessions and the power to enjoy them, and to accept his lot and rejoice in his toil—this is the gift of God.” - Ecclesiastes 5:19

What if true joy doesn’t come from gaining more, but from gratefully receiving what God has already provided? Today, John Cortines joins us to explore what he calls the Cycle of Grateful Living—and how it transforms our approach to money and contentment.

The Heart of Ecclesiastes: Joy as a Gift

Ecclesiastes 5:18–20 forms the foundation of our new Wisdom Over Wealth study:

“It is good and fitting to eat and drink and find enjoyment in all the toil... this is God’s gift to man... God keeps him occupied with joy in his heart.” - Ecclesiastes 5:18–20

These verses, nestled within the longest section on money in the book, offer a radical invitation: rather than striving for more, we’re called to enjoy what we’ve already received. Even the ability to enjoy life’s blessings is a divine gift.

Introducing the Cycle of Grateful Living: E.A.T.

To help us live out this vision, here’s a simple acronym from Ecclesiastes 5:19: E.A.T.—Enjoy, Accept, Toil.

Enjoy God’s Provision

Everything we have—our wealth, relationships, health, and even the capacity to enjoy them—is a gift from God. Acknowledging this turns entitlement into gratitude and replaces striving with trust.
Accept Life’s Brevity

Ecclesiastes frequently reflects on death, not to breed fear, but to awaken us to the preciousness of life. Acceptance of our limits and mortality grants deeper purpose and contentment in the present moment.
Toil with Joy

Work is not something to escape from. Ecclesiastes calls us to rejoice in our toil. True fulfillment isn’t found in early retirement or unending leisure, but in the meaningful work God places before us.

What Gets in the Way?

Gratitude can often feel elusive in the routines of everyday life. Often, we slip into discontent when we:

Take God’s provision for granted
Ignore life’s brevity and live mindlessly
Complain about work instead of finding purpose in it

The world’s promises—especially those of financial independence or early retirement (FIRE)—can become mirages. We’ve probably all been there, dreaming that if we work hard and save enough, we will someday be free. But that vision of life can be so hollow because the human condition is to be oriented to purpose, to work. Even if you're retired, it's not so you can sit on a beach for 20 years.

We were made to participate in God’s creative, redemptive work. That’s why embracing our toil with joy brings far more satisfaction than escaping it.

Wealth Without Joy: A Modern Paradox

While many of us live more comfortably than royalty of past centuries—with cars, clean water, air conditioning, and vacations—anxiety and discontent remain widespread.

Billionaires are often no happier than the rest of us. Without a grateful heart, even abundance can feel empty.

The Cycle of Grateful Living isn’t just about how much we have—it’s about how we relate to what we have. It teaches us to stop chasing wealth and start engaging with it through the lens of joy, acceptance, and purpose.

From Ecclesiastes to Jesus: A Unified Message

Jesus echoes the wisdom of Ecclesiastes in Luke 12. He reminds us of the birds and flowers—simple creatures that don’t worry, yet are lovingly provided for by God.

“Consider the lilies, how they grow... If God so clothes the grass... how much more will he clothe you, O you of little faith!” - Luke 12:27–28

James 1:10–11 also makes a similar connection where riches are likened to wildflowers—beautiful for a moment, but quickly fading. The message is clear: our time is brief, but God is faithful.

So, how should we respond? By living present to God’s provision, content in our limitations, and faithful in our work.

Ecclesiastes 5:20 offers a powerful conclusion:

“He will not much remember the days of his life, because God keeps him occupied with joy in his heart.”

What does this look like practically? It’s about presence. A life that’s not dominated by worry or comparison, but one that’s centered on Jesus. It’s a heart too full of gratitude to be caught up in regret.

Invite Jesus Christ into this moment. Ask for help to enjoy what He’s provided, to accept this season, and to do today’s work with joy.

Every generation has had its turn. Ours is now. The call of Ecclesiastes is to live wisely in the present, not with frantic striving, but with deep joy, humble acceptance, and faithful effort.

We’re like the birds and flowers. Here for a precious moment, sustained by the generous hand of God. Let’s embrace the Cycle of Grateful Living.

Want to Go Deeper?

If you’re ready to experience joy in the everyday and live a grateful life rooted in God’s wisdom, check out Wisdom Over Wealth, written by John Cortines.

This month, when you give a gift of $35 or more, we’ll send you a copy as our way of saying thank you for supporting this ministry. Visit FaithFi.com/wisdom to learn more.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m retired and own my home, but I’m facing some financial trouble. A lien was just placed on my house, and I’m worried I might lose it. I also have more than $3,000 in credit card debt, and I’m unsure of the following steps to take.
I was recently at the bank and they offered me a HELOC, even though I don’t really need one. They ran a hard credit check, and I noticed the credit score they showed was over 20 points lower than what I had seen on my own report. Why is there such a big difference?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Making an Intentional Impact with God's Money with Afton Phillips

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 26 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“If then you have not been faithful in the unrighteous wealth, who will entrust to you the true riches?” - Luke 16:11

What if managing money is about more than just numbers and budgets—what if it’s a window into something eternal? Afton Phillips joins us today as we explore the mission behind the message you hear every day on this program, and how you can be a part of it.

Afton Phillips is the Head of Content at FaithFi: Faith & Finance.

The Heart Behind the Mission

So why focus so much on finances?

Because how we handle money reveals what we treasure most. At FaithFi, we want to help people experience freedom, peace, and generosity—not just from better budgeting, but from surrendering their hearts to God.

It’s a message that resonates with people in all seasons of life. Whether you feel boxed in by a budget or anxious about a financial decision, each of those moments is an invitation to reflect on your heart and trust in Christ. We are already living in abundance with the love of Christ.

The Common Struggles We All Face

Here are the three biggest challenges that Christians often face when it comes to faithful money management:

Trust vs. Security–It's easy to place our hope in financial stability rather than in God.
Comfort vs. Generosity–Culture tells us to accumulate, but God calls us to live open-handedly.
Identity vs. Worth–We’re constantly tempted to measure our value by our bank accounts rather than who we are in Christ.

That’s why the resources we offer—from our studies to our podcast—aren’t just about financial literacy. They’re about spiritual formation. The concepts we talk about are an intentional reset. They help us move away from the emptiness of accumulation and toward peace that’s rooted in Christ.

Why Ecclesiastes Still Speaks Today

FaithFi’s newest Bible study, Wisdom Over Wealth, takes readers through the book of Ecclesiastes. This book speaks directly to our modern struggles with meaning, anxiety, and financial pressure.

There may not be another book in the Bible that talks about death more, so it really forces you to ask: What really matters? When you realize how short life is, you start to live more intentionally, and that includes how you manage your finances.

Rather than treating money as ultimate, Ecclesiastes helps us see it as a gift. Something to be enjoyed, yes—but also stewarded wisely under God’s authority.

FaithFi’s Tools for the Journey

If you’re new to FaithFi, here’s a quick look at the resources we offer to help believers apply biblical wisdom to their financial lives every day:

Radio + Podcast: Our daily conversations bring timeless biblical wisdom into your financial life.
FaithFi App: A free, easy-to-use budgeting tool that helps you align your spending with eternal values—and includes a community of other believers on the same journey.
High-Quality Articles and Content: Each week, we share insightful content from leading voices in Christian finance, designed to help you connect your faith with everyday financial decisions.
Bible Studies + Devotionals: Deep dives into Scripture that explore God’s heart for money and stewardship.
Faithful Steward Magazine: A beautifully designed quarterly publication filled with quick reads, practical tips, and theological insights.

How You Can Support the Mission

As we approach the end of our fiscal year (June 30), FaithFi is inviting listeners to join our mission by becoming a FaithFi Partner.

Here’s what your partnership makes possible:

Continued production of biblical, practical resources like this radio program.
Expansion of studies and devotionals that transform lives.
Investment in tools like the FaithFi app that meet people where they are.

A monthly gift of $35 or an annual gift of $400 qualifies you for our FaithFi Partner Program. That means you'll receive:

Two studies or devotionals each year
The Faithful Steward magazine, each quarter
Pro access to the FaithFi app
Ministry updates and a sense of shared purpose in Kingdom work

We know this message has the power to change lives because we’ve seen it. When Christians align their hearts with God’s design for money, they can have a global impact.

We’re incredibly grateful for those who make this ministry possible. If you’d like to become one of the 50 new partners we’re praying for this month, visit FaithFi.com/give today. Let’s help more people see God as their ultimate treasure.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Besides the annual percentage rate, what other factors should I compare when shopping for a mortgage? Additionally, is there a typical range for origination fees and closing costs?
My husband and I are struggling to tithe because we disagree with how our church is spending the money. We feel like we're the only ones concerned, and it’s hard to give when we believe the funds could be used more wisely. Are we in the wrong for feeling this way? Should we continue tithing anyway?
I contributed to a traditional IRA, thinking it was a wise move, but now that I’m retired, I’m in a higher tax bracket than when I earned the income. Are there any strategies to reduce the tax burden in this situation?
I want to help my child purchase their first home. Would it be more cost-effective to cosign on their mortgage, or take out a home equity loan myself and pay off the mortgage directly while they repay me? I’m trying to minimize closing costs and fees.
I’ve been hearing more about deed fraud lately. What steps can homeowners take to protect their property from being targeted?
Someone told me I might be eligible to collect Social Security based on my husband’s record. Is that true, and how does it work?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Wisdom Over Wealth: Idolizing Status

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 25 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Then I saw that all toil and all skill in work come from a man’s envy of his neighbor. This also is vanity and a striving after wind.” — Ecclesiastes 4:4

Ecclesiastes shows us how even good work can go wrong when driven by envy. What starts as diligence can quickly become a pursuit of status. Today, we’ll look at how chasing approval leaves us empty—and how God invites us into something much greater.

The Idol of Status

The Bible Project says Ecclesiastes “targets all the ways we try to build meaning and purpose in life apart from God.” It gives voice to the Preacher, who carefully exposes the emptiness of paths like pleasure, wealth, and status. In recent weeks, we’ve looked at the idols of pleasure and accumulation. Today, we turn to the idol of status.

This one can be harder to spot. The line between excellence and envy is thin. Ecclesiastes 4:4 says, “Then I saw that all toil and all skill in work come from a man’s envy of his neighbor.” That’s a striking thought. Our motivation may not be love of the work or calling—it’s often the quiet urge to compete. To keep up. To be seen.

That’s what status does. It whispers, You’re not enough—unless others notice you. And without realizing it, our careers, spending, and even our generosity, can become ways of proving our worth.

“Keeping up with the Joneses” isn’t just a saying—it’s a way of life for many. We compare houses, vacations, schools, and the pressure to match others can lead to debt, burnout, and dissatisfaction with what God has already provided.

And in our digital age, the pressure’s amplified. Social media showcases only the highlight reel, not the debt, exhaustion, or stress that often accompany it. But we still scroll and wonder, “Why not me?”

A Better Way Forward

Ecclesiastes answers that longing with honesty. In verse 8, the Preacher describes someone who works tirelessly, builds wealth, but has no one to share it with: “There is no end to all his toil, and his eyes are never satisfied with riches…” It’s a picture of success without joy. Activity without peace. A full schedule, but an empty soul.

However, he then offers a better alternative. In verse 6, we read: “Better is a handful of quietness than two hands full of toil and a striving after wind.” In other words, it’s better to have less with peace than more with anxiety. That’s not laziness—it’s wisdom. A life lived with margin, grounded in God’s provision.

Work as Worship, Not Performance

This is the invitation Ecclesiastes extends: not to give up on excellence, but to anchor it in the right place. When our work flows from a love for God and a desire to serve others, it becomes a blessing, not a burden. It becomes worship.

We don’t need applause—we need peace. And in Christ, we already have it. His approval is not based on performance. It’s based on grace. That frees us from striving to be seen and lets us rest in being known.

Maybe that’s where you are—tired, overextended, wondering what you’re chasing. Ecclesiastes invites you to step off the treadmill of comparison. You don’t have to strive for identity. You already have it in Jesus.

We often see examples of this. A professional sacrifices evenings and weekends to climb the corporate ladder, only to feel lonely at the top. A family maxes out their budget to project an image, while tension quietly builds at home. These aren’t just stories—they’re warnings. And they echo Ecclesiastes’ caution about what we’re trading in our pursuit of more.

Sometimes this isn’t just about envy. It’s about fear—fear of being unseen, of being left behind. So we push harder, hoping success will quiet that fear. But only God can give the peace we’re looking for.

Redefining Success

Contentment doesn’t mean quitting. It means redefining success. It means anchoring your worth in something that lasts. When you stop striving in vain, your ambition gets reoriented. Your work becomes more joyful. Your giving becomes more meaningful.

So ask yourself today: Who am I trying to impress? What am I really chasing?

If your hands are full but your heart is empty, Ecclesiastes invites you to trade performance for peace. True success isn’t about being noticed or admired—it’s about being faithful with what God has given you. And your worth? It’s not something you have to earn or achieve. In Christ, you have nothing to prove because in Him, you are deeply loved, fully known, and eternally valued.

Want to Go Deeper?

If you want to dig deeper into these themes, we’ve created a new study just for you. It’s called Wisdom Over Wealth, and it explores what Scripture—especially the book of Ecclesiastes—has to say about money, work, and living for what really matters.

This month, when you give $35 or more to support the ministry, we’ll send it to you as our thanks. Just visit FaithFi.com/wisdom to request your copy.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

A few commercial solar companies have approached us about leasing part of our land for a solar farm. We’ve got around 40 acres of farmland. I’m trying to understand what pitfalls or risks we should be aware of before moving forward.
I recently left my job as a teacher because I felt the Lord calling me to go to seminary. I have about $35,000 in a retirement fund from my teaching years. Should I leave it where it is, or should I use it to pay off my car and some credit card debt?
I have a Medicaid-related question. A family member of mine has a terminal illness and needs more care than we can provide. She doesn’t have any assets, and we’re hoping to get her on Medicaid. If she’s approved, who would be responsible for the medical bills?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Are Bitcoin & Crypto Now Mainstream? with Mark Biller

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 24 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

A crypto enthusiast once wrote on Reddit, “Bitcoin is like winning the lottery in slow motion.”

That might be a stretch, but one thing’s clear: Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies aren’t going anywhere. Today, Mark Biller joins us to unpack how crypto is moving into the mainstream and what that means for investors trying to make wise decisions.

Mark Biller is Executive Editor and Senior Portfolio Manager at Sound Mind Investing, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

Two Big Takeaways for Crypto Investors

Here are two key insights to help investors make sense of today’s crypto market:

Bitcoin Stands Apart – It’s critical to understand that Bitcoin is not like the rest of the crypto world. It has emerged as a unique and dominant force, with widespread adoption, while other cryptocurrencies remain highly speculative.
Bitcoin Has Reached Critical Mass – Thanks to regulatory shifts and institutional adoption, Bitcoin seems to be here to stay. In just a few years, we've gone from government hostility toward crypto to SEC-approved Bitcoin ETFs and even a pro-crypto administration in the White House.

Bitcoin was the original cryptocurrency, launched in 2008, and today it represents about 60% of the entire crypto market. It’s gained institutional interest and widespread regulatory acceptance. By contrast, the remaining 40% of the crypto universe is fragmented, filled with thousands of projects, many of which will not survive.

Think of most other cryptos not as currencies but as startup tech ventures. That helps frame their high risk and their potential for failure. Bitcoin, meanwhile, has arrived. The rest? They’re still trying to prove themselves.

Bitcoin as an Investment: What’s Changed?

Many early Bitcoin advocates hoped it would serve as a usable currency outside of traditional financial systems. But that vision has mostly faded. Today, most investors treat Bitcoin like digital gold—a store of value designed to hedge against inflation and the devaluation of fiat currencies.

It’s volatile, yes. But its built-in scarcity (only 21 million bitcoins will ever exist) appeals to those who fear government overreach or reckless monetary policy. Bitcoin’s not just for tech enthusiasts anymore—it’s becoming a strategic asset for serious investors.

Generational preferences also shape Bitcoin’s rise. Younger investors, raised in a digital world of apps and virtual marketplaces, are far more comfortable with digital assets. What gold has long been to older generations, Bitcoin is becoming to younger ones: a hedge against inflation and a symbol of financial independence.

In fact, Bitcoin’s correlation with gold has grown significantly in recent years, signaling that institutions are viewing it in similar terms.

Institutions and Even Nations Are Paying Attention

It’s not just individuals diving into Bitcoin. Global events—especially the 2022 freezing of Russian reserve assets—have prompted many nations to reassess their reliance on U.S. Treasury bonds. The result? A surge in gold buying by central banks, and increasing openness to alternatives like Bitcoin among private investors.

While governments aren’t yet buying Bitcoin, there’s reasonable evidence to suggest that gold investors are starting to “skate to where the puck is going,” diversifying small portions of their portfolios into Bitcoin as a forward-looking strategy.

With that being said, should we be concerned about the global shift away from U.S. treasuries?

Not immediately. While a shift away from U.S. Treasuries could eventually raise interest rates and borrowing costs, the dollar still holds dominant status in global transactions. But it's a trend worth watching. It’s a slow-motion problem—more of a simmer than a flashpoint.

So…Should You Invest in Bitcoin?

It depends. Investors with a strong risk tolerance and a positive outlook on gold might allocate a small portion (less than 5%) of their portfolio to Bitcoin or Bitcoin ETF's. The key is position sizing—keeping it small due to Bitcoin’s extreme volatility.

However, we want to be crystal clear: this only applies to Bitcoin, not to the rest of the crypto space, which still carries a high risk of going to zero.

If you're curious to explore more, check out the full article, Bitcoin (& Crypto) Go Mainstream: What You Need To Know, at SoundMindInvesting.org. The SMI team also offers a Bitcoin-inclusive ETF for those looking to dip a toe into this asset class as part of a broader, biblically informed strategy.

At the end of the day, financial stewardship isn’t about chasing trends—it’s about making wise, measured decisions rooted in truth. And with the right knowledge, even complex topics like crypto can be approached with confidence.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I currently have about $1 million in an active 401(k) with a major financial institution. I’d like to transfer those existing funds to another custodian, where I can earn a guaranteed interest rate. However, I also want to continue contributing to my current 401(k) through my employer, taking on more investment risk with those new contributions. Is that possible?
My husband and I live with my father-in-law, and the house needs some repairs. He’s offered to loan us the money from his retirement account to cover the costs, but he’s asking us to help pay the taxes he would owe on the distribution. Is that a wise arrangement?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Should You Change Your Financial Finish Line? with Cody Hobelmann

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 23 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“For everything there is a season, and a time for every matter under heaven…” – Ecclesiastes 3:1

God has designed life to unfold in seasons, and with each one comes new challenges, opportunities, and sometimes, new finish lines. Today, Cody Hobelmann joins us to talk about why it’s not only okay to adjust your financial finish line—it’s often the wise and faithful thing to do.

Cody Hobelmann is a Certified Financial Professional (CFP®), a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®), and a Wealth Advisor at Wealth Squared. He and his brother, Kealan, founded the Finish Line Pledge and also co-host the Finish Line Podcast, where they discuss the intersection of faith, generosity, and personal finance.

What Is a Financial Finish Line?

A financial finish line is simply an answer to the question, How much is enough? It helps us define what we need for our lifestyle so that everything beyond that can be redirected toward building God’s Kingdom.

There are two kinds of finish lines:

Lifestyle (or Spending) Finish Line – The amount needed to fund your personal lifestyle.
Accumulation (or Net Worth) Finish Line – The total assets needed to sustain that lifestyle for the rest of your life.

These lines aren’t rigid—they’re tools to help us hold God’s money with open hands, growing in both contentment and generosity.

However, there’s often a lot of pressure to get it exactly right, but what matters more is having a starting point. You’ll grow and refine it as your life and faith journey progress.

We recommend revisiting your finish line at least annually—or sooner if significant life changes occur, such as a new dependent, a move to a more expensive area, or a shift in health.

The Four Buckets of Money

To help clients visualize their financial decisions, Cody teaches a simple framework that divides money into four “buckets”:

Personal Spending – Covering day-to-day lifestyle costs.
Future Planning – Savings and investments for future needs.
Taxes – Obligations to the government.
Kingdom Giving – Resources designated for generosity.

A lifestyle finish line determines what belongs in the first two buckets, freeing the rest for eternal purposes.

The Net Worth Finish Line: How Much Is Enough to Save?

A net worth finish line is the amount we believe is appropriate to accumulate over a lifetime. The parable deeply informs us of the rich fool in Luke 12—the man who tore down barns to build bigger ones but failed to consider the brevity of life and the weight of eternal priorities.

To set a net worth finish line, Cody walks clients through three core considerations:

Lifestyle Needs – How much do you need each year?
Wealth Transfer Goals – What will you leave to heirs or ministries?
Conservative Margin – A buffer for life’s unknowns—but not a replacement for trust in God.

What Happens When You Cross the Finish Line?

If you find yourself exceeding your finish line—accumulating more than necessary—we encourage asking yourself one essential question:

“Why am I holding on to these resources in the first place?”

God may have given you more not for personal security, but to fund the “good works He prepared in advance for you” (Ephesians 2:10). In that light, generosity becomes more than a response—it becomes a calling.

Rather than letting a higher income raise our standard of living, it becomes an opportunity to increase our standard of giving.

Not sure where to start? Try setting a finish line for 90 days. Just set a lifestyle finish line for three months and see what you learn.

That short-term experiment opens the door to deeper financial freedom, greater contentment, and a stronger sense of purpose.

A Finish Line That Leads to Worship

We also should remember that at the end of the day, it’s not just about money—it’s about worship. 2 Corinthians 9:8 reminds us:

“And God is able to bless you abundantly, so that in all things at all times, having all that you need, you will abound in every good work”

To set a financial finish line, we must first recognize that everything belongs to God. It’s not about figuring out how much of our money to give to Him—it’s about learning to steward His money faithfully.

Your finish line isn’t a limit—it’s an invitation to freedom, joy, and a deeper life of generosity.

Want to Learn More?

Ready to take the next step? Visit FinishLinePledge.com to access helpful tools, real-life stories, and free resources that will guide you in defining what “enough” looks like in your financial journey.

You can also read Cody’s full article, “A Spending Finish Line Is Just the Beginning,” in the latest issue of Faithful Steward magazine. To receive the magazine at your doorstep each quarter, become a FaithFi Partner with a monthly gift of $35 or an annual gift of $400. Learn more at FaithFi.com/Give.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My father-in-law passed away in March. Next week, we have an appointment with Social Security, and we want to ensure we come prepared, along with my mother-in-law, who will turn 65 next year. She wants to take over his Social Security.
I heard about a government program that allows you to consolidate your credit card debt and repay it with no interest, but I’m not sure how to access it. My debt is about $25,000.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

What If I Haven’t Filed Taxes in Years? with Kevin Cross

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 20 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Did you hear about the guy who tried to pay his taxes with a smile? Unfortunately for him, the IRS still prefers cash.

All jokes aside, failing to file your taxes for several years is no small matter—but it’s not the end of the road, either. Kevin Cross joins us today with practical steps to help you get back on track.

Kevin Cross is a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) who has headed CPA firms in Florida and now Georgia. He has studied the tax code extensively and specializes in representing taxpayers before the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).

Start With the Present, Not the Past

The further you fall behind, the more difficult it is to catch up. But rather than beginning with the year you first missed, he recommends filing your most recent return first—say, 2024—and working backward as needed. This shows the IRS that you’re attempting to come into compliance, not ignoring your obligations.

Falling behind on taxes is more common than most people think. Life events like divorce, disability, job loss, or even the rise of gig work can trigger tax complications. For example, many gig workers receive a 1099 for the first time, try to file using online software, and are shocked to discover they owe thousands. Rather than seek help, they freeze—and the following year’s return also goes unfiled.

Of course, COVID didn’t help as many people have been struggling since then to get back on track.

Do You Always Have to File?

A common misunderstanding is that you must always file. If you’re not going to owe anything, you don’t have to file. That includes many senior citizens who live solely on Social Security.

However, if you're due a refund, you have up to three years to file and claim it. Miss that window, and the refund is forfeited.

Importantly, there’s a difference between not filing and not paying. Sometimes you don’t know what you owe—or if you owe—until you file.

Even if you don't owe taxes on the sale of a primary residence, for example, the IRS won't know that unless you file. If you don’t, you might receive a letter saying you owe thousands in capital gains tax—money you could’ve avoided paying.

How to Begin the Process

If you're unsure how many years you've missed, a good first step is to request a Wage and Income Transcript from the IRS. This document shows all your reported income—W-2s, 1099s, Social Security, retirement distributions, and more. You can request it through the IRS website by searching for “IRS wage and income transcript.”

Even with transcripts in hand, deciphering them can be complicated. That’s why we strongly recommend seeking help from a CPA or tax professional familiar with IRS representation. You may not know what to do with what you find. You can find a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA) in your area who specializes in tax planning and preparation by going to FaithFi.com and clicking “Find a Professional”.

Also, it’s helpful to know that the IRS’s own handbook, the Internal Revenue Manual, usually requires only the last six years of returns to be filed. That’s a helpful limit for those unsure where to begin.

The IRS Will Work With You

Don’t let fear keep you stuck. The IRS can work with you. Options include payment plans or even an offer in compromise, which may reduce your total tax liability.

Filing late taxes doesn’t have to be terrifying. With the right help and a step-by-step plan, you can get back on track—and even experience peace of mind. The IRS just wants to see you trying. Start with today, and take it one step at a time.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a TIAA retirement account from my husband's time as an adjunct professor at a local community college. It's a small amount. As I'm 76, I'm required to set aside a certain amount each year. I would like to give this to my son now so that those amounts can stay in the account and start accruing interest. Can I do that?
We have a credit card balance of $15,000 with an interest rate of 11%. We try to pay $2,000 a month, but the balance keeps increasing. Part of the reason is that our 29-year-old daughter, who lives and works in London, has a card on our account. We initially gave her the card for emergencies and plane tickets home, but she's using it for other expenses, such as occasional Ubers and travel. We want to pay off this card, but we're making no progress. What can we do?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Critical Need in Lebanon with May-Lee Melki

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 19 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“And I heard the voice of the Lord saying, ‘Whom shall I send, and who will go for us?’ Then I said, ‘Here I am! Send me.’” - Isaiah 6:8

The news from the Middle East can be overwhelming, but our hope in Christ calls us to take action. Today, May-Lee Melki from Heart for Lebanon joins us to share how you can help protect young women and girls facing crisis. Then it’s on to your calls at 800-525-7000.

May-Lee Melki is a Lebanese-American advocate, legal scholar, and ministry leader dedicated to advancing justice and holistic transformation in the Middle East. She serves as the Strategic Engagement Manager at Heart for Lebanon, an underwriter of Faith and Finance.

Why Lebanon’s Girls Need Us Now

Lebanon today is not the Lebanon of a generation ago. Compounded crises have pushed countless families into desperation, and girls ages 13–21 often bear the heaviest burden. Without a father, brother, or male guardian to protect them, they face decisions made for them—decisions that can lock them into abuse for life.

The urgency has never been higher. These girls can change their country, the region, and the Church—but only if someone intervenes before tragedy strikes.

A Concrete Goal: 500 Girls by June 30

Heart for Lebanon has already welcomed 250 at-risk girls into its programs this year. With your help, we can reach the remaining 250 before June 30. The math is simple—and remarkably attainable:

$114 introduces three girls to Jesus and a pathway to safety.
$950 opens the door for twenty-five girls.
Less than $10,000 completes the entire goal.

Every investment provides:

Safe spaces & mentorship
Christ-centered counseling focused on identity and dignity
Education & vocational training rooted in biblical character and life skills
Church communities where girls—and, prayerfully, their families—can grow in faith

How Your Gift Transforms a Life

Recently, Meili met Iman, a 12-year-old refugee forced to work all day for $20 a month—money her father uses for cigarettes. After a chapel session, with tears in her eyes, Iman asked, "Who is Jesus?" That day, she prayed to receive Christ, saying:

“My circumstances may not change immediately, but Jesus will change my heart and be with me.”

Your support keeps Iman in school, surrounds her with Christian counselors, and plugs her into a loving church, offering hope not only to her but to her whole family.

Two Ways You Can Help Today

Pray:
- Ask the Lord to protect these girls and soften the hearts of their families.
- Pray for the Heart for Lebanon staff who daily serve in challenging conditions.
Give Generously:
- Text “FAITH” to 98656—we’ll reply with a secure giving link.
- Visit FaithFi.com/Lebanon to give online.
- Remember: $114 = three girls rescued and discipled in Christ.

Jesus taught, “Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” (Matthew 6:21) When you invest in Heart for Lebanon, you’re putting your heart into something that echoes into eternity—protecting girls from exploitation, introducing them to the Savior, and empowering them to transform their communities for Christ.

Let’s finish strong. Join us in reaching the final 250 young women before June 30. Together, we can turn desperation into dignity and despair into hope—one precious girl at a time. Give now at FaithFi.com/Lebanon or text “FAITH” to 98656.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have two financial advisors, and I would like to know which one to work with. One has been with our family for 30 years, but his fees are high. The other has a different investment approach, but his fees are much lower. I’m struggling with the emotional side of potentially changing advisors after such a long-term working relationship. How should I evaluate this situation?
I have a 13-year-old son who has been earning money doing yard work and has now saved over $2,000. I would like to know the best place for a young teenager to start saving and investing. What would your recommendation be?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Should A Christian Respond When Someone Owes Them Money?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 18 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The wicked borrow but do not pay back, but the righteous is generous and gives.” – Psalm 37:21

When someone owes you money and doesn’t repay it, emotions can run high—frustration, hurt, and even resentment. Whether it’s a friend, family member, or fellow believer, unpaid debt can strain even the strongest relationships. So, how should we respond when repayment never comes? Let’s explore that together.

Start with Compassion

It’s natural to assume the worst when someone avoids repaying a debt. But Scripture calls us to pause and lead with understanding.

“Whoever is slow to anger has great understanding, but he who has a hasty temper exalts folly.” – Proverbs 14:29

The person who owes you might be experiencing genuine hardship, such as job loss, medical emergencies, or family struggles. Begin by asking how they’re doing. Show empathy. Offer flexibility, if possible, such as a revised payment plan. This can foster honest dialogue and reflect Christ’s love in action.

Before confronting the situation, pray. Ask God for wisdom, peace, and soft hearts on both sides. When you enter the conversation with prayerful humility, your response becomes a witness, not just a reaction.

Follow Biblical Steps for Conflict

If the debtor is a fellow believer and continues to avoid the issue, Jesus outlines a redemptive process in Matthew 18:

Speak privately to them.
If unresolved, bring one or two others.
If the issue remains unresolved, involve the church leadership.

The goal isn’t shame—it’s restoration. Seek truth and preserve the relationship, creating a path forward instead of building a wall.

Should Christians Ever Take Legal Action?

In 1 Corinthians 6, Paul warns believers not to sue one another over civil matters, saying, “Why not rather be wronged?” Unity and love matter more than financial recovery. However, this doesn’t mean legal action is never appropriate.

If fraud, abuse, or serious legal injustice is involved, Romans 13 affirms that civil authorities exist to uphold justice. Seeking legal recourse in these situations may be necessary, especially if livelihoods are at stake. Just be sure your motivation is fairness, not revenge.

The Bigger Picture

Regardless of the outcome, Jesus commands us to forgive:

“Whenever you stand praying, forgive, if you have anything against anyone…” – Mark 11:25

Forgiveness doesn’t ignore the debt—it chooses not to hold bitterness. Sometimes it leads to repentance; other times, it simply frees your heart.

Unpaid debt is frustrating—but temporary. Relationships, witness, and Christlike character endure. Ask not only, “How can I get this money back?” but “How can I reflect Jesus in this moment?” Generosity and forgiveness point to a Savior who forgave us when we had nothing to repay.

Want to Go Deeper?

This topic is explored further in our Faithful Steward magazine. You can receive each quarterly issue by becoming a FaithFi Partner—just $35/month or $400/year at FaithFi.com/Give. Your support helps equip more believers for faithful stewardship.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm in my 50s and want to buy a house. I have money saved for a down payment, but I'm unsure about two things. First, should I continue saving for a larger down payment or buy now with the money I have? Second, I want a mortgage, but I would like to know whether I should choose a shorter or longer mortgage term. I'm 54 years old, so I'm thinking about my timeline for paying off the mortgage.
My brother and sister had a trust together with three houses. My sister has since passed away, and my brother is still alive. The trust already has money in it, and my brother is thinking about selling one of the houses. I would like to know: Does the money from the house sale have to be returned to the trust, or can my brother keep it?
I'm about to start Social Security at my full retirement age in two months. My wife is considering taking Social Security at age 62. My question is about what happens if I pass away before her. If she's already receiving a reduced spousal benefit, will she then get 100% of my benefit at the new reduced amount, or will she be stuck with the same reduced percentage?
My wife and I have a local revocable trust with property and investments. We're considering relocating to an Illinois senior living facility. I'm concerned: Will the state have any way to access our money and property?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Wisdom Over Wealth: Idolizing Accumulation

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 17 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“All his days are full of sorrow, and his work is a vexation. Even in the night his heart does not rest. This also is vanity.” — Ecclesiastes 2:23

That verse from Ecclesiastes reveals a painful truth: even a productive life can feel empty when the wrong purpose drives our work. Wealth on its own doesn’t bring peace—often, it brings more pressure. But Scripture offers a better way.

What’s Driving All That Effort?

It’s easy to admire someone who plans wisely, saves consistently, and builds steadily over time. Our culture praises that kind of discipline as responsible and virtuous—and often, it is. But Ecclesiastes challenges us to ask: What’s driving all that effort?

In Ecclesiastes 2:18, the Preacher writes, “I hated all my toil... seeing that I must leave it to the man who will come after me.” He isn’t condemning hard work—he’s grieving that all he’s built will one day be handed off, possibly to someone who won’t value or steward it well.

That’s where sorrow begins—not in failure, but in success without peace. “All his days are full of sorrow, and his work is a vexation. Even in the night his heart does not rest” (Ecclesiastes 2:23). The more we accumulate, the more we fear losing it. What promised security only multiplies anxiety.

What a striking image—someone lying awake at night, not from failure, but from success. The more he possesses, the more he worries. This is the irony of accumulation: it convinces us that security is just one more achievement away, while quietly making us more anxious the more we gain.

Jesus’ Warning About Bigger Barns

Jesus echoes this same warning in Luke 12. He tells the parable of a rich man who reaped such a bountiful harvest that he decided to build bigger barns to store it all. His conclusion? “Take life easy—eat, drink, and be merry.” To the world, that sounds like winning. But Jesus calls him a fool. Why? Because that very night, his life would be demanded of him. Then comes the haunting question: “The things you have prepared, whose will they be?”

What’s even more interesting is the context of that parable. Jesus tells it in response to a man asking Him to settle an inheritance dispute. This wasn’t someone who earned the wealth—he simply wanted his share, and maybe more. Jesus’ warning is clear: a greedy heart isn’t the only danger. An entitled heart is just as spiritually destructive. And that’s exactly what the Preacher feared in Ecclesiastes—wealth falling into the hands of someone who didn’t labor for it and may not know how to handle it wisely.

We see this all the time in real life. Many financial advisors and estate planners will tell you that inherited wealth, especially when passed down without spiritual or emotional maturity, can do more harm than good. It can fracture families, distort priorities, and erode purpose. The problem isn’t money itself, it’s the absence of wisdom alongside it.

A Better Definition of Success

That’s why this lesson matters. You can save well, build wealth, and still feel anxious and unsatisfied—not because you failed, but because you expected your efforts to give you what only God can: peace, joy, and purpose.

But here’s the good news—Ecclesiastes doesn’t leave us in despair. In verse 26, we read, “To the one who pleases Him, God has given wisdom and knowledge and joy.” The solution isn’t to stop working or saving. The solution is to stop worshiping our work. Stop defining success by the size of your bank account and start defining it by your faithfulness to the One who owns it all.

When we live as stewards instead of owners, the pressure lifts. We begin to see wealth not as a prize to secure our future, but as a tool to serve God’s Kingdom. Accumulation loses its grip, and generosity takes root. That’s when real joy begins.

So, ask yourself today: Am I building bigger barns, or am I faithfully stewarding what God has already entrusted to me? Am I chasing peace through my possessions, or receiving it from the Prince of Peace Himself?

Because in the end, peace doesn’t come from what we’ve earned. It comes from who we trust.

A Resource to Go Deeper: Wisdom Over Wealth

Now, if you’re wrestling with these questions, we’d love to help. That’s why we’re excited to offer our brand-new Bible study based on Ecclesiastes called Wisdom Over Wealth. It dives deeper into this theme of dethroning the idol of accumulation and learning to live with contentment and purpose.

This month, when you support the ministry of FaithFi with a gift of $35 or more, we’ll send you Wisdom Over Wealth as our way of saying thank you. Just head over to FaithFi.com/wisdom to request your copy.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I bought a house a year ago, and my primary goal is to pay off the mortgage as quickly as possible. I’m wondering if I should pause my 15% retirement contributions to accelerate my debt payoff goal or continue contributing to retirement while also working towards being debt-free.
I want to understand the right markup for my business. I’m an electrician. What would be a reasonable general number for a company like mine to ensure I’m covering my costs and generating a profit?
I opened a Roth IRA because I don't have to make required minimum distributions. When my children inherit my Roth IRA, do they have to make withdrawals? I want to understand the inheritance.
I’m wondering about the $8,000 maximum Roth IRA contributions for those over 50. Is the $150,000 income limit based on my income alone or my combined income with my wife?
I’m considering retiring at 65 even though my full Social Security retirement age is 67. If I live off my 401(k) for 2 years and don’t register for Social Security, will my benefits continue to grow?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Don’t Leave Your Spouse Out of the Money Conversation with Shaunti Feldhahn

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 16 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What if being great with money doesn’t guarantee you’re doing great with your spouse?

If you’re the “money person” in your marriage, you may think you’re doing everything right. But what if your spouse feels shut out of the process? It happens more than you think. Shaunti Feldhahn joins us today to talk about how you can avoid that disconnect or fix it if need be.

Shaunti Feldhahn is a Harvard graduate, former Wall Street analyst, social researcher, best-selling author, and a prominent public speaker. She is the co-author of Thriving in Love and Money: 5 Game-Changing Insights about Your Relationship, Your Money, and Yourself, written with her husband, Jeff, and has co-authored several books with him, revealing impactful truths about relationships at home and in the workplace.

Honor What Your Spouse Values

Money-minded individuals often unknowingly send the message that their spouse’s financial opinions don’t matter. Even with good intentions and solid planning, failing to honor what your spouse values can damage not just your finances but your marriage.

Spouses who handle the finances might assume they’re right and the other is wrong. That unspoken belief, even if subtle, can lead one partner to feel dismissed—and that’s a dangerous place to be.

About two-thirds of spouses believe they know better than their partner how to manage finances. This is similar to how most people think they’re above-average drivers—statistically improbable, but psychologically common.

While it’s okay to have differing financial opinions, it becomes a problem when one partner consistently feels unheard or undervalued. Many “money people” may not even realize they’re doing this, but over time, it fosters resentment and undermines trust.

Different Values, Different Priorities

More than 80% of couples have differing financial values, which are often rooted in their childhood experiences, temperaments, or faith priorities.

For instance, one spouse may believe saving for college is urgent and non-negotiable. The other may feel that making memories with their children while they are young, such as taking a trip to Disney, is equally important. Neither is wrong. They're just different.

The danger lies in assuming that one value system is superior. If one spouse feels their values are constantly being overlooked, resentment can quietly grow until it spills over into other areas of the relationship.

The real danger isn’t only in the budget—it’s in the relationship.

If one person starts to feel like their opinions don’t matter, it doesn’t just affect money decisions. It becomes a marriage issue.

And this dynamic can even show up in financial advisor meetings, where professionals may unintentionally direct conversations toward the more financially-minded spouse. This reinforces the problem and risks charting a course toward relational misalignment.

Three Steps Toward Greater Financial Unity

In her article for Faithful Steward, Shaunti offers three practical steps to bring both voices to the table:

Ask Each Other a Simple Question

At a neutral time—say, over morning coffee—ask:

“On a scale of 1 to 5, how heard and valued do you feel in our financial decisions?”

If the answer isn’t a 5, it’s a red flag—time for a deeper conversation.
Treat Less-than-Perfect Answers Seriously

A “3” or “4” means something isn’t connecting. Don’t ignore it. The goal is for both spouses to feel their voice and values are part of the plan, even when you disagree.
Explore Your Financial Values Together

Chapter 3 of her book, Thriving in Love and Money, maps out different “money values”—how people view experiences vs. things, time vs. money, or convenience vs. frugality. Shaunti encourages couples to read the chapter together (or separately with notes in the margins) to uncover hidden assumptions.

Real-Life Insight: The $1.50 Lesson

Shaunti also shares a personal example: she values time and convenience, so she’s happy to pay an extra $1.50 per movie ticket to reserve seats in advance. Jeff, her husband, sees that as unnecessary—he’d rather arrive early to save money.

Neither is “right.” However, understanding each other’s values helped them approach decisions with greater ease and grace, rather than conflict.

Remember, resentment is like a slow leak—it can go unnoticed until the tire blows out. But the antidote is simply listening with love and curiosity.

You can read her full article in Faithful Steward, our quarterly magazine designed to help you connect your faith with your finances. To receive four issues a year, along with our newest Bible studies and devotionals, become a FaithFi partner at FaithFi.com/Give.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m a veteran receiving $1900 a month in benefits. I recently paid a penalty on my Social Security premium. I would like to know if there is any way this penalty can be waived due to my hardship situation.
I have some stock that I want to sell, but I want to donate it to a charity so I don’t have to pay taxes. Can you tell me how to do this?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Stewarding Fatherhood Well with Jonathon Lewis

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 13 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“For you know how, like a father with his children, we exhorted each one of you and encouraged you and charged you to walk in a manner worthy of God, who calls you into his own kingdom and glory.” - 1 Thessalonians 2:11-12

With Father’s Day approaching, we’re asking a deeper question: What kind of legacy are we leaving as men, as dads, and as stewards of what God has entrusted to us? Jonathan Lewis from Fathers for Fathers joins us to talk about fatherhood, faith, and the financial discipleship that shapes generations.

Jonathan Lewis is a Certified Exit Planning Advisor (CEPA®), a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®), and President of Eastport Financial Group Inc. He is also the founder of Fathers for Fathers, a faith-based organization dedicated to restoring hope, healing, and purpose in the lives of men, especially fathers.

A Story Redeemed

When Jonathan was 15, he experienced a trauma no child should face—dragging his father’s lifeless body onto a beach in Nova Scotia after a drowning accident. That moment became a fracture point in his life, leading to years of instability, homelessness, guilt, and emotional isolation.

But out of those ashes came clarity: a calling to reach other men who feel lost, alone, and ashamed. His ministry, Fathers for Fathers, is a direct response to the epidemic of fatherlessness and emotional isolation plaguing men today.

The Epidemic Few Talk About

84% of men say they don’t have a single person they can talk to.

Guys have been trained to withdraw, but we need each other. If you’re listening and feel like you’ve failed as a father, or you don’t even have the strength to keep going, you’re not alone. You can do this, but not by yourself.

The solution is community and accountability. And for men who do have a support system, pursue others. Don’t take the first 12 ‘no’s as a brush-off. Broken men want to be pursued. They’re just afraid.

What Does Faithful Fatherhood Look Like?

So, what does it mean to be a successful father?

First, if you’re still breathing, your story isn’t over. You haven’t missed your chance.

Using a football analogy from Fathers for Fathers’ upcoming study, life can be described as a game we’re all born into—on the wrong team. But we don’t have to stay there. Through Jesus Christ, we’re invited to join the winning team. But it requires repentance, humility, and a willingness to fight.

And it often starts with small steps.

Practical Steps Toward Restoration

For divorced dads and those estranged from their children, you may think there’s no way back. But there is. If you’re not in your kids’ lives, start. If you haven’t supported their mom, own it. If you’ve been battling secret sin—confess it.

These are hard words, but they’re spoken with deep compassion. God will honor you when you honor Him. This ministry isn’t about beating men up. It’s about helping them get back in the game.

Stewardship Starts at Home

Stewardship isn’t just about money. If you’re generous with your wealth but not your love or your time, you’ve missed the point.

Stewardship begins with the way a man loves and leads his family, especially his wife. When reading Ephesians 5, men might say, ‘I’d take a bullet for my wife.’ But Christ calls us to something harder: dying to ourselves daily.

Stewardship, then, is about priorities: honoring God with your money, your time, your attention, and your affection.

A Prayer for Dads

If you’re a father or a man who feels discouraged, who is ready for more, and who is just hanging on. Pray this out loud:

“Lord, I pray that Your Spirit would touch the heart of the man listening who thinks he’s too far gone. Remind him that nothing can separate us from Your love, not even failure. Let him know Jesus already put on the jersey for him. I pray for courage, for repentance, and for grace. Thank you for the scandalous grace that says You would’ve sent Jesus for just one man. You sent Him for all of us.”

If you’re a father who feels broken, or if you know one, visit FathersForFathers.org. You’ll find tools, encouragement, and a brotherhood of men committed to healing and hope.

This Father’s Day, let’s not just celebrate the dads who’ve done it right. Let’s rally around the men who are trying to get it right, one step at a time.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m curious about nursing home costs and what happens to my parents' assets. I learned that Medicare covers limited skilled nursing care, and Medicaid restricts asset access, meaning my siblings and I likely won’t be able to access their money while they’re in a nursing home.
I’m currently working and planning to retire soon. How could I invest in ways that align with my faith and ensure I'm not supporting companies that go against my beliefs?
I wanted clarification on fixed indexed annuities. I wasn’t familiar with them and wanted to understand if they were a good investment option.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Seeking God’s Wisdom with Dr. Jim Newheiser

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 12 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Proverbs 16:16 says, “How much better to get wisdom than gold! To get understanding is to be chosen rather than silver.”

In a world that chases wealth as the ultimate goal, Scripture calls us to something better—wisdom. Because without godly wisdom, even abundance can lead us astray. Today, Jim Newheiser joins us to explore why wisdom, not money, is the true measure of success in God’s economy.

Dr. James (Jim) Newheiser, Jr., is the Director of the Christian Counseling Program and Professor of Christian Counseling and Pastoral Theology at RTS Charlotte. He is also the author of several books on the subject of counseling, as well as Money: Seeking God’s Wisdom (31-Day Devotionals for Life).

Investing in What Satisfies

Isaiah 55:2 details an account where the Lord asks, “Why do you spend money for what is not bread, and your wages for what does not satisfy?” It’s a poignant reminder that many of us chase things that leave us empty. How we spend our time and money reflects what we value. Yet so often, those values are shaped by a world that overpromises and underdelivers.

Instead of finding fulfillment in wealth, ultimate satisfaction comes from our relationship with God and the good gifts He provides. Time spent in Scripture, prayer, and worship is far more nourishing than any financial gain. Even the principle of rest in Scripture is God’s reminder that we don’t need to fill every waking moment with striving.

Wisdom or Wealth? A Tale of Two Women

The book of Proverbs is interesting because in this compilation in Scripture, wisdom is personified as a noble woman worth pursuing, while folly appears as a seductive but destructive adulteress. Proverbs sets up a contrast because Lady Wisdom is like the soul’s true bride. She brings joy and delight. But Madame Folly, who represents false promises like the pursuit of money for its own sake, is spiritual adultery, and she leads to misery.

The point is clear: what we pursue will shape us. Chase wisdom, and you’ll find joy and lasting purpose. Chase wealth, and you may find yourself grasping at the wind.

Applying Wisdom in Daily Life

How do we actually live out this pursuit of wisdom over wealth? For someone who’s not used to reading Scripture regularly, it can start with just two pages a day or with a chapter of Proverbs a day. Ask God to speak to you through it.

God has promised something far better than material wealth—His presence, His wisdom, and His joy.

There’s such a huge connection between our hearts and our money, and God is ultimately after our hearts.

If you’re ready to go deeper in your walk with God by rethinking your financial life through the lens of biblical wisdom, Wisdom Over Wealth is a great place to start. This new 12-lesson study from FaithFi, based on Ecclesiastes, unpacks how true joy isn’t found in accumulation but in reverence, surrender, and trust.

You can receive a copy of Wisdom Over Wealth when you become a FaithFi Partner. Your monthly gift of $35, or annual gift of $400, helps us continue to share biblical financial wisdom across the globe. Visit FaithFi.com/give to partner with us today.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a TIAA retirement account from my husband's time as an adjunct professor at a local community college. It's a small amount. As I'm 76, I'm required to set aside a certain amount each year. I would like to give this to my son now so that those amounts can stay in the account and start accruing interest. Can I do that?
We have a credit card balance of $15,000 with an interest rate of 11%. We try to pay $2,000 a month, but the balance keeps increasing. Part of the reason is that our 29-year-old daughter, who lives and works in London, has a card on our account. We initially gave her the card for emergencies and plane tickets home, but she's using it for other expenses, such as occasional Ubers and travel. We really want to pay off this card, but we can't make any progress. What can we do?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Living Giving: How Generosity Leads to Freedom with Ron Blue

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 11 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Missionary Amy Carmichael once expressed a powerful truth: “You can give without loving, but you cannot love without giving.”

That quote reminds us that generosity isn’t just something we do—it reflects who we are in Christ. So, how do we grow into more joyful, intentional givers? Today, we’ll talk with Ron Blue about what he calls “living giving”— and how that mindset can bring real financial freedom.

Ron Blue is the Co-Founder of Kingdom Advisors and the author of many books on biblical finance, most notably Master Your Money: A Step-by-Step Plan for Experiencing Financial Contentment.

Giving Is a Spiritual Decision

Giving reflects our trust in God. When we give—and give first—we’re saying, “Lord, You gave this to me, and I’m returning to You what’s already Yours. I trust You to meet my needs.”

It’s a profound shift in perspective. Instead of centering our financial lives on ourselves, giving reorients our hearts toward God’s purposes. It stretches our faith and loosens money’s grip on our hearts. It doesn’t shrink your life—it expands it.

Ron Blue classically says, “Do your giving while you’re living so you’re knowing where it’s going.” That’s more than a catchy phrase. It’s a philosophy rooted in joy. Too many people wait until death to make significant gifts, missing the delight of seeing God work through their generosity in real time.

There’s something deeply joyful about watching God use what you’ve given. It’s not just about writing a will—it’s about living with open hands.

True Financial Freedom Starts With Open Hands

Think of your money like a closed fist or an open hand. When your fist is closed, you’re trying to control or keep what you think is yours. But when you open your hand, you’re saying to God, “This is Yours. Use it as You will.”

That’s what true financial freedom looks like—not merely having enough, but being free from money’s control altogether. God doesn’t need our money, He wants our hearts. And He knows that money is one of the greatest competitors for our love.

As you reflect on your own financial life, maybe it’s time to stop asking, “How much do I have to give?” And start asking, “How can I use what I’ve been given to glorify God—right now?”

You can find Ron’s book Master Your Money: A Step-by-Step Plan for Experiencing Financial Contentment wherever books are sold.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I use a donor-advised fund for charitable contributions and would like to contribute to a mission trip that my church is organizing. I'm wondering if it’s legal from an IRS standpoint to contribute directly to an individual going on a mission trip, or do I give it to the mission fund?
I’m paying off a credit card after my mom’s death, which costs me $320 a month. I have two options: continue with my current plan or have my wife assist me in paying it off. I wanted to get advice on which approach would be the best to help pay it off.
I sell items on eBay, and I’m confused about my tax reporting. When preparing my 2024 taxes, eBay flagged me about my 1099-K, stating that I didn’t make enough to require the form. Do I need to add this to my Social Security? As I look online, I’ve just gotten more confused about different reporting requirements.
I’m taking an early retirement, and I understand that I can only earn $24,300 before it impacts my Social Security. It looks like I’m going to go over that amount by just a bit. Do they tax anything over the $24,300, or do they tax the whole amount?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Wisdom Over Wealth: Idolizing Pleasure

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 10 Jun 2025 11:16:10 +0000

“I said in my heart, ‘Come now, I will test you with pleasure; enjoy yourself.’ But behold, this also was vanity.” — Ecclesiastes 2:1

What happens when someone has the power to indulge in every pleasure the world can offer? In Ecclesiastes, we find one of Scripture’s boldest experiments: a search for lasting joy through earthly delights. The Preacher—often thought to be Solomon—pursues laughter, wine, work, wealth, sex, and success, all in an effort to answer one question: Can pleasure truly satisfy the human soul?

A Culture Chasing the Wind

Today, we live in a world that echoes the Preacher’s experiment. “Treat yourself.” “Follow your heart.” “Do what makes you happy.” These aren’t just slogans—they’re mantras for modern living. From the vacations we plan to the gadgets we unbox, we’re told that happiness is just one more swipe, scroll, or splurge away.

But Ecclesiastes challenges that narrative. It forces us to wrestle with a deeper question: What if pleasure doesn’t lead where we think it does?

The Preacher’s pursuit wasn’t careless. It was a deliberate, calculated test. He writes, “Whatever my eyes desired I did not keep from them” (Ecclesiastes 2:10). He built houses, planted vineyards, created lush gardens, hired singers, amassed wealth, surrounded himself with comfort—even concubines.

This wasn’t indulgence for indulgence’s sake. It was a methodical pursuit of happiness. Today, we might say: “If it looked fun, I bought it. If it felt good, I did it.” The experiment was thorough, and the results were heartbreaking.

“Behold, all was vanity and a striving after wind.” — Ecclesiastes 1:14

The Thrill Fades

To picture this, imagine a bag of old receipts. Each one once captured a moment of excitement—a new purchase, a fancy dinner, a spontaneous trip. But now? They’re just scraps. The joy is gone.

That’s exactly what the Preacher realized. Pleasure was never meant to carry the weight of our deepest needs. It promises fulfillment but delivers only fleeting escape. It’s like trying to hold smoke in your hands—real for a moment, then gone.

The Preacher’s story finds a parallel in Jesus’ parable of the prodigal son. The younger son squandered his inheritance chasing worldly pleasures, only to end up broke and broken. The twist? The Preacher had everything the prodigal son dreamed of—wealth, opportunity, indulgence—and yet he ended up just as empty.

Different paths. Same conclusion.

A Warning That Leads to Freedom

Here’s the grace in all this: We don’t have to repeat the experiment. The Preacher’s pain can be our wisdom. He’s waving us down from the road ahead, saying, “There’s nothing here. Don’t waste your life chasing shadows.”

That’s a gift. It frees us to reflect:

What am I turning to when I feel tired or discouraged?
What “quick fixes” do I reach for without thinking?
What would it look like to seek joy in God instead?

God is not against pleasure. He is the Creator of joy and the Giver of every good and perfect gift (James 1:17). But those gifts were never meant to replace Him. When we look to pleasure as the destination rather than a signpost to the Giver, we miss the point—and our hearts remain restless.

So next time you reach for something to lift your spirits, ask: Is this joy, or just escape? Is this feeding my soul, or simply distracting it?

A Better Way to Live

Ecclesiastes doesn’t just warn—it redirects. It helps us tear down the idol of pleasure and place our hope in a Person, not a product. And that Person—our God—is the only source of joy that doesn’t fade.

At FaithFi, we want to help you explore this truth more deeply. That’s why we created Wisdom Over Wealth, a Bible study on Ecclesiastes that unpacks themes like pleasure, wealth, and contentment from a biblical lens.

This month, when you support FaithFi’s ministry with a gift of $35 or more, we’d love to send you a copy as our way of saying thank you. Just visit FaithFi.com/wisdom to request your copy today.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m wondering if it’s better for my husband, who just retired, to take Social Security now or wait two more years, which would mean withdrawing about $96,000 from our 401(k) during those two years to cover our living expenses.
I have a nonprofit property I want to sell, and I’m planning on giving the proceeds to another 501(c)(3) organization. Since I’m not very experienced with this process, are there any specific forms or steps I need to take at the closing of the sale?
I recently made a claim for a new roof, and my insurance went up. Do insurance companies research when you’ve made a claim on the internet or through a database? I was told by two roofers I didn't need a new roof, but the insurance company insisted I did.
I have some money in a credit union that I want to move somewhere to earn more interest. I just discovered I can use my Fidelity account for investing, and they’re offering 4%. I’m wondering about the difference between keeping my money in my Fidelity account or moving it to an online bank, and what the benefits might be.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Gospel Generosity with Dr. Nathan W. Harris

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 9 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that though he was rich, yet for your sake he became poor, so that you by his poverty might become rich.” - 2 Corinthians 8:9

This powerful verse is often quoted when we talk about generosity, and rightly so. It shows us that generosity isn’t just a financial principle—it’s rooted in the very heart of the Gospel. Today, Dr. Nathan W. Harris joins us to explore that connection more deeply.

Dr. Nathan W. Harris is the Vice President of Strategic Initiatives at The University of Mobile in Mobile, Alabama. He is also the author of A Short Guide to Gospel Generosity: Giving as an Act of Grace.

What Is Gospel Generosity?

Gospel generosity is giving rooted in the good news of salvation through Jesus Christ. Generosity is not merely a virtue for the Christian life but a cheerful disposition that springs forth from the gospel. This kind of generosity arises from new life in Christ, is empowered by the Holy Spirit, and reflects the Father’s model of grace throughout creation.

At its core, gospel generosity isn’t just about giving—it’s about proclaiming and portraying Christ’s saving work in our lives. It signifies a radical transformation of a believer’s heart and mind, leading to joyful stewardship of resources in service to God’s kingdom.

Beyond the Tithe: A Higher Calling

One of the most debated topics surrounding generosity is the concept of tithing. Are Christians called to tithe, or is there a greater expectation?

While tithing—giving 10%—is not explicitly required for Christians, the gospel calls us to something far greater. We aren’t obligated to give; instead, Christians have an incredible gospel opportunity. We are called to live generously, humbly, selflessly, and with the kingdom of God in mind.

This perspective reframes giving not as a rule to follow but as an act of grace and worship, rooted in gratitude for what Christ has done.

How the Gospel Transforms Our View of Money

The gospel transforms our hearts and minds and revolutionizes how we approach money and stewardship. Martin Luther once said:

“There are three conversions in one’s life—the conversion of the heart, the mind, and the pocketbook.”

When we encounter Christ, our hearts are filled with affection for Him, and our minds are set on heavenly things. However, many Christians struggle to surrender their finances to God fully. You can’t hold on to Christ while also holding on to your money.

A heart transformed by the gospel desires to honor Christ above wealth. A mind renewed by the gospel prioritizes kingdom values over worldly ones. This transformation shapes every aspect of our financial lives, from earning and saving to spending and giving.

Living as Stewards of God’s Resources

When our hearts and minds are fully surrendered to Christ, our finances naturally follow. Giving becomes not just an obligation but an act of worship and a reflection of the gospel’s transforming power.

To explore these ideas further, check out Dr. Nathan W. Harris’s book, A Short Guide to Gospel Generosity: Giving as an Act of Grace. This concise guide offers biblical wisdom and practical insights into living a life of joyful, gospel-rooted generosity.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a whole life insurance policy for my mom that we’ve been paying on for about nine years. I’m wondering if I should just cash it in since we’re almost at the full policy amount.
What is the best educational investment account to use for my 10 and 8-year-olds when they’re ready for college? I’ve just been saving money in savings accounts.
I wanted to ask about the Windfall Elimination Provision and the Government Pension Offset - are they still in effect? I’m a firefighter and paramedic who worked in the public service and private sector for 30 years.
My wife and I don’t have a retirement plan yet. I’m 53 and my wife doesn’t work. We have a vacant lot worth $45,000, and I’m wondering what we can do with the money from selling it to help prepare for our retirement.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

10 Fun and Free Things To Do This Summer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 6 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Summer is here—and while kids are counting down the days until school’s out, parents and grandparents might be counting something else: the cost.

The good news? Some of the best family memories don’t require a big budget. In fact, many of them are completely free. With a little creativity and intention, you can enjoy a summer that builds connection and joy without adding financial stress. Here are ten fun, meaningful, and no-cost activities to try this season.

1. Visit Your Local Library

Libraries today are vibrant community hubs, not just quiet places for books. Many offer summer reading programs, puppet shows, craft days, and even LEGO clubs. It’s a screen-free space that fosters imagination and learning—and it won’t cost a dime.

2. Host a Themed Movie Night

Movie nights are a classic, but turning them into themed events can make them feel extra special. Dress up like your favorite characters, make popcorn at home, and stream free movies from your library or other no-cost platforms. It’s cozy, creative, and fun for all ages.

3. Check Out Community Events

Many cities and towns host free concerts, movie nights, festivals, or farmers' markets during the summer. These events offer fun, fellowship, and a chance to connect with your community.

4. Camp in Your Backyard

You don’t need to travel far to enjoy the great outdoors. Set up a tent in your yard, roast marshmallows, and tell stories under the stars. Take time to reflect on God’s handiwork with your kids. Psalm 8:3–4 reminds us how the majesty of creation points us to the Creator who cares for us deeply.

5. Host a Yard Sale

Let your kids gather items, make signs, and manage a mini storefront. It’s not only a great way to declutter—it also teaches stewardship, contentment, and even generosity. If your kids choose to give a portion of the proceeds to someone in need, you’re planting seeds of compassion early.

6. Try Geocaching

If your family enjoys treasure hunts or geocaching, it's a great way to explore the outdoors. All you need is a smartphone and a free app to search for hidden “caches” in your area. It’s adventurous, educational, and completely free.

7. Plan a Neighborhood Game Day

Bring back the joy of simple play. Organize a kickball game, water balloon fight, or capture the flag in your neighborhood. Partner with other families to rotate homes and activities—it’s a no-cost way to foster community and make memories that stick.

8. Make a Summer Bucket List

Sit down as a family and dream up a list of simple activities—things like catching fireflies, building a fort, or learning a new skill. Writing them down and checking them off together adds a sense of excitement and shared accomplishment.

9. Explore Nature

Nature is one of God’s most generous gifts. Visit local parks, walk trails, or bike together through a nearby preserve. Psalm 19:1 reminds us, “The heavens declare the glory of God.” Whether it’s birdsong or wildflowers, creation invites us to slow down and worship.

10. Serve Together

Serving others is one of the most meaningful things a family can do. Volunteer at a local shelter, visit a nursing home, or make cookies for your neighbors. Jesus said, “It is more blessed to give than to receive” (Acts 20:35). A summer of service can have an eternal impact.

The Riches of a Simple Summer

It’s easy to believe that a fun summer must come with a hefty price tag, but God often surprises us with joy in the simplest things. Sunshine, laughter, love, and time together are among His most generous gifts—and they’re completely free.

So, as you make your summer plans, don’t focus on what you can spend. Instead, focus on how you can wisely steward the time and relationships God has given you. After all, the best summer memories are built with presence, not purchases.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m looking into annuities, and I know nothing about the risks. When they say 6% for three years, is that rate guaranteed to remain locked in? I looked up the rating, and it’s a B++ rating by AM Best.
I have a long-term insurance policy from Genworth that started in 1999. The premiums have increased dramatically from $1,500 to $11,000 annually. We’re in our early 80s and nearing the time to use the policy. The company wants us to sell, but we have a clause that stops premium payments if one of us dies. I’m unsure whether to keep the policy.
I’m 60 years old and have worked at the same job for 40 years. I’ve become chemically sensitive to the product we manufacture and can no longer work with it. I’m basically at retirement, with all bills paid and a house paid off. I have $500,000 saved in CDs, $60,000 in the bank, and I’m thinking of putting half of the $500,000 in a lifetime mutual fund. Is that a wise decision?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Where Is Your Treasure?

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 5 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What if I told you that giving money to good causes won’t necessarily change your heart?

Many assume that if they invest their finances in the right places, their affections will follow. But what if the real issue isn’t where our money goes, but what we treasure most?

The Words of Jesus: Treasure and the Heart

In His Sermon on the Mount, Jesus offers one of the most profound insights into money and the human heart:

"For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also." (Matthew 6:21)

Many interpret this to mean that if we direct our money toward good causes, such as ministries or charities, our hearts will naturally follow. And often, generosity does strengthen our connection to what we support. However, if money itself remains our treasure, even generous giving can leave our hearts tied to wealth rather than to God.

What if Jesus wasn’t just telling us to redirect our money but inviting us to reexamine what we treasure most? The real challenge isn’t simply choosing better causes; it’s choosing a better treasure. If our hearts cling to money, even when giving it away, we remain captive. But if we treasure God above all, our money will naturally reflect that devotion.

The Widow’s Offering: A Heart Aligned with God

Consider Jesus’ observation of the widow’s offering in Mark 12:

"And he sat down opposite the treasury and watched the people putting money into the offering box. Many rich people put in large sums. And a poor widow came and put in two small copper coins, which make a penny." (Mark 12:41–42)

The wealthy gave much more than the widow, but their giving didn’t free them from money’s grip. Their treasure was still rooted in their wealth.

Jesus exposes a similar heart issue when He rebukes the Pharisees in Matthew 23:

"Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you tithe mint and dill and cumin, and have neglected the weightier matters of the law: justice and mercy and faithfulness." (Matthew 23:23)

The Pharisees gave meticulously, yet their hearts were enslaved to pride and status. Their giving wasn’t born from a love for God, but from a desire to maintain religious appearances.

True Freedom in Treasuring God

In contrast, the widow’s tiny offering flowed from deep trust and surrender to God. She gave not to be seen, but because her greatest treasure was the One standing before her. Jesus praised her, not for the amount she gave, but because her heart fully belonged to Him.

If giving alone could free us from money’s hold, the Pharisees would have been the most spiritually free people of their day. But they weren’t. True freedom comes not from giving more but from treasuring God most.

As Pastor John Piper puts it:

“God is most glorified in us when we are most satisfied in Him.”

How Do We Shift Our Hearts?

So, if the issue isn’t where we put our money but what we treasure, how do we shift our hearts?

Recognize God as Your Greatest Treasure - Until God is our highest joy, we will always cling to lesser things.
Seek First His Kingdom - When God’s Kingdom is our priority, everything else—including money—falls into place.
View Money As A Tool, Not A Treasure - If we treasure God, we will steward it wisely without being controlled by it.
Store Up Treasures in Heaven - This means prioritizing what truly lasts—growing in Christ, loving others, and living generously.

When our treasure is in God, our relationship with money changes. We give not to force our hearts to care, but because our desires are already aligned with what God cares about. We are freed from financial anxiety because our security is in God, not wealth (Matthew 6:25–34).

If money is our treasure, our hearts will forever remain enslaved to it, no matter how generously we give. But if we treasure God, our hearts will be free, and our relationship with money will reflect that reality.

The real question isn’t, “Where is my money going?” but “What do I treasure most?” Because where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.

Partner with FaithFi

That’s the heart behind everything we do at FaithFi. We’re here to help people not just manage money wisely, but treasure God above all else—because when He’s our greatest treasure, everything changes.

If you believe in that mission, would you consider becoming a FaithFi partner?

With a gift of $35 a month or more or $400 a year, you’ll help more Christians find freedom in Christ through biblical financial wisdom. As a thank you, you’ll receive:

Early access to all our studies and devotionals
A subscription to our quarterly Faithful Steward magazine
Access to the Pro Version of the FaithFi app

You can learn more and become a FaithFi Partner today at FaithFi.com/Partner.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I would like to know if I can cash in a CD and gift the money to a family member without incurring a penalty. Also, would you feel guilty about drawing out some money from my 401(k) to buy myself a little gift instead of going into debt?
I’ve paid tithe on the gross amount my whole life. Now that I’m retired and drawing Social Security, pension, and business income, I’m wondering if I should continue to tithe. Some people say it’s already been tithed, so why tithe it again?
I want to sell my almost 70-year-old home and move into a senior residence that’s handicap accessible. I’m on Social Security Disability, and I was told that selling a home is considered income and will stop my disability benefits. Is this true?
I heard you talk about the $19,000 gift limit per person per year. I want to know if the same limitations apply if I give to a 501(c)(3) organization and I’m not planning to claim it on my taxes.
I would like to leave our paid-off house to my children if both my wife and I have passed. Should I get a will, put them on the deed, or establish a trust and incur the associated expense? Can I just put them on a deed, and when we pass, it goes to them?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Your Temperament Shapes Your Money Decisions with Kathleen Edelman

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 4 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The wisdom of the prudent is to give thought to their ways, but the folly of fools is deception.” - Proverbs 14:8

When it comes to saving, spending, and talking about money, our God-given temperament plays a bigger role than we think. Today, Kathleen Edelman shares how understanding your wiring can lead to better financial decisions and healthier money conversations.

Kathleen Edelman is the author of “I Said This, You Heard That: How Your Wiring Colors Your Communication.” She is certified in Biblical Studies and Christian Counseling Psychology and has spent over 30 years coaching clients in the art of effective communication.

What Is Temperament—And Why Does It Matter?

Temperament was studied by Hippocrates 2,000 years ago. It’s innate, unchangeable, and part of your design by God, like your eye color or fingerprint. In contrast, “personality” evolves based on culture, upbringing, education, and environment.

This foundational understanding is essential not just in relationships but also in how we approach money.

Temperament influences how we budget, spend, save, and even how we talk about money. Here’s how each temperament—Yellow, Red, Blue, and Green—sees financial decisions through a unique lens:

YELLOW (Sanguine): The Fun-Loving Giver

Wiring: Optimistic, relational, in-the-moment.
Financial Outlook: Sees money as a way to connect and create experiences. Often spontaneous and generous, but may avoid serious conversations about finances out of fear of conflict or damaging relationships.
Growth Tip: Build guardrails around spending while leaving room for joy. Schedule regular money conversations to reduce anxiety.

RED (Choleric): The Visionary Leader

Wiring: Goal-driven, results-oriented, confident.
Financial Outlook: Excels at goal setting, budgeting for success, and achieving results. May be impulsive or steamroll others in decision-making.
Growth Tip: Invite feedback and take the time to consider other perspectives. Collaboration builds trust.

BLUE (Melancholic): The Cautious Planner

Wiring: Detail-oriented, safety-driven, analytical.
Financial Outlook: Needs detailed plans, emergency savings, and financial security. Prefers structure and predictability.
Growth Tip: Communicate your need for time to process financial decisions. Allow room for flexibility while maintaining your desire for order.

GREEN (Phlegmatic): The Peaceful Stabilizer

Wiring: Calm, steady, conflict-avoidant.
Financial Outlook: Values simplicity, consistency, and low-stress systems. May avoid decisions that involve conflict or complexity.
Growth Tip: Don’t be afraid to speak up about your financial opinions. Take the time you need, but be intentional about engaging.

Why Temperament Matters in Money Conversations

Most miscommunication is not intentional. For instance, it could be that you’re speaking ‘blue,’ and they’re hearing ‘yellow.’” That misalignment can be costly, both relationally and financially.

To bridge the gap, learn to recognize both your own temperament and the temperament of the person you're speaking with. Then, speak their language.

Example: A Yellow Talking to a Blue

A Yellow might say: “Hey _______, I know details matter to you. Can we sit down together and make a plan that gives us both a vision with a little room for fun?”
This honors the Blue’s need for order and gives space for the Yellow’s desire for connection.

Example: A Red Talking to a Green

Rather than saying, “We need to figure this out now,” a Red could say: “I’d love us to make a simple plan together so that we both feel secure. We can talk it through at your pace.”
This respects the Greens’ need for harmony and time.

Next Steps for Growth and Stewardship

Kathleen’s workbook, I Said This, You Heard That, is designed to help you better understand your wiring—and live it out in strength, not weakness. It’s not about changing your temperament but becoming fluent in the languages of others.

Inside the 2025 edition, you’ll find tools to help you:

Name your tendencies and choose healthier responses
Discover your “innate needs” (which she calls a game-changer)
Revisit conversations with grace and self-awareness
Become fluent in your own and others’ communication styles

When we understand our design, we communicate better. When we communicate better, we make wiser financial decisions. And when our finances reflect intentional, Christ-centered communication, our relationships and witness grow stronger.

Learning to speak the language of others says: I care about you. That changes everything.

I Said This, You Heard That: How Your Wiring Colors Your Communication (2025 Edition) is available now wherever books are sold. Let it be a guide for building stronger relationships and becoming a more faithful steward of what God has entrusted to you.

Become a FaithFi Partner

Also, if you'd like to read Kathleen's full article featured in the second issue of Faithful Steward Magazine, consider becoming a FaithFi Partner. With a monthly gift of $35 or an annual gift of $400, you'll receive the magazine each quarter delivered directly to your mailbox—plus these exclusive benefits:

Access to the Pro Version of the FaithFi App
Bulk discounts on additional copies of FaithFi studies and magazines
Early access to every new FaithFi study and devotional before they're released to the public

Join us in equipping believers to steward God’s resources faithfully.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m seeking advice about managing my 66-year-old mother’s finances after her Alzheimer’s diagnosis. She has a limited income, a $300,000 TSP, and a home with $220,000 in equity, but her monthly expenses total $6,500. I need help strategizing how to best care for her financially.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Gift of Perspective

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 3 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“I have seen all the works that are done under the sun; and, behold, all is vanity and a chasing after wind.” – Ecclesiastes 1:14

Life is full of pursuits and ambitions, each one pressing for our attention. Like a collage, the individual pieces may not make sense until we step back and see the bigger picture. Today, we’re talking about the gift of perspective—and how viewing our lives through an eternal lens can change everything.

Zooming Out with Ecclesiastes

If there’s one book in the Bible that invites us to zoom out and take an honest look at life, it’s Ecclesiastes. It’s raw, reflective, and unafraid to ask big questions: What’s really worth pursuing? What has lasting value? What are we building—and why?

Our new study, Wisdom Over Wealth, explores the book of Ecclesiastes with these questions in mind. It helps us see how financial wisdom fits into the broader story of a life lived for God. I’ll tell you how to get your copy in a moment.

In our everyday financial lives, it’s easy to be consumed by the immediate—this week’s bills, that investment opportunity, or the looming tax deadline. Every issue seems urgent. But what if, instead of focusing on just one puzzle piece, we looked at how it fits into the whole? What if we could pull back and see our finances as part of a much bigger story?

That’s the gift of perspective. It lifts us out of the weeds and helps us see clearly. When we understand how our financial choices connect to our spiritual priorities, we begin making wiser, more intentional decisions.

The Danger of Disconnected Wealth

Ecclesiastes invites us to take a mile-high view of not just our money but life itself. The Preacher, on whom this book is based, says he has seen all the works done “under the sun” and found them to be vanity, a chasing after the wind. Not because work or wealth are bad, but because when they become our ultimate goals, they leave us empty.

That’s a message we need in a culture that constantly tells us to buy more, earn more, and do more. But Ecclesiastes points out that it’s all meaningless if disconnected from God’s purposes.

Wealth as a Tool, Not a God

This doesn’t mean that wealth is meaningless—far from it. When we view money through a biblical lens, we understand that it’s not something to be worshiped or hoarded. It’s a tool to be used for God’s Kingdom purposes. When stewarded wisely, wealth can be used for incredible good: to bless others, to support ministry, and to bring glory to God.

That’s where Ecclesiastes speaks into stewardship. It reminds us that we don’t truly own anything. Everything we have is entrusted to us by God. We’re stewards, not owners—and that changes everything.

It changes how we think about earning, saving, giving, and even retiring. It redirects our focus from accumulation to impact. Instead of asking, “How much can I gain?” we begin to ask, “How can I use what I have to reflect God’s character?”

That’s the heart of biblical stewardship—living with open hands, trusting God as our provider, and using what we’ve been given for His glory.

The Value of Contentment

Ecclesiastes also teaches us something else that’s crucial for our financial lives: contentment. The writer encourages us to enjoy our work, to appreciate what we have, and to find joy in the simple gifts of life. It’s a call to be present, to stop comparing, and to stop chasing.

Whether we’re in a season of plenty or a season of little, contentment helps us stay grounded. It reminds us that peace isn’t found in having more—it’s found in walking with God, where we find lasting peace no matter our financial situation.

So, how do we begin to cultivate this perspective? How do we step back and see our finances in light of God’s larger story?

Start by asking some honest questions:

“What truly matters to me?”
“What do I want my financial legacy to be?”
“How can I reflect God’s values in how I manage His money?”

When you pause to reflect, you begin to see money not as the end goal, but as a resource to be used wisely and generously. Perspective leads to peace because it ultimately leads us back to God. It frees us from the endless striving and invites us into a deeper trust in His provision.

Introducing Wisdom Over Wealth

That’s why we’re so excited to make our new study, Wisdom Over Wealth, available to you. Through the book of Ecclesiastes, this study can help you gain the clarity and confidence you need to steward your finances with purpose.

This month, when you give a gift of $35 or more, we’ll send you Wisdom Over Wealth as our thank you. Just visit FaithFi.com/wisdom to request your copy today.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m thinking of putting some money into a fixed, indexed annuity that’s tied to a NASDAQ FC index. What do you think of this product? I recall you mentioning something about reviewing agencies and their ratings.
I have two mortgages on investment properties. Is this a good season to scale up my investments, or should I pay them off right now?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Simple Money, Rich Life with Bob Lotich

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 2 Jun 2025 07:00:00 +0000

English statesman Francis Bacon once wrote, “Money is a great servant but a bad master.”

If we don’t learn to manage money wisely to take control of it, it will soon master us. It’s one way or the other. Today, Bob Lotich tells us how to be the master and not the servant when it comes to money—and he makes it pretty clear, as well.

Bob Lotich is a high-performance financial coach and Certified Educator in Personal Finance (CEPF®) and has been named a top-20 influencer in personal finance. His wife, Linda, and their award-winning website, SeedTime.com, as well as the SeedTime Money Podcast, have reached over 50 million people in the past decade. He is also the author of Simple Money, Rich Life: Achieve True Financial Freedom and Design a Life of Eternal Impact.

The Wake-Up Call: A Breakdown Leads to Breakthrough

Bob’s story, which began in 2002 when his car broke down while he was on his way to deposit a paycheck, is one that many can relate to. He described how that moment of crisis led to a deep spiritual awakening about finances and stewardship.

Unfortunately, the car breaking down prevented him from depositing his paycheck and paying rent on time. Facing the stress of a possible late fee he couldn’t afford, Bob realized that his financial life was on shaky ground. He describes this moment as a "house of cards" that collapsed.

In his frustration, Bob prayed for wisdom, and that simple prayer became the catalyst for a profound change. God responded, leading Bob to learn about biblical stewardship and practical financial management.

Biblical Wisdom: Earning, Saving, and Giving

As Bob delved into the Bible, he came across a quote from John Wesley that changed his financial perspective:

"Earn all you can, save all you can, and give all you can."

This idea, combined with scriptural truths, inspired him to view money not as a burden but as a tool for good.

Bob reflected on passages like:

Proverbs 13:11: "Gathering money little by little makes it grow."
1 Timothy 6:17-19: Paul’s admonition to the rich to be generous.
Proverbs 22:7: The borrower is slave to the lender, which motivated Bob to eliminate debt.

These verses reinforced the idea that managing money well is not about hoarding wealth but using it for God’s purposes.

Financial Unity in Marriage

Bob also emphasized the power of financial unity in marriage. Once he and his wife Linda aligned their financial goals with biblical principles, their relationship strengthened. They not only eliminated stress but also achieved impressive financial milestones, like paying off their house by the age of 31. Bob’s story reminds us that peace in one’s finances can be a unifying force in marriage, helping couples move forward together more quickly.

The Four Keys to Earning More

Bob shared four essential principles for increasing earnings in today’s digital age:

Operate within God-given gifts and passions: Work aligned with your gifts gives you an "unfair advantage."
Continue learning and developing your skills: Hone your craft to glorify God.
Solve significant problems: You’re compensated in proportion to the size of the problem you solve.
Work where demand is high: Identify where there’s a need and meet it.

These principles guide believers to increase their earnings while keeping their hearts focused on God’s kingdom.

The Joy of Giving

One of the most impactful parts of Bob’s message was his perspective on giving. He and his wife created a "seed account," setting aside money each month specifically for giving. By praying and waiting for opportunities, giving became not just a duty, but a joyful and fun part of their lives. This practice reminds us of the joy Jesus spoke of when He said, "It is more blessed to give than to receive" (Acts 20:35).

Enjoying God's Provision

Finally, Bob encouraged believers to enjoy the financial blessings God provides. He highlighted the importance of gratitude and appreciating what we have. Whether earning, saving, or giving, we can find joy in every aspect of financial stewardship.

Bob’s journey teaches us that financial freedom isn’t about accumulating wealth for ourselves but about managing what God has entrusted to us with wisdom and generosity. We can design a life of eternal impact by earning, saving, giving, and enjoying God’s provision.

If you’re looking for more practical tips and biblical wisdom, Bob’s book Simple Money, Rich Life: Achieve True Financial Freedom and Design a Life of Eternal Impact is a great resource to guide you on this journey.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a friend who is getting ready to retire as a union electrician and is really upset about losing $100,000 when the tariff news broke. I tried to tell him that the money would be made back once the markets recovered. Is my understanding correct that he will eventually get that money back?
I currently have $55,000 in a Roth IRA and $37,000 in a Traditional IRA. I’m about 30 years from retirement and contribute $200 per month to my Roth. Does it make sense to roll over the traditional IRA funds into the Roth? Would it be a good financial move for me?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Sacred Gift of Rest

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 30 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“We must have some room to breathe. We need freedom to think and permission to heal. Our relationships are being starved to death by velocity.” — Dr. Richard Swenson, The Overload Syndrome

In our fast-paced, always-on world, these words ring true. We’re overloaded—physically, emotionally, mentally, and financially. But what if the antidote to our exhaustion isn’t doing more, but doing less? Today, let’s look at rest from a biblical perspective.

What Is Margin?

Margin is the “room to breathe” that Dr. Swenson describes. It’s the space between our load and our limits, which allows us to pause before we break.

Too often, we end the day with nothing left—no time, energy, or money. Then the next day starts…full throttle again.

That kind of lifestyle comes at a cost. The Sleep Foundation reports that nearly half of Americans experience trouble sleeping—a third of them get less than seven hours of sleep a night. Chronic sleep deprivation can lead to serious (and expensive) health problems like anxiety, heart disease, and diabetes. It also undermines our relationships and decision-making.

The truth? Rest is not a luxury. It’s wisdom.

God Created Rest

God rested on the seventh day of Creation—not because He needed to, but because His work was complete. He blessed that rest and called it holy (Genesis 2:3).

Later, He enshrined the Sabbath in the Ten Commandments (Exodus 20:8-11). Why? Because He knows our tendency to keep pushing ourselves, and He lovingly tells us to stop. As pastor and author Rich Villodas says:

“God gives us Sabbath—he gives us rest—as a gift to remind us that our standing in Christ is not based on our works. When we rest, we’re reminded: I’m not producing anything…and God still loves me.”

Margin in a Work-Obsessed World

Technology allows us to work from anywhere, at any time. But just because we can doesn’t mean we should. Rest gives us the strength and focus to do our work “as unto the Lord” (Colossians 3:23).

Working late nights and skipping vacations might seem productive, but over time, they damage what matters most—our health, our relationships, and our spiritual lives.

Rest doesn’t mean avoiding work. It means working wisely and worshipfully—and stepping away when it’s time to refuel.

The Difference Between Rest and Laziness

Now, let’s be clear: Rest is not laziness.

Laziness is neglecting what we’re called to do. It violates God’s design for us to work, serve, and create. Paul warned the Thessalonians to “warn those who are idle and disruptive” (1 Thess. 5:14), and added in 2 Thessalonians 3:11 that idleness often masks itself as busyness.

Proverbs 31 praises the noble woman who works diligently. Verse 27 says she “does not eat the bread of idleness.” Laziness can show up subtly, like scrolling endlessly or shopping to avoid responsibility.

Proverbs 24:30–31 tells of a neglected field, overgrown and crumbling, due to a lack of care. That’s what happens when laziness takes root. But there’s hope.

Rest Is a Gift of Grace

Whether you’re burned out or stuck in patterns of procrastination, God’s grace meets you where you are. Jesus doesn’t offer a tighter schedule—He offers a lighter burden.

“Come to me, all who are weary and burdened,” Jesus says, “and I will give you rest.” (Matthew 11:28)

Rest isn’t something you earn. It’s something you receive. So step into the rhythm of grace, not guilt. Your soul—and your stewardship—depends on it.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My son is 26, and last year he was able to start a 401(k) with his job. I want to get him a Roth IRA and start with $200 to get something going. Is that a good idea?
I’m 87 years old. If all my assets have beneficiaries designated, is there any reason to have probate, or is there a maximum dollar amount that requires probate, so I would have to get a trust?
I pay my bills and save as much as I can. Is it okay for me to spend $10 at the Salvation Army to get a new church dress? I don’t make much money, but I get paid every two weeks with a decent check.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Are You Loving Your Kids Into Debt? with Dr. Art Rainer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 29 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

We all want the best for our kids, but knowing what’s truly best isn’t always easy.

You’ve probably heard it—or said it yourself: “I just want my kids to have what I didn’t.” It sounds noble, but it can sometimes lead to financial trouble. Today, we’ll talk with Dr. Art Rainer about how that mindset can push parents into debt.

Dr. Art Rainer is the founder of the Institute for Christian Financial Health and Christian Money Solutions. He is a regular contributor here at Faith & Finance and the author of Money in the Light of Eternity: What the Bible Says about Your Financial Purpose.

6 Things That Can Lead Loving Parents Into Debt

Raising kids is one of the most joyful and rewarding callings in life, but it can also be financially challenging. As parents, we want to give our children the best: opportunities, experiences, and resources that help them flourish. But sometimes, even with the best intentions, we can fall into financial traps that lead to debt.

Here are six common ways loving parents may unintentionally sabotage their finances—and how to avoid them.

1. Trying to Keep Up with the Joneses

It’s a familiar struggle: your neighbor buys designer clothes for their kids or sends them to an elite private school, and suddenly you feel the need to do the same. But appearances can be deceiving—many people fund their lifestyle with debt. Chasing someone else’s standard is a never-ending race, and the finish line keeps moving. Be cautious of modeling your spending after others who may not be living within their means.

2. Falling into the Social Media Comparison Trap

Social media only shows the highlight reel. Perfect family vacations, overachieving kids, and pristine homes can tempt you to measure your life against a filtered illusion. These comparisons can spark discontentment and drive unnecessary purchases just to keep up appearances or ease the guilt of not "measuring up." Be mindful of how much your scrolling influences your spending.

3. Believing Your Kids Need to Have It All

From travel teams to private lessons and elite camps, extracurricular activities have become a costly arms race. While these opportunities can be beneficial, they shouldn't come at the expense of your financial health. Don’t believe the lie that your child will fall behind if they don’t do everything. It’s okay to say no, for the sake of your budget and your family’s peace.

4. Prioritizing Career Success Over Character Development

There’s nothing wrong with wanting your children to succeed in school and in life, but academic or career accomplishments should never come at the cost of neglecting their hearts. Investing in your child’s character, through time, guidance, and godly instruction, often requires less money but more intentional effort. And in the end, it matters far more.

5. Overcompensating for What You Didn’t Have

If you lacked certain things growing up, it’s natural to want your kids to have more. Whether it was a nicer bike, newer clothes, or a first car, those memories can shape how you respond as a parent. But giving in to every request—even on credit—can backfire. Love doesn’t always mean saying “yes.” Sometimes it means exercising the wisdom to say “not right now.”

6. Forgetting the Value of Doing Without

Not getting what you wanted as a kid may have helped you grow. Maybe you learned creativity, resilience, or the value of work through those experiences. Don’t rob your children of the same opportunity. Saying no might actually prepare them better for life than always saying yes.

Loving your children doesn’t mean giving them everything. It means stewarding your finances in a way that honors God and serves your family’s long-term well-being. Avoiding debt is one of the best gifts you can give your children—it provides stability, models wisdom, and frees your family to give generously.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I called about our whole life insurance policy. We’ve paid for 10 years and only have 19,000 saved with a 150,000 death benefit. My husband provides most of our income.
What is the best first credit card for my college-aged daughter?
Can I work and collect my full Social Security, or is there a wage cap that I need to worry about? I am 66 years old.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Finding the Right Financial Advisor with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 28 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

"Plans fail for lack of counsel, but with many advisers they succeed." — Proverbs 15:22

When it comes to managing money wisely, many of us could use some help, but how do you know you’ve found the right financial advisor? Today, we’ll explore a few key questions you should ask when hiring someone to help you with your financial decisions. Sharon Epps is here to help us navigate that process.

Sharon Epps is the President of Kingdom Advisors, FaithFi’s parent organization. Kingdom Advisors serves the broad Christian financial industry by educating and equipping professionals to integrate biblical wisdom and financial expertise.

How to Find a Financial Advisor Who Aligns With Your Faith

Finding a financial advisor can be overwhelming, but it doesn’t have to be. With the right questions and a clear framework, you can confidently choose someone who aligns with your values, demonstrates technical competence, and offers a transparent process. Here are three things to consider when hiring a financial advisor who shares your faith and values.

1. Values Alignment: Do They Share Your Worldview?

The most important starting point is finding an advisor whose faith informs their advice. There’s a big difference between an advisor who is a Christian and one who actively discusses financial decision-making through a biblical lens.

Key Questions to Ask:

What role does faith play in your financial advice?
How do you define financial success?

You’re listening for more than a respectful nod toward your faith. You want to know if they see money as a tool for stewardship, generosity, and Kingdom impact, not just a means of personal gain.

2. Competency: Are They Qualified to Serve You?

Once values are aligned, it is essential to ensure the advisor has the technical skills and experience necessary to guide your financial decisions.

Look for:

Industry certifications (like CFP®, CPA, CKA®, etc.)
Experience working with clients in your stage of life

Key Question to Ask:

Can you tell me about clients you’ve served who are in a similar situation to mine?

Good advisors won’t name names, but they should be able to share stories of impact that demonstrate how they’ve helped people like you.

3. Process & Compensation: Are They Transparent and Clear?

A trustworthy advisor will be open about how they make money and how they work with clients.

Key Questions to Ask:

Can you explain how you're compensated—fees, commissions, or both—for someone like me?
What is your process for creating a financial plan?

They should be able to explain their step-by-step approach, timeline, and what you’ll need to provide—all in clear, understandable terms. You want someone with “the heart of a teacher.”

Ready to Find an Advisor?

If you’re beginning your search—or even considering reevaluating your current advisor—you can start at FaithFi.com. Click on “Find a Professional” to locate a Certified Kingdom Advisor® (CKA®) near you. These advisors have been vetted for:

Biblical worldview
Integrity
Technical excellence

You’ll also find a free downloadable PDF with suggested interview questions to help guide your search. You can rehire your advisor every year, and it’s wise stewardship to evaluate that relationship regularly.

When advisors undergo CKA® training, they begin to carry the weight of stewardship—not only for their own resources but also for how they guide clients to make decisions with eternal impact. That’s the kind of advisor worth seeking out.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My wife and I want to set up a will. We have a son we support and want to make sure he gets everything. I talked to a lawyer who said trusts aren’t necessary anymore and are expensive. I have about $300,000 in home equity, and I’m wondering about taxes and how he might handle the property.
My dad recently passed away. My mom has been drawing on his Social Security because she didn’t have enough credits from working. What percentage of my Dad’s Social Security benefits will she receive as a survivor? What benefits will she get since he was a veteran with VA disability?
Am I supposed to pay tithes on the income of my Social Security now that I’m retired?
Now that my wife is retired and I’m almost retired, is maintaining a good credit score still important?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

When Should You Take Social Security? with Eddie Holland

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 27 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Whether to buy a house or go to college are major financial decisions, but so is deciding when to take Social Security.

It’s true—tens of thousands of dollars, if not more, are on the line when deciding when to start Social Security benefits. Eddie Holland joins us today to help make the decision easier.

Eddie Holland is a Senior Private Wealth Advisor and partner of Blue Trust in Greenville, South Carolina. He’s also a CPA, a Certified Financial Planner (CFP®), and a Certified Kingdom Advisor (CKA®).

A Common Recommendation—But Not a One-Size-Fits-All

When it comes to retirement, one of the most common questions people ask is: When should I start taking Social Security benefits? It’s a vital decision that affects not only your income but also your long-term financial strategy and even your legacy.

It’s generally recommended to wait until at least full retirement age (66 or 67), but that doesn’t mean it’s the best choice for everyone. While delaying Social Security allows your benefits to grow up to 8% annually after full retirement age, thanks to what's called a delayed retirement credit, we must remember that each situation is unique.

Six Key Factors to Consider

Here are several factors that should guide your decision:

1. Reduction vs. Growth of Benefits

Taking Social Security early reduces benefits. Delaying past full retirement age increases benefits. That tradeoff is foundational to your strategy.

2. Cash Flow Needs

If you retire before full retirement age and need income, you might begin drawing Social Security early to meet immediate needs. Some people may need to pay off debt or cover living expenses.

3. Charitable Giving Goals

Interestingly, some retirees choose to take Social Security early in order to increase their generosity. Some people start taking benefits specifically to give more, either during retirement or as part of a legacy plan.

4. Health and Longevity

Your health and family history play a significant role. If you don’t expect to live well into your 80s or 90s, you might opt to draw earlier. But if you’re healthy and expect a longer life, delaying could offer more value over time.

5. Legacy and Inheritance

You can’t leave your Social Security benefits to heirs, but you can leave your investment portfolio. This means some people opt to draw Social Security sooner in order to preserve their portfolio for giving or inheritance purposes.

6. Tax Planning

Social Security benefits can be taxable depending on your income. Some people delay benefits until a year they anticipate being in a lower tax bracket, strategically minimizing the tax impact.

A Bonus Strategy: The “Mulligan”

In some cases, there is a lesser-known but potentially powerful option: the withdrawal application.

If you start taking Social Security before full retirement age and change your mind within the first 12 months, you can actually ‘undo’ it.” You’ll need to repay the benefits you received, but the Social Security Administration treats it as if you never started. You then have the option to restart at a later date, potentially at a higher benefit.

This strategy can be especially useful during periods of market volatility when withdrawing from your investment portfolio might not be ideal.

The Bottom Line

There’s no universal right age at which to begin drawing Social Security. It really depends on your personal situation—your income needs, health, tax strategy, and goals for generosity and legacy.

Wise financial planning starts with understanding your options and aligning those choices with your values and calling.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

How much is enough? My wife and I have 10 properties, including the one we live in. Because of COVID and a flood, I’ve been rehabbing them for the last few years. My wife is 71 and still working, and I’m wondering if we should continue fixing them up to maximize profit, or we should just hold them as they are, even if we get less money.
I’m near retirement with $2 million saved and a good pension. Should I spend $3,300-$7,600 on a $20,000 term life policy, or is it unnecessary given my financial situation?
I have assets but don’t work. Can I gift my RMD to my church and not have it counted on my income tax for 2026?
I’m taking early retirement from the government, and I’m wondering about what to do with my thrift savings.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Redeeming Our Financial Failures

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 26 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

In Romans 2:4, Paul writes, “Do you not know that God's kindness is meant to lead you to repentance?” What a powerful reminder that even when we fail, especially when we fail, God’s grace invites us back. He doesn’t lead with condemnation, but with compassion.

That truth has everything to do with our financial lives.

Yes, God Cares About Money

It’s easy to think God isn’t concerned with something as “earthly” as money. But Scripture tells a different story. There are over 2,300 verses dealing with money and possessions. Why? Because how we handle money reveals what we value, trust, and believe about God.

And just like any other area of our lives, when we fall short financially, whether through poor choices or sinful patterns, we’re invited to bring those failures to the Lord in repentance.

Grace for Financial Failures

When we confess our financial sins, we don’t encounter a cold, condemning judge. We meet a loving Father, ready to forgive and restore. No financial mistake is too big for the Cross. Christ paid for every one of them.

Take Zacchaeus, for example. The chief tax collector of Jericho was known for financial exploitation. But after one encounter with Jesus in Luke 19, everything changed. His repentance was visible: He gave half his possessions to the poor and repaid those he had wronged four times over. Jesus didn’t demand this—grace compelled it. Zacchaeus didn’t earn salvation by generosity; his giving revealed a heart transformed by it.

We’re invited to that same transformation.

Financial Sins Worth Repenting Of

You might be wondering, What financial sins should I bring before the Lord? Here are a few worth reflecting on:

1. Forgetting God Owns It All

We are stewards, not owners. Deuteronomy 8:18 reminds us that God gives us the ability to produce wealth. When we forget that, we risk idolizing what we’ve earned instead of worshiping the One who provides.

2. Dishonesty in Financial Dealings

Cutting corners, misrepresenting the truth, or taking advantage of others damages our witness. As Paul writes in 2 Corinthians 8:21, “We aim at what is honorable not only in the Lord’s sight but also in the sight of man.”

3. Withholding Generosity

Proverbs 11:24 warns that stinginess can actually lead to lack. A lack of generosity can reveal misplaced trust in wealth instead of God.

4. Neglecting Diligent Work

Work isn’t a punishment—it’s a calling. Proverbs 14:23 says, “In all toil there is profit.” Laziness, or lack of engagement with our work, hinders our ability to live out God’s purposes.

5. Living Beyond Our Means

Chronic overspending leads to stress and debt. Proverbs 22:7 says, “The borrower is slave to the lender.” Contentment honors God’s provision.

6. Coveting Others’ Wealth

Envy skews our perspective and sows discontentment. Exodus 20:17 calls us to guard our hearts from coveting what others have.

Repentance That Leads to Restoration

If any of these hit close to home, remember this: conviction is not the same as condemnation. The goal of repentance is restoration, not shame. God is not asking for perfection—He’s asking for surrender.

When we confess, He forgives. And in His kindness, He leads us into new patterns of faithfulness marked by integrity, generosity, and wisdom.

So wherever you are today—whether gathered with family, enjoying the day off, or reflecting quietly—take a moment to consider how God’s kindness might be calling you back in your financial life.

Ask Him to search your heart. Repent of anything that’s not aligned with His will. And trust that He will meet you with mercy and guide you forward in grace. Because when we place even our financial story in His hands, it becomes a testimony of His faithfulness.

And that, friend, is true freedom.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I want to know how to invest my Roth IRA funds. I have a large account with a private custodian in a checkbook LLC, and right now it’s just sitting in a bank account, which is shrinking because of inflation. I just want to keep up with inflation.
I’m 70 years old and want to invest $30,000 wisely. After financial challenges, I want to create a safety net for my family and 15 grandkids. I don’t know much about investing and need advice on what to do with my money.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Slipping Back into Old Financial Habits with Dr. Shane Enete

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 23 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

They say that crisis reveals character, and for a brief moment, the pandemic revealed surprising financial resilience.

Many Americans experienced a rare financial reset during that season, as savings rose and debt declined. But five years later, much of that progress has unraveled. Dr. Shane Enete joins us to unpack what changed—and how believers can respond faithfully in a culture gripped by renewed financial anxiety.

The Unexpected Silver Lining of the Pandemic

When the COVID-19 pandemic brought life to a standstill, something surprising happened with our money. Instead of overspending, many Americans buckled down.

Research from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston and the U.S. Government Accountability Office showed that people used pandemic stimulus checks to reduce credit card balances and cut spending. Simultaneously, emergency fund levels rose to 20-year highs.

With fewer opportunities to spend and greater economic vulnerability, people embraced margin, paid down debt, and began saving like never before. It was a rare moment of collective financial wisdom.

The Return to Old Habits

But that moment didn’t last.

Fast-forward to today, and the picture looks far less encouraging. Credit card debt has now surpassed $1 trillion, and six in ten Americans are uncomfortable with their emergency savings, up from just 37% before the pandemic.

The decline in financial well-being is measurable. According to the CFPB’s 2024 Making Ends Meet survey, the average financial well-being score dropped from 55 to 49. This score reflects how confident households feel about meeting basic expenses, like paying bills and putting food on the table.

Even more concerning: over one in three Americans now carry more credit card debt than they have saved. And 42% say they couldn’t go even one month without income before falling behind.

Why It Matters for Christians

So, what’s going on? Why the backslide? The answer lies not just in behavior but also in belief.

Fear takes over when Jesus isn’t present in our financial decisions. We start believing that we have to carry the full weight of financial responsibility. But Scripture reminds us that we have a good Father and a faithful Shepherd who provides for His children.

As believers, we’re called to live differently—to manage God’s resources with wisdom, margin, and generosity. This begins with a mindset shift from ownership to stewardship.

Many people dread the word “budget”, but we should really see this through a new lens. If budgeting is about tracking God’s provision—your daily bread, your shelter, your gas money—then it becomes an act of gratitude. It’s a moment to declare God’s goodness.”

By embracing this spiritual practice, we open a line of communication with the Lord about our finances. Budgeting isn’t just math. It’s discipleship.

Your Next Step Toward Stewardship

Where do you begin if you want to live this way?

Start simple and track your spending. Shine a light on your habits without judgment. What you illuminate can be transformed. Ephesians 5:13 says, “But everything exposed by the light becomes visible—and everything that is illuminated becomes a light.”

Using tools like the FaithFi app can help you begin this journey. And remember, you don’t have to walk it alone.

Living within your means, avoiding debt, and giving generously stand out in a culture of consumption. They testify to the Spirit’s work in our lives, especially the fruit of self-control.

When believers manage money wisely, they display a beautiful trait of the Holy Spirit. They model a life that’s free, sustainable, and others-focused—the kind of financial light the world desperately needs.

To read Dr. Enete’s full article in the latest issue of our quarterly magazine, Faithful Steward, become a FaithFi Partner today with a gift of $35 a month or $400 a year. Just visit FaithFi.com/Partner to join.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My mother, who’s in her 90s, is going to be selling my house, which I’ve owned for over 30 years. It looks like the sale may exceed the $250,000 capital gains exemption. If the profit goes over by, say, $20,000, what happens? How is that taxed, and how soon would she have to address it after the sale?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Breaking the Cycle for Girls in Lebanon with Jack Hibbard

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 22 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Learn to do good; seek justice, correct oppression; bring justice to the fatherless…” - Isaiah 1:17

As believers, we’re called to defend the powerless and stand up for those who can’t stand for themselves. Right now, few places need that more than Lebanon, especially for its girls and young women. Today, Jack Hibbard is with us to share compelling stories of hope—and how you can be a part of this important mission.

Jack Hibbard has been a passionate advocate for Heart for Lebanon for many years and previously served on the organization’s board of directors.

A Hidden Crisis for Girls in Lebanon

While global headlines often focus on Lebanon’s war-torn landscape and economic collapse, an even deeper crisis is affecting the most vulnerable: young women and girls. Heart for Lebanon is responding to this crisis with bold, gospel-centered compassion, providing protection from human trafficking, early marriage, child labor, and violence.

In refugee and impoverished communities, early marriage, domestic abuse, and forced labor are tragically common. One mother, now divorced with four children, shared how her own 14-year-old daughter was forced into marriage to escape abuse, only to find more of the same. In the midst of this pain, the light of the gospel is breaking through.

Through Hope Centers, literacy programs, counseling, and discipleship, Heart for Lebanon offers girls a safe place to learn, heal, and flourish. They’re helping young women understand who they are in Christ, not as tools or burdens, but as daughters of the King.

One 5th-grade girl, forced to labor after school for just $20 a week, broke down in tears when a staff member shared her worth in Jesus' eyes. She had believed she only existed to serve others. But that day, she gave her life to Christ, choosing to walk in His light, despite the darkness around her.

You Can Help Right Now

When girls discover their God-given dignity and worth, it changes everything. The gospel doesn’t just rescue—it prevents trafficking, early marriage, and abuse. It restores what the world has tried to steal.

As believers, we have a chance to participate in this redemptive work. Every gift of $114 helps protect three at-risk girls from early marriage, child labor, and violence, while introducing them to the love of Jesus.

When we loosen our grip on money, we loosen the grip of money on our hearts. Giving doesn’t just bless others—it deepens our trust in God and draws us closer to Him.

That’s the vision behind our quarterly ministry partnership with organizations like Heart for Lebanon. Together, we’re trusting God to help us reach 500 girls and young women in Lebanon with protection and hope.

Join us in this life-saving mission. To give:

Text FAITH to 98656
Visit: FaithFi.com/Lebanon

Every gift makes an eternal impact—rescuing girls, restoring dignity, and proclaiming the gospel in one of the world's most challenging places. Let’s be faithful stewards together.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I’m 75 and have two retirement accounts I’m not sure what to do with. One is a TSP from my military retirement with just under $5,000. The other is a New York Life annuity worth about $50,000, but it’s only earning 2%. Should I move it into an indexed annuity or keep taking the RMDs as is?
My wife passed away just two weeks ago, and I’m overwhelmed. She handled our finances; I haven’t paid a bill in 25 years. We tried reaching out to a Certified Kingdom Advisor before she passed, but didn’t have much success. I don’t have a budget, and honestly, I don’t know where to begin. I need help.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Danger of Buy Now, Pay Later

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 21 May 2025 13:45:00 +0000

“Take care, and be on your guard against all covetousness, for one’s life does not consist in the abundance of his possessions.” — Luke 12:15

In an age of instant gratification, getting what we want has never been easier, even if we can’t afford it. But as “Buy Now, Pay Later” (BNPL) services become increasingly popular, they’re quietly reshaping our relationship with money, debt, and even contentment. Let’s explore how these programs work, why they’re spiritually and financially dangerous, and how Scripture invites us into a better way.

What Is Buy Now, Pay Later?

Originally used for large purchases like furniture or electronics, BNPL services now allow consumers to split nearly any purchase into multiple payments—even cheeseburgers. DoorDash, for example, lets customers finance their food in four installments. The convenience may seem harmless, but it can mask deeper issues.

Companies like Klarna, Afterpay, Affirm, Zip, Sezzle, and PayPal offer these options at checkout. According to Experian, more than 80% of U.S. shoppers have used BNPL. The ease is attractive, but the long-term impact can be devastating.

BNPL makes it seem like you’re not going into debt, but that’s exactly what’s happening. Small recurring payments across multiple platforms add up fast, leading to overdraft fees, financial stress, and, in many cases, high interest rates—some as high as 36% for missed or extended payments.

A $60 DoorDash meal split into four $15 payments doesn’t seem bad—until you do it for every meal. Or take a $3,000 couch bought with a BNPL plan: one missed payment, and that couch could ultimately cost $8,000 due to fees and interest.

Scripture’s Warnings About Debt

The Bible doesn’t shy away from warning us about the dangers of debt. Proverbs 22:7 tells us, “The borrower is the slave of the lender.” Debt isn’t just a financial issue—it can become an emotional and spiritual burden, dividing our attention and devotion.

In Luke 12:15, Jesus reminds us that “life does not consist in the abundance of possessions.” Yet BNPL feeds the lie that more stuff equals more satisfaction. Instead of trusting God to provide, we try to manufacture comfort and control through impulsive spending.

Why are we tempted to buy now and pay later? Often, it’s not out of need, but out of insecurity, impatience, or discontentment. Paul models a better path in Philippians 4:11–13: “I have learned in whatever situation I am to be content...I can do all things through him who strengthens me.”

True contentment doesn’t come from a checkout screen—it comes from trusting the Lord to provide, even when the budget feels tight.

A Better Way: Practical and Spiritual Wisdom

So, how do we resist the pull of BNPL and grow in godly contentment?

Practically:

Build margin. Save up for purchases ahead of time.
Budget for “wants.” Use a separate category or envelope system.
Set spending limits. Use cash or debit card to help avoid overspending.

Spiritually:

Examine your heart. Ask: Am I trusting God, or just trying to feel better?
Pursue contentment. Let God define your enough.
Practice gratitude. Train your heart to see God’s provision in what you already have.

Freedom to Live Generously

Saying no to unnecessary debt frees us to say yes to generosity. When we live with open hands and open hearts, we reflect the freedom we have in Christ—freedom from striving, fear, and scarcity. And that’s far better than four easy payments.

So next time you see a “Pay in 4” button, pause. Ask yourself: Do I really need this? Can I pay for it in full? And does this reflect trust in God, or just in a payment plan?

Wise stewardship begins with contentment, and contentment begins with Christ.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I are sending our son on a five-week mission trip to Scotland. We’re debt-free and want our kids to stay that way. I’m hesitant to open a credit card, but what’s the best, safest way to give him access to money while he’s overseas?
We recently sold our home at a profit, bought a new one, and are now debt-free. However, the new home needs repairs, and we still have a mortgage. Should we tithe on the profit from the home sale, or use those funds for the house needs?
I’m a recently retired teacher with two annuities—one worth $19,000 and the other about $13,000. I’ve just opened an IRA and wonder if I should roll the annuities into it, or if there might be a better strategy.
I’ve inherited a large amount of cash-valued property and need guidance on how to manage it wisely, especially to minimize potential tax liability.
We paid off our home in October 2024. Do we need the deed and title to protect ourselves from fraud, or is it handled automatically?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Why Delaying Retirement Could Make All the Difference with Matt Bell

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 20 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

"So teach us to number our days, that we may get a heart of wisdom." - Psalm 90:12

If you're a few years from retirement and your savings aren’t quite where you want them, you might feel like you've run out of time. But maybe you don’t need a time machine to solve the problem. Today, Matt Bell joins us with some encouraging words about beefing up retirement savings.

Matt Bell is the Managing Editor at Sound Mind Investing, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

The Surprising Power of Working a Little Longer

In 2018, a Stanford study called The Power of Working Longer made a compelling discovery: delaying retirement by just three to six months can have the same impact on retirement readiness as saving an additional 1% of income every year for 30 years.

Yes, really.

This is largely due to two factors:

Higher Social Security Benefits – For every month you delay past full retirement age, your benefit increases by 2/3 of 1% (8% annually).
Better Annuity Rates – The older you are when purchasing an annuity, the more monthly income you’ll receive for the same investment.

But there’s a caveat: the study is based on specific assumptions that may not match your financial situation.

What the Study Assumes—and Why It Matters

The Stanford study uses a fictional worker named “John” who:

Started saving at age 36
Saved 6% of income and received a 3% match
Retired at 66 and claimed Social Security immediately
Used all savings to buy an inflation-indexed annuity

In reality, your income, savings rate, Social Security timing, and withdrawal strategy may differ widely. Not to mention, indexed annuities like the one in the study are no longer widely available. So while the study provides encouragement, its specifics shouldn’t be universally applied.

If you can delay claiming Social Security, it can significantly boost your lifelong income. For example, waiting until age 70 instead of 66 could result in a monthly check that’s 24% higher. You’d need to live roughly 12 more years to “break even,” but many retirees today are living well into their 80s and beyond.

Social Security is essentially a government-backed, inflation-adjusted annuity, making it a powerful foundation for retirement income.

More Benefits to Working Longer

Beyond Social Security, staying employed offers additional financial and emotional perks:

More Contributions – Additional working years allow you to save more and delay withdrawals.
Shorter Retirement Span – Fewer retirement years mean your nest egg doesn’t have to stretch as far.
Health & Community – Work often provides routine, purpose, and social interaction—elements many retirees miss.

Working longer isn’t just a financial decision—it impacts your time, relationships, and expectations. If you’ve long looked forward to travel, family time, or volunteering, extending your career might feel like a loss. That’s why it’s essential to consider both the math and the meaning.

Couples should prayerfully approach retirement planning together. Decisions about timing affect both spouses, especially when only one is working. Unequal expectations can lead to tension, so it's essential to:

Talk openly about your hopes and concerns
Understand your financial picture as a team
Choose unity over independence in decision-making

This is one of the most crucial decisions you’ll make as a couple.

How Much Do You Really Need?

You may have heard that you need 70–80% of your pre-retirement income. That’s a good rule of thumb, but it’s far better to run the numbers yourself. Some costs (like commuting or saving for retirement) may go down. Others (like healthcare or travel) may go up. The best approach? Create a post-retirement budget based on your unique goals and lifestyle.

If you're behind on retirement savings, don’t panic—and don’t go it alone. Tools on the Social Security website can help you run scenarios based on your age and income. Brokerages like Fidelity or Schwab offer annuity estimators. Most importantly, seek wise counsel and pray through your decisions with your spouse.

If you’d like to read the full article from Sound Mind Investing that we discussed during this episode, read Matt’s article titled Retirement Preparedness—What a Difference a Little Time Can Make at SoundMindInvesting.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I now have the money from my tax return to pay my property taxes, due in two installments—one in May and one six months later. Should I go ahead and pay it all now since I have the funds, or is there a wise short-term investment I could consider in the meantime?
Is there a reliable resource or organization that can provide information on charities that are requesting donations, such as groups like America Cares, CARE, or Mercy Ships?
What are your thoughts on the cryptocurrency XRP? Is it something worth considering?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Greatest Impact for the Least of These with Brian Holtz

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 19 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The King will reply, ‘Truly I tell you, whatever you did for one of the least of these brothers and sisters of mine, you did for me.’” - Matthew 25:40

Some exciting things are happening that will give you more ways to help “the least of these” in God’s Kingdom. Brian Holtz joins us today with details about how we can all have the greatest impact in helping those in need.

Brian Holtz is the CEO of Compass Financial Ministry and the author of Financial Discipleship for Families: Intentionally Raising Faithful Children.

A Call to Reach the Margins

When it comes to helping families in financial crisis, good intentions aren’t always enough. Real transformation requires more than quick fixes—it takes relationships, discipleship, and time. That’s the heart behind Making Ends Meet, a small group video study from Compass Financial Ministry designed to equip churches and communities to walk with struggling families toward lasting financial health.

Most financial ministries have historically focused on middle—and upper-income families, but Compass felt God pushing them to address those with no financial margin at all—those who aren’t just managing poorly but truly don’t have enough income to meet basic needs.

In response, Compass partnered with ministries that specialize in serving low-income families to learn the unique challenges these households face, many of which go far beyond budgeting.

Why Money Alone Isn’t Enough

Simply giving money doesn’t create lasting change. It may provide short-term relief, but study after study shows that injecting money into poverty doesn’t solve the deeper problem.

That’s not a reason to stop giving—it’s a reason to start giving differently.

Jesus didn’t just heal people and walk away. He invited them to follow Him. That’s the model we need to follow—combining financial help with relational investment.

When someone is experiencing financial hardship, it’s often not just a matter of dollars and cents—it’s about identity, family history, and deeply ingrained beliefs. That’s why true transformation requires more than a checkbook; it requires presence.

When we invest relationally, we gain credibility. That allows us to speak into someone’s life in a way that supports their heart and habits.

Understanding the Emotional Barriers

One of the surprising lessons Compass learned during the development of Making Ends Meet is how emotional the journey out of poverty can be.

Many poor communities are deeply interdependent. They share what they have and support each other in powerful ways, like the early church in Acts.

But when someone begins to move toward financial stability, it can create fear: Will I lose my community if I start to thrive? Will I be accepted if I have more than those around me?

This anxiety can be paralyzing, which is why patience and prayer are so critical. These are generational challenges. They won’t be overcome overnight, but change is possible with consistent love and support.

Learn More and Get Involved

The beauty of Making Ends Meet is its simplicity. You don’t need to be a financial expert to use it. If you care about people and are willing to walk with them, the study provides a step-by-step framework to break cycles of poverty and help families build a new mindset.

This is for anyone already serving in their community through their church, a shelter, or a mentoring ministry. Compass provides the tools to make that investment more effective.

To explore how you or your church can use Making Ends Meet, visit CompassFinancialMinistry.org. Whether you’re looking to lead a group or come alongside a struggling neighbor, this resource is designed to equip you to serve with compassion and wisdom.

Helping others financially isn’t just about generosity—it’s about discipleship. When we combine truth, love, and time, God can do amazing things.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

How do I get banks to produce my bank statements further back than the seven-year period usually required to keep records? I need bank statements from 10-15 years ago because I believe fraud or theft has occurred.
My boyfriend is 62 and is about to receive profit-sharing money in two weeks after he took an early retirement from his job. He wants to put the money in his checking account or keep it in his man cave. I don’t know how to get anything lined up for him or what to tell him to change his mind.
I would like to send a charitable donation to my church directly from my IRA. I have the RMD forms, but I don’t understand them. I don’t know what to do by myself and don’t want to make a mistake.
I’m trying to withdraw some equity from my house, and I’m wondering what you think of a HELOC or an HEI.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Hidden Treasure Right in Front of Us

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 16 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

What would you do if you found something so valuable, so life-altering, that you gladly gave up everything else just to have it? That’s the image Jesus gives us in Matthew 13—two brief parables, one powerful message. They remind us of a truth that can reframe not just our faith, but our finances, especially in uncertain times.

In Matthew 13:44–46, Jesus says:

“The kingdom of heaven is like treasure hidden in a field, which a man found and covered up. Then in his joy he goes and sells all that he has and buys that field.”

“Again, the kingdom of heaven is like a merchant in search of fine pearls, who, on finding one pearl of great value, went and sold all that he had and bought it.”

In both parables, something of immense value is found, and the response is total surrender. But not begrudgingly. Not in fear. In joy. That joy is everything. It’s the natural overflow of discovering something so worthy, so beautiful, so eternally good that it reorders your entire life. All other pursuits fade in comparison.

But What About When Life Feels Like a Storm?

Let’s be honest—most days don’t feel like we’ve just struck eternal treasure. In today’s economy, with interest rates up, inflation lingering, and layoffs still in the news, you might feel like you’re just trying to stay afloat. You’re not alone if you’re grasping for security, calculating risks, or losing sleep over your monthly expenses.

But here’s the good news: even in uncertain times, Jesus extends the same invitation. He’s saying there is something more valuable than everything you own. And that something is someone—Him.

When Christ Is Your Treasure, Money Loses Its Grip

When Jesus becomes your treasure, money loses its power to control you. You’re no longer tethered to the markets, to your salary, or to your fears. Your peace isn’t tied to your portfolio—it’s anchored in God’s unshakable Kingdom.

That’s what Paul discovered in Philippians 3:7–8:

“Whatever gain I had, I counted as loss for the sake of Christ. Indeed, I count everything as loss because of the surpassing worth of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord.”

Paul had status and influence, but he gave it all up when he found the true treasure in Christ.

We see this again in the Macedonian believers in 2 Corinthians 8. Even in deep poverty, they gave with joy—not because they had extra, but because they understood Christ's surpassing worth. They didn’t view giving as a loss but as a gain.

The Paradox of the Kingdom: Loss Becomes Gain

Here’s the paradox: when you release your grip on material things, you make room to take hold of eternal things. Stewardship becomes joyful. Giving becomes worship. And peace begins to replace pressure.

But let’s not pretend it’s always easy. Sometimes, the treasure feels far away. The joy is buried beneath fear. The anxiety drowns out trust. Jesus anticipated this, too. In Matthew 10:29–31, He says:

“Are not two sparrows sold for a penny? And not one of them will fall to the ground apart from your Father... Fear not, therefore; you are of more value than many sparrows.”

God sees you. He knows your needs. And His care for you isn’t based on your net worth, but your infinite worth to Him.

A Resource for Your Journey: Look at the Sparrows

That’s the heartbeat behind our 21-day devotional, Look at the Sparrows. Created by our team at FaithFi, this devotional helps center your heart on God’s promises, His presence, and His provision.

Because when you’re standing in a storm, you need more than a budget—you need a Savior. And He’s not far off. As Jeremiah 29:13 promises:

“You will seek me and find me, when you seek me with all your heart.”

When Jesus is your treasure, everything changes. You steward your money with open hands, not clenched fists. You invest in what truly matters. You trade the stress of accumulation for the peace of contentment. And yes, joy returns.

So if your heart is anxious today, remember the man who bought the field. Remember the merchant who found the pearl. And remember the Savior who invites you to find lasting treasure in Him.

Order your copy of Look at the Sparrows at FaithFi.com. Click “Shop” to get a copy for yourself—or buy in bulk for your church or small group.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm retired and living on Social Security with no debt. I have key expenses paid off, and I'm pulling about $1,900 a month from Social Security. Whenever I have a significant project for the house, I pull money out of an IRA that my broker has set up. Is this the best way to finance these projects so that I can remain debt-free and avoid incurring any interest?
I have a 401(k), and I'm wondering how I can invest according to my values with the available options. It seems like the only options are big companies that I'd rather not invest in. Do you have any suggestions?
We recently sold our house for a good profit, and I'd like to know how we should tithe on it. Do we tithe on the full amount we received, or only what goes above the initial price and the interest we paid on it?
My wife and I are purchasing a home this year. The credit union offers us a standard 30-year mortgage with one monthly payment and a bi-weekly payment plan. I want to know which option would be better and the pros and cons.
I used to be poor about 25 years ago and filed bankruptcy for $3,500. Now I receive my ex-husband's Social Security, and I would like to see about possibly paying back the bankruptcy debt.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How Biblical Principles Transform Your Budget

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 15 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Proverbs 4:26 reminds us, “Give careful thought to the paths for your feet and be steadfast in all your ways.”

That’s a call to intentional living—choosing wisdom over impulse, especially in how we manage our money. We often emphasize that budgeting isn’t just about numbers—it’s about aligning your resources with God’s purposes.

Matt Bell, a trusted voice in biblical finance, recently wrote about the contrast between cultural and Christian approaches to budgeting. He notes that culture gives your money a script:

“Make $80,000 a year. Then move into this neighborhood, drive that car, wear these clothes, eat in these restaurants, and take these vacations. Then you can give.”

In this model, spending comes first and usually leads to debt. If we're lucky, we might save or give with what’s left. The result? Financial stress, shrinking savings, and a fading sense of contentment.

Budgeting as a Sacred Trust

But what if budgeting isn’t just a spending plan—it’s a sacred trust?

Deuteronomy 8:18 says, “You shall remember the Lord your God, for it is He who gives you power to get wealth.”

Your income is a gift and a responsibility. Imagine God saying:

“I’m entrusting you with $80,000 this year. Use it to reflect My love—meet needs, fund ministry, invest in My Kingdom. Save wisely. Enjoy what I’ve provided.”

This echoes 1 Timothy 6:17, which reminds us that God “richly provides us with everything to enjoy.” With a biblical framework, our financial decisions flip the cultural script:

Give first
Then save and invest
Then spend wisely
And use debt sparingly

Paul David Tripp puts it this way:

“God calls us to stop starting with ourselves and hoping there’s money left over for him. Instead, the call is to willingly and joyfully accept that our money’s primary purpose is to fund a kingdom of generosity… and then trust that God will provide what we need.”

Jesus warned in Matthew 7:26–27 that anyone who builds their life on shifting sand—hearing His words but not doing them—will find their house collapsing in the storm. A budget based on biblical principles isn’t just practical—it’s foundational. It anchors our financial lives to the truth of God’s Word.

A Partner for Kingdom Stewardship

If you're ready to build your finances on that foundation, it helps to partner with others who share your values. That’s why we’re grateful for Christian Community Credit Union (CCCU).

More than a bank, CCCU is a financial institution with a Kingdom mission. They offer everything you’d expect—checking, savings, loans, mortgages—but they also invest your deposits in ministries that serve the Gospel worldwide. Every dollar becomes a tool for transformation.

If you’re seeking a trusted financial partner that aligns with your faith and fuels your impact, learn more at JoinChristianCommunity.com.

Budgeting isn’t about restriction—it’s about worship. It’s about saying, “Lord, everything I have is from You and for You.” When we carefully consider our financial paths, we begin to experience the freedom, peace, and joy of Kingdom stewardship.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I will be full retirement age in August. I'm still working, so my Social Security will be a surplus that I want to put toward my home. I still owe $82,000 on it, but I also know it needs many repairs. Does it make more sense to put this extra cash flow toward repairs, paying down the mortgage, or a little bit of both?
What's the difference between getting a debt consolidation loan or working with a debt counselor?
I just wanted general information about universal index life insurance. It seems too good to be true. I've heard that you put money in, and it always increases, but you never lose money out of there, like in the case with stocks.
I have a colleague with $12,000 in student debt. He wants to pay $1,000 down and the rest over time, but I think he should pay it off completely now. What's the best method for him to save money and pay off the debt quickly?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Stewardship Through Proxy Voting with Jerry Bowyer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 14 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Know well the condition of your flocks, and give attention to your herds, for riches do not last forever…” - Proverbs 27:23-24

These days, our “flocks and herds” often look like stocks and mutual funds, not sheep and cattle. But the call to wise stewardship remains. One way we do that is through proxy voting. Jerry Bowyer joins us to explain how and why it matters.

Jerry Bowyer is the President of Bowyer Research and our Resident Economist here at Faith & Finance. He is the author of The Maker Versus the Takers: What Jesus Really Said About Social Justice and Economics.

What Is Proxy Voting?

Proxy voting is similar to civic voting. As a citizen, you vote in elections, attend town halls, and even influence legislation. As a shareholder in a company, if you own the stock directly, you have similar rights: to vote on proposals, ask questions, and even submit resolutions.

But if you're invested through mutual funds or ETFs, you hand that vote over to someone else—often a fund manager or institution. And unless you know how they’re voting, your values may not be represented at all.

Many Christian ministries, nonprofits, and even pro-life organizations are unknowingly voting against their own missions. Why? Because they either don’t engage in proxy voting or delegate it without vetting the recipient’s values.

How Can Investors Reclaim Their Voice?

Proxy statements are often long, complex, and written in confusing legal language. For that reason, many advisors default to saying, “Just let the client decide,” rather than helping them engage meaningfully.

Of course, that’s not a good sign because if it’s too complex for the advisor, it’s definitely too complex for the client. Instead, we encourage advisors and Christian investors to partner with specialists, like Bowyer Research, who can help decode the process and ensure votes reflect biblical values.

They offer audits to show investors how they’ve been voting—often to their shock. They’ve never done one where people weren’t stunned by what they saw.

Mutual Funds, ETFs, and the Challenge of Indirect Ownership

If you're invested through mutual funds or ETFs, you're likely not voting directly. However, that doesn't mean you're powerless. Here are some things to keep in mind:

You can request data on how your funds are voting. Bowyer Research tracks that.
You can explore “direct indexing” solutions—an increasingly available strategy that allows you to own shares directly and reclaim your voting rights.
You can ask your advisor questions. “How am I voting?” is a simple but powerful question. If your advisor can’t answer it, that’s a red flag.

What You Can Do Today

Ask your advisor how your shares are being voted. If they don’t know, press in.
Get an audit of your proxy voting records through BowyerResearch.com.
Talk to companies, not just about them. Change happens through engagement, not complaint.

If you’re an investor, advisor, or leader at a Christian ministry or nonprofit, don’t let your investments work against your mission. Visit BowyerResearch.com to learn how to align your proxy voting with your values.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm 27 and own 20 acres of land. Should I use the land as collateral for a house loan, or use my saved money to get a bigger loan and increase my land's equity?
I opened a Roth IRA with National Life Group in 2013. It's past the surrender fee date, but it's not earning me much. I'll be 66 in July, and I'm single with no one to depend on. I also have another annuity with F and G that I'm not happy with. What should I do with these investments?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Navigating Peak Real Estate Season with Dale Vermillion

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 13 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Did you hear about the mortgage broker who always ate lunch alone? Yep—it turns out he was a loaner.

Okay, a bit of levity to start the program today, but you know what’s serious business? Buying or selling a home. Are spring and summer still prime seasons to jump into the market? Dale Vermillion joins us for insight on today’s real estate and mortgage trends.

Dale Vermillion is the author of Navigating the Mortgage Maze: The Simple Truth About Financing Your Home. This book covers everything you need to know about securing a mortgage—all from a biblical perspective.

Is Spring Still a Seller’s Market?

While spring and summer are still active seasons, seasonality in real estate isn’t what it used to be. The rise of online listings means people shop for homes year-round. However, warmer weather, the end of the school year, and a desire for fresh starts still push many families to buy and sell during this time.

There’s a lot of activity right now. Listings are up over 700,000—33% more homes than last year. And new home sales? Up to 76,000 in just the last 30 days.

With more homes on the market and fewer buyers competing, this may be the best opportunity to buy a home since 2021.

Selling a Home? Stand Out With These Tips

If you’re on the selling side, you’ll need more than a “For Sale” sign. Here are a few key steps to rise above the noise:

Price your home right from day one. Use recent comps, a professional appraisal, and work with a local agent who knows your area.
Stage your home well. With more buyers relying on online home tours and 360° walkthroughs, curb appeal and clean, well-lit interiors matter more than ever.
Declutter and simplify. Remove excess items and ensure the space feels open and welcoming—both inside and out.

Buying a Home? Here’s How to Prepare Wisely

For starters, you need to understand that pre-approval is not the same as pre-qualification. Pre-qualification is often based on unverified info. You want a full pre-approval, where your application, income, credit, and down payment are all verified.

This not only makes your offer more attractive to sellers but also helps you understand what you can realistically afford. And that’s the other key point—know your budget. Don’t rely solely on what a lender says you qualify for.

Create a detailed budget based on your actual income and expenses.
Consider your long-term financial goals, not just your current desires.
Most importantly, pray about your decision. Ask God for wisdom and peace before making such a significant commitment.

What About Mortgage Rates in 2025?

Many are still waiting for interest rates to drop—but experts say don’t hold your breath.

The Fed rate may drop a few times this year, but that mostly affects short-term debt like credit cards and auto loans. Mortgage rates, on the other hand, are driven by the 10-year Treasury note.

As inflation eases, mortgage rates may follow, but they’re expected to remain relatively stable for now.

If you’re a buyer, now could be the right time to act, with high inventory and lower competition. But as always, make sure your decision is rooted in financial wisdom and prayerful dependence on God. Only buy what you can afford, and trust the Lord through the process.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I just retired and received a $20,000 check. I'm not sure what I should do with this money. I have a Roth, some savings, an annuity, and a 401(k), but I haven't talked to a financial planner about my current financial status. What should I do with this $20,000?
I write one check every Sunday to tithe to my church. If everything goes electronic, I don't know how to track it.
As I get closer to having my home paid off, I would like to know if it's better to keep an outstanding balance on my mortgage to maintain the mortgage credit and homestead credit for property taxes, or just pay off the home and deal with increased taxes.
Years ago, when we were leading classes with Howard Dayton, our group discussed how collecting offerings at church feels very personal. When the offering basket is passed and a deacon holds it, we almost see it as Jesus' hand holding out the basket. It becomes a very personal act of giving, almost like giving directly to Jesus himself. I'm curious how many people over 65 still write a lot of checks.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Heart Behind FaithFi with Taylor Standridge

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 12 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” — Matthew 6:21

That powerful truth from Jesus captures the heart of FaithFi’s mission and vision.

If money issues are ultimately heart issues, then we need more than financial tips—we need a heart change that helps us see God as our ultimate treasure. Today, Taylor Standridge joins us to explore the deeper purpose behind FaithFi and how you can partner in that mission.

Taylor Standridge is the Production Director of FaithFi: Faith & Finance and the co-author of Look At The Sparrows: A 21-Day Devotional on Financial Fear and Anxiety.

When Your Peace Rises and Falls with the Market

It’s pretty ironic that the stock market graph sometimes looks like a heart rate monitor. The point? Many people’s emotions—and even their sense of hope—are tied to their financial situation. When the market dips, so does their peace.

But Scripture offers a better way: “Some trust in chariots and some in horses, but we trust in the name of the Lord our God” (Psalm 20:7).

If your peace mirrors the market, it may be a spiritual warning light. Scripture calls us to set our minds on things above, not on the volatility of our savings accounts.

Why Our Mission at FaithFi Matters

At the core of FaithFi is a calling to help people glorify God through wise financial decisions. But our vision shapes how we do it: to see every Christian view God as their ultimate treasure.

In Jesus's words during the Sermon on the Mount, Matthew 6:21 tells us, "Where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” Christian finance is about more than avoiding debt or giving to good causes. Those are great goals, but Jesus is calling us to something deeper: to reexamine what we treasure in the first place.

It’s not about giving more, it’s about loving God more. That’s why even the Pharisees, who gave plenty, were still rebuked—because their hearts weren’t surrendered. When Christ becomes our greatest joy, giving becomes cheerful, not dutiful.

The Daily Struggle: Trusting God or Trusting in Wealth

One of the biggest struggles we see on the show frequently is the tension between trusting God and trusting in financial security.

The culture says to get more and upgrade everything. But the gospel calls us to steward our resources for God’s Kingdom. Ultimately, money can never define our worth—it can only serve as a tool when our identity is rooted in Christ.

Wisdom Over Wealth: What Ecclesiastes Teaches Us

This book reminds us that wealth, possessions, and even success are fleeting. Apart from God, they’re meaningless—just vapor, or ‘hevel’ as Ecclesiastes puts it.

But when we view money as a gift from God, not the goal, its purpose becomes clear. Ecclesiastes invites us to stop chasing what won’t last and start investing in what will.

That’s why we’re excited about the release of our latest study, Wisdom Over Wealth: 12 Lessons from Ecclesiastes on Money, authored by John Cortines. Ecclesiastes speaks so much to our modern struggles with wealth, showing us both the futility of placing our hopes in riches and the true path to a life grounded in God’s wisdom. You’ll find that this study will challenge you to rethink your relationship with money and inspire deeper trust in God’s provision and sovereignty.

To get your copy, you can either pre-order it at FaithFi.com/Shop or request a copy to be sent to you when you make a gift of $35 or more to the ministry of FaithFi at FaithFi.com/Give.

Practical Tools for a Biblical Approach to Finances

FaithFi isn’t just about biblical theory—it’s about real-life application. There are several ways we equip people to live out God-honoring stewardship:

The FaithFi App—A budgeting tool built on biblical values like generosity, margin, and contentment. It even includes a vibrant in-app community with Certified Christian Financial Counselors (CertCFCs) and Certified Kingdom Advisors (CKAs).
Radio + Podcast—Daily encouragement and wisdom for wherever you are on your financial journey.
Devotionals & Studies—Tools like Look at the Sparrows and Wisdom Over Wealth are helping individuals and churches connect their faith and finances.
Faithful Steward Magazine—A quarterly, beautifully designed resource full of rich theology, practical advice, and real-life encouragement—exclusively for FaithFi Partners.

Join the Movement: Become a FaithFi Partner

The best way to support FaithFi's work is to become a FaithFi Partner—someone who gives $35 a month or more, or at least $400 a year.

In return, partners receive early access to our Bible studies and devotionals, full access to the FaithFi Pro App, and quarterly issues of Faithful Steward. But more importantly, they help millions of people discover how to treasure God above all else.

If this vision resonates with you, visit FaithFi.com/Give and join us.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I want to know if charities have to follow minimum wage laws in Florida or the United States.
I have about $130,000 between two IRAs, I owe about $125,000 on my mortgage, and about $15,000 on an auto loan. I have a $250,000 term life policy that ends in 2027. I'm shopping around and want to know how much life insurance I should buy, and if you're in favor of life insurance.
What's the difference between a Roth IRA and a regular IRA? And can an individual open a 401(k) without being an employee?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

A Tribute to Faithful Mothers on Mother’s Day

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 9 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“I am reminded of your sincere faith, which first lived in your grandmother Lois and in your mother Eunice and, I am persuaded, now lives in you also.” – 2 Timothy 1:5

Mother’s Day invites us to reflect on the deep, often quiet influence of a mother’s faith. The Apostle Paul’s words to Timothy reveal that sincere faith often passes from one generation to the next through the loving guidance of mothers and grandmothers. Today, we celebrate that legacy.

A Mother’s Work: Beyond Measure

When we think about the value of moms, it’s usually in terms of intangible gifts—love, wisdom, compassion, and sacrifice. These are treasures that can’t be priced.

But what if we did try to measure the economic value of a mother’s daily work?

According to Salary.com, a working mother averages 54 hours a week managing her household in addition to her job. Stay-at-home moms? They often work the equivalent of 15-hour days, seven days a week. The roles include everything from chef and nurse to financial manager, event planner, and counselor.

Based on these duties, a mother’s annual salary would exceed $185,000—and that’s before bonuses, overtime, or hazard pay. Factoring in those extras, a stay-at-home mom could easily command over $200,000 a year. And truthfully, she’s worth every penny.

Still, even that figure falls short of her true worth. The value of a mother’s love and faithfulness can’t be calculated. It's personal. It's spiritual. It’s eternal.

How Scripture Calls Us to Honor Mothers

The Bible doesn’t just acknowledge the role of mothers—it esteems it. Proverbs 31:28 paints a moving picture of a godly woman’s reward:

“Her children rise up and call her blessed; her husband also, and he praises her.”

Honoring your mother starts with your words. Tell her what she means to you. Thank her for the sacrifices she has made and the ways she has reflected God’s love in your life.

But biblical honor doesn’t end with gratitude. It matures into care, especially as our mothers age.

Honoring Through Care: A Biblical Mandate

In Mark 7:10–13, Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for neglecting their duty to care for their parents, even though they claimed their resources were dedicated to God. Their so-called righteousness became a mask for selfishness. Jesus made it clear: caring for your parents is not optional; it's a direct expression of your devotion to God.

In today’s terms, honoring your mother might look like:

Making time for her amid your busy schedule
Offering financial assistance or managing her needs
Including her in decisions that affect the family
Listening with patience and respect
Praying for and with her regularly

These acts aren’t just thoughtful gestures—they reflect the heart of Scripture and offer a meaningful way to live out our faith in everyday life.

Honoring a Legacy of Faith

Whether it’s your biological mom, your wife, a grandmother, or a spiritual mother who’s poured into your life, this Sunday is your opportunity to show them they’re not alone or forgotten.

Let her know she’s seen. Let her know she’s loved. Let her know that her quiet faithfulness—the prayers whispered, the tears cried, the meals made, the lessons taught—isn’t wasted. It is, in fact, shaping generations and pointing hearts toward Jesus.

Because when a mother models faith, she’s not just building a home—she’s shaping eternity.

This Mother’s Day, let’s rise up and call her blessed, not just with words, but with actions that honor God and her.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Is Bitcoin something that someone should have in their portfolio? I don't necessarily know much about it, so I don't invest in it, especially since I'll be going into retirement.
My husband and I have an annuity, and I'd like to know how we can make charitable donations from it.
My daughter has two student loans totaling approximately $15,000, with Mohela serving as the loan servicer. With the interest deferment ending in September, I'd like to know if we can negotiate to pay off the loans at a reduced amount, or should we pay them off if we have the funds available?
I am the executor of my father's estate, and I'm 67 years old. Last December, the estate planner surprised me by saying we had to take a required minimum distribution (RMD). This year, I would like the RMD to be donated to a charitable organization. How do I set that up?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

How to Create a Financial Emergency Binder with Dr. Art Rainer

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 8 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The prudent sees danger and hides himself, but the simple go on and suffer for it.” – Proverbs 22:3

That verse reminds us that wisdom means planning ahead, especially when it comes to life’s most serious emergencies. If something were to happen to you, would your family know how to manage the finances, pay the bills, or access important documents? Today, Dr. Art Rainer joins us to walk through how to create a financial emergency binder.

Why Planning Ahead Matters

Life is full of unexpected turns, and while we trust God in all things, wisdom calls us to prepare, especially when it comes to our finances and family care.

Consider the questions every household should be able to answer:

What happens if you or your spouse is hospitalized?
Would someone know how to manage your bills and care for your children?
If you were to pass away unexpectedly, would your family know where to find your vital documents?

Sadly, many families are left overwhelmed and directionless in moments of crisis because these preparations were never made. Yet this kind of confusion can be avoided through a simple but powerful step: organizing essential information before it’s urgently needed.

The Power of an Emergency Binder

An emergency binder is a centralized location—digital and physical—where your most critical information is stored. This includes:

Financial accounts and passwords
Medical records and contacts
Insurance information
Bill due dates and utilities
Funeral wishes
Childcare instructions
And more.

Preparing an emergency binder may not feel urgent, but when the unexpected happens, it becomes priceless. Organizing your household’s key information is a tangible expression of love, wisdom, and care. It’s a simple act of stewardship that offers comfort, clarity, and care when it matters most.

How to Get Started

Creating an emergency binder might sound overwhelming, but it doesn’t have to be.

Here’s a simple approach: work on one section at a time. Set aside 30 to 60 minutes a day to focus on gathering the necessary documents for each category. This bite-sized method turns a daunting project into a doable one.

And once it's complete? Print it out. A red three-ring binder is a wise choice for easy identification in an emergency. Store it in a secure, fireproof location, and ensure that your loved ones are aware of its location. It’s also wise to keep a digital backup, securely stored and shared with trusted family members.

If you’re thinking, “I wish someone would just do this for me,” you’re in luck. Art and his team have created The Essential Emergency Binder—a beautifully designed resource with over 60 pages of templates and instructions to help you get started quickly and confidently.

You can find it at EssentialEmergencyBinder.com.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I want to consolidate our investments. We have a pension, Social Security, Roth IRAs, a 401(k), and traditional IRAs at two different financial institutions. Is it better to have everything in one place?
I'm concerned about how my church is spending its tithe money on items like a drum set and library donations, rather than traditional ministries. Is this the right way for a church to use funds?
I've received a six-figure inheritance from my uncle in Florida, which includes checking, savings, a money market account, and a Lutheran annuity. I would like to confirm that there is no inheritance tax in Ohio. I'm considering investing the money in CDs through my bank's Certificate of Deposit (CD) program. Can you confirm the tax situation and advise me on this approach?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Good Investor with Robin John

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 7 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

If you believe the highest goal of investing is simply to earn a high return, you may be overlooking a deeper purpose—how our money can be used for good.

As investors, we’ve been given resources to manage, not just for profit, but in alignment with God’s will and values. It’s easy to see investing through a purely earthly lens, but God invites us into a much greater story. Today, Robin John joins us to explore that bigger vision.

Robin John is co-founder and Chief Executive Officer at Eventide Asset Management, an underwriter of Faith & Finance. He’s also the author of the forthcoming book, The Good Investor: How Your Work Can Confront Injustice, Love Your Neighbor, and Bring Healing to the World.

A Vision for Redemptive Investing

Eventide’s tagline—“Investing that makes the world rejoice”—is more than marketing. It’s a biblical conviction inspired by Proverbs:

“When the righteous prosper, the city rejoices, but when the wicked perish, there are shouts of joy.” – Proverbs 11:10

Righteousness, in this context, refers to those who seek the good of others. The righteous prosper by looking out for the people in the city. But the wicked prosper through exploitation, especially of the poor. That leads to groaning, not rejoicing.

For Eventide, investing is about more than avoiding harm. It’s about actively investing in companies whose products and practices bring tangible good into the world—serving real needs, not exploiting vulnerabilities.

Can You Do Good and Do Well?

A common concern among faith-based investors is whether aligning values with investments means sacrificing returns.

Romans 12 tells us “not to conform to the patterns of this world but be transformed by the renewing of our minds.” That means we should be willing to make sacrifices if necessary. But that doesn’t mean underperformance.

Research from the Biblically Responsible Investing Institute, drawing on a 19-year study, compares values-based screening (which excludes companies involved in activities such as abortion, pornography, and tobacco) with the S&P 500 and yields equivalent long-term returns.

It’s a myth that you must compromise performance to honor your faith. At Eventide, they don’t just avoid the bad—we seek out the good.

The Ultimate Question, as posed by Bain consultant Fred Reichheld, also found that the most successful companies are those that best serve their customers and employees. Serving people well is good business, and it often leads to long-term outperformance.

Why How You Make Money Matters

John Wesley once said, ‘Make all you can, give all you can, but make all you can without hurting yourself or your neighbor.”

Proverbs 1:19 also warns against partnering with those who gain through unjust means. It’s not just what we give—it’s how we earn that matters to God. Ill-gotten gain is not pleasing to Him.

Generosity isn’t limited to charitable giving. A teacher choosing to serve children instead of pursuing a higher-paying career is living generously, even without writing a check.

The Good Investor

Robin's passion is to see everyday Christians empowered to invest in ways that reflect their values. His upcoming book, The Good Investor: How Your Work Can Confront Injustice, Love Your Neighbor, and Bring Healing to the World, aims to help believers do just that.

The Good Investor doesn’t stop at money—it’s also a book about purpose and calling. Don’t assume your calling means you have to start something new. Many Christians are exactly where God needs them to be. The real challenge is to recognize your work as valuable to God and do it in a way that reflects His goodness.

Psalm 1:3 emphasizes that the blessed life is rooted in delighting in God’s Word and walking in His ways:

“That person is like a tree planted by streams of water...whatever they do prospers.”

Robin’s new book, The Good Investor: How Your Work Can Confront Injustice, Love Your Neighbor, and Bring Healing to the World, will be released on July 22 and is available for pre-order now wherever books are sold.

This is a must-read for any Christian who wants to rethink investing through the lens of God’s Kingdom—and rediscover the purpose and power of their everyday financial decisions.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a 401(k) from my old school district job with approximately $7,000-$8,000 in it. I'm 55 and want to know if I should roll it over into my new company's retirement plan and what I should do with my IRA.
I remarried after my first wife passed away. If I die, can my late wife's kids force my new wife out of our house, and how can I protect her?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Helping Without Hurting in Short-Term Missions with Dr. Brian Fikkert

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 6 May 2025 13:45:00 +0000

Are our efforts to help the poor always helpful, or could they sometimes do more harm than good?

Today, we’ll explore how short-term missions can genuinely reflect the heart of Christ and bring lasting change, without unintentionally hurting the very people we aim to serve. Dr. Brian Fikkert joins us for that conversation.

Dr. Brian Fikkert is a Professor of Economics and Community Development and the Founder and President of the Chalmers Center for Economic Development at Covenant College in Lookout Mountain, Georgia. He is also the co-author of the book, Helping Without Hurting in Short-Term Missions.

What Is Poverty—Really?

Americans often define poverty materially—a lack of necessities, such as food, clean water, clothing, or shelter. As a result, short-term mission trips often center around distributing goods or completing construction projects. But when you ask materially poor individuals around the world what poverty means to them, they describe feelings of shame, helplessness, and a lack of dignity.

This reveals a disconnect: while we view poverty as a lack of material possessions, those experiencing it often define it in relational, psychological, and spiritual terms. True poverty is brokenness in relationship—with God, self, others, and creation. That insight should transform how we approach short-term missions.

Even the most well-intentioned trips can do harm. Why? Because those going on these trips may carry pride, believing they have the answers or that their culture holds superiority. In contrast, those in materially poor communities often struggle with inferiority. That combination can worsen the very sense of worthlessness we hope to alleviate.

Rather than reinforcing this brokenness, we should pursue humility and listen more than we speak. The goal should not be to "fix" but to restore—to foster healthy relationships that reflect the image of God in all people.

Presence Over Projects

Short-term trips shouldn't be about what we accomplish but about who we become in relationship.

If poverty is rooted in broken relationships, then the solution is to restore people to right relationships. And that doesn’t come through handing out supplies or completing a checklist—it comes through deep, lasting community.

That’s why the local church is God’s primary instrument of restoration. Mission teams should support these churches in a “backstage” role—serving quietly, praying faithfully, and encouraging leaders who are already embedded in the community. Sometimes the best thing you can do is babysit the pastor’s children so he and his wife can enjoy a night out. That kind of support strengthens the long-term work far more than any single project ever could.

The Sending Church’s Role in Long-Term Success

Many short-term trips blur the line between gospel and Western culture. But the gospel transcends culture—and so should we.

Colossians 1 reminds us that Christ is the Creator and Sustainer of all things. That means He is already at work in every community, regardless of how impoverished it may seem. When mission teams enter a new culture, they should approach it reverently, as if stepping onto holy ground. There is beauty in every culture, and highlighting it can be healing. Simply asking, “What’s good here?” affirms the image of God in others and begins the work of restoration.

How can the sending church help ensure long-term success in missions?

It’s not about executing a flawless trip. It's about fostering enduring partnerships with local ministries. That includes showing up year after year, offering consistent prayer and support, and being safe spaces where local leaders can be authentic. Success is not measured by how much we build but by how deeply we walk with others through life.

Fundraising as a Form of Discipleship

Short-term mission fundraising can also be reframed. Young people often feel pressure to produce tangible results in exchange for financial support. But if the goal is to learn and grow, that’s a worthy investment.

Go as a learner and communicate that clearly to your supporters. When trips are part of a larger discipleship journey, they become valuable not only for those being served but also for the transformation of those who participate.

Still, we must be wise stewards of God’s resources. Many trips could be more effective if better embedded in a long-term process of learning and partnership.

Short-term missions, when done right, can become powerful instruments of healing and restoration. But they must begin with a correct understanding of poverty and a humble willingness to be shaped by the journey.

For churches preparing for trips this summer, Helping Without Hurting in Short-Term Missions is more than a resource—it’s a reorientation of purpose.

To explore Dr. Fikkert’s work or find resources and group studies designed for churches, visit Chalmers.org.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I just bought a new SUV and was offered bi-weekly payments. Would it be advantageous to opt for this option over monthly payments to minimize interest?
My mother passed away in October of last year, and my sister and I are going to sell her house probably next month. My question is, in Texas, there's no inheritance tax. But is there an inheritance tax federally?
We have some friends who asked us to give them a letter of giftedness to help them buy a home. They're asking for $17,000, for which they have $17,000 in cash that they will exchange for our check immediately. We don't understand why they can't just use their own cash, and we're not sure if helping them would cause difficulties for us or them.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Person of Wisdom with John Cortines

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 5 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

"For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways, declares the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways and my thoughts than your thoughts." - Isaiah 55:8-9

You don’t have to study Scripture long to realize that God’s wisdom differs sharply from what the world considers wise. John Cortines joins us today to talk about the nature of wisdom, and spoiler alert— it’s a Person, not a thing.

The True Nature of Wisdom

In our modern world, we often equate wisdom with knowledge, education, and the ability to make good decisions. While these aspects are certainly part of it, Ecclesiastes teaches us that wisdom is far more than intellectual mastery or a collection of best practices. In fact, wisdom is not just a set of principles—it is a person. That person is Jesus Christ.

Throughout Ecclesiastes, the Preacher (likely King Solomon) wrestles with the big questions of life: What is our purpose? Where can we find joy? How should we handle money? The book explores the various paths people take—seeking pleasure, accumulation, and status—but ultimately concludes that all these pursuits are vanity, or "chasing after the wind."

The key takeaway? True wisdom is found in fearing God and keeping His commandments. But it's not merely about following rules—it’s about cultivating a relationship with God through Christ.

Ecclesiastes isn’t just a book about the limitations of human wisdom; it points us to the deeper truth that wisdom is found in a relationship with God. Near the end of Ecclesiastes, we read that "the words of the wise are like goads," and these words come from "one shepherd."

Interestingly, this shepherd's identity is made clear in the New Testament, where Jesus identifies Himself as the Good Shepherd in the Gospel of John. Not only does Jesus impart wisdom, but He is wisdom. In Colossians, we learn that Jesus is the one who orders and sustains all things—He embodies wisdom.

Paul writes in 1 Corinthians 1:30 that Jesus became "to us wisdom from God, righteousness, and sanctification." This concept shifts our understanding of wisdom from a set of teachings to a relationship with a person.

Ecclesiastes and the Limitations of Human Wisdom

Ecclesiastes acknowledges the limits of human wisdom. Even Solomon, renowned for his wisdom, struggled to make sense of life’s paradoxes. He sought knowledge, but it never gave him lasting meaning. In fact, knowledge alone cannot answer the deeper questions of life, such as suffering, uncertainty, or death.

True wisdom isn't found in education or achievement; it's received from outside ourselves. Proverbs 9:10 states, "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom," and in the knowledge of the Holy One, there is insight. True wisdom is about trusting in Christ, who alone leads us into all truth and understanding.

Walking in Wisdom with Christ

If wisdom is a person, the way to grow in wisdom is to walk closely with Jesus. John offers some practical ways to deepen our relationship with Christ and grow in wisdom:

Spend time in God’s Word: Not just for information but to encounter Christ and be transformed.
Pray and seek His guidance: God promises to give wisdom to those who ask for it.
Live in obedience: Wisdom isn't just knowing what is right; it's living it out.
Surround yourself with wise counsel: Engage with fellow believers who are also walking with Christ.
Trust God in times of uncertainty: Lean on Christ in suffering and hardship.
Develop a heart of gratitude: Recognize and enjoy the simple gifts God gives us each day.

These steps, though simple, shape our lives and our relationship with God. They allow us to grow in wisdom and understanding as we live in step with Christ.

The Connection Between Wisdom and Finances

One area where wisdom plays a critical role is in our financial lives. The way we handle money is closely tied to our spiritual journey, and the book of Ecclesiastes speaks directly to this. Money is often viewed in our culture as a means of fulfillment, but Ecclesiastes teaches us that wealth is a tool, not our source of meaning.

In Ecclesiastes 11, we are reminded of the importance of generosity: "Cast your bread upon the waters, for you will find it after many days." Giving reflects God’s nature and His wisdom, and it produces Kingdom fruit. Generosity is a key part of living for Him.

Ecclesiastes teaches us to appreciate the simple gifts God provides, while also reminding us that money and possessions are fleeting. As we apply the wisdom of Christ to our finances, we see the balance between frugality, generosity, and enjoying the blessings God has given us.

The Ultimate Wisdom: Jesus

At the heart of Ecclesiastes—and of all Scripture—is the call to fear God and keep His commandments. In the New Testament, we understand that this means following Jesus Christ, who is wisdom incarnate. Our pursuit of wisdom isn't about accumulating knowledge or living by a set of moral principles. It’s about knowing Jesus personally and living in relationship with Him.

If you're seeking wisdom, the answer is not found in more knowledge or better strategies—it’s found in Jesus Christ. As we follow Him, we grow in wisdom, and our understanding of life’s challenges—including money and possessions—becomes clearer. Wisdom is a person, and that person is Jesus.

For those interested in diving deeper into the book of Ecclesiastes, our new study, Wisdom Over Wealth: 12 Lessons from Ecclesiastes on Money, offers a comprehensive exploration of this biblical text and its profound teachings on money, work, and contentment. Visit FaithFi.com/shop to get your copy today or to place a bulk order.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a son who has separated himself from our family. We haven't spoken in two and a half months. I want to know if there are any biblical references that would support changing my will to take my son out of it, given our current strained relationship.
I made an insurance claim for a new roof, which was necessary. Now my insurance company has raised my rates, and my next payment is $163 higher than usual, which I can't afford this month. Do I have any recourse, and what should I do besides looking for another insurance company?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Finding an Uncommon Retirement with Jeff Haanen

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Fri, 2 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

"Whatever you do, work heartily, as for the Lord and not for men." - Colossians 3:23

It’s easy to assume this verse applies mainly to our working years, urging us to give our best on the job. But notice—it doesn’t come with an expiration date. Today, Jeff Haanen joins us to explore a different kind of retirement.

Jeff Haanen is an entrepreneur and writer who builds companies and serves leaders committed to healing the world through their work. He is the author of An Uncommon Guide to Retirement: Finding God’s Purpose for the Next Season of Life and Working from the Inside Out: A Brief Guide to Inner Work That Transforms Our Outer World.

Rediscovering Purpose in Retirement

What if retirement wasn't the end of something, but the beginning of something far greater?

With 10,000 Baby Boomers retiring every day—and people living longer than ever before—a growing number of older adults are asking the question, “What am I called to now?”

Culturally, retirement has been framed as a “never-ending vacation.” From jingles like “Wake up and live in Sun City,” to today’s media, the message is clear: retire, relax, and indulge. But the reality is different. Many retirees feel adrift, watching screens and fixing things around the house, not flourishing.

A Biblical Alternative: Eldership, Not Escape

The Bible doesn't speak extensively on retirement, but it does offer a framework. In Numbers, older Levites transitioned their tabernacle responsibilities to the younger men. This isn’t “quitting”; it’s wise delegation and reorientation.

There’s a three-part vision in light of this:

Lay down past work identities.
Embrace a season of rest, reflection, and renewal.
Re-engage as elders—servants, mentors, leaders.

The cultural idea that “elderly” equals obsolete. In biblical tradition, “elder” is a position of nobility, wisdom, and honor—those who teach, guide, and bless at the city gates.

A Path Forward: Rest and Renewal

We encourage retirees to start with rest, not for rest’s sake, but to re-center and listen for God’s leading. Just as Leviticus 25 calls for rest in agricultural rhythms, so too should we practice rest in life’s transitions.

It’s recommended to initially take 3–12 months for rest and spiritual renewal before re-engaging. This time creates space to reflect, give thanks, and seek God’s direction.

Rather than merely saving to escape responsibility, we want to propose a new vision: communities of elders who lead, mentor, and give generously—of time, talent, wisdom, finances, and prayer. Retirement then becomes not a retreat from purpose, but a re-engagement with it.

As Psalm 92:12–14 reminds us:

“The righteous flourish like the palm tree…they still bear fruit in old age; they are ever full of sap and green.”

So what’s next?

Churches need to initiate conversations about the non-financial aspects of retirement, including mentoring, grandparenting, part-time work, volunteering, and more. Financial advisors can also play a key role, helping clients envision what they want their 60s, 70s, and 80s to look like, beyond the balance sheet.

It’s time we shifted the retirement conversation from numbers to calling.

Embrace an Uncommon Retirement

If you're ready to rethink retirement, pick up Jeff’s book, An Uncommon Guide to Retirement: Finding God’s Purpose for the Next Season of Life. And if you want to read Jeff’s full article and explore more biblical wisdom on stewardship, be sure to subscribe to our quarterly magazine, Faithful Steward, by becoming a FaithFi Partner at $35 a month or $400 a year at FaithFi.com/Give.

Because retirement isn’t the end—it’s the start of a new mission. Let’s live it well.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

My husband and I own a trucking company, and we're downsizing. We sold one of our trucks and have approximately $80,000. I'm trying to figure out the best way to invest this money or whether it would be wiser to put it towards the debt on our other trucks.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Utopia Reimagined with Jim Jones

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Thu, 1 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Larry Burkett often said that capitalism must be tempered by Christian love, compassion, and stewardship.

Proponents of capitalism and free markets don’t often express that concern, just as believers in social welfare rarely count the cost. Jim Jones joins us today to talk about a new way of looking at those ideas.

Jim Jones is a Chartered Financial Analyst® (CFA®) and Certified Kingdom Advisor® (CKA®). He is also the author of Utopia Reimagined: An Allegory of Capital and Conscience.

A Unique Approach to Biblical Economics

Unlike typical finance books, Utopia Reimagined is a novel—a work of fiction designed to explore serious biblical and economic themes through story.

Why fiction? Jesus often used storytelling to challenge people’s assumptions and invite deeper reflection. From the Good Samaritan to the Prodigal Son, stories have the power to stick with us in ways data and arguments often can't. As G.K. Chesterton once quipped, “Novels are more true than science textbooks. Life is sometimes like a science textbook, but life is always a story.”

The Journey of Alexander and Pauline

The novel follows two siblings—Alexander and Pauline—on a journey through contrasting societies, each representing different economic and political ideologies.

Alexander, a gifted but oppressed peasant in 18th-century France, escapes a feudal system to explore new societal models. His journey takes him through a magical cave into Santosa—a society with socialist tendencies—and eventually to New York City, the heart of free-market capitalism. Along the way, Alexander wrestles with the tension between opportunity, freedom, and justice.

Pauline’s journey is more focused on the moral and cultural fabric of each society. Her lens offers readers a parallel exploration of what’s right, just, and good—not only economically, but relationally and spiritually.

Through these characters, readers are invited to explore how faith shapes our perspectives on power, wealth, justice, and human dignity. Some characters see everything through the lens of faith, while others struggle to integrate it or reject it altogether.

The beauty of storytelling is that it doesn’t just show you what people believe, but why they believe it. That builds compassion and opens the door to real understanding.

What Does a Biblical Utopia Look Like?

In the final chapters of the novel, Alexander and Pauline discover a society that reflects the fullness of God’s Kingdom—a glimpse of the new heavens and the new earth. It’s a world where work, community, economics, and leadership are all governed by Christ’s nature: sacrificial love, justice, and peace.

But how do we pursue this kind of utopia now?

Real change begins not at a national or global level, but in our local Christian communities. Reflecting God's image means practicing agape love—self-sacrificing care for one another—in how we use our time, money, influence, and power. We do that in community, not alone.

Bringing the Vision to Life

More than just a novel, Utopia Reimagined is a tool for discipleship and transformation. It’s a call to rethink how we live, give, work, and govern in light of God’s design.

Through this engaging allegory, Jim Jones invites believers to dream again—anchored in Scripture and empowered by the Spirit—to reflect the Kingdom of God on earth as it is in heaven. That’s why he has developed a discussion guide for churches, small groups, and communities who want to go deeper. It’s available at utopiareimagined.com, where readers can also purchase the book or join a virtual conversation with Jim himself.

And for a limited time, the Kindle edition is available for just $1.99.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I'm a landlord with a duplex and want to sell it in a year. I haven't rented the top unit for a year after a bad tenant experience. What's the best way to proceed - rent it out again or sell, and how do I handle the tax implications of a potential 1031 exchange?
I'm 65 and have a life insurance policy with $45,500 cash value. We no longer need the death benefit. Should I cash it out and invest the money or use it to pay down our $50,000 mortgage?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

The Beauty of Exchange-Traded Funds with Deirdre Gibson

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Wed, 30 Apr 2025 07:00:00 +0000

Exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, are rapidly growing in popularity, and for good reason.

ETFs offer investors an easy, cost-efficient way to diversify their portfolios. But what are they, and what advantages do they offer over other investments? Deirdre Gibson joins us today to talk about ETFs and why you should consider putting some in your portfolio.

Deirdre Gibson is a Senior National Sales Consultant and ETF Specialist for Praxis Investment Management, an underwriter of Faith & Finance.

What Is an ETF—and How Does It Differ from a Mutual Fund?

Think of an ETF as a basket of investments—stocks, bonds, or even commodities—that trades on an exchange like a stock. Unlike mutual funds, which process trades at the end of the day, ETFs allow you to buy and sell shares throughout the day. This provides investors with more flexibility, especially during volatile market conditions.

ETFs are also more tax-efficient than mutual funds. Mutual fund transactions often trigger taxable events for all shareholders, whereas ETFs, due to their structure, generally limit capital gains taxes.

Like mutual funds, ETFs offer built-in diversification by holding a variety of assets. This helps reduce risk—if one stock in the fund dips, others can offset the loss. It’s also advised to avoid trading ETFs during the first and last 10 minutes of the market day, when prices are more volatile and spreads are wider.

While some ETFs are straightforward, others are complex. For example, oil futures ETFs don’t always track the price of oil as expected, making them riskier for everyday investors. Thankfully, ETF issuers are required to disclose all holdings and strategies on their websites, empowering investors to make informed decisions.

Faith-Based Investing with Praxis

Historically, faith-based investing has centered around mutual funds. But that’s changing. Praxis recently launched two ETFs designed with Christian values at their core:

PRXG: Praxis Impact Large Cap Growth ETF
PRXV: Praxis Impact Large Cap Value ETF

These funds reflect biblical principles by screening out companies involved in harmful practices and engaging with others to encourage positive change. One powerful example? Praxis helped Hershey and other chocolate companies address child slavery in their supply chains—an impact made possible through years of collaborative engagement.

For 2025, Praxis is focusing on technological transformation, particularly in the areas of artificial intelligence and quantum computing. It’s vital to have Christians at the table asking not just what is possible, but what kind of future we want to create.

If you're interested in faith-based investing and work with a financial advisor, we encourage you to start a conversation with them. Your advisor wants to help you achieve your goals, and your values are an integral part of that. More advisors today are equipped to offer faith-based investments that don’t compromise on financial performance.

Learn More

You can explore Praxis’s biblically responsible investment solutions, including their new ETFs, by visiting praxisinvests.com.

Faithful investing is more accessible than ever. With tools like ETFs and firms like Praxis leading the way, it’s possible to steward God’s resources with wisdom, impact, and integrity.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Should I prioritize charity donations and extra mortgage payments or build up my emergency savings first?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

Finding Hope in Seasons of Missed Expectations with Sharon Epps

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Tue, 29 Apr 2025 07:00:00 +0000

“The Lord is good to those who wait for him, to the soul who seeks him.” - Lamentations 3:25

We all make plans, but life doesn’t always go as expected. Missed expectations can be painful, especially when we’ve done everything “right.” But even in the waiting, God is still at work. Sharon Epps joins us today to share how we can wait with faith and walk forward with hope.

When Life Doesn’t Go According to Plan

Whether it's the market underperforming, a medical bill that derails your finances, or family tension after a loved one’s passing, unmet expectations can leave us reeling. But the greatest missed expectation in human history was the cross. The disciples expected a triumphant king. Instead, they watched their Savior crucified. In Luke 19:37, they praised Him; days later, they scattered in despair.

In that gap between what we hoped for and what we received, we often wrestle with fear, frustration, or confusion. But it’s there, right in the void, that God meets us.

When our expectations are shattered, our reactions often fall into two extremes:

Resignation: We lower our expectations to avoid disappointment, but in doing so, we risk losing hope altogether.
Control: We force outcomes, striving and manipulating circumstances to regain a sense of stability.

Neither path leads to peace. Instead, God offers a different way: waiting, but not the passive, idle kind.

Psalm 27:14 says, “Wait for the Lord; be strong, and let your heart take courage; wait for the Lord!” Biblical waiting is an active stance of trust. Pastor Kevin Queen once said, “The work God wants to do in us while we wait is as important as what we are waiting for.”

Sometimes, unmet expectations reveal that our desires need to be realigned. Other times, God uses the delay to do work in us or others that couldn’t happen any other way.

Practical Steps for Seasons of Waiting

Drawing from the book of Habakkuk, here are three practical steps for navigating seasons of waiting:

Acknowledge God is at work – Even if you can’t see it. Habakkuk 1:5 reminds us, “I am doing a work in your days that you would not believe if told.”
Change your perspective – Ask God to help you see things from His perspective. Sometimes, hope is just a matter of viewpoint.
Worship in the waiting – Worship reorients our hearts. It reminds us who God is and keeps us anchored in His character rather than our circumstances.

For those walking through disappointment today, remember that God is not absent in your waiting. He is shaping, teaching, and preparing you for something greater—sometimes in ways you may not yet understand.

And that’s not just a consolation—it’s a promise.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

Does giving to animal charities count as tithing, or is tithing explicitly meant for giving to help people?
I heard that disability and SSI are going to increase their monthly payments. Is this true?
I recently sold a house and didn't give the whole tithe I intended. My financial advisor suggested waiting until a CD matures in July to avoid taxes. Should I wait to give the tithe, or give it now?

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.

It’s Not About The Money

questions@faithfi.com (FaithFi: Faith & Finance) — Mon, 28 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000

The Bible contains more than 2,300 verses related to money and possessions—a staggering number. But it’s not because money is the most important topic. Rather, it’s because money is one of the most accurate indicators of what’s going on in our hearts.

If you explore this subject, you’ll find stats like “1 out of every 7 verses in which Jesus speaks involves money,” or “11 of His 39 parables are about money.” While I’m not sure if those stats are accurate, it is true that Jesus mentions money a lot. However, His teaching is rarely about money itself. It’s always about something bigger, looming in the background.

Money isn’t just a resource; it’s a reflection. It reveals our priorities, fears, hopes, and values. Whether we live paycheck to paycheck or have significant wealth, we all wrestle with what money means to us. That’s why Jesus said in Matthew 6:21, “For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.”

From personal stress to relationship breakdowns, money often acts like a magnifying glass. It brings underlying values to the surface. For example, in marriage, financial tension is often less about dollar amounts and more about differences in values, such as security versus spontaneity, generosity versus comfort, and planning versus pleasure.

Every Financial Decision Is a Spiritual One

Even small spending decisions carry spiritual weight. That morning latte? Those new shoes? They may seem trivial, but they reflect priorities. Matthew 6:24 reminds us that “no one can serve two masters…you cannot serve God and money.”

This doesn’t mean we can’t enjoy God’s provision. In fact, Ecclesiastes 3:12–13 says, “There is nothing better…than to be joyful and to do good…also that everyone should eat and drink and take pleasure in all his toil—this is God’s gift.” However, that enjoyment must be balanced with the bigger picture: Are our financial decisions aligned with God’s heart?

In marriages and relationships, conflicting values around money are common, and they’re not necessarily wrong. One spouse may dream of traveling to create family memories, while the other may want to boost their retirement savings. Both can honor God. The key is discovering common ground and inviting God into the conversation.

Howard Dayton, the previous host of this program, used to say, “It’s hard to quarrel when you’re praying together.” Prayer aligns our hearts before we try to align our plans. Through honest conversations and mutual respect, differences can become opportunities for growth rather than division.

If money disagreements persist, don’t hesitate to bring in wise, biblical counsel. A financial advisor—especially a Certified Kingdom Advisor®—can help couples or individuals uncover shared goals and develop a plan that honors God and promotes unity.

The Bottom Line: God Wants Your Heart

Whether you’re facing a tough decision or navigating financial tension in your home, remember: it’s not ultimately about the money. God is after your heart. And when your heart is surrendered to Him, your financial decisions will reflect that trust.

So whatever you’re facing today, don’t walk through it alone. Pray. Talk. Seek wisdom. And above all, treasure Christ above all else. When He has your heart, everything else—including your finances—will follow.

On Today’s Program, Rob Answers Listener Questions:

I have a credit card with a $9,300 balance and would like to know how to pay it off quickly while minimizing high-interest charges.
I have an annuity and IRAs with Edward Jones that I'm unhappy with due to low performance and high fees. I'm considering moving my investments to Schwab or another financial institution and want advice on how to manage my approximately $500,000 in investable assets.
I currently have two certificates of deposit and would like to know if I should liquidate them and open an IRA instead.

Resources Mentioned:

Hosted by Simplecast, an AdsWizz company. See pcm.adswizz.com for information about our collection and use of personal data for advertising.